Merge branch 'master' into SethAdcock-tc-create-1

manifest.yaml

@@ -372,30 +372,30 @@ dublin_core:
     translation decisions.
   format: text/tsv
   identifier: tn
-  issued: '2023-05-31'
+  issued: '2023-09-25'
   language:
     direction: ltr
     identifier: en
     title: English
-  modified: '2023-05-31'
+  modified: '2023-09-25'
   publisher: unfoldingWord
   relation:
-    - en/ult?v=45
-    - en/ust?v=44
+    - en/ult
+    - en/ust
+    - en/ta
+    - en/tq
+    - en/tw
     - hbo/uhb?v=2.1.30
-    - el-x-koine/ugnt?v=0.30
-    - en/ta?v=36
-    - en/tq?v=42
-    - en/tw?v=40
+    - el-x-koine/ugnt?v=0.32
   rights: CC BY-SA 4.0
   source:
     - identifier: tn
       language: en
-      version: '72'
+      version: '74'
   subject: TSV Translation Notes
   title: unfoldingWord® Translation Notes
   type: help
-  version: '73'
+  version: '75'
 checking:
   checking_entity:
     - unfoldingWord

tn_2JN.tsv

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
-front:intro	vpa9				0	# Introduction to 2 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 2 John\n\n1. Opening of letter (1:1–3)\n2. Encouragement and the commandment to love one another (1:4–6)\n3. Warning about false teachers (1:7–11)\n4. Closing of letter (1:12–13)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 2 John?\n\nThe author of this letter identifies himself only as “the elder.” However, the content of 2 John is similar to the content in John’s gospel. This suggests that the apostle John wrote this letter, and he would have done so near the end of his life.\n\n### To whom was the Book of 2 John written?\n\nThe author addresses this letter to someone he calls “the chosen lady” and to “her children” (1:1). Although this could refer to a specific woman and her children, that interpretation is unlikely. More probably, this is a figurative way to refer to a specific congregation and its members. This interpretation is supported by the way that John refers to the congregation with him as “the children of your chosen sister” in verse 13. This would be a readily understandable metaphor, since the word for “church” in Greek is a feminine noun. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### What is the book of 2 John about?\n\nIt appears that John addressed this letter to a specific congregation of believers. John’s purpose in writing this letter to them was to warn his audience about false teachers. John did not want believers helping or giving money to false teachers.\n\nHe probably intended this message to be passed on to all believers in general.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 John” or “Second John.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Second Letter from John” or “The Second Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is hospitality?\n\nHospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. John wanted believers to offer hospitality to guests. However, he did not want believers to offer hospitality to false teachers.\n\n### Who were the people John spoke against?\n\nThe people John spoke against may have been those who later became known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since the physical body was seen as evil, they did not think that God could become human. Therefore, they believed that Jesus was divine but denied that he was human. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 2 John?\n\nIn [1:12](../01/12.md), most modern versions of the Bible read “our joy.” There is another traditional reading that says “your joy.” If a version of the Bible already exists in your region, you should consider using the reading of that version in your translation. If not, you may wish to follow the reading that most Bible scholars consider to be authentic and say “our joy.” In this case, “our” would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+front:intro	vpa9				0	# Introduction to 2 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of 2 John\n\n1. Opening of letter (1:1–3)\n2. Encouragement and the commandment to love one another (1:4–6)\n3. Warning about false teachers (1:7–11)\n4. Closing of letter (1:12–13)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 2 John?\n\nThe author of this letter identifies himself only as “the elder.” However, the content of 2 John is similar to the content in John’s gospel. This suggests that the apostle John wrote this letter, and he would have done so near the end of his life.\n\n### To whom was the book of 2 John written?\n\nThe author addresses this letter to someone he calls “the chosen lady” and to “her children” (1:1). Although this could refer to a specific woman and her children, that interpretation is unlikely. More probably, this is a figurative way to refer to a specific congregation and its members. This interpretation is supported by the way that John refers to the congregation with him as “the children of your chosen sister” in verse 13. This would be a readily understandable metaphor, since the word for “church” in Greek is a feminine noun. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### What is the book of 2 John about?\n\nIt appears that John addressed this letter to a specific congregation of believers. John’s purpose in writing this letter to them was to warn his audience about false teachers. John did not want believers helping or giving money to false teachers.\n\nHe probably intended this message to be passed on to all believers in general.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 John” or “Second John.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Second Letter from John” or “The Second Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is hospitality?\n\nHospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. John wanted believers to offer hospitality to guests. However, he did not want believers to offer hospitality to false teachers.\n\n### Who were the people John spoke against?\n\nThe people John spoke against may have been those who later became known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since the physical body was seen as evil, they did not think that God could become human. Therefore, they believed that Jesus was divine but denied that he was human. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the major textual issues in the text of the book of 2 John?\n\nIn [1:12](../01/12.md), most modern versions of the Bible read “our joy.” There is another traditional reading that says “your joy.” If a version of the Bible already exists in your region, you should consider using the reading of that version in your translation. If not, you may wish to follow the reading that most Bible scholars consider to be authentic and say “our joy.” In this case, “our” would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1:1	uspy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ πρεσβύτερος	1	In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the first person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “I, the elder, am writing this letter”
-1:1	z4tk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πρεσβύτερος	1	**The elder** likely means John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as **elder** either because of his old age, or because he is a leader in the church, or both. If you have a term for an older, respected leader, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or Alternate translation: “I, John the elder, am writing this letter”
+1:1	z4tk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πρεσβύτερος	1	**The elder** likely means John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church or both. If you have a term for an older, respected leader, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or Alternate translation: “I, John the elder, am writing this letter”
 1:1	y7hw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς	1	In this culture, letter writers would name the addressees next, referring to them in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you could use the second person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to you, chosen lady, and to your children”
 1:1	a9w3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ	1	Here, **chosen lady** could mean: (1) John is writing to a church and describing the group of believers as a **lady**. (In Greek, the word for “church” is feminine.) (2) John is writing to a specific woman and referring to her respectfully as **lady**. Alternate translation: “to the chosen church”
 1:1	ueev		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ	1	In this context, the term **chosen** indicates a person or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “to the congregation that God has saved”
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ front:intro	vpa9				0	# Introduction to 2 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
 1:2	et6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν & ἡμῶν	1	If your language marks this distinction, the pronoun **us** would be inclusive here and throughout the epistle, because John always uses it to refer to both himself and to the recipients of the letter. The pronoun “we” would also be inclusive for that same reason, as would the pronoun “our,” if you choose to use it in your translation.
 1:2	a7rm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “for all time”
 1:3	gad9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace** with verbal phrases, and use **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful”
-1:3	zfgr			ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη	1	In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence.
+1:3	zfgr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη	1	In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence.
 1:3	vpl9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός & Υἱοῦ	1	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently.
 1:3	w6tr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** by stating the ideas behind them with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could refer to: (1) the qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternate translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other”
 1:4	ir6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου	1	The word **your** is singular here, since John is either addressing one woman, or the church collectively, as a “lady.”
@@ -20,45 +20,44 @@ front:intro	vpa9				0	# Introduction to 2 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
 1:4	a3vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν τέκνων σου	1	See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/01.md). This could refer to: (1) the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group”
 1:4	w2b6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	περιπατοῦντας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	John refers to living one’s life with the expression **walking**. Alternate translation: “living according to the truth”
 1:4	ddnx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could use a phrase with an adjective. Alternate translation: “in a way that agrees with the true message from God”
-1:4	s7hr			καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός	1	The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”
+1:4	s7hr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός	1	The expression **received a commandment** expresses the idea that God commanded the believers to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make **the Father** the subject of a sentence with the verb “command.” Alternate translation: “just as the Father has commanded us”
 1:4	w7f1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	**Father** is an important title for God. Be careful to translate it accurately and consistently.
-1:5	r4hx			καὶ νῦν	1	The words **and now** signal that what follows is the main point of the letter, or at least the first main point. Use a natural way for introducing the main point in your language.
+1:5	r4hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ νῦν	1	The words **and now** signal that what follows is the main point of the letter, or at least the first main point. Use a natural way for introducing the main point in your language.
 1:5	c9xi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σε, & σοι	1	These instances of **you** are singular since John is once again addressing the church in a figurative way as a “lady.”
 1:5	xjsu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κυρία	1	See how you translated **lady** in [1:1](../01/01.md)
 1:5	u38f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι	1	John does not refer to himself explicitly as the person writing. If your language requires you to state the subject of a verb, you could add a pronoun here. Alternate translation: “not as though I were writing you a new commandment”
 1:5	uhs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	The phrase **from the beginning** refers to the time when John and his audience first believed in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “since the time that we first believed”
-1:5	vmm8			ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “the beginning. He commanded that we should love one another”
 1:6	nw4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	περιπατῶμεν κατὰ & ἐν αὐτῇ περιπατῆτε	1	In these instances the expression **walk** means to “obey.” Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it”
 1:6	cl95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἠκούσατε & περιπατῆτε	1	The term **you** is plural in this verse, because John is addressing a congregation of believers. This is the case throughout the rest of the letter, as well, except in verse 13, because there John returns to his metaphor of referring to a church as a woman and its members as her children.
 1:7	u749		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Here, **For** introduces the reason why John wrote about the commandment to love and obey God in the previous verses—it is because there are many who pretend to be believers but they do not love or obey God. Use a natural way to introduce this reason in your language. See the UST.
 1:7	w25m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	This seems to be an implicit reference to the false teachers whom John discusses in [1:10–11](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “For many deceivers are going around from place to place”
 1:7	x8yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν σαρκί	1	The expression **coming in flesh** is a metonym for being a real, physical person and not a spiritual being only. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ came as a real human”
 1:7	vqnb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος	1	Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” (2) any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you could make one of these meanings explicit.
-1:7	vfdn			ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος	1	In your translation, it may be helpful to clarify that **the deceiver** and **the antichrist** are one person, not two.
+1:7	vfdn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος	1	The terms **deceiver** and **antichrist** refer to the same person. It may be helpful to clarify that in your translation. Alternate translation: “the deceiver, that is, the antichrist”
 1:8	it9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βλέπετε ἑαυτούς	1	The implication is that the believers are to “watch” themselves, that is, be careful, so that they are not deceived by the deceivers and antichrists. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to let the deceivers and antichrists influence you”
 1:8	i8n6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἃ	1	The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state “reward” here, as well. See the UST.
 1:8	r9ky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	εἰργασάμεθα	1	The word **we** here is inclusive. John, his audience, and others have all worked to build up the faith of the believers to whom John is writing.
 1:9	mn3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	John refers to **the teaching of Christ** as a place where faithful believers **remain** and also as a place that false teachers leave as they go **beyond**. The expression **goes beyond** refers to teaching new and false things that Jesus did not teach. Alternate translation: “Everyone who teaches things that Jesus did not teach”
 1:9	x3ae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	These two phrases mean the same thing, one stated positively (**goes beyond**) and the other stated negatively (**does not remain**). If it is mote natural in your language, you can reverse the order of these, as in the UST.
 1:9	xty9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει	1	To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “does not have a right relationship with God”
-1:9	x523			ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει	1	Alternate translation: “Someone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son”
+1:9	x523		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει	1	By **one**, John does not mean a particular person. He means anyone **remaining** in the **teaching** of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Anyone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son”
 1:9	xwoe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ	1	This phrase is in contrast to the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase to mark this contrast, as in the UST.
 1:9	vg19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οὗτος	1	John is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun, to refer to a kind of person. ULT indicates this by adding the word **one**. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “such a person” or “that kind of person”
 1:9	k8cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν	1	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to express these titles consistently and accurately.
-1:10	x7pw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ φέρει	1	The word **anyone** here implies “any teacher or preacher.” John does not want the believers to welcome any teacher who does not teach what Jesus taught, and specifically that Jesus came as a human being (See: [1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “If anyone comes to you, claiming to be a teacher, but he teaches differently than this”
+1:10	x7pw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ φέρει	1	The word **anyone** here implies “any teacher or preacher.” John does not want the believers to welcome any teacher who does not teach what Jesus taught, and specifically that Jesus came as a human being (See: [1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “If anyone comes to you claiming to be a teacher, but he teaches differently than this”
 1:10	xafi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ φέρει	1	John is speaking of a **teaching** or a message as if it were an object that someone could **bring**. If you would not use this kind of metaphor in your language, you could use one that has the same meaning or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not teach this same message”
 1:10	ls1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ λαμβάνετε αὐτὸν εἰς οἰκίαν	1	John does not want the believers to accept a false teacher into their homes and, as a result, support his false teaching by showing him respect and providing for his needs. Alternate translation: “do not support him or encourage him by welcoming him into your home”
 1:10	lbct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	χαίρειν αὐτῷ μὴ λέγετε	1	John warns the believers not to greet a false teacher respectfully in public. The implication is that he does not want them to do anything that might look like they are endorsing a false teacher or that would give a false teacher good standing in the eyes of others. Alternate translation: “do not give him a respectful public greeting”
-1:11	uhea			ὁ λέγων & αὐτῷ χαίρειν	1	Alternate translation: “any person who gives him a respectful public greeting”
-1:11	n7zt			κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς	1	The verb **shares in** expresses the concept of assisting and helping to advance the activity of the false teacher. Alternate translation: “takes part in his evil deeds” or “helps him in his evil deeds”
+1:11	uhea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ λέγων & αὐτῷ χαίρειν	1	By **one**, John does not mean a particular person. He means anyone who greets a false teacher. Alternate translation: “any person who gives him a respectful public greeting”
+1:11	n7zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς	1	John is using the verb **shares** in a particular sense here to mean assisting and helping to advance the activity of the false teacher. Alternate translation: “takes part in his evil deeds” or “helps him in his evil deeds”
 1:12	gq26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος	1	Here John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “I did not want to write these things with paper and ink” (See: Ellipsis)
 1:12	nx77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος	1	John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing”
-1:12	v4v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι	1	The expression **mouth to mouth** is an idiom, meaning to speak in their presence. Use an idiom in your language with this same meaning, or simply express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak face to face” or “to speak to you in person”
+1:12	v4v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι	1	The expression **mouth to mouth** describes people speaking to one another in person. You can use an expression in your own language with this same meaning or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to speak face to face” or “to speak to you in person”
 1:12	auwq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete”
 1:12	hwtk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful”
 1:12	lt77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete”
 1:12	k9yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ὑμῶν	1	If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients.
 1:13	fh6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς	1	This could: (1) be a metaphor. Just as John uses the term “chosen lady” as a figurative expression for the group of believers to whom he is writing in [1:1](../01/01.md) and the term “her children” for the members of that group, also here John is describing his own group of believers as the **chosen sister** of that group and the members of his group as the **children** of this sister. Alternate translation: “The members of the chosen group of believers here” If you choose to keep the metaphor in the text, you may want to include an explanation of the meaning in a footnote. (2) refer to the biological children of a specific woman who is the biological sister of another specific woman to whom John is writing. (3) John may be using the words **sister** and **children** in a spiritual sense, but to refer to an individual woman and the other people that she has led to faith in Jesus.
 1:13	aonw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς ἐκλεκτῆς	1	In this context, the term **chosen** indicates someone whom God has chosen to receive salvation. In the context of John’s metaphor, this indicates a church or group of people whom God has chosen to receive salvation. Alternate translation: “The members of this group of believers in Jesus”
-1:13	a4rc			ἀσπάζεταί σε	1	As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you”
+1:13	a4rc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀσπάζεταί σε	1	As was customary in this culture, John concludes the letter by extending greetings from people who are with him and who know the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you can use that form here. Alternate translation: “send you their greetings” or “ask to be remembered to you”
 1:13	qjdz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σε & σου	1	The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular here, in keeping with John’s metaphor of writing to a congregation as though it were a lady.

tn_2SA.tsv

@@ -497,138 +497,98 @@ front:intro	bs9v				0	# Introduction to 2 Samuel\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 12:31	ya1w			saws, iron picks, and axes	0	These are tools to cut wood or break up the ground.
 12:31	tl3i			brick kilns	0	ovens where bricks are dried and hardened
 12:31	ew58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	all the cities of the people of Ammon	0	This refers to the people in the cities. Alternate translation: “all the people of the cites of Ammon”
-13:intro	abcd				0	# 2 Samuel 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins the story about the difficulties and killings in David’s family. David’s sin caused these problems in his family. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Amnon raped Absalom’s sister\nAmnon raped Absalom’s sister, who was his own half-sister. David did nothing to punish him and David’s lack of action caused significant problems in his family and in Israel. This eventually caused Solomon to become king, even though he was not the oldest son.
+13:intro	abcd				0	# 2 Samuel 13 General Notes\n\n
 13:1	e2ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	It came about after this	0	“It happened after this.” This phrase is used to introduce a new event to the story line.
-13:1	tup1			half-sister	0	Amnon and Tamar shared the same father but not the same mother.
-13:1	fj5k			full sister	0	Absalom and Tamar shared the same father and mother.
+13:1	tup1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	half-sister	0	Amnon and Tamar shared the same father but not the same mother.
+13:1	fj5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	full sister	0	Absalom and Tamar shared the same father and mother.
 13:2	fmq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Amnon was so frustrated that he became sick because of his sister Tamar	0	Amnon was frustrated because he desired to sleep with his sister Tamar. Alternate translation: “Amnon was so frustrated with desire for his sister Tamar that he felt sick”
-13:3	rz6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Jonadab son of Shimeah, David’s brother	0	These are the names of men. Shimeah was David’s brother.
+13:3	rz6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Jonadab son of Shimeah, David’s brother	0	These are the names of men.
 13:3	knc5			shrewd	0	crafty or deceptive
 13:4	qef9			depressed	0	in an emotional state of extreme unhappiness
-13:4	s99u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Will you not tell me?	0	It is understood that he is asking him about his depression, which can be stated clearly. Also, this rhetorical question is a request for Jehonadab to tell him why he is depressed. It may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Will you not tell me why you are depressed?” or “Please, tell me why you are depressed.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-13:5	qen4			Jonadab	0	See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 13:3](../13/03.md).
+13:4	s99u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Will you not tell me?	0	This rhetorical question is a request for Jehonadab to tell him why he is depressed. It may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Please, tell me why you are depressed.”
 13:5	xjs4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	eat it from her hand	0	This is probably a request for her to serve food to him personally. He probably did not want her to put the food in his mouth. Alternate translation: “have her serve it to me herself”
 13:6	tsl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	I may eat from her hand	0	This is probably a request for her to serve food to him personally. He probably did not expect her to put the food in his mouth. Alternate translation: “she may serve it to me to eat”
 13:6	n1c2			pretended to be sick	0	This means he gave a false appearance of being ill.
-13:6	a3i8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	for my sickness in front of me	0	The food is not for his sickness, but rather it is for him, because he is sick. The phrase “in front of me” is a request for Tamar to prepare the food in his presence. Alternate translation: “in front of me because I am sick”
 13:7	we8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	David sent word	0	This means that he sent a messenger to speak to Tamar. Alternate translation: “David sent a messenger”
-13:8	k69t			dough	0	a thick mixture of flour and liquid used for baking
-13:8	di8s			kneaded	0	used her hands to mix the dough
-13:8	l12v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	in his sight	0	This means that Tamar made the bread in front of him. Alternate translation: “in front of him” or “in his presence”
+13:8	di8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	kneaded	0	used her hands to mix the dough
+13:8	l12v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	in his sight	0	This means that Tamar made the bread in front of him. Alternate translation: “in front of him” or “in his presence”
 13:9	cwh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	So everyone went out from him	0	To “go out from someone” means to leave them. Alternate translation: “So everyone left him”
 13:10	y3b4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	that I may eat from your hand	0	This is a request for Tamar to serve the food to him personally. Alternate translation: “and serve it to me”
 13:11	c79f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	lie with me	0	This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “have sexual relations with me”
 13:12	rly8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	do not force me	0	She is referring to having sexual relations with him. Alternate translation: “do not force me to have sexual relations with you”
-13:12	fd8t			appalling	0	very shameful
-13:13	j8jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	How could I be rid of my shame?	0	Tamar asks this rhetorical question to emphasize how much shame she would have if she slept with him. Tamar speaks of getting rid of her shame as if it were an enemy or a tormentor that she needed to escape from. Alternate translation: “If you do this, I would have to endure shame everywhere I go” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+13:13	j8jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	How could I be rid of my shame?	0	Tamar asks this rhetorical question to emphasize how much shame she would have if she slept with him.Alternate translation: “But I will not be able to bring my shame anywhere.”
+13:13	mf9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י אָ֤נָה אוֹלִיךְ֙ אֶת־חֶרְפָּתִ֔⁠	0	Tamar speaks of getting rid of her shame as if it were an enemy or a tormentor that she needed to escape from. 
 13:14	ras3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	he lay with her	0	This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “he had sexual relations with her”
 13:16	zc24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Because this great evil of making me leave is even worse	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **this great evil**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “It would be very evil to make me leave! It would be even worse”
-13:17	au8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	bolt the door after her	0	This means to lock the door so that she will not be able to come back in again. Alternate translation: “lock the door so that she cannot come back in”
-13:18	c6te		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	bolted the door after her	0	This means to lock the door so that she will not be able to come back in again. Alternate translation: “locked the door so that she could not go back in”
 13:19	i3wt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	put ashes on her head and tore her robe. She put her hands on her head	0	These are acts of mourning and grief in the Israelite culture. Alternate translation: “put ashes on her head and tore her robe to show that she was very sad. Then to show her grief, she put her hands on her head”
 13:20	w3wp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	Has Amnon your brother been with you?	0	This is a polite way to ask is Amnon has had sexual relations with her. Alternate translation: “Has Amnon your brother slept with you?”
 13:20	ffu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	keep quiet	0	This means to not tell anyone about something. Alternate translation: “do not tell anyone about this”
 13:20	ce3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Do not take this thing to heart	0	The phrase “take something to heart” means “to worry about it.” Alternate translation: “Do not worry about what has happened”
-13:20	m1az			So Tamar remained alone	0	This means that she did not marry.
-13:22	j3li			said nothing	0	Alternate translation: “did not speak”
+13:20	m1az		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	So Tamar remained alone	0	This means that she did not marry.
 13:23	q5hh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	It came about after two full years	0	This explains that two whole years has passed and introduces the next event in the story line. The phrase “full years” means that they are complete years.
-13:23	qef5			shearers	0	These are people who cut the wool from sheep.
 13:23	am6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Baal Hazor	0	This is the name of a place.
-13:24	e8ml			Look now	0	This is a phrase used to draw someone’s attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen”
-13:24	wmj8			your servant	0	Absalom is calling himself “your servant” to show respect.
-13:24	uq3x			has sheep shearers	0	It was customary for people in Israel to have a party after they had sheared their sheep.
-13:24	tav8			may the king	0	Although he is talking to his father the king, he calls him “the king” instead of “you” to show respect for him.
-13:26	b7e9			please let my brother Amnon go with us	0	The oldest son could often represent his father in Israelite culture. Amnon was David’s oldest son.
-13:26	ep6f			Why should Amnon go with you?	0	David knew that Amnon was not Absalom’s friend.
-13:27	kd8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Absalom pressed David	0	Here the author speaks of Absalom urging David to let Amnon come as if he were putting physical pressure on him. Alternate translation: “Absalom begged David for Amnon to come”
-13:27	w3cs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	all the king’s sons	0	This does not include Absalom and Amnon who is dead. It includes the rest of the sons that the king allowed to go to the celebration. Alternate translation: “the rest of the king’s sons”
-13:28	yfb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Do not be afraid	0	This implies that they do not need to be afraid of the consequences for killing Amnon. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid that you will be blamed for killing the king’s son”
-13:28	ev94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Have I not commanded you?	0	Absalom asks this rhetorical question to emphasize that he will be blamed for killing Amnon because he is commanding them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I have commanded you to do this.” or “I will be the one guilty for killing him because I have commanded you to do this.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-13:28	fa5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	not commanded you	0	What Absalom has commanded them to do may be stated in the question. Alternate translation: “not commanded you to kill him”
-13:29	jr7q			every man	0	This refers to the king’s sons who left the celebration.
+13:24	e8ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Look	0	This is a phrase used to draw someone’s attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen”
+13:24	wmj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	your servant	0	Absalom is calling himself “your servant” to show respect.
+13:24	uq3x			Please, let the king and his servants go with your servant.	0	It was customary for people in Israel to have a party after they had sheared their sheep.
+13:24	tav8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	may the king	0	Although he is talking to his father the king, he calls him “the king” instead of “you” to show respect for him.
+13:26	ep6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Why should Amnon go with you?	0	David knew that Amnon was not Absalom’s friend.
+13:27	w3cs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	all the king's sons	0	This does not include Absalom and Amnon who is dead. It includes the rest of the sons that the king allowed to go to the celebration. Alternate translation: “the rest of the king’s sons”
+13:28	ev94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Have I not commanded you?	0	Absalom asks this rhetorical question to emphasize that he will be blamed for killing Amnon because he is commanding them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will be the one guilty for killing him because I have commanded you to do this.”
 13:30	jr55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	So it came about	0	“It happened that.” This phrase is used here to introduce the next event in the story line.
 13:30	x2s3			on the road	0	Alternate translation: “travelling along the road”
 13:30	hpn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	that the news came to David saying	0	Here it says that the news came, when really someone came and told David the news. Alternate translation: “that someone came and reported the news to David saying”
-13:31	l6aw			Then the king arose	0	Alternate translation: “Then the king stood up”
 13:31	a8qp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	tore his clothes, and lay on the floor	0	He did these things to show that he was extremely sad. Alternate translation: “tore his clothes, and threw himself on the floor grieving”
 13:31	a62g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	with their clothes torn	0	They did this to show their sadness and to mourn with their king. Alternate translation: “and tore their clothes, mourning with the king”
-13:32	a6vi			Jonadab … Shimeah	0	See how you translated these men’s names in [2 Samuel 13:3](../13/03.md).
-13:32	dsh2			Let not my master believe	0	Alternate translation: “My master, do not believe”
-13:32	ev3e			my master	0	Jonadab calls David “my master” to show respect.
+13:32	a6vi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Jonadab … Shimeah	0	See how you translated these men’s names in [2 Samuel 13:3](../13/03.md).
+13:32	dsh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		0	Alternate translation: “My master, do not believe”
+13:32	ev3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	my master	0	Jonadab calls David “my master” to show respect.
 13:32	a8f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	Amnon violated his sister	0	This is a polite way of saying that Amnon raped his sister.
-13:33	qjg1			let not my master the king	0	Alternate translation: “my master the king, do not”
 13:33	cf2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	take this report to heart	0	The phrase “take something to heart” means “to worry about it.” Alternate translation: “worry about this report”
-13:34	rh5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	keeping watch	0	This means that the servant was watching for enemies while guarding at the city wall. Alternate translation: “who was guarding” or “who was guarding at the city wall”
 13:34	j8la		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	raised his eyes	0	Here the servant looking up at something is spoken of as if he lifted up his eyes. Alternate translation: “looked up”
 13:36	r5i8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	So it came about	0	This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line.
 13:36	r9gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	raised their voices	0	Here the sons crying out is spoken of as if their voices were something they lifted into the sky. Alternate translation: “cried out”
 13:37	dqp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Talmai … Ammihud	0	These are the names of men.
 13:37	wxs3			for his son	0	Alternate translation: “for his son Amnon”
-13:38	pbz9			where he was for three years	0	Alternate translation: “where he stayed for three years”
-13:39	ky6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	The mind of King David longed	0	Here David is referred to by his mind to emphasize his thoughts. Alternate translation: “King David longed”
-13:39	t9kb			for he was comforted concerning Amnon and his death	0	“because he was no longer grieving about Amnon being dead.” This refers to three years after Absalom fled to Geshur.
-14:intro	abce				0	# 2 Samuel 14 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Reconciliation\n\nDavid missed his son, Absalom, who was in exile. Joab summons a wise woman to reconcile David and Absalom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])\n\n## Important figures of speech used in this chapter\n\n### Parable\n\nThe wise woman uses a type of parable to convince David that his actions were wrong. He treated a stranger worse than he treated his own son. This hypothetical situation was intended to convict David of his sin. She uses David’s own words against him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
-14:1	c5gz			Now	0	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author tells about a new person in the story.
+14:intro	abce				0	# 2 Samuel 14 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n## Important figures of speech used in this chapter\n\n### Parable\n\nThe wise woman uses a type of parable to convince David that his actions were wrong. He treated a stranger worse than he treated his own son. This hypothetical situation was intended to convict David of his sin. She uses David’s own words against him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
 14:1	zlp2			Zeruiah	0	See how you translated this man’s name in [2 Samuel 2:13](../02/13.md).
-14:1	nt9e			perceived	0	This means Joab discerned or understood what David was thinking.
-14:2	g3b4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	sent word to Tekoa and had a wise woman brought	0	This means that Joab sent someone with a message to Tekoa and had him bring back a woman to him. This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “sent someone with a message to Tokoa and had him bring a wise woman back” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+14:2	g3b4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	sent word to Tekoa and had a wise woman brought	0	This means that Joab sent someone with a message to Tekoa and had him bring back a woman to him. Alternate translation: “sent someone with a message to Tokoa and had him bring a wise woman back”
 14:2	t4f8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Tekoa	0	This is the name of a place.
 14:2	rm87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	the dead	0	This refers to someone who has died, not dead people in general. Alternate translation: “someone who has died”
 14:4	an12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	she lay facedown on the ground	0	She did this to show her respect and submission to the king. Alternate translation: “she showed her respect to the king by laying facedown on the ground”
-14:6	ij2w			One struck the other	0	Alternate translation: “One of my sons hit the other son with something”
-14:7	jb47			the whole clan	0	Alternate translation: “my entire family”
-14:7	aq9y			your servant	0	To show respect for the king the woman refers to herself as “your servant.”
-14:7	fj59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	put him to death	0	This is an idiom which means to kill. Alternate translation: “kill him”
+14:6	ij2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	One struck the other	0	Alternate translation: “One of my sons hit the other son with something”
+14:7	aq9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	your servant	0	To show respect for the king the woman refers to herself as “your servant.”
 14:7	hhk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	they would also destroy the heir	0	If they put the guilty brother to death there would not be a son left to inherit the family’s possessions. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “if they did this, they would be destroying our family’s heir”
 14:7	vfb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Thus they will put out the burning coal that I have left	0	Here the woman refers to her only living son as if he were a burning piece of coal. She speaks of the men killing her son as stopping the coal’s burning. Alternate translation: “In this way they will kill the only child I have left”
-14:7	vk75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	they will leave for my husband neither name nor descendant	0	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “they will not leave for my husband name or descendant”
 14:7	jl3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	neither name nor descendant	0	This refers to a son to carry on the family’s name into the next generation. Alternate translation: “no son to preserve our family’s name”
-14:7	xe94			on the surface of the earth	0	“on the earth.” This descriptive phrase emphasizes that the family line would not continue on earth after the husband died. “The surface of the earth” refers to the ground on which people walk.
-14:8	w2wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	I will command something to be done for you	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will take care of this matter for you”
 14:9	sev7			Tekoa	0	Translate the name of this place the same as you did in [2 Samuel 14:2](../14/02.md).
 14:9	gz85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	may the guilt be on me and on my father’s family	0	This means that if people say that the king was wrong for helping the woman’s family that the king should not be guilty. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “if anyone blames you for helping our family, may my family be considered guilty instead”
 14:9	e186		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	The king and his throne	0	Here the word “throne” refers to anyone who later becomes king in David’s place. Alternate translation: “The king and his descendants” or “The king and his family”
-14:9	uik4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	are guiltless	0	“are innocent.” This implies that in the future if anyone accuses the king of wrongdoing, he will be innocent in the matter. Alternate translation: “will be innocent regarding the matter”
 14:10	fz7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	says anything to you	0	Here speaking threats is spoken of as speaking in general. Alternate translation: “threatens you” or “speaks threats to you”
-14:10	pq9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	he will not touch you anymore	0	Here David speaks of a person not threatening or hurting her, by saying that the person would not touch her. It is implied that David will not allow the person threatening her to bother her again. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “I will make sure he does not threaten you again” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-14:11	jfs2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Please, may the king call to mind Yahweh your God	0	This could mean: (1) The phrase “call to mind” is an idiom meaning to pray. Alternate translation: “Please, pray to Yahweh your God” or (2) Here “call to mind” means to remember and it is implied that after he remembers Yahweh he will promise in his name. Alternate translation: “Please promise in the name of Yahweh your God” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-14:11	xm1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	the avenger of blood	0	This refers to the man who wants to avenge the death of the dead brother. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the man who wants to avenge my son’s brother’s death”
-14:11	ez62			destroy anyone further	0	“cause anyone else to die.” This is in addition to the brother who already died.
-14:11	yv76			that they will not destroy my son	0	Alternate translation: “that they will not kill my son” or “that they will not execute my son”
-14:11	vgi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	As Yahweh lives	0	Often people would make promises and compare how surely they would fulfil their promise to how surely Yahweh is alive. Alternate translation: “I promise you, as surely as Yahweh lives” or “In Yahweh’s name I promise” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+14:10	pq9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	he will not touch you anymore	0	Here David speaks of a person not threatening or hurting her, by saying that the person would not touch her. It is implied that David will not allow the person threatening her to bother her again. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “I will make sure he does not threaten you again”
+14:11	vgi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	As Yahweh lives	0	Often people would make promises and compare how surely they would fulfil their promise to how surely Yahweh is alive. Alternate translation: “I promise you, as surely as Yahweh lives” or “In Yahweh’s name I promise”
 14:11	d9l6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	not one hair of your son will fall to the ground	0	The means that her son will not be harmed, which is exaggerated by saying that he will not lose even a single hair. Alternate translation: “your son will be completely safe”
-14:12	l1s3			your servant	0	To show respect for the king the woman refers to herself as “your servant.”
-14:12	hy2e			speak a further word to	0	“talk about something else to.” The woman is requesting to speak to the king about another topic.
-14:12	mw9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Speak on	0	This is an idiom. The king was giving her permission to continue speaking. Alternate translation: “You may speak to me”
+14:12	l1s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness	your servant	0	To show respect for the king the woman refers to herself as “your servant.”
 14:13	ia2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Why then have you devised such a thing against the people of God?	0	The woman asks this rhetorical question to rebuke David for how he has treated Absalom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “What you have just said proved that you did wrong.”
-14:13	t35u			the king is like someone who is guilty	0	The woman compares the king to someone who is guilty to suggest that he is guilty without saying it directly. Alternate translation: “the king has declared himself guilty”
-14:13	f3ci			his banished son	0	Alternate translation: “his son whom he banished”
+14:13	t35u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	the king is like someone who is guilty	0	The woman compares the king to someone who is guilty to suggest that he is guilty without saying it directly. Alternate translation: “the king has declared himself guilty”
 14:14	ll3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	For we all must die, and we are like water spilled on the ground … up again	0	Here the woman speaks of a person dying as if they were water being spilled on the ground. Alternate translation: “We all must die, and after we die we cannot be brought back to life again”
-14:14	f5lf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	God … finds a way for those who were driven away to be restored	0	The woman is implying that David should bring his son back to himself. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “God brings back someone whom he has driven away and you should do the same for your son”
-14:15	hm99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	because the people have made me afraid	0	The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “because the people have made me afraid that I have come”
 14:15	nkn7			your servant	0	To show respect for the king the woman refers to herself as “your servant”
-14:16	x4ut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	from the hand of the man	0	This phrase is an idiom. Also, “the hand” is a metonym referring to the man’s control. Alternate translation: “out of the control of the man”
-14:17	pn2s			the word of my master the king	0	Alternate translation: “the message of my master the king”
+14:16	x4ut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	from the hand of the man	0	The hand refers to the man’s control. Alternate translation: “out of the control of the man”
+14:17	pn2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the word of my master the king	0	Alternate translation: “the message of my master the king”
 14:17	nm7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	for as an angel of God, so is my master … from evil	0	Here David, the king, is compared to an “angel of God.” Alternate translation: “for the king is like an angel of God because they both know how to tell good from evil”
 14:18	u2d4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	Please do not hide from me anything that I will ask you	0	The negative form here is used for emphasis and can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Please tell me the truth about everything I ask you”
 14:19	p42h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Is not the hand of Joab with you in all this	0	Here the word “hand” refers to Joab’s influence. Alternate translation: “Has not Joab influenced you in all this” or “Did Joab send you here to speak these things”
 14:19	uz25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	As you live	0	“As surely as you are alive.” Here the woman compares the certainty of what David has said to the certainty that he is alive, to emphasize how true his statement is.
 14:19	q69g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	no one can escape to the right hand … the king has spoken	0	Here the woman describes the difficulty of speaking to the king and keeping him from finding out the truth by comparing it to a person not being about to escape in any direction. Alternate translation: “no one can keep you from knowing the truth”
 14:19	vyl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	to the right hand or to the left	0	The expression gives two extremes and means “anywhere.” Alternate translation: “anywhere at all” or “anywhere”
-14:20	yvt6			My master is wise	0	Alternate translation: “My master the king is wise”
 14:20	j2lm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	is wise, like the wisdom of an angel of God	0	The woman compares David’s wisdom to the wisdom of an angel to emphasize how very wise he is. Alternate translation: “you are very wise, like an angel of God”
 14:21	n8az		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	So the king said to Joab	0	It is implied that the king had Joab brought before him so that he could speak to him. The full meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Then the king summoned Joab and said to him”
 14:21	g87y			Look now	0	This phrase is used to draw someone’s attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen”
 14:21	r58j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	this thing	0	This refers to what Joab wants the king to do. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “what you want me to do”
 14:22	n6a2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	Joab lay facedown on the ground	0	Joab did this to honor the king and show his gratitude.
 14:22	qd1b			your servant	0	To show respect for the king Joab refers to himself as “your servant.”
-14:22	f6n4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	I have found favor in your eyes	0	The phrase “found favor” is an idiom which means to be approved of by someone. Also, “eyes” is a metonym for sight, and sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “you are pleased with me” or “you have approved of me” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-14:22	x4g1			in that the king	0	Alternate translation: “because the king”
-14:22	gl13			the king has performed the request of his servant	0	Alternate translation: “you have done what I asked you to do”
+14:22	f6n4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	I have found favor in your eyes	0	The word “eyes” represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: “you are pleased with me” or “you have approved of me”
+14:22	gl13				0	Alternate translation: “you have done what I asked you to do”
 14:24	i98k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	but he may not see my face … the king’s face	0	Here the word “face” refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “but he may not see me … the king”
-14:25	u9cd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Now	0	This word marks a break in the main story line. This new section gives background information for the part of the story that follows.
-14:25	fb8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	there was no one praised for his handsomeness more than Absalom	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people praised Absalom for his handsomeness more than they praised anyone else”
-14:25	m4bk			handsomeness	0	good and pleasing appearance, especially of the face
 14:25	tiv6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	From the sole of his foot to the top of his head there was no blemish in him	0	This means the whole person was without blemish. Alternate translation: “There were no blemishes on any part of his body”
 14:26	j4bd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	two hundred shekels	0	This can be written in modern units. Alternate translation: “two and a half kilograms”
 14:26	a94i			the weight of the king’s standard	0	The king had weights that determined the standard weight of the shekel and other weights and measurements.
@@ -636,14 +596,14 @@ front:intro	bs9v				0	# Introduction to 2 Samuel\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 14:28	p8nr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	the king’s face	0	Here “the king’s face” refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “the king”
 14:29	nwh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Absalom sent word for Joab	0	Here “word” is a metonym for “a message.” This means that he sent a messenger to Joab with a request. Alternate translation: “Absalom sent a messenger to Joab asking him”
 14:29	km4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	to send him to the king	0	It is implied that Absalom wanted Joab to come to him to see him and to intercede for him so that he would be allowed to see the king. The full meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “to come to him and to intercede for him so that he could see the king”
-14:29	f1c7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	So Absalom sent word a second time	0	Here “word” is a metonym for “a message.” This means that he sent a messenger to Joab again with the same request. The full meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “So Absalom sent a messenger to Joab again with the same request” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+14:29	f1c7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	So Absalom sent word a second time	0	Here “word” is a metonym for “a message.” This means that he sent a messenger to Joab again with the same request. The full meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “So Absalom sent a messenger to Joab again with the same request”
 14:30	g6kt			See	0	Here this word is used to remind people of something. Alternate translation: “As you know”
 14:32	wb3r			Look	0	Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
 14:32	cr53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	I sent word	0	Here “word” is a metonym for “a message.” This means that he sent a messenger. Alternate translation: “I sent a messenger”
 14:32	ay13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	to the king to say	0	The message here for the king is written as if Absalom were the speaker. Absalom was asking Joab to speak the message on his behalf. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “to say to the king on my behalf” or “to ask the king for me”
 14:32	ehw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	the king’s face	0	Here “king’s face” refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “the king”
 14:33	xix9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	bowed low to the ground before the king	0	Absalom is showing respect to the king. Alternate translation: “bowed low to the ground to honor the king”
-14:33	lr12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	the king kissed Absalom	0	This implies that the king forgave and restored Absalom. The full meaning of this can be made clear. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+14:33	lr12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	the king kissed Absalom	0	This implies that the king forgave and restored Absalom. The full meaning of this can be made clear.
 15:intro	abcf				0	# 2 Samuel 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins the story of Absalom’s attempted revolt.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Absalom’s conspiracy\nFor four years, Absalom made many allies in an attempt to make himself king. This is why he acted as a judge for the people. Since this was all done in secret, it is called a “conspiracy.” David found out and fled with those in the army who were loyal to him.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nThe author used the metaphor of a thief to describe how Absalom was able to win people’s loyalty: “So Absalom stole the hearts of the men of Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 15:1	m44b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	It came about	0	This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line.
 15:1	a4qh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	with fifty men to run before him	0	These men would run in front of the chariot to honor Absalom. Alternate translation: “with fifty men to run before him to honor him”

tn_3JN.tsv

@@ -1,48 +1,63 @@
 Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
-front:intro	kwv9				0	# Introduction to 3 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 3 John\n\n1. Introduction (1:1)\n2. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2–8)\n3. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9–12)\n4. Conclusion (1:13–14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?\n\nThe letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the apostle John near the end of his life.\n\n### What is the Book of 3 John about?\n\nJohn wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “3 John” or “Third John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Third Letter from John” or “The Third Letter John Wrote”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is hospitality?\n\nHospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?\n\nThe author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These were believers he taught to obey Christ.\n\nJohn also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.
-1:1	rni7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		0	# General Information:\n\nThis is a personal letter from John to Gaius. All instances of **you** and **your** refer to Gaius and are singular.
-1:1	w99t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πρεσβύτερος	1	**The elder** refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as the **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: “I, John the elder, am writing”
-1:1	lls6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Γαΐῳ	1	**Gaius** is a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter.
-1:1	mp9w			ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	Alternate translation: “whom I truly love”
-1:2	v6dv			περὶ πάντων εὔχομαί σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ ὑγιαίνειν	1	Alternate translation: “I pray that you may do well in all things and be healthy”
-1:2	i269			καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή	1	Alternate translation: “just as you are doing well spiritually”
-1:3	b4zh			ἐρχομένων ἀδελφῶν	1	These **brothers** were probably all male. Alternate translation: “when fellow believers came”
+front:intro	kwv9				0	# Introduction to 3 John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of 3 John\n\n1. Introduction (1:1)\n2. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2–8)\n3. Condemnation of Diotrephes (1:9–10)\n4. Instructions to imitate what is good (1:11)\n5. Praise for Demetrius (1:12)\n6. Conclusion and greetings (1:13–15)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 3 John?\n\nThe letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the apostle John near the end of his life, after he had written the Gospel of John and the letters 1 John and 2 John.\n\n### What is the book of 3 John about?\n\nJohn wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable and helpful to fellow believers who were traveling through his area. These were probably groups of traveling Christian preachers and teachers. John also warned Gaius about a bad leader in the church there named Diotrephes and commended a good leader there named Demetrius.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “3 John” or “Third John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Third Letter from John” or “The Third Letter John Wrote”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is hospitality?\n\nHospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?\n\nThe author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The Old Testament scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to fellow Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to fellow Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. He meant this in a spiritual sense; these were believers whom he had taught to obey Christ.\n\nJohn also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.\n\n### Which form of “you” occurs in this letter?\n\nThis is a personal letter from John to his friend Gaius. All instances of **you** and **your** in this letter refer to Gaius and are singular.\n\n### How can I translate verses 6-7 in a logical order?\n\nVerse 7 provides the reason for the action that John recommends in verse 6. In some languages, it is more natural to state the reason first, and the action afterwards. If this would be more natural in your language, you can reverse the order of the sentences and then combine the verse numbers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) \n\n\nFor the ULT, reversing the sentences would look like this:\n\n6-7\nthe ones having borne witness to your love in the presence of the church. These people went out for the sake of the name, receiving nothing from the Gentiles. Therefore, you will do well to send them on in a manner worthy of God.
+1:1	w99t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πρεσβύτερος	1	**The elder** refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as the **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church or both, since both were true. If possible, use a word in your language that can refer to both old age and church leadership. If it would be helpful in your language, the name of the author can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I, John the elder, am writing”
+1:1	lls6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Γαΐῳ	1	**Gaius** is a man, a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter.
+1:1	kpbl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “whom I love sincerely”
+1:2	i269		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή	1	John is using one part of Gaius, his **soul**, to mean all of him in a spiritual perspective. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “just as you are doing well spiritually”
+1:3	f6yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “I know that your soul prospers because” 
+1:3	b4zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐρχομένων ἀδελφῶν	1	John is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. In this case, these **brothers** were probably all male. Alternate translation: “when fellow believers were coming”
+1:3	mexh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ μαρτυρούντων 	1	John assumes that Gaius will understand that **the brothers** who came were the ones **testifying** about Gaius. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “who testified to” or “who reported to me about”
 1:3	y7q3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σὺ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ περιπατεῖς	1	Here, **walking** on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “you are living your life according to God’s truth”
-1:4	w79m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ ἐμὰ τέκνα	1	John speaks of those he taught to believe in Jesus as though they were his **children**. This emphasizes his love and concern for them. It could also be that he himself led them to the Lord. Alternate translation: “my spiritual children”
-1:5	vl13			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn’s purpose in writing this letter is to commend Gaius for taking care of people who are traveling to serve God; then he talks about two people, one evil and one good.
-1:5	tmh1			ἀγαπητέ	1	Here, **Beloved** is used as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. Use a term here for a dear friend in your language.
-1:5	gs6x			πιστὸν ποιεῖς	1	Alternate translation: “you are doing what is faithful to God” or “you are being loyal to God”
-1:5	g4gz			ὃ, ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοῦτο ξένους	1	Alternate translation: “when you help fellow believers, especially those whom you do not know”
-1:6	wzf6			οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας	1	These words describe the “strangers” (verse 5). Alternate translation: “the strangers who have told the believers in the church about how you have loved them”
-1:6	pb64			οὓς καλῶς ποιήσεις, προπέμψας	1	John is commending Gaius for his normal practice of helping believers who are traveling. Translate this in a way that shows that this is something that Gaius does continually.
+1:3	k1jl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀληθείᾳ & ἀληθείᾳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way, as in the UST. 
+1:4	c375		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μειζοτέραν & οὐκ ἔχω χαράν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Nothing makes me more joyful than” or “Nothing makes me happier than”
+1:4	w79m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ ἐμὰ τέκνα	1	John speaks of those whom he taught to believe in Jesus as though they were his **children**. This also emphasizes his love and concern for them. Alternate translation: “my spiritual children”
+1:4	hsgh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ περιπατοῦντα	1	Here, **walking** on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: “are living according to God’s truth”
+1:4	v5op		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in God's true ways”
+1:5	tmh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀγαπητέ	1	The word **Beloved** refers to Gaius. John is using it as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. Use a term here for a dear friend in your language.
+1:5	gs6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πιστὸν ποιεῖς	1	The implication is that Gaius is being faithful to God. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you are doing what is faithful to God” or “you are being loyal to God”
+1:5	g4gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃ, ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	John is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you help fellow believers”
+1:6	wzf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας	1	Here, **the ones** refers back to the “strangers” in verse 5. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat the word “strangers” here. Alternate translation: “those who were strangers to you, who have told the believers in the church here about how you have loved them”
+1:6	pb64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	οὓς	1	Here, **them** may refer (1) in a general sense to all traveling believers, rather than to the specific strangers who told about how Gaius had helped them. Alternate translation: “all such travelers” (2) to the specific group of travelers who told about how Gaius had helped them. In this case, the same group would be traveling back to where Gaius is and then traveling farther. Alternate translation: “these brothers”  
+1:6	uln9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὓς & προπέμψας	1	John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to send them on their journey”
+1:6	vaxw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὓς & προπέμψας	1	Here, **send them on** is an idiom that means “give them what they need for the journey.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to supply them for the trip” 
+1:6-7	jfun		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὓς καλῶς ποιήσεις, προπέμψας ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ; ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον, μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνικῶν	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. If you do so, you will need to combine verses 6 and 7 as described in the [book introduction](../front/intro.md). Alternate translation: “These people went out for the sake of the name, receiving nothing from the Gentiles. Therefore, you will do well to send them on in a manner worthy of God.” 
 1:7	d8y1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐξῆλθον	1	Here, **the name** refers to Jesus. This could mean: (1) they left where they were in order to tell others about Jesus. (2) they left where they were because others forced them to leave because of their belief in Jesus. (3) both of these things. Alternate translation: “since they have gone out to tell people about Jesus”
-1:7	yzc8			μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες	1	This could mean: (1) unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything. (2) they did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers.
-1:7	hk3p			τῶν ἐθνικῶν	1	Here, **Gentiles** does not just mean people who are not Jewish. It refers to any people who do not trust in Jesus.
-1:8	d2l7			ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	Alternate translation: “so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God’s truth to people”
-1:8	ab01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	Here, **the truth** is spoken of here as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could refer to: (1) “the true message from God” as in the UST. (2) “God, who is Truth.”
-1:9	tm9q			τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	Here, **the church** refers to Gaius and the group of believers who met together to worship God.
-1:9	cz9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Διοτρέφης	1	**Diotrephes** was a member of the congregation.
-1:9	s82w			ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader”
+1:7	yzc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες	1	This could mean: (1) unbelievers have not helped them by giving them anything. (2) they did not accept any help or gifts from unbelievers.
+1:7	hk3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν ἐθνικῶν	1	Here, **Gentiles** does not mean people who are not Jewish. It refers to any people who do not trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers”
+1:8	m0qy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	**Therefore** indicates that what follows is a result of what came before. In this case, **we ourselves** ought to help these people because “the Gentiles” (verse 7) do not help them. Use a connector in your language that makes this relationship clear. Alternate translation: “This is why”
+1:8	pgqr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς & ὀφείλομεν	1	John is using **we ourselves** to refer to Gaius, himself, and all believers, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction.
+1:8	hdjg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπολαμβάνειν	1	The implication is that **to welcome** these people includes providing what they need for their journey. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to help” or “to support”
+1:8	dw7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	Here, **so that** marks becoming **fellow workers** as a goal or purpose of welcoming people **such as these**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is a purpose. Alternate translation: “and in this way”
+1:8	d2l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἵνα συνεργοὶ γινώμεθα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	John is speaking as if the **truth** were a living thing that he and his fellow Christians could become **workers** for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that we will cooperate with them in announcing God’s truth to people”
+1:8	ab01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	Here, **the truth** is spoken of as though it were a person that John, Gaius, and others worked for. This could refer to: (1) the true message from God. Alternate translation: “who spread God's true message” (2) God himself, who is Truth. Alternate translation: “for the true God”
+1:9	abp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τι	1	What John wrote was a letter, probably containing instructions about helping traveling Christian teachers. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “a letter about this”
+1:9	tm9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	Here, **the church** refers to Gaius and the group of believers who regularly met together with him to worship God. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to the assembly of believers in your place”
+1:9	cz9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Διοτρέφης	1	**Diotrephes** was a man who was a leader of the church.
+1:9	s82w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ φιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν	1	John is using the word **first** in the sense of “most important” or “in charge.” Alternate translation: “who loves to be the most important one among them” or “who loves to act as though he is their leader”
 1:9	dp1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	The word **us** is exclusive; it refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius. It may also be a polite way for John to refer to himself. See the UST.
-1:9	rrgg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Διοτρέφης, οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς	1	Saying **Diotrephes … does not accept us** does not mean that he has physically rejected John and those with John, but it is a shorter way of saying that he does not accept John’s authority or the instructions that John gives. See the UST.
-1:10	f6qj			λόγοις πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς	1	Alternate translation: “that is, that he says evil things about us that certainly are not true”
-1:10	wi6a			οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	Alternate translation: “he does not welcome the fellow believers”
-1:10	it7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τοὺς βουλομένους κωλύει	1	John leaves out words that are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he stops those who want to welcome the believers”
-1:10	g98b			ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλλει	1	Alternate translation: “forces them to leave the group of believers”
-1:11	a3z8			ἀγαπητέ	1	Here, **Beloved** is used as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. See how you translated this in [3 John 1:5](../01/05.md).
-1:11	pv24			μὴ μιμοῦ τὸ κακὸν	1	Alternate translation: “do not copy the evil things that people do”
+1:9	rrgg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Διοτρέφης, οὐκ ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς	1	Saying **Diotrephes … does not accept us** does not mean that he has physically rejected John and those with John, but it is a shorter way of saying that he does not accept John’s authority or the instructions that John gives. Alternate translation: “Diotrephes … rejects our instructions”
+1:10	lf4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	**For this reason** indicates that what follows is a result of what came before. Because Diotrephes “does not accept” John's authority (verse 9), John will expose his evil works when John comes. Use a connector in your language that makes this relationship clear. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “This is why”
+1:10	w1yj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἐὰν ἔλθω	1	In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “if I go to you”
+1:10	prnv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἐὰν ἔλθω	1	John speaks as if he were uncertain about this, but he means that he is planning to come. If your readers might think that what John is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as a confident statement. Alternate translation: “when I come” or “at the time that I come”
+1:10	f6qj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	λόγοις πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς	1	John is speaking as if the **words** of Diotrephes were living things that could be morally **evil** themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that is, that he says evil things about us that certainly are not true”
+1:10	wi6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	John is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he does not welcome the fellow believers”
+1:10	it7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ τοὺς βουλομένους κωλύει	1	John leaves out words that are understood from the previous clause. You could supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and he stops the ones who are willing to receive the believers”
+1:11	a3z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀγαπητέ	1	Here, **Beloved** is used as a term of endearment for Gaius as a fellow believer. See how you translated this in [3 John 1:5](../01/05.md).
+1:11	pv24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	μὴ μιμοῦ τὸ κακὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	John is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in a general sense. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “do not imitate evil things that people do, but good things”
 1:11	sz2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	John leaves out words that are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but imitate the good things that people do”
-1:11	cm8t			ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1	Alternate translation: “comes from God”
 1:11	zan2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐχ ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεόν	1	“Seeing” here is a metaphor that stands for knowing or understanding. Alternate translation: “has not experienced God” or “has not believed in God”
 1:12	pl7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “All who know Demetrius bear witness of him” or “Every believer who knows Demetrius speaks well of him”
-1:12	m22h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Δημητρίῳ	1	**Demetrius** is probably a man whom John wants Gaius and the congregation to welcome when he comes to visit. He may be the person delivering this letter.
-1:12	rad4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Here, **truth** is described as though it were a person speaking. Here, **truth** refers to “the true message from God.” Alternate translation: “everyone who knows the truth knows that he is a good person”
-1:12	mftm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας	1	John leaves out words that are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he is borne witness to by the truth itself”
-1:12	s712		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν	1	What John is confirming is implied and can be made explicit here. Alternate translation: “we also speak well of Demetrius”
-1:12	a16a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	Here, **we** refers to John and those with him and does not include Gaius.
-1:13	v27c				0	# General Information:\n\nThis is the end of John’s letter to Gaius. In this section, he mentions coming to see him and closes with a greeting.
-1:13	am6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	οὐ θέλω διὰ μέλανος καὶ καλάμου σοι γράφειν	1	This is a doublet, because **ink and pen** stand for the process of writing that was already mentioned. John is not saying that he would write them with something other than ink and pen. He is saying that he does not wish to write these other things at all. Alternate translation: “I do not want to write about them to you”
-1:14	r8i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	στόμα πρὸς στόμα	1	Here, **mouth to mouth** is an idiom meaning “in person.” Alternate translation: “in person”
-1:15	v8yj			εἰρήνη σοι	1	Alternate translation: “May God give you peace”
-1:15	mhs1			ἀσπάζονταί σε οἱ φίλοι	1	Alternate translation: “The believers here greet you”
-1:15	lq8r			ἀσπάζου τοὺς φίλους κατ’ ὄνομα	1	Alternate translation: “Greet each of the believers there for me”
+1:12	m22h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Δημητρίῳ	1	**Demetrius** is a man. He may be someone in Gaius's congregation whom John wants Gaius to support as a leader rather than Diotrephes, or he may be the person who carried this letter to Gaius, and John is now introducing him to Gaius. 
+1:12	n0v4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μεμαρτύρηται	1	The implication is that this **witness** is of good things about Demetrius. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “has been commended as a good person”
+1:12	v69i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὑπὸ πάντων	1	John says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “by everyone who knows him”
+1:12	mftm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας	1	John leaves out words that are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and he has been borne witness to by the truth itself”
+1:12	rad4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	καὶ ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Here, John refers to **truth** as though it were a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who knows the truth knows that he is a good person”
+1:12	jogk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and by his right way of living”
+1:12	s712		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν	1	As in the previous sentence, the implication here is also that this **witness** is of good things about Demetrius. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers.  Alternate translation: “And we also speak well of Demetrius”
+1:12	a16a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς & ἡμῶν	1	Here, **we** and **our** refer to John and those with him and do not include Gaius, so use the exclusive form of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction.
+1:13	am6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	οὐ θέλω διὰ μέλανος καὶ καλάμου σοι γράφειν	1	The expression **with ink and pen** contains extra information about the materials used for writing that would be considered understood and thus unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. John is not saying that he would write about these things with something other than ink and pen. He is saying that he does not wish to write about these things at all. Alternate translation: “I do not want to write about them to you”
+1:14	r8i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	στόμα πρὸς στόμα	1	Here, **mouth to mouth** is an idiom meaning “in person.”  If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “face to face” or “in person”
+1:15	v8yj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing	εἰρήνη σοι	1	John ends his letter with a blessing for Gaius. You could express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace”
+1:15	mhs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀσπάζονταί σε οἱ φίλοι	1	John assumes that Gaius will understand that he is referring to the believers who are with John. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “The believers with me send their greetings to you”
+1:15	lq8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀσπάζου τοὺς φίλους	1	John assumes that Gaius will understand that he is referring to the believers who are there with Gaius, and that he is to pass on the greetings to them from John and from the believers who are with John. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Greet the believers there for us”
+1:15	dxln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κατ’ ὄνομα	1	Here, **by name** is an idiom that means “personally.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one by one” or “personally”

tn_ACT.tsv

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ front:intro	mw28				0	# Introduction to Acts\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
 1:13	vis2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτε εἰσῆλθον	1	The previous verse explains that the apostles returned to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that again explicitly here. Alternate translation: “when they arrived back in Jerusalem”
 1:13	zt12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον, ἀνέβησαν οὗ ἦσαν καταμένοντες	1	In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built on top of other rooms. The expression **upper chamber** describes such a room, which was reached by stairs. If your culture does not have houses like that, it may be helpful to explain the meaning of the expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “they climbed the stairs to the room where they were staying, which had been built on top of other rooms in the house”
 1:13	a032		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Ἰάκωβος Ἁλφαίου & Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου	1	These are two occurrences of an idiom. Alternate translation: “James the son of Alphaeus … Judas the son of James”
-1:13	a033		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰάκωβος & Ἁλφαίου & Ἰούδας & Ἰακώβου	1	These are the names of four men.
+1:13	a033		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰάκωβος Ἁλφαίου & Ἰούδας & Ἰακώβου	1	These are the names of four men. As the UST indicates, the man named **James** who was the father of **Judas** is not the same man as the James who is mentioned first in this verse, and he is also not the same man as James the son of Alphaeus.
 1:13	a034		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμων ὁ Ζηλωτὴς	1	**Simon** is the name of a man, and **Zealot** is another name by which he was known. (1) **Zealot** could be a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “Simon the Patriot” (2) **Zealot** could also be a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “Simon the Passionate One”
 1:14	z6cf			ὁμοθυμαδὸν	1	The word **unanimously** indicates that the apostles and other believers shared a common commitment and purpose and that there was no strife among them. Alternate translation: “with one accord” or “harmoniously”
 1:14	a035		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γυναιξὶν	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to the women who accompanied Jesus and his disciples during his ministry. These women provided for them out of their own means, and they had traveled with them to Jerusalem. These women are described in [Luke 8:2–3](../luk/08/02.md) and [23:49](../luk/23/49.md). Alternate translation: “the women who had helped Jesus and his disciples during his ministry”
@@ -3517,4 +3517,4 @@ front:intro	mw28				0	# Introduction to Acts\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
 28:30	a660		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐνέμεινεν	1	The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul stayed”
 28:31	wv1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how God had begun to rule as king”
 28:31	a661		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας ἀκωλύτως	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **boldness** and **hindrance**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “very boldly, with no one hindering him”
-28:31	a662		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας	1	Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis.
+28:31	a662		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας	1	Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis.

tn_EST.tsv

@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ front:intro	d989				0	# Introduction to Esther\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
 6:13	aca3			חֲכָמָ֜י⁠ו	1	See how you translated this expression in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “his advisors”
 6:13	fd5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אִ֣ם & מָרְדֳּכַ֞י אֲשֶׁר֩ הַחִלּ֨וֹתָ לִ⁠נְפֹּ֤ל לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙	1	This could mean either of two possibilities: (1) The action of falling could refer to bowing down and it could be a metaphor meaning to be dishonored and defeated. Haman wanted Mordecai to bow down in front of him. But instead, the story would be saying that Haman is starting to bow down (in a metaphorical sense) in front of Mordecai. Alternate translation: “Mordecai has begun to humiliate you. If he … ” (2) “Fall” could be a figurative way of saying “be killed in battle.” In that case, Zeresh would be comparing Haman and Mordecai to two soldiers who are fighting. She is saying that Haman has already “begun to fall,” that is, he is losing the battle, and he is likely to be killed. Alternate translation: “Mordecai has begun to defeat you. Since he … ”
 6:13	j3d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙	1	Here, **face** represents the front of a person. This could mean: (1) that Haman has already begun to fall down (bow down) in front of Mordecai figuratively, or (2) that Haman and Mordecai are facing one another in hand-to-hand combat. Alternate translation: “before whom” or “in whose presence”
-6:13	p5t2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠זֶּ֣רַע הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֡ים	1	Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “one of the Jewish people”
+6:13	p5t2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠זֶּ֣רַע הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֡ים	1	Here, **seed** means "descendants." If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is among the descendants of the Jews”
 6:13	nan5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לֹא־תוּכַ֣ל ל֔⁠וֹ	1	Here Haman’s wife and friends are again speaking as if Haman is in a battle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “you will not win against him” or “you will not have greater honor than he has”
 6:13	j3d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	כִּֽי	1	This conjunction indicates a contrast between the actions of prevailing (in the previous clause) and falling.
 6:13	j3d7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נָפ֥וֹל תִּפּ֖וֹל	1	Here the action of **falling**: (1) either refers once again to prostrating oneself, and is a metaphor meaning to be dishonored and defeated, or (2) Haman’s wife and friends are saying that for Haman, defeat will be the outcome of the figurative battle. Alternate translation: “you will certainly lose to him”
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ front:intro	d989				0	# Introduction to Esther\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
 9:26	j135		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠מָ֥ה הִגִּ֖יעַ אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	This expression means “what had happened to them.”
 9:27	acp8			קִיְּמ֣וּ וְקִבְּל֣וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֩ ׀ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֨ם ׀ וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֜⁠ם וְ⁠עַ֨ל כָּל־הַ⁠נִּלְוִ֤ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙ & לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֣ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠יָּמִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	Alternate translation: “the Jews said that they would tell their descendants and those people who became Jews to be certain to celebrate this festival”
 9:27	acp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	קִיְּמ֣וּ וְקִבְּל֣וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֩	1	“Set up” and “accepted” mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews definitely agreed to do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “agreed to establish”
-9:27	j137		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֜⁠ם	1	As in [6:13](../06/13.md), **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring”
+9:27	j137		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֜⁠ם	1	As in [6:13](../06/13.md), **seed** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants”
 9:27	j141		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲב֔וֹר	1	This expression means that the Jews would never stop celebrating the feast of Purim every year. you could put this last since it applies to the whole verse. Alternate translation: “always” or “forever”
 9:27	acq0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת עֹשִׂ֗ים אֵ֣ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠יָּמִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	To present things in chronological order, you can put this before the reference to Jewish descendants and converts to Judaism. Alternate translation: “to establish those two days as holidays and to observe them”
 9:27	acq1			כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֖⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “in the way that Mordecai had told them to do in the letter”
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ front:intro	d989				0	# Introduction to Esther\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
 9:28	m5o8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וִ⁠ימֵ֞י הַ⁠פּוּרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה לֹ֤א יַֽעַבְרוּ֙ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים וְ⁠זִכְרָ֖⁠ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף מִ⁠זַּרְעָֽ⁠ם	1	These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize that the Jews will definitely not stop celebrating Purim each year. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases and express the emphasis with a word like “definitely” or “certainly” or “always.” Alternate translation: “the Jews and their descendants will certainly always continue to celebrate this festival of Purim”
 9:28	acq7			מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים	1	Alternate translation: “within the Jewish community”
 9:28	i2qk			וְ⁠זִכְרָ֖⁠ם לֹא־יָס֥וּף	1	Alternate translation: “will always observe”
-9:28	j155		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠זַּרְעָֽ⁠ם	1	As in verse 27, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring”
+9:28	j155		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠זַּרְעָֽ⁠ם	1	As in verse 27, **seed** means "descendants." Alternate translation: “and for their descendants”
 9:29	je8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	בַת־אֲבִיחַ֛יִל	1	This information reminds the reader who Esther was.
 9:29	cm8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲבִיחַ֛יִל	1	This man was Esther’s father and Mordecai’s uncle. See how you translated his name in [2:15](../02/15.md).
 9:29	oc4c			וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֥י	1	Since the Hebrew verb wrote is feminine singular, it means that the letter was from Esther. The mention of **Mordecai** here probably means that Mordecai helped her to write the letter. Alternate translation: “with Mordecai”
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ front:intro	d989				0	# Introduction to Esther\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
 9:31	acr4			לְ⁠קַיֵּ֡ם אֵת־יְמֵי֩ הַ⁠פֻּרִ֨ים הָ⁠אֵ֜לֶּה בִּ⁠זְמַנֵּי⁠הֶ֗ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֩ קִיַּ֨ם עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם מָרְדֳּכַ֤י הַ⁠יְּהוּדִי֙ וְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “in this second letter, Mordecai the Jew and Queen Esther confirmed that Purim should be celebrated on the fourteenth and fifteenth days of the month of Adar”
 9:31	rgr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	הַ⁠יְּהוּדִי֙	1	This phrase gives clarifying information about Mordecai.
 9:31	acr5			וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר קִיְּמ֥וּ עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖⁠ם וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠צֹּמ֖וֹת וְ⁠זַעֲקָתָֽ⁠ם	1	This is referring to background information that the original audience would have known. They would have known what the fasting was about. It could be either: (1) fasting as a part of Purim. We know that some Jews fasted on the 13th day of the month of Adar to commemorate the day that Haman intended to destroy them, or (2) other times of fasting. Ever since the destruction of Jerusalem, the Jews had been fasting and mourning in the fifth month of the year to show their sorrow over what had happened. (The story refers to the Babylonian conquest of Jerusalem in [2:6](../02/06.md).) You could put this information in a footnote if it would help your readers to understand this.
-9:31	rl2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם	1	Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning the offspring or descendants of the Jews. Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring”
+9:31	rl2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠עַל־זַרְעָ֑⁠ם	1	Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning the offspring or descendants of the Jews. Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring”
 9:32	acr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְתָּ֖ב בַּ⁠סֵּֽפֶר	1	You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the royal scribes made an official record of it”
 10:intro	h4m4				0	# Esther 10 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Mordecai’s new position\n\nThrough the power of Yahweh, Mordecai was given a new position in the Persian Empire. Mordecai was now the second in command in the kingdom of Persia and he used his position to help other Jews.
 10:1	j157		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩ הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֧וֹשׁ	1	This introduces a new event in the story. Use a natural way to introduce a new event in your language.
@@ -1074,4 +1074,4 @@ front:intro	d989				0	# Introduction to Esther\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
 10:3	act3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ	1	The abstract nouns **good** and **peace** refer in this context to prosperity and security. You could translate these ideas with verbs, for example, you could say, “He worked hard to make sure that his people would prosper and their descendants would be secure.”
 10:3	wte9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	**Seeking** is a figurative way to describe actively trying to do something or work hard for something.
 10:3	s8f8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ	1	**Speaking peace** is a figurative way of describing actions that benefit the general welfare of others.
-10:3	j161		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **seed** means “descendants.” Even if you combine the two parallel phrases, you can still convey the idea of “down through the generations” with a word such as “always.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring”
+10:3	j161		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ	1	As in verses 27 and 28, **seed** means "descendants." **seed** means “descendants.” Even if you combine the two parallel phrases, you can still convey the idea of “down through the generations” with a word such as “always.” Alternate translation: “to all of their descendants"

tn_EZR.tsv

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ front:intro	fa5r				0	# Introduction to Ezra\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
 2:59	gd69			וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָֽכְל֗וּ לְ⁠הַגִּ֤יד	1	Alternate translation: “but they had no records to prove”
 2:59	ay8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם אִ֥ם מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם	1	All three of these phrases, **the house of their fathers**, **their seed**, and **whether they were from Israel**, mean very similar things. They are used together to give clarity and emphasis. The first phrase refers to a person being able to name a well-known ancestor. The second phrase refers to a person being able to list his ancestors going back to the one that is well-known. The third phrase summarizes the other two: if a person cannot name an ancestor or recite his ancestry, then he cannot claim to be from Israel. If there would be no distinction between these phrases in your language, you could combine them into one phrase. Alternate translations: “that their ancestors had been Israelites” or “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites”
 2:59	an9o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙	1	Among the Israelites, the expressions father’s house or **house of their fathers** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from”
-2:59	yqp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם	1	Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. Here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, whose seed they were. Alternate translation: “or who their ancestors were”
+2:59	yqp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם	1	Here, **seed** means “ancestors.” In the Bible, the term often describes a person’s descendants. But here, "their seed" means “whose seed they were,” so the term is describing the ancestors of these people. Alternate translation: “or who their ancestors were”
 2:60	k7wr			בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם	1	Alternate translation: “In this group were 652 men from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda”
 2:60	v01g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א	1	Here, **sons** means descendants. Either the men named here were not recognized clan heads of Israel, or the 652 people could not prove that they were descendants of these men. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda”
 2:60	xr2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	דְלָיָ֥ה & טוֹבִיָּ֖ה & נְקוֹדָ֑א	1	These are the names of three men.
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ front:intro	fa5r				0	# Introduction to Ezra\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\
 9:2	iac7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	Here, **mixed** is a metaphor for blending one thing into another. Alternate translation: “so they are blending the Jewish people right in with the other people groups living in the land”
 9:2	mncx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	The implication is that as a result of these marriages, not only was a distinct Jewish lineage being lost, the Jewish people were also beginning to follow the practices of these other groups rather than the commandments of God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so they are blending the Jewish people right in with the other people groups living in the land, and they are starting to follow their practices rather than the law of God”
 9:2	fyoq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ	1	As in [8:28](../08/28.md), **holiness** means “that which is set apart for a special purpose.” Here, the word refers specifically to the fact that God had set apart the Israelites to be a model community of God’s followers. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people, who belong to God,”
-9:2	wk5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ	1	Here, **seed** is a metaphor that means “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. The reference here is specifically to the offspring of Jacob, who was also known as Israel, and specifically to his offspring who were living in Judah and Jerusalem, that is, the Jews who had returned from exile. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people, who belong to God,”
+9:2	wk5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ	1	Here, **seed** means “descendants.” The reference here is specifically to the descendants of Jacob, who was also known as Israel, and specifically to his descendants who were living in Judah and Jerusalem, that is, the Jews who had returned from exile. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people, who belong to God,”
 9:2	oxmn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת	1	As in [9:1](../09/01.md), this expression refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “with the other people groups living in this land”
 9:2	iie7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠יַ֧ד הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֗ים הָֽיְתָ֛ה בַּ⁠מַּ֥עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה רִאשׁוֹנָֽה	1	Here, **hand** represents control and action. Alternate translation: “And our clan leaders and provincial officials were actually the first ones to disobey in this way”
 9:2	dwaf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בַּ⁠מַּ֥עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1	Here, **unfaithfulness** means disobedience to God. Alternate translation: “to disobey God in this way”

tn_GEN.tsv

@@ -1546,12 +1546,14 @@ front:intro	d9wn				0	# Introduction to Genesis\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti
 14:21	pmak			הַ⁠נֶּ֔פֶשׁ	1	 Alternate translation: “my people whom you saved,” or “the people from Sodom whom you rescued,”
 14:21	yqi3			וְ⁠הָ⁠רְכֻ֖שׁ קַֽח לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	See how you translated **possessions** in verses 11-12,16. Alternate translation: “but the plunder you may keep for yourself.” or “but take for yourself the belongings that you recovered.”
 14:22	n9df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אַבְרָ֖ם אֶל מֶ֣לֶךְ סְדֹ֑ם	1	Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Abram and to the king of Sodom at this point in their conversation. Alternate translation: “But he replied to him,”
-14:22	mra6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	הֲרִימֹ֨תִי יָדִ֤⁠י אֶל יְהוָה֙	1	It was the custom that when a person made an oath, he raised his hand to show that he was telling the truth and making a serious, unbreakable promise. Abram’s oath to Yahweh made Yahweh his witness who would hold him accountable and punish him if he were to break his oath. Alternate translation: “I will not keep anything, because I have raised my hand and vowed to Yahweh,”
-14:22	j9qr			אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן	1	See how you translated this phrase in verses 18-20. Alternate translation: “who is the highest God,”
+14:22	mra6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	הֲרִימֹ֨תִי יָדִ֤⁠י אֶל יְהוָה֙	1	It was the custom that when a person made an oath, he raised his hand as an appeal to God to witness his oath and to hold him accountable and punish him if he were to break his oath. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “As a witness to this oath, I call on Yahweh”
+14:22	km6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	הֲרִימֹ֨תִי יָדִ֤⁠י אֶל יְהוָה֙	1	The phrase **I raise my hand to Yahweh** begins an oath formula. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I pledge before Yahweh” 
+14:22	j9qr			אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן	1	See how you translated this phrase in verses 18-20. Alternate translation: “who is the highest God”
 14:22	v040			קֹנֵ֖ה שָׁמַ֥יִם וָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	See how you translated this phrase in verse 19. Alternate translation: “and the Owner of heaven and earth,” or “and the One who created heaven and earth,”
-14:23	xn0s			אִם	1	 Alternate translation: “that I will not keep”
-14:23	lbqa			מִ⁠חוּט֙ וְ⁠עַ֣ד שְׂרֽוֹךְ נַ֔עַל	1	 Alternate translation: “even a thread or the strap from a sandal,” or “even something as small as a piece of string or a sandal strap,”
-14:23	wb28			וְ⁠אִם אֶקַּ֖ח מִ⁠כָּל	1	This clause emphasizes Abram’s point. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No I will not keep anything”
+14:23	xn0s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	אִם־מִ⁠חוּט֙ וְ⁠עַ֣ד שְׂרֽוֹךְ־נַ֔עַל	1	 Abram is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from later in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “if I take anything from a thread to the strap of a sandal”
+14:23	vzf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	אִם־מִ⁠חוּט֙ וְ⁠עַ֣ד שְׂרֽוֹךְ־נַ֔עַל וְ⁠אִם־אֶקַּ֖ח מִ⁠כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	According to custom, Abram is leaving out the part of his oath that tells what Yahweh will do to him if he does the things that he mentions in his oath. Because of the power of spoken words, people left that part to be understood silently. You could supply these words if it would be clearer and not offensive in your language. Alternate translation: “if from a thread even to the strap of a sandal, or I take from anything that {belongs} to you, may Yahweh punish me severely” or “…may Yahweh strike me dead”
+14:23	lbqa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	מִ⁠חוּט֙ וְ⁠עַ֣ד שְׂרֽוֹךְ נַ֔עַל	1	 Abram is mentioning things that are so small and insignificant that no one would want them in order to make the point that he doesn't want anything from the king of Sodom. Alternate translation: “even a thread or the strap from a sandal,” or “even something as small as a piece of string or a sandal strap”
+14:23	wb28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠אִם אֶקַּ֖ח מִ⁠כָּל	1	This clause emphasizes Abram’s point by repeating the meaning of the previous phrase in different words. Consider what is the best way to emphasize a point in your language. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No I will not keep anything”
 14:23	ah9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁר לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	For some languages, it may be clearer and more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “that I will not keep/accept anything that belongs to you or your people, not even something as small as a piece of thread/string or the strap from a sandal.” Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “that belongs to you or your people,”
 14:23	hns6			וְ⁠לֹ֣א תֹאמַ֔ר	1	Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
 14:23	xhbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֲנִ֖י הֶעֱשַׁ֥רְתִּי אֶת אַבְרָֽם	1	The Hebrew pronoun that refers here to the king of Sodom is emphatic. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I am the one who made Abram wealthy!”
@@ -2385,7 +2387,8 @@ front:intro	d9wn				0	# Introduction to Genesis\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti
 21:22	ajvq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֗לֶךְ וּ⁠פִיכֹל֙ שַׂר צְבָא֔⁠וֹ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	For some languages it is necessary in your language to make explicit that King Abimelech and Phicol came (or went) to Abraham before they spoke to him. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “King Abimelech went with his army commander Phicol to Abraham and said to him,” or “King Abimelech and his army commander Phicol went to Abraham and said to him,”
 21:22	zrmj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֱלֹהִ֣ים עִמְּ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֖ה עֹשֶֽׂה	1	See how you translated a similar phrase (“God was with …”) in verse 20. Alternate translation: “I have noticed that God is with you and blesses you in everything that you do.”
 21:23	dapc			וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה	1	King Abimelech’s words to Abraham should sound polite and respectful in your translation, not rude or demanding. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 20:7. Alternate translation: “So now, please”
-21:23	k01e			הִשָּׁ֨בְעָ⁠ה לִּ֤⁠י בֵֽ⁠אלֹהִים֙ הֵ֔נָּה	1	To “swear … by God” means that Abraham would be accountable to God, asking him to be his witness and to punish him if he breaks his oath/vow/promise to King Abimelech. It does not mean that Abraham used swear words or other foul language. If this custom is not familiar to many people in your language area, you could put this information in a footnote. See how you translated a similar sentence in Gen 14:22. Alternate translation: “solemnly promise me here with God as your witness”
+21:23	k01e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	הִשָּׁ֨בְעָ⁠ה לִּ֤⁠י בֵֽ⁠אלֹהִים֙ הֵ֔נָּה	1	To “swear … by God” means that Abraham would be accountable to God, asking him to be his witness and to punish him if he breaks his oath/vow/promise to King Abimelech. It does not mean that Abraham used swear words or other foul language. If this custom is not familiar to many people in your language area, you could put this information in a footnote. See how you translated a similar sentence in Gen 14:22. Alternate translation: “solemnly promise me here with God as your witness”
+21:23	iy8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	אִם־תִּשְׁקֹ֣ר לִ֔⁠י	1	According to custom, Abimelech is leaving out the part of the oath that tells what Yahweh will do to Abraham if he violates the oath. Because of the power of spoken words, people left that part to be understood silently. You could supply these words if it would be clearer and not offensive in your language.  Alternate translation: “that he will punish you severely if you deal falsely with me”
 21:23	gd6n			כַּ⁠חֶ֜סֶד אֲשֶׁר עָשִׂ֤יתִי עִמְּ⁠ךָ֙	1	 Alternate translation: “Rather, just as I have treated you kindly,” or “But just as I have been kind to you,”
 21:23	ofrf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה עִמָּדִ֔⁠י וְ⁠עִם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	In this context, the phrase **the land** refers to the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “vow that you will also be kind to me and the people in this land”
 21:23	vmpq			אֲשֶׁר גַּ֥רְתָּה בָּֽ⁠הּ	1	 Alternate translation: “where you are sojourning” or “where you are living as a foreigner”
@@ -6066,4 +6069,4 @@ front:intro	d9wn				0	# Introduction to Genesis\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti
 50:26	q45p			וַ⁠יַּחַנְט֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated **embalmed** in verses 2-3, and how you translated “physicians/doctors” in verse 2. Alternate translation: “And his morticians preserved his body for burial,”
 50:26	l7kb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יִּ֥ישֶׂם	1	Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Alternate translation: “and they put him” or “and put his body”
 50:26	vht8			בָּ⁠אָר֖וֹן	1	 Alternate translation: “in a burial chest”
-50:26	hcwb			בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם	1	 Alternate translation: “in the land of Egypt.”
+50:26	hcwb			בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם	1	 Alternate translation: “in the land of Egypt.”

tn_JON.tsv

@@ -1,176 +1,192 @@
 Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
-front:intro	hk4p				0	# Introduction to Jonah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Jonah\n\n1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh. (1:1–2:10)\n* Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh. (1:1–3)\n* Jonah and the Gentile sailors. (1:4–16)\n* Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, who prays and is rescued. (1:17–2:10)\n2. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1–4:11)\n* Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message. (3:1–4)\n* Nineveh repents. (3:5–9)\n* Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh. (3:10)\n* Jonah is very angry with Yahweh. (4:1–3)\n* Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy. (4:4–11)\n\n### What is the book of Jonah about?\n\nJonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])\n\nYahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite, and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do, but Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.\n\nJonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThis book is traditionally titled “The Book of Jonah” or just “Jonah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Book about Jonah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Jonah?\n\nJonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.\n\nJonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C., during the reign of King Jeroboam II.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the nation of Assyria?\n\nDuring the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.\n\nAssyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.\n\n### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?\n\nSome scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
-1:intro	xvp2				0	# Jonah 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Miracle\n\nIn verse [1:17](../01/17.md), there is the mention of “a great fish.” It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole. Jonah then survives for three days and nights inside the fish. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Situational irony\n\nThere is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God, and as such, he should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he runs away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to an almost certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Sea\n\nPeople in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from sailing on a ship to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted to the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Implicit information\n\nEven though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1:1	jdr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה	1	This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). This is a common way of beginning a historical story about a prophet. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
-1:1	ll6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה	1	This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke or communicated his message in some way. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message”
-1:1	qa3z			דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh”
+front:intro	hk4p				0	# Introduction to Jonah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Jonah\n\n1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh. (1:1–2:10)\n* Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh. (1:1–3)\n* Jonah is on the ship with the Gentile sailors. (1:4–16)\n* Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, who prays and is rescued. (1:17–2:10)\n2. Jonah goes to Nineveh. (3:1–4:11)\n* Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message. (3:1–4)\n* Nineveh repents. (3:5–9)\n* Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh. (3:10)\n* Jonah is very angry with Yahweh. (4:1–3)\n* Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy. (4:4–11)\n\n### What is the book of Jonah about?\n\nJonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher, a village in the northern kingdom of Israel (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])\n\nYahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite, and he did not want the Ninevites to repent and escape punishment. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do, but Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.\n\nJonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThis book is traditionally titled “The Book of Jonah” or just “Jonah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Book about Jonah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Jonah?\n\nJonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.\n\nJonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel, during or before the reign of King Jeroboam II of Israel. He probably prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the nation of Assyria?\n\nDuring the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.\n\nAssyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things that they did.\n\n### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?\n\nSome scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think that they continued to worship other false gods, perhaps after a brief time of worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
+1:intro	xvp2				0	# Jonah 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This is a typical way for a prophetic book to begin. The translator should not add information to smooth this introduction, but the first verse could be made into several sentences to make a more natural beginning. See the UST.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Miracle\n\nIn verse [1:17](../01/17.md), there is the mention of “a great fish.” It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole, and we do not know what kind of creature this was. Jonah then survives for three days and nights inside the fish. This is something that God made to happen. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make them easier to understand. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Situational irony\n\nThere is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God, and as such, he would be expected to endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he runs away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to an almost certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### Sea\n\nPeople in the ancient Near East saw the sea as chaotic, and they did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of the sea was not enough to keep him from sailing on a ship to avoid doing what Yahweh commanded. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Implicit information\n\nEven though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1:1	jdr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה	1	This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. This is a common way of beginning a historical story about a prophet. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. The repetition of this same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). 
+1:1	ll6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה	1	This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke or communicated his message in some way. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The message of Yahweh came” or “Yahweh spoke his message”
 1:1	jv8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲמִתַּ֖י	1	**Amittai** is the name of Jonah’s father.
-1:2	x5ua			ק֠וּם לֵ֧ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֛ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “Arise and go to the large and important city, Nineveh”
-1:2	v2xt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ק֠וּם	1	**Get up** is an idiom that means that Jonah should take action and go. It does not mean that he was sitting or lying down at the time that God spoke to him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Many languages would use only one verb, such as “go.”
-1:2	jqz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠קְרָ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	The word **it** here, meaning the city of Nineveh, refers to the people living in and around the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and warn the people”
-1:2	rki2			עָלְתָ֥ה רָעָתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “I know they have been continually sinning” or “I know that their sin has been getting worse and worse”
-1:2	jd9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י	1	This is an expression that uses the **face** of Yahweh to represent his presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Yahweh is saying that he has noticed how wicked the people of Nineveh have become.
-1:3	f5sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֤קָם יוֹנָה֙ לִ⁠בְרֹ֣חַ	1	Here the words **got up** mean that Jonah took action in response to God’s command, but his action was to disobey instead of to obey. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this idiom in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “but Jonah ran away”
+1:2	x6h7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ק֠וּם לֵ֧ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֛ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖ה וּ⁠קְרָ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ כִּֽי־עָלְתָ֥ה רָעָתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses since the second half of the verse gives the reason for the result that the first half describes. Alternate translation: “The wickedness of Nineveh has risen before my face. Therefore, get up, go to that great city, and call out against it” 
+1:2	x5ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נִֽינְוֵ֛ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖ה	1	Here, **great** means both large and important. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the large and important city, Nineveh”
+1:2	v2xt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ק֠וּם	1	**Get up** is an idiom that means that Jonah should take action. It does not mean that he was sitting or lying down at the time that God spoke to him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning, state the meaning plainly, or use only the verb “Go.” Alternate translation: “Look alive” or “Prepare yourself” 
+1:2	jqz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠קְרָ֣א עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	The pronoun **it** here, meaning the city of Nineveh, refers to the people living in and around the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and call out against the people there”
+1:2	rki2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עָלְתָ֥ה רָעָתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י	1	Here, God speaks of **wickedness** as if it were something that has physically **risen up** in front of him as it has continually grown larger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I know that they have been continually sinning” or “I have seen that their sin has been getting worse and worse”
+1:2	r7kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	עָלְתָ֥ה רָעָתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wickedness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I have seen how wicked they have become”
+1:3	f5sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֤קָם יוֹנָה֙ לִ⁠בְרֹ֣חַ	1	Here the words **got up** mean that Jonah took action in response to God’s command, but his action was to disobey instead of to obey. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this idiom in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “But Jonah decided to run away” or “Jonah prepared himself, but to run away”
 1:3	n96t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֖י יְהוָ֑ה & מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֖י יְהוָֽה	1	The expression **the face of Yahweh** represents his presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. By running away, Jonah is hoping that Yahweh will not notice that he is disobeying. Alternate translation: “from the presence of Yahweh” … “away from Yahweh”
-1:3	g66v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לִ⁠בְרֹ֣חַ תַּרְשִׁ֔ישָׁ⁠ה	1	This city named Tarshish was in the direction opposite to Nineveh. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and went in the opposite direction, toward Tarshish, away”
+1:3	g66v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לִ⁠בְרֹ֣חַ תַּרְשִׁ֔ישָׁ⁠ה	1	This city named Tarshish was in the direction opposite to Nineveh. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to flee in the opposite direction, toward Tarshish, away”
 1:3	djv1			וַ⁠יֵּ֨רֶד יָפ֜וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “Jonah went to Joppa”
-1:3	w3uc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אָנִיָּ֣ה	1	A **ship** is a a very large type of boat that can travel on the sea and carry many passengers or heavy cargo. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of boat, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term.
+1:3	w3uc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אָנִיָּ֣ה	1	A **ship** is a a very large type of boat that can travel on the sea and carry many passengers or heavy cargo. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of boat, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a large boat”
 1:3	pz67			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן שְׂכָרָ֜⁠הּ	1	Alternate translation: “There Jonah paid the cost of his trip”
-1:3	g5xp			וַ⁠יֵּ֤רֶד בָּ⁠הּ֙	1	Alternate translation: “and got on the ship”
-1:3	i6bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עִמָּ⁠הֶם֙	1	The pronoun **them** refers to the others who were going on the ship. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “the crew and passengers"
-1:3	sw66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֖י יְהוָֽה	1	This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. By running away, Jonah may be hoping that Yahweh will not notice that he is disobeying. Alternate translation: “out of the presence of Yahweh” or “away from Yahweh”
-1:4	jdr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה הֵטִ֤יל רֽוּחַ־גְּדוֹלָה֙ אֶל־הַ⁠יָּ֔ם	1	This clause introduces the new event of Yahweh’s response to Jonah's disobedience. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Translate this so that your readers know that this event brings a change in the story.
-1:4	jdra		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אֳנִיָּ֔ה חִשְּׁבָ֖ה לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר	1	Here, the author speaks of **the ship** as if it were a person who could think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly.  The clause means that the storm was so severe that the ship was close to breaking apart. Alternate translation: “so that the ship was almost breaking apart”
-1:4	jl77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to break apart”
-1:5	d13r			הַ⁠מַּלָּחִ֗ים	1	Alternate translation: “the men who worked on the ship” or "the crew"
+1:3	g5xp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֤רֶד בָּ⁠הּ֙	1	The ship is large enough that it has at least one lower deck that is inside the ship. This is where Jonah went. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and went down inside the ship”
+1:3	i6bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	עִמָּ⁠הֶם֙	1	The pronoun **them** refers to the other people who were traveling on the ship, and the only other people we are told about are members of the crew. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say who these people are. Alternate translation: “with the crew”
+1:4	jdr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה	1	**But** here indicates a strong contrast between what Jonah thought would happen and what God did. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “However, Yahweh”
+1:4	jdra		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אֳנִיָּ֔ה חִשְּׁבָ֖ה לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר	1	Here, the author speaks of **the ship** as if it were a person who could think. This clause means that the storm was so severe that the ship was close to breaking apart. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that the ship was almost breaking apart”
+1:4	jl77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of breaking apart”
+1:5	d13r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠מַּלָּחִ֗ים	1	The **sailors** were men who worked on a ship to control the sails and do other tasks. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of work, you could use a more general term or a phrase that explains it. Alternate translation: "the crew members" or “the men who worked on the ship” 
 1:5	u2bj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֒	1	The author assumes that his audience will know that by **his own god** he does not mean the true God, Yahweh. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: "the idol or false god that he worshiped"
 1:5	tg27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠הָקֵ֖ל מֵֽ⁠עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	This could mean: (1) to make the ship lighter so that it would float better, Alternate translation: “to help the ship float better” or (2) to lighten or relieve a dangerous situation, Alternate translation: “to lessen the danger they were in”
-1:5	uzt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠יוֹנָ֗ה יָרַד֙ אֶל־יַרְכְּתֵ֣י הַ⁠סְּפִינָ֔ה	1	This verse provides background information about Jonah's circumstances to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information and that Jonah had already done this before the storm started.
+1:5	uzt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠יוֹנָ֗ה יָרַד֙ אֶל־יַרְכְּתֵ֣י הַ⁠סְּפִינָ֔ה וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֖ב וַ⁠יֵּרָדַֽם	1	This sentence provides background information about Jonah's circumstances to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information and that Jonah had already done this before the storm started.
 1:5	f63r			יַרְכְּתֵ֣י הַ⁠סְּפִינָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “the interior of the ship”
 1:5	g4y4			וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֖ב וַ⁠יֵּרָדַֽם	1	Alternate translation: “and was lying there fast asleep” or “and lay sound asleep” 
-1:6	laa3			וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ב אֵלָי⁠ו֙ רַ֣ב הַ⁠חֹבֵ֔ל וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “Then the man in charge of the men working on the ship went to Jonah and said”
-1:6	yx7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ נִרְדָּ֑ם	1	The captain is using the question form to scold Jonah. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Stop sleeping!”
-1:6	bd4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ק֚וּם	1	This is a command to begin some activity, which is named in the sentence following this word. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this idiom in [1:2](../01/02.md) and [1:3](../01/03.md). In this verse, the captain is telling Jonah to pray to his god. Because Jonah was lying down, the captain may also be telling Jonah literally to stand up.
+1:6	laa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ב אֵלָי⁠ו֙ רַ֣ב הַ⁠חֹבֵ֔ל וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ	1	The **captain** of the ship is the person who is in charge of the ship and the **crew**. The **crew** is another name for the group of sailors who work there. If your readers would not be familiar with these occupations, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term or a description. Alternate translation: “Then the man in charge of the men working on the ship came to Jonah and said”
+1:6	yx7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ נִרְדָּ֑ם	1	The captain is using the question form to scold Jonah. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Stop sleeping!” or “You should not be sleeping!”
+1:6	bd4f			ק֚וּם	1	While this phrase was used as an idiom in [1:2](../01/02.md) and [1:3](../01/03.md), meaning to prepare to begin the activity which was stated next, here the captain is telling Jonah literally to get up from sleeping. 
 1:6	k7a5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	קְרָ֣א אֶל־אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	To **Cry out to** someone means to loudly ask him for help. Alternate translation: “Pray to your god”
-1:6	sk7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אוּלַ֞י יִתְעַשֵּׁ֧ת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד	1	The implication is that Jonah's god might save them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Maybe your god will hear and save us so that we will not die”
+1:6	sk7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אוּלַ֞י יִתְעַשֵּׁ֧ת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד	1	The implication is that Jonah's god might not only notice them but save them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Maybe your god will hear and save us so that we will not die”
 1:6	zi04		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **perish**. Alternate translation: “and he will save us” or "and we will survive"
-1:7	sc57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ	1	The phrase **every man said to his friend** is an idiom expressing reciprocal action. This means that all the men in the group were saying this to each other. Alternate translation: “the sailors all said to each other”
-1:7	l5xq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְכוּ֙ וְ⁠נַפִּ֣ילָה גֽוֹרָל֔וֹת וְ⁠נֵ֣דְעָ֔ה בְּ⁠שֶׁ⁠לְּ⁠מִ֛י הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ֑⁠נוּ	1	The phrase **so that we may know** implies that the men believed that the gods would control how the lots fell in order to tell them what they wanted to know. This was a form of divination. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “We should cast lots to know who has caused this trouble”
-1:7	d726			הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את	1	Alternate translation: "this terrible storm"
-1:7	at67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל עַל־יוֹנָֽה	1	The expression **the lot fell on Jonah** is an idiom meaning that when the men cast lots, the result indicated Jonah. This does not mean that the lot literally fell down on top of Jonah. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the lot showed that Jonah was the guilty person”
-1:8	wkh6			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “Then the men who were working on the ship said to Jonah”
+1:7	sc57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ	1	The phrase **every man said to his friend** is an idiom expressing reciprocal action. This means that the group together decided to do this. Alternate translation: “Then the sailors all said to each other”
+1:7	m93h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְכוּ֙ וְ⁠נַפִּ֣ילָה גֽוֹרָל֔וֹת	1	Here, **Come** is an idiom that invites the hearer to begin an action with the speaker that the speaker names next. If **Come** does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning, state the meaning plainly, or omit the word. Alternate translation: “Listen! We should cast lots” or “We should do this: cast lots”
+1:7	t5p9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠נַפִּ֣ילָה גֽוֹרָל֔וֹת	1	We do not know the exact method that the sailors used to cast lots. It may have been with marked stones or pieces of wood. It was their method of getting a god to answer a question. If you have a name in your language for casting lots to get an answer to a question, consider using it here.
+1:7	l5xq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נֵ֣דְעָ֔ה בְּ⁠שֶׁ⁠לְּ⁠מִ֛י הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ֑⁠נוּ	1	The phrase **so that we may know** implies that the men believed that the gods would control how the lots fell in order to tell them what they wanted to know. This was a form of divination. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “so that the gods can tell us who has caused this trouble”
+1:7	d726			הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את	1	Alternate translation: "this awful storm"
+1:7	at67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל עַל־יוֹנָֽה	1	The expression **the lot fell on Jonah** is an idiom meaning that when the men cast lots, the result indicated Jonah. This does not mean that the lot literally fell down on top of Jonah. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the lot showed that Jonah was the guilty person”
+1:8	wkh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו	1	Here, **they** refers back to the group of sailors referred to as “every man” in verse 7; the pronoun **him** refers to Jonah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat Jonah's name and the term that you are using for the sailors here. Alternate translation: “Then the men who were working on the ship said to Jonah”
 1:8	e7wb			הַגִּידָ⁠ה־נָּ֣א לָ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר לְ⁠מִי־הָ⁠רָעָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ֑⁠נוּ	1	Alternate translation: “Reveal to us who caused this bad thing that is happening to us”
-1:9	wav5			יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ אֲנִ֣י יָרֵ֔א	1	Here, **I fear Yahweh** is an idiom that means “I worship Yahweh and not any other god.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. 
-1:10	zi05			וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ יִרְאָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “Then the men were extremely frightened”
-1:10	peg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֑יתָ	1	The men on the ship use a rhetorical question to show how afraid and angry they were that Jonah was causing so much trouble for all of them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have done a terrible thing!”
-1:10	us1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙	1	This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. By running away, Jonah is hoping that Yahweh will not notice that he is disobeying. Alternate translation: “from the presence of Yahweh” or “from Yahweh”
-1:10	jdrb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	כִּ֥י הִגִּ֖יד לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	This verse provides background information about Jonah's disobedience to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Before the sailors cast lots, Jonah had already told them that he was running away from Yahweh, the God he worshiped. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information.
-1:10	hw1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּ֥י הִגִּ֖יד לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	What **he told them** can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he had said to them, ‘I am trying to get away from Yahweh’”
-1:11	kb4c			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֤וּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙	1	Alternate translation: “Then the men on the ship said to Jonah” or “Then the sailors said to Jonah”
-1:11	ik6d			מַה־נַּ֣עֲשֶׂה לָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠יִשְׁתֹּ֥ק הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מֵֽ⁠עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	Alternate translation: “What should we do with you in order to make the sea become calm?”
-1:11	wxr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַ⁠יָּ֖ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵֽר	1	This is an idiom that means that the sea was becoming increasingly stormy. Alternate translation: “the strength of the storm was increasing”
-1:11	dji8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	הַ⁠יָּ֖ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵֽר	1	This was the reason that the men asked Jonah what they should do. If it is more clear in your language to put the reason first, this can be stated at the beginning of verse 11, connecting to the result with a word like “so” or “therefore.”
+1:9	wav5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יְהוָ֞ה & אֲנִ֣י יָרֵ֔א	1	Here, **I fear Yahweh** is an idiom that means “I worship Yahweh and not any other god.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am a worshiper of Yahweh”
+1:10	zi05		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ יִרְאָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה	1	Here, **afraid with great fear** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that both come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Then the men were extremely frightened”
+1:10	peg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֑יתָ	1	The men on the ship used a rhetorical question to show how afraid and angry they were that Jonah was causing so much trouble for all of them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have done a terrible thing!”
+1:10	us1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙	1	This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. By running away, Jonah is hoping that Yahweh will not notice that he is disobeying. Alternate translation: “from the presence of Yahweh”
+1:10	jdrb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	כִּ֥י הִגִּ֖יד לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	This verse provides background information about Jonah's disobedience to help readers understand why the sailors were afraid. The sailors reacted in fear because Jonah had already told them that he was running away from Yahweh, the God he worshiped. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information. Alternatively, place this information before the first sentence about the sailors being afraid.
+1:10	go19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּֽי־יָדְע֣וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים כִּֽי־מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ ה֣וּא בֹרֵ֔חַ כִּ֥י הִגִּ֖יד לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	Jonah told the sailors **that he was running away from before the face of Yahweh** before they reacted **with great fear**. If it is more natural in your language to put information in the order that it happened, you can put this sentence before the other and translate it as follows. Alternate translation: “Jonah told the men that he was running away from before the face of Yahweh”
+1:11	kb4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֤וּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the sailors. Alternate translation: “Then the sailors said to Jonah” or “Then the men on the ship said to Jonah”
+1:11	ik6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠יִשְׁתֹּ֥ק הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מֵֽ⁠עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	Here, **calm down from upon us** is an idiom that means “calm down for our benefit.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that the sea will calm down for us” or “in order to make the sea become calm”
+1:11	wxr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַ⁠יָּ֖ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵֽר	1	Here, **going forward and storming** is an idiom that means that the sea was becoming increasingly stormy. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the strength of the storm was increasing”
+1:11	dji8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֤וּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙ מַה־נַּ֣עֲשֶׂה לָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠יִשְׁתֹּ֥ק הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מֵֽ⁠עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ כִּ֥י הַ⁠יָּ֖ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵֽר	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The sea was going forward and storming. Therefore, they said to him, “What should we do to you so that the sea will calm down from upon us” 
 1:12	h982			כִּ֚י יוֹדֵ֣עַ אָ֔נִי כִּ֣י בְ⁠שֶׁ⁠לִּ֔⁠י הַ⁠סַּ֧עַר הַ⁠גָּד֛וֹל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	Alternate translation: “because I know that this huge storm is my fault”
-1:13	lcd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּחְתְּר֣וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים לְ⁠הָשִׁ֛יב אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֖ה	1	They did not do as Jonah suggested. The implication is that the men did not want to throw Jonah into the sea. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers.
+1:12	khbq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	 וְ⁠יִשְׁתֹּ֥ק הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מֵֽ⁠עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	See how you translated the idiom **calm down from upon** in [verse 11](../01/11.md).
+1:13	lcd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּחְתְּר֣וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים	1	They did not do as Jonah suggested. The implication is that the men did not want to throw Jonah into the sea. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “The men did want want to throw Jonah into the sea, so they rowed hard"
 1:13	m3iq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַ⁠יָּ֔ם הוֹלֵ֥ךְ וְ⁠סֹעֵ֖ר	1	 See how you translated this idiom in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “the storm became worse, and even taller waves broke”
-1:14	ap77			וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ	1	Alternate translation: “Because of that they called out” or “Because the sea became more violent, they called loudly”
+1:14	ap77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ	1	Here, **So** indicates that what follows is a result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. Alternate translation: “Because of that they called out” or “Because the sea became more violent, they called loudly”
 1:14	q2xq			וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֨וּ אֶל־יְהוָ֜ה	1	Alternate translation: “Therefore, the men prayed loudly to Yahweh”
-1:14	jdr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	אָנָּ֤ה	1	**Ah!** is an exclamation that is expressing intense desperation.  Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language.
-1:14	wz6z			אָנָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ אַל־נָ֣א נֹאבְדָ֗ה בְּ⁠נֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, please do not kill us because we caused this man to die” or “O Yahweh, even though we are going to cause this man to die, please do not kill us”
+1:14	jdr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	אָנָּ֤ה	1	**Ah!** is an exclamation that is expressing intense desperation. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language.
+1:14	wz6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַל־נָ֣א נֹאבְדָ֗ה בְּ⁠נֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה	1	In this context, **the life of this man** means “taking the life of this man.” You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “please do not kill us for taking the life of this man” or “even though we are going to cause this man to die, please do not kill us”
 1:14	vv5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אַל־תִּתֵּ֥ן עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֑יא	1	Here, **do not put innocent blood upon us** is an idiom that means ““do not consider us guilty of killing an innocent person.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and please do not blame us for his death” or “and do not hold us accountable for having killed someone who did not deserve to die”
-1:14	ab73			אַתָּ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָפַ֖צְתָּ עָשִֽׂיתָ	1	Alternate translation: “you, Yahweh, have chosen to do things in this way” or “you, Yahweh, have caused all this to happen”
-1:15	l9cf			וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֥ד הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מִ⁠זַּעְפּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “the sea stopped moving violently”
-1:16	r3gs			וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֧וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים יִרְאָ֥ה גְדוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־יְהוָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “then the men became greatly awed at Yahweh’s power” or “then the men worshiped Yahweh with great awe”
-1:17	q87y				0	# General Information:\n\nSome versions number this verse as the first verse of chapter 2. You may want to number the verses according to the main version that your language group uses.
-1:17	jdr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִ⁠בְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־יוֹנָ֑ה	1	The author is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. The first clause introduces the next part of the story, where Yahweh saves Jonah from the sea, and Jonah prays.
-1:17	cjb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה יָמִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה לֵילֽוֹת	1	Perhaps this expression is an idiom in Hebrew meaning “a couple of days” or “a few days” or something similar, but this is uncertain. Alternate translation: “three days and nights”
-2:intro	ae4k				0	# Jonah 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Sea\n\nThis chapter contains many terms from the sea.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Poetry\n\nPrayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being so trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about being at the “base of the mountains” and in the “belly of Sheol.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Repentance\n\nScholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain whether he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid taking a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
-2:1	alr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהָ֑י⁠ו	1	Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe **Yahweh** as the God whom Jonah worshiped.  The word **his** does not mean that Jonah owned God.  If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. 
+1:14	qnsr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אַל־נָ֣א נֹאבְדָ֗ה בְּ⁠נֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה וְ⁠אַל־תִּתֵּ֥ן עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֑יא	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “please do not let us perish on account of the life of this man; that is, do not put innocent blood upon us”
+1:14	ab73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	אָנָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ אַל־נָ֣א נֹאבְדָ֗ה בְּ⁠נֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה וְ⁠אַל־תִּתֵּ֥ן עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֑יא כִּֽי־אַתָּ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָפַ֖צְתָּ עָשִֽׂיתָ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the last phrase to the first part of what the sailors pray, since this phrase gives the reason for what the rest of the prayer describes. Alternate translation: “Ah! You, Yahweh, have chosen to do things in this way. Therefore, Yahweh, please do not let us perish on account of the life of this man, and do not put innocent blood upon us” or “Ah! You, Yahweh, have caused all of this to happen, so Yahweh, please do not let us perish on account of the life of this man, and do not put innocent blood upon us”
+1:15	l9cf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֥ד הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מִ⁠זַּעְפּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **the sea** is spoken of as if it were a person who could rage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sea stopped moving violently”
+1:15	ql7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֥ד הַ⁠יָּ֖ם מִ⁠זַּעְפּֽ⁠וֹ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative words **ceased** and **raging**. Alternate translation: “and the sea became still”
+1:16	r3gs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֧וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים יִרְאָ֥ה גְדוֹלָ֖ה אֶת־יְהוָ֑ה	1	Here, **feared … with great fear** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that both come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 10](../01/10.md), but be aware that you may want a different translation here for the different kind of fear that this is. The danger of the storm is past; now they are in awe of Yahweh's power. Alternate translation: “then the men became greatly awed at Yahweh’s power” or “then the men worshiped Yahweh with great awe”
+1:16	lj3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וַ⁠יִּֽזְבְּחוּ־זֶ֨בַח֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה וַֽ⁠יִּדְּר֖וּ נְדָרִֽים	1	Here, both **sacrificed a sacrifice** and **vowed vows** use a verb and its object both that come from the same root to emphasize the ideas. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and they offered up a sacrifice to Yahweh and made vows to him”
+1:17	q87y			וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִ⁠בְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־יוֹנָ֑ה וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יוֹנָה֙ בִּ⁠מְעֵ֣י הַ⁠דָּ֔ג שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה יָמִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה לֵילֽוֹת	0	Some versions number this verse as the first verse of chapter 2. You may want to number the verses according to the main version that your language group uses.
+1:17	jdr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִ⁠בְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־יוֹנָ֑ה	1	The author is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. This new event starts the next part of the story, where Yahweh saves Jonah from the sea, and Jonah prays.
+2:intro	ae4k				0	# Jonah 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Also, the prayer is in the style of poetry. To show that, many translations put each line of the poem on a separate line. Translators can follow these practices, but they are not obligated to do so. You may wish to follow the format of a well-known translation in your area.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Sea\n\nThis chapter contains many terms that describe the sea. If people who speak your language are unfamiliar with the sea, you will need to discuss how to describe these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Poetic Imagery\n\nPrayers in Scripture are often expressed in poetry. Poetry frequently uses metaphors and other imagery to more powerfully communicate very emotional topics. For example, Jonah thought he would die in a fish in the sea, and so he compares being trapped there as being surrounded by the bars of the earth and being in the “belly of Sheol.” Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about being at the “base of the mountains.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nHebrew poetry often expresses something in one line and then expresses that same thought in another line but using different words. This emphasizes the ideas in the parallel lines. For example, verse 2 has two halves that are saying basically the same thing. \n\nI cried out to Yahweh from my distress, \n     and he answered me;\nfrom the belly of Sheol I cried out; \n     you heard my voice.\n\nEach half also has two parts. The first part of each half is saying the same thing as the other, and the second part of each half is also saying the same thing as each other. If your language would not repeat ideas like this in poetry, see: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] for ideas for how to translate this kind of poetry.\n\n
+2:1	alr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהָ֑י⁠ו	1	Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe **Yahweh** as the God whom Jonah worshiped. The word **his** does not mean that Jonah owned God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God to whom he belonged,”
 2:2	al5b			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	Alternate translation: “Jonah said”
-2:2	jdrc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי	1	This is poetic language. If your language has a way to indicate poetry, you could use it here. This line begins a poem describing Jonah’s experience and prayer in the belly of the fish. The poem does not give the exact words that Jonah prayed at the time because the poem was written later, describing Jonah’s experience in the fish, his prayer, and God’s answer as if they had already happened. This first line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer, or as being addressed to another person as an introduction to the description of the prayer.  See also the Note concerning the phrase “Salvation belongs to Yahweh!” in [2:9](../02/09/jdrh).
-2:2	s7fi			קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה	1	Alternate translation: “I prayed to Yahweh during my great trouble” or “Yahweh, I cried out to you during my distress”
-2:2	wdr4			וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי	1	Alternate translation: “and Yahweh responded to me" or "and he helped me" or "and you answered me”
-2:2	w8wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בֶּ֧טֶן שְׁא֛וֹל	1	The possible meanings of the metaphor **from the belly of Sheol** could include: (1) that Jonah was speaking of being in the belly of the fish as being in Sheol; or (2) that Jonah believed that he was about to die and go to Sheol; or (3) that he was speaking as if he already had died and gone to Sheol.
-2:2	ab77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שְׁא֛וֹל	1	**Sheol** was the name of the place where people went after they died. It was thought to be a shadowy world located somewhere under the ground. The New Testament equivalent seems to be “Hades,” where the dead wait for judgment (see Rev. 20:13). If your language has a word for this place, you may want to use it here, or borrow the word “Sheol.”
-2:2	jdrd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שָׁמַ֥עְתָּ קוֹלִֽ⁠י	1	This phrase probably has both a literal and a figurative meaning. The phrase probably means literally that Yahweh heard Jonah’s voice while he was praying inside the belly of the fish. However, the phrase “to hear someone’s voice” in the Old Testament often means “to listen and obey (comply).” In this context, Jonah is expressing that Yahweh both heard him and acted to save him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly.
-2:3	glp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בִּ⁠לְבַ֣ב יַמִּ֔ים	1	Here the term **heart** is a metaphor for “being inside” something. The phrase “in the heart of” means to be “in the middle of” or “completely surrounded by” sea water. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the sea”
-2:3	p8fd			וְ⁠נָהָ֖ר יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי	1	Alternate translation: “the sea water flowed all around me”
-2:3	c6jx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠גַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ	1	Both of these are disturbances on the surface of the ocean. They could be combined into one term, such as “waves.”
-2:4	jdr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י	1	This expression shows that there is a contrast between the actions of Yahweh, which Jonah had just talked about, and his own response. Now he is going to speak of his own response. Alternate translation: “And I”
+2:2	jdrc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי	1	This is poetic language. If your language has a way to indicate poetry, you could use it here. This line begins a poem describing Jonah’s experience in the fish, his prayer, and God’s answer. The poem describes these things from a time after they had already happened. 
+2:2	s7fi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי	1	In this poem that is also a prayer, Jonah refers to God in both the third person (using “he”) and the second person (using “you”). If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form throughout the poem. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, I cried out to you during my distress, and you answered me”
+2:2	wdr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי	1	The implication is that Yahweh answered Jonah's prayer for help by helping him. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh helped me" 
+2:2	ogez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי מִ⁠בֶּ֧טֶן שְׁא֛וֹל שִׁוַּ֖עְתִּי שָׁמַ֥עְתָּ קוֹלִֽ⁠י	1	The two halves of this verse mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases in a way that would show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “I cried out to Yahweh from my distress, and he answered me; that is, from the belly of Sheol I cried out, and you heard my voice”
+2:2	w8wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בֶּ֧טֶן שְׁא֛וֹל	1	Here Jonah is speaking of the fish's belly as if it were **Sheol**, that is, the place of the dead. Jonah is expressing that he believed that this is where he would die very soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “When I was almost dead”
+2:2	ab77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שְׁא֛וֹל	1	**Sheol** was the name of the place where they believed that people went after they died. It was thought to be a shadowy world located somewhere under the ground. The New Testament equivalent seems to be “Hades,” where the dead wait for judgment (see Rev. 20:13). If your language has a word for this place, you may want to use it here or borrow the word “Sheol.”
+2:2	jdrd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שָׁמַ֥עְתָּ קוֹלִֽ⁠י	1	Here, **you heard my voice** is equivalent to the phrase “he answered me” in the previous line of poetry. In this context, Jonah is expressing that Yahweh both heard him and acted to save him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You heard me and acted to save to me”
+2:3	glp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בִּ⁠לְבַ֣ב יַמִּ֔ים	1	Here the term **heart** is a metaphor for the center of something. To be in **the heart of the seas** means to be completely surrounded by sea water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “under the sea water”
+2:3	twte		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural	יַמִּ֔ים	1	Here, Jonah refers to the sea by using the plural **seas** to intensify the idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you can use the singular and intensify the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the vast ocean”
+2:3	p8fd			וְ⁠נָהָ֖ר יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי	1	Alternate translation: “and the sea water flowed all around me”
+2:3	c6jx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠גַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ	1	The terms **billows** and **waves** mean similar things. Both of these are disturbances on the surface of the ocean. Jonah is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could use a single term and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “your powerful waves” 
+2:3	xoo2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠גַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ	1	Here, Jonah is using the possessive form **your** to describe the **billows** and **waves** because they were caused by God. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could say this in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “the billows and waves that you created” 
+2:4	jdr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י	1	**But I** shows that there is a contrast between the actions of Yahweh, which Jonah had just talked about, and his own response, which he will talk about now. In your translation, indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “On my part”
 2:4	x1w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נִגְרַ֖שְׁתִּי	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You drove me out”
-2:4	z1yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠נֶּ֣גֶד עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	Here, **eyes** is a metonym meaning seeing, and seeing is a metonym for the knowledge, notice, and attention of God. Alternate translation: “from before you” or “from your presence” or “to where you do not notice me”
-2:4	b8vk			אַ֚ךְ אוֹסִ֣יף לְ⁠הַבִּ֔יט אֶל־הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	Jonah still has hope that, in spite of all that he is going through, God will allow him to see the temple in Jerusalem again.
-2:5	abc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֲפָפ֤וּ⁠נִי מַ֨יִם֙ עַד־נֶ֔פֶשׁ תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי	1	Jonah uses two similar phrases to express the severity and hopelessness of his situation.
+2:4	z1yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠נֶּ֣גֶד עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	Here, **eyes** is a metonym meaning seeing, and seeing is a metonym for the knowledge, notice, and attention of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from before you” or “from your presence” or “to where you do not notice me”
+2:4	ua1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	אַ֚ךְ	1	Here, **yet** indicates a contrast between Jonah being driven away from God and Jonah's hope to see the temple again. In your translation, indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nevertheless” 
+2:5	abc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֲפָפ֤וּ⁠נִי מַ֨יִם֙ עַד־נֶ֔פֶשׁ תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases in a way that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Water had closed around me even as far as life; indeed, the deep was surrounding me”
 2:5	rf4b			מַ֨יִם֙	1	Alternate translation: "The sea"
-2:5	ca31			עַד־נֶ֔פֶשׁ	1	Here the Hebrew term **life** can possibly mean “my life” or “my neck” or “my spirit.” In any case, the water was threatening to end his life. Alternate translation: “up to my neck” or “as far as my spirit”
+2:5	ca31			עַד־נֶ֔פֶשׁ	1	Here the Hebrew term **life** can also possibly mean “neck” or “soul.” In any case, the water was threatening to end his life. Alternate translation: “up to my neck” or “as far as my soul”
 2:5	nr3v			תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי	1	Alternate translation: “deep water was all around me”
-2:5	p1fw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ס֖וּף	1	**Seaweed** is grass that grows in the sea.
-2:6	z36i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ בְּרִחֶ֥י⁠הָ בַעֲדִ֖⁠י לְ⁠עוֹלָ֑ם	1	Here Jonah uses a metaphor to compare the earth to a prison. Alternate translation: “the earth was like a prison that was about to lock me in forever”
-2:6	dc3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תַּ֧עַל מִ⁠שַּׁ֛חַת חַיַּ֖⁠י	1	Here the term **pit** has more than one meaning. This could mean: (1) a way to describe being in a very deep place underground or underwater. Alternate translation: “but you saved me from dying in a deep place” (2) a metaphor meaning the place of the dead. In either case, the term probably refers to the fact that Jonah felt certain that he would die. Alternate translation: “but you saved my life from the place of the dead”
-2:6	i3mx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could put this at the beginning of the sentence or next to the word “you.”
-2:7	jdr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	בְּ⁠הִתְעַטֵּ֤ף עָלַ⁠י֙ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י	1	This phrase could mean that: (1) Jonah was already in the process of dying when he remembered Yahweh. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “when my life was fainting away from me” (2) Jonah had given up hope of being rescued and resigned himself to the fact that he would die.  Alternate translation: “when my spirit inside me had fainted”
-2:7	l2b6			אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה זָכָ֑רְתִּי	1	Alternate translation: “Yahweh, I thought about you”
-2:7	ue9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תָּב֤וֹא אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תְּפִלָּתִ֔⁠י אֶל־הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	Jonah speaks as if his prayers could travel to God and his temple. This means that God heard his prayer and responded to it. Alternate translation: “then you in your holy temple heard my prayer”
-2:7	jdrf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	Here the term **holy temple** may have either a literal or a figurative meaning or perhaps both. Jonah might be speaking about the literal temple in Jerusalem, or he might be speaking about God’s dwelling place in heaven. 
-2:7	jdre			נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י	1	Here the Hebrew term **my spirit** could also mean **my life**.
-2:8	u1l9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מְשַׁמְּרִ֖ים הַבְלֵי־שָׁ֑וְא	1	Here the term **empty vanities** is probably an idiom referring to idols of false gods. Alternate translation: “Those who give attention to useless idols” or “Those who pay attention to useless gods”
-2:8	fac9			חַסְדָּ֖⁠ם יַעֲזֹֽבוּ	1	Here, **covenant faithfulness** could mean: (1) the faithfulness of God. Alternate translation:  “are rejecting you, who would be faithful to them” (2) the faithfulness of the people. Alternate translation: “are abandoning their commitment to you”
-2:9	q3yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י	1	This expression shows that there is a contrast between Jonah himself and the people about whom Jonah had just spoken. They paid attention to useless gods, but he would worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “But I”
-2:9	nfd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠ק֤וֹל תּוֹדָה֙ אֶזְבְּחָה־לָּ֔⁠ךְ	1	The phrase **with a voice of thanksgiving** is an idiom that means “giving God praise.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. This full phrase probably means that Jonah would thank God while he offered a sacrifice to him. It is not clear whether Jonah planned to thank God by singing or shouting joyfully.
-2:9	jdrh			יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	This last line of the poem could be understood as: (1) being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer. (2) being addressed to another person as a conclusion to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “I cried out to Yahweh from my distress … ” in [2:2](../02/02/jdrc).
-2:9	r4j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **Salvation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “save.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who saves people”
-2:10	dz3j			אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָֽׁה	1	Alternate translation: “upon the ground” or “onto the shore”
-3:intro	z3ut				0	# Jonah 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Animals\n\nAccording to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast which he had ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Size of Nineveh\n\nWhen the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase “three days’ journey” is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So, although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.\n\n### God repenting or relenting\n\nThe last verse of this chapter says, “So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it.” This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint, and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin.\n\nYahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
-3:1	jdr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה	1	This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduced the first half of the story [1:1](../01/01.md).
+2:5	p1fw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ס֖וּף	1	The word **seaweed** means a kind of long, stringy plant that grows in the sea.
+2:6	z36i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ בְּרִחֶ֥י⁠הָ בַעֲדִ֖⁠י לְ⁠עוֹלָ֑ם	1	Here Jonah is speaking of **the earth** under the water as if it had **bars** like a prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the earth was like a prison that was about to lock me in forever”
+2:6	c8v0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חַיַּ֖⁠י	1	Here, **life** represents Jonah himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me, alive”
+2:6	dc3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תַּ֧עַל מִ⁠שַּׁ֛חַת חַיַּ֖⁠י	1	Here, the term **pit** has a double meaning. Jonah is in a deep place that could be called a pit, and this is also a word that is used in poetry for the place of the dead. Jonah is expressing that he felt certain that he would die in this place. Alternate translation: “but you saved my life from the place of the dead”
+2:6	i3mx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could put this phrase at the beginning of the sentence after **but** or **you**.
+2:6	geyd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י	1	Here, Jonah is using the possessive form **my** to describe **God**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “the God to whom I belong” 
+2:7	jdr6			בְּ⁠הִתְעַטֵּ֤ף עָלַ⁠י֙ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י	1	This phrase could mean that: (1) Jonah was already in the process of dying when he remembered Yahweh. Alternate translation: “when my life was fainting away from me” (2) Jonah had given up hope of being rescued and resigned himself to the fact that he would die. Alternate translation: “when my spirit inside me had fainted”
+2:7	l2b6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה זָכָ֑רְתִּי	1	The implication is that when Jonah **remembered** Yahweh, he also prayed to him. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I thought of Yahweh and asked him to help me”
+2:7	bql5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה זָכָ֑רְתִּי	1	Jonah changes to talking about Yahweh in the third person here and then continues to talk to him in the second person in the rest of the prayer. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form here. Alternate translation: “I remembered you, Yahweh” 
+2:7	ue9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תָּב֤וֹא אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תְּפִלָּתִ֔⁠י אֶל־הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	Jonah speaks as if his **prayer** could travel to God and his temple. This means that God heard his prayer and responded to it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “then you in your holy temple heard my prayer”
+2:8	u1l9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מְשַׁמְּרִ֖ים הַבְלֵי־שָׁ֑וְא	1	Here the term **empty vanities** is probably an idiom referring to idols of false gods. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those who give attention to useless idols” or “Those who pay attention to useless gods”
+2:8	fac9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	חַסְדָּ֖⁠ם יַעֲזֹֽבוּ	1	Here, **covenant faithfulness** could refer to: (1) the faithfulness of God to his people. Alternate translation: “are rejecting you, who would be faithful to them” (2) the faithfulness of the people to God. Alternate translation: “are abandoning their commitment to you”
+2:9	q3yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י	1	This expression shows that there is a contrast between Jonah himself and the people about whom Jonah had just spoken. They paid attention to useless gods, but he would worship Yahweh. In your translation, indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But as for me”
+2:9	nfd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠ק֤וֹל תּוֹדָה֙ 	1	The phrase **with a voice of thanksgiving** is an idiom that means “while praising God.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. It is not clear whether Jonah planned to thank God by singing or shouting joyfully. Alternate translation: “while praising you out loud”
+2:9	jdrh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Here, **Salvation belongs to Yahweh** is an idiom that means “only Yahweh can save.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Salvation comes from Yahweh” or “Yahweh is the One who saves”
+2:9	y5sk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Here Jonah makes a statement about Yahweh in the third person as part of his prayer to Yahweh. If this would not be natural in your language, you could add “you” to make it the second-person form. See also the Note concerning the phrase “I cried out to Yahweh from my distress … ” in [2:2](../02/02/jdrc). Alternate translation: “Salvation belongs to you, Yahweh” 
+2:9	r4j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of the word **Salvation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “save.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who saves people”
+2:10	qrhh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה לַ⁠דָּ֑ג	1	The content of what **Yahweh spoke** was a command to vomit up Jonah. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told the fish to vomit up Jonah onto the land”
+2:10	na0f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה לַ⁠דָּ֑ג	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh said to the fish, ‘Vomit up Jonah onto the dry land’”
+2:10	dz3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָֽׁה	1	In some languages it would be unnecessary or unnatural to express that the **land** was **dry**. If this is true of your language, you could use a more natural expression for the land at the edge of the sea. Alternate translation: “upon the ground” or “onto the shore”
+3:intro	z3ut				0	# Jonah 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter returns to the narrative about Jonah.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Animals\n\nAccording to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast which he had ordered. This was unusual and probably indicates that the king wanted God to see that all of Nineveh was taking his proclamation of destruction very seriously. There is nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have their animals participate in fasting. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### God Repenting or Relenting\n\nThe last verse of this chapter says, “So then God relented in regard to the evil that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it.” This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. \n\nHowever, God's actions of punishment or mercy depend on human actions. God often changes his action from punishment to mercy in response to humans who repent of their sins, because he prefers to be merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with the judgment that he told Jonah to proclaim, and Jonah described that in a human way as “relenting” or as some versions say, “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. \n\n### God Planning Evil\n\nThe Hebrew word translated as “evil” in the ULT is very broad, including moral evil, physical evil, and everything that is bad. So in verse 10, the author uses the same word for God's planned destruction of Nineveh as he used for the people's wicked behavior. The ULT translates each of these uses as “evil” to show the user that it is the same Hebrew word in each place. By using the same word, the author is showing that when people repent of moral evil, God relents from doing physical evil (punishment). God never does moral evil. If your language would not use the same word for both of these, you will want to use different words for them. \n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Size of Nineveh\n\nThe ruins of the ancient city of Nineveh that have been uncovered are about 8 miles or 13 kilometers around. So, although Nineveh was a very big city in the ancient world, it was not as big as most modern cities. The description of Nineveh as “a journey of three days” seems to mean that it took three days to walk through it, although that seems to be more time than would be needed to walk through a city of that size. Of course, it depends on several factors: what a person is doing while on this journey through the city, and that there may have been extensive settlements outside the city walls. Also, the length of time given is probably only a general approximation. Translators should simply translate the text and not try to reconcile it with what modern archeologists think that they know about ancient Nineveh and the people who walked through it. \n\n### A City Great to God\n\nVerse three in the ULT describes Nineveh as “a city great to God.” In Hebrew, saying that something is "to God" or "of God" is an idiom that means that it is an extreme example of that thing. For example, in Genesis 30:8, Rachel describes the struggle she has had with her sister as “a struggle of God,” meaning “a mighty struggle” or “an extremely difficult struggle.” Other examples of this idiom in the Bible are found in Genesis 23:6, Exodus 9:28, 1 Samuel 14:15, Psalms 36:6, and Psalms 80:10. In Jonah 3:3, this idiom probably means that Nineveh was an extremely large city. See how this is translated in the Bible that is most commonly used in your area. You may want to follow how they translated this idiom.\n\n\n
+3:1	jdr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה	1	This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduced the first half of the story in [1:1](../01/01.md) See how you translated it there.
 3:1	xj6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה	1	This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke in some way. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Then Yahweh spoke his message”
-3:2	ve4i			ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “Go to the large and important city of Nineveh”
-3:2	cl3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ק֛וּם	1	**Get up** here is an idiom intended to motivate Jonah to obey the next command, which is “go.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this in [1:2](../01/02.md) and [1:3](../01/03.md).
-3:2	ir79			וִּ⁠קְרָ֤א אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠קְּרִיאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “and tell the people there what I tell you to tell them”
-3:3	k7k9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֶ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה	1	Here the words **got up** mean that Jonah took action in response to God’s command to go, and this time he obeyed instead of disobeying. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This time Jonah obeyed Yahweh and went to Nineveh” or “So Jonah left the beach and went to Nineveh, as Yahweh had commanded him”
-3:3	g4nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “as instructed by the message of Yahweh” or “obeying the command of Yahweh”
-3:3	dt1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠נִֽינְוֵ֗ה הָיְתָ֤ה עִיר־גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים	1	This verse provides background information about the city of Nineveh to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information.
-3:3	jd8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עִיר־גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים	1	Here, **great city** is an idiom that means “the city is both extremely large and one of the largest cities in the world.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly.
-3:3	ye82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים	1	This appears to mean that a person had to walk for three days to completely go through it from one side of the city to the opposite side. It could also mean that it took three days to see the whole city. If this phrase does not have a similar meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a city so large that it would take a person three days to walk through it”
-3:4	r2al		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֤חֶל יוֹנָה֙ לָ⁠ב֣וֹא בָ⁠עִ֔יר מַהֲלַ֖ךְ י֣וֹם אֶחָ֑ד וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙	1	The phrase **a journey of one day** could mean: (1) Jonah walked a day’s journey into the city and then he started calling out.  (2) while Jonah was walking through the city on the first day, he started calling out.
-3:4	r94k			וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר	1	Alternate translation: “and he proclaimed” or “and he shouted”
-3:4	ab78			ע֚וֹד אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם	1	Alternate translation: “After 40 days” or “in 40 days” or “When 40 days have passed”
-3:4	q2nc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם	1	**forty days**
-3:5	ab90		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּקְרְאוּ־צוֹם֙	1	The men of Nineveh **proclaimed a fast** as a symbolic action to show that they were repentant. People fasted to show sadness or devotion to God or both. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. 
-3:5	e5lm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּלְבְּשׁ֣וּ שַׂקִּ֔ים	1	The implication for why they **put on sackcloth** is that they repented of their sin. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they also put on coarse cloth to show that they were sorry for having sinned”
-3:5	isk5			מִ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠עַד־קְטַנָּֽ⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “from the most significant to the least significant people” or “including all of the important people and all of the unimportant people”
-3:6	pna3			הַ⁠דָּבָר֙	1	Alternate translation: “Jonah’s message”
-3:6	h9wz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם֙ מִ⁠כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ	1	The king **rose up from his throne** as a symbolic action to show that he was acting humbly. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation:  “he got up from his throne” or “he stood up from his throne” 
-3:6	pvp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִ⁠כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ	1	A **throne** is a a special, ceremonial chair that a king sits on when performing his official duties as king. It is reserved for only the king. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of royal seat, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: "his royal chair"
-3:6	ab91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יֵּ֖שֶׁב עַל־הָ⁠אֵֽפֶר	1	The act of sitting **on the ash heap** as a symbolic action meant to show deep sorrow. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: "and sat among the ashes to show his humility and deep sorrow"
-3:7	v29b			וַ⁠יַּזְעֵ֗ק וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ & לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	Alternate translation: “And he sent out an official announcement … which said” or “And he sent his messengers to announce … and they said”
+3:2	cl3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ק֛וּם	1	**Get up** is an idiom that means that Jonah should take action and obey the next command, which is “go.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this in [1:2](../01/02.md) and [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “Look alive” or “Prepare yourself”
+3:2	ve4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה	1	Here, as in [1:2](../01/02.md), **great** means both large and important. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the large and important city”
+3:2	ir79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וִּ⁠קְרָ֤א אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֶת־הַ⁠קְּרִיאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Here, the pronoun **it** refers to the city of **Nineveh**, which represents the people who live there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and tell the people there what I tell you to tell them”
+3:3	k7k9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם יוֹנָ֗ה וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֶ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה	1	Here the words **got up** mean that Jonah “took action” in response to God’s command to go as he did in [1:3](../01/03.md), but this time he obeyed instead of disobeying. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This time Jonah obeyed Yahweh and went to Nineveh” or “So Jonah left the beach and went to Nineveh, as Yahweh had commanded him”
+3:3	g4nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה	1	Here, **the word of Yahweh** represents Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh had commanded him” 
+3:3	dt1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וְ⁠נִֽינְוֵ֗ה הָיְתָ֤ה עִיר־גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים	1	This sentence provides background information about the city of Nineveh to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information, such as introducing it with a word such as **Now**.
+3:3	jd8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עִיר־גְּדוֹלָה֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים	1	Here, because of the phrase **a journey of three days**, the focus of **great** seems to be the size of the city. The phrase **great to God** is an idiom that means “extremely large.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an enormous city”
+3:3	ye82			מַהֲלַ֖ךְ שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים	1	This could mean: (1) that a person had to walk for three days to completely go through the city from one side of the city to the opposite side. Alternate translation: “a city so large that it would take a person three days to walk through it” (2) that it took three days to see the whole city. Alternate translation: “a city so large that it would take a person three days to see it all”
+3:4	r2al			וַ⁠יָּ֤חֶל יוֹנָה֙ לָ⁠ב֣וֹא בָ⁠עִ֔יר מַהֲלַ֖ךְ י֣וֹם אֶחָ֑ד וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙	1	The phrase **a journey of one day** could mean: (1) Jonah walked a day’s journey into the city and then he started calling out. Alternate translation: “So Jonah walked into the city for one day, and then he called out” (2) while Jonah was walking through the city on the first day, he started calling out. Alternate translation: “So Jonah began walking into the city for one day, and as he went he called out”
+3:4	r94k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר	1	The expression **called out and said** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “and he proclaimed” or “and he shouted”
+3:4	ab78			ע֚וֹד אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם	1	Alternate translation: “After 40 days” or “When 40 days have passed”
+3:4	q2nc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם	1	Alternate translation: “40 days”
+3:4	lywb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִֽינְוֵ֖ה נֶהְפָּֽכֶת	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “then God will overthrow Nineveh”
+3:5	h9dr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אַנְשֵׁ֥י נִֽינְוֵ֖ה	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, here it has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the men and women of Nineveh”
+3:5	ab90		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּקְרְאוּ־צוֹם֙ וַ⁠יִּלְבְּשׁ֣וּ שַׂקִּ֔ים	1	Both fasting and wearing coarse cloth were symbolic actions that showed sadness or devotion to God or both. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of these actions in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “they proclaimed a fast and put on sackcloth to show that they were sorry for having sinned”
+3:5	isk5			מִ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠עַד־קְטַנָּֽ⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “from the most significant to the least significant people” or “including all of the people, whether important or unimportant”
+3:6	pna3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠דָּבָר֙	1	The author assumes that his readers will understand that this **word** is Jonah's message from God. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Jonah’s message”
+3:6	h9wz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם֙ מִ⁠כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יַּעֲבֵ֥ר אַדַּרְתּ֖⁠וֹ מֵֽ⁠עָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	That the king **rose up from his throne and he took off his robe** shows that he was acting humbly. The throne and the royal robe were both symbols of his authority and power as king of a powerful nation. If the meaning of these actions would not be clear to your readers, you could explain it in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and he left his royal throne and removed his royal robe” 
+3:6	pvp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִ⁠כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ	1	A **throne** is a a special, ceremonial chair that a king sits on when performing his official duties as king. It is reserved for the king only. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of royal seat, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: "his royal chair"
+3:6	ab91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	 וַ⁠יְכַ֣ס שַׂ֔ק וַ⁠יֵּ֖שֶׁב עַל־הָ⁠אֵֽפֶר	1	The acts of putting on **sackcloth** and sitting **on the ash heap** are symbolic actions meant to show deep sorrow and repentance. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of these actions in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: "and he covered himself with sackcloth and sat among the ashes to show his deep sorrow and repentance"
+3:7	v29b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	וַ⁠יַּזְעֵ֗ק וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 	1	The expression **proclaimed and spoke** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “And he proclaimed” or “And he announced”
+3:7	f798		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּזְעֵ֗ק וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 	1	The implication is that the king sent messengers to make this proclamation. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And he commanded his messengers to proclaim”
 3:7	zi06			מִ⁠טַּ֧עַם הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ וּ⁠גְדֹלָ֖י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “a command with the full authority of the king and his officials”
-3:7	n5fn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠גְדֹלָ֖י⁠ו	1	The term **nobles** refers to important men who helped the king rule the city. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of person, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. 
+3:7	n5fn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠גְדֹלָ֖י⁠ו	1	The term **nobles** refers to important men who helped the king rule the city. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of person, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and his officers”
 3:7	xw6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠בָּקָ֣ר וְ⁠הַ⁠צֹּ֗אן	1	This refers to two groups of animals that people care for. A **herd** is made up of large livestock (such as oxen or cattle) and a **flock** is made up of small livestock (such as sheep or goats). If your readers would not be familiar with these terms, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “cattle or sheep”
-3:7	fw18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַ֨ל־יִרְע֔וּ וּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַל־יִשְׁתּֽוּ	1	The implication is that they were not to eat or drink anything in order to show that they are sorry for their sins. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they must not eat or drink anything”
-3:8	mzx6			וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה	1	Alternate translation: "and every animal that they own"
-3:8	jh7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠יִקְרְא֥וּ אֶל־אֱלֹהִ֖ים בְּ⁠חָזְקָ֑ה	1	The writer assumes that his readers will understand that what the people were to pray for. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and they must cry out loudly to God and ask for mercy” or “and they must pray earnestly to God for mercy” 
+3:8	mzx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה	1	The implication is that these are the people's domestic animals. They are not wild animals. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: "and every animal that they own"
+3:8	jh7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠יִקְרְא֥וּ אֶל־אֱלֹהִ֖ים בְּ⁠חָזְקָ֑ה	1	The writer assumes that his readers will understand what the people were to pray for. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and they must cry out loudly to God and ask for mercy” or “and they must pray earnestly to God that he would be merciful to them” 
+3:8	si34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ⁠יִקְרְא֥וּ	1	The pronoun **they** probably refers to the people, not to the animals. If this is not clear for your readers, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “and the people must cry out”
 3:8	n3ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הֶ⁠חָמָ֖ס אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠כַפֵּי⁠הֶֽם	1	Here, **hands** represents "doing." This refers to the violence that the people of Nineveh were doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the violent things that he has done”
-3:9	wbt6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִֽי־יוֹדֵ֣עַ	1	The king used this rhetorical question to get the people to think about something that is possible but uncertain: that if they would stop sinning, God might not kill them. It could be translated as a statement: “We do not know.” Or it could be stated as a word and be part of the next sentence: “Perhaps”
-3:9	z3jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יָשׁ֔וּב וְ⁠נִחַ֖ם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	Here the author speaks of God changing his mind about bringing judgment as if God were turning around and walking in the opposite direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God may decide instead to have compassion” or “God may do the opposite of what he said and be merciful”
-3:9	jdrg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מֵ⁠חֲר֥וֹן אַפּ֖⁠וֹ	1	Here **the burning of his nose** is an idiom meaning that the person is angry.  If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from his anger”
-3:9	uvp9			וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד	1	Alternate translation: “and spare our lives”
+3:9	wbt6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִֽי־יוֹדֵ֣עַ	1	The king used this rhetorical question to get the people to think about something that is possible but uncertain: that if they would stop sinning, God might not kill them. It could be translated as a statement: “We do not know.” Or it could be stated as an initial word and be part of the next sentence: “Perhaps”
+3:9	z3jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יָשׁ֔וּב וְ⁠נִחַ֖ם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	Here the author speaks of God changing his mind about bringing judgment as if God were turning around and walking in the opposite direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This god may decide instead to have compassion” or “This god may do the opposite of what he said and be merciful”
+3:9	jdrg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מֵ⁠חֲר֥וֹן אַפּ֖⁠וֹ	1	Here **the burning of his nose** is an idiom meaning that the person is angry. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the fire of his belly” or “from his anger”
+3:9	uvp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	וְ⁠לֹ֥א נֹאבֵֽד	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative word **perish**. Alternate translation: “so that we will live” or “and spare our lives”
 3:10	w3uu			וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽת־מַ֣עֲשֵׂי⁠הֶ֔ם כִּי־שָׁ֖בוּ מִ⁠דַּרְכָּ֣⁠ם הָ⁠רָעָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “God saw that they stopped doing evil actions”
 3:10	k8am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שָׁ֖בוּ מִ⁠דַּרְכָּ֣⁠ם הָ⁠רָעָ֑ה	1	Here the author is speaking of them stopping their sinning as if they **turned away** from walking on a path toward **evil ways** and started walking in the opposite direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "they repented from doing evil"
-3:10	ab85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה	1	The word translated as “evil” here is very broad, including moral evil, physical evil, and everything that is bad. It is the same word used in the previous sentence (and verse 8) to describe the actions of the Ninevites. The author is showing that when people repent of moral evil, God relents from doing physical evil (punishment). God never does moral evil. If this is clear in your language, you may want to use the same word in both sentences. If that is not clear, you may want to use different words.
+3:10	ab85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה	1	The word translated as “evil” here is very broad, including moral evil, physical evil, and everything that is bad. It is the same word used in the previous sentence (and verse 8) to describe the actions of the Ninevites. The author is showing that when people repent of moral evil, God relents from doing physical evil (punishment). God never does moral evil. If this is clear in your language, you may want to use the same word in both sentences. If that is not clear, you may want to use different words. Alternate translation: “in regard to the punishment” 
+3:10	yijn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה	1	Here the author is using the adjective **evil** as a noun to refer to an evil thing. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the evil thing” or “the terrible action”
 3:10	it1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹ֥א עָשָֽׂה	1	Here, what God **did not do** could be made explicit if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “and he did not punish them” or “and he did not destroy them”
-4:intro	ys57				0	# Jonah 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nJonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Prophecy not coming true\n\nIt is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in 40 days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Jonah’s anger\n\nWhen God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah and the readers of this book to learn that God loves all people.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nAs in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Parallel to Mount Sinai\n\nIn verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### God’s grace\n\nWhen Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot; God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
-4:1	jdr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע אֶל־יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ׃	1	The author is using the word translated **But** to introduce a new event in the story. This sentence introduces the next part of the story, where Jonah responds to God saving the city of Nineveh. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Now” 
+4:intro	ys57				0	# Jonah 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nJonah continues the narrative and brings the book to an unusual conclusion, ending it with a question from God. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or Gentile. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Prophecy delayed\n\nAccording to the law of Moses, a prophet must prophesy what Yahweh tells him to prophesy, and his words must come true. If that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that unfulfilled prophecy shows that the man was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in 40 days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Jonah’s anger\n\nWhen God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah and the readers of this book to learn that God loves all people.\n\n### Characteristics of God\n\nIn verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as the description that God used about himself when speaking with Moses on Mount Sinai ([See Exodus 34:6-7\n](Exo/34/6.md)). \n\n### God’s grace\n\nWhen Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot; God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah that he is a merciful God through this object lesson. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn this chapter, Jonah uses a rhetorical question to show how angry he is at Yahweh. Yahweh then uses a series of three rhetorical questions to teach Jonah about the attitude that he should have. If your language would not use rhetorical questions for these purposes, then use a more natural form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Evil\n\nThe Hebrew word translated as “evil” in the ULT is very broad, including moral evil, physical evil, and everything that is bad. God never does moral evil. In verse 1, the author says that Jonah considered God's act of mercy in sparing the people of Nineveh to be evil. In verse 2, Jonah describes God as “relenting from evil.” In verse 6, Jonah's situation and attitude are described as evil. This is after the actions of the Ninevites are described as evil in [1:2](../01/02.md), [3:8](../03/08.md), and [3:10](../03/10.md), and the situation of the sailors in [1:7](../01/07.md). The ULT translates the word as “evil” in each place to show the irony that the author wants to convey by using the same Hebrew word for each different bad thing in the book and for one good thing—God's mercy on Nineveh (from Jonah's perspective). If your language would not use the same word for both moral and physical evil, you will want to use different words for each of them. 
+4:1	jdr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע אֶל־יוֹנָ֖ה	1	This sentence introduces the next part of the story, in which Jonah responds to God because God saved the city of Nineveh. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Now this was evil to Jonah” or “But for Jonah, this was evil” 
+4:1	m7ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע	1	The pronoun **this** refers to the fact that God did not destroy Nineveh. If this is not clear for your readers, you could say that here. Alternate translation: “But the fact that God spared Nineveh was evil”
+4:1	nh8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע אֶל־יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה	1	Here, **this was evil to Jonah, a great evil** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that both come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “But this was exceedingly evil to Jonah”
 4:1	abc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ	1	The phrase **it burned to him** is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. Alternate translation: “and he was very angry”
-4:2	q6bb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	אָנָּ֤ה	1	This is an exclamation that is emphasizing intense frustration. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. 
-4:2	k24b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	יְהוָה֙ הֲ⁠לוֹא־זֶ֣ה דְבָרִ֗⁠י עַד־הֱיוֹתִ⁠י֙ עַל־אַדְמָתִ֔⁠י	1	Jonah used this rhetorical question to tell God how angry he was. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, this is what I said when I was still in my own country”
-4:2	ab79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יְהוָה֙ הֲ⁠לוֹא־זֶ֣ה דְבָרִ֗⁠י עַד־הֱיוֹתִ⁠י֙ עַל־אַדְמָתִ֔⁠י	1	The implication is that Jonah correctly foretold what would happen. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. What Jonah said when he was back in his own country can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “now Yahweh, when I was still in my own country, I knew that if I warned the people of Nineveh, they would repent, and you would not destroy them”
-4:2	ab81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶ֤רֶךְ אַפַּ֨יִם֙	1	The phrase **long of nostrils** is an idiom meaning that Yahweh does not get angry quickly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “slow to get angry” or “very patient”
+4:2	q6bb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	אָנָּ֤ה	1	This is an exclamation that is emphasizing intense frustration. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “Oh” or “I knew it”
+4:2	k24b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	יְהוָה֙ הֲ⁠לוֹא־זֶ֣ה דְבָרִ֗⁠י עַד־הֱיוֹתִ⁠י֙ עַל־אַדְמָתִ֔⁠י	1	Jonah used this rhetorical question to tell God how angry he was. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, this is what I said when I was still in my own country!”
+4:2	ab79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יְהוָה֙ הֲ⁠לוֹא־זֶ֣ה דְבָרִ֗⁠י עַד־הֱיוֹתִ⁠י֙ עַל־אַדְמָתִ֔⁠י	1	The implication is that Jonah correctly foretold what would happen. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, when I was still in my own country, did I not say that if I warned the people of Nineveh, they might repent, and you would not destroy them”
+4:2	ab81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֶ֤רֶךְ אַפַּ֨יִם֙	1	The phrase **long of nostrils** is an idiom meaning that Yahweh does not get angry quickly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with a cool head” or “slow to get angry” or “very patient”
 4:2	jv5c			וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֔סֶד	1	Alternate translation: “and very faithful” or “and full of love for your people”
-4:2	wl7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נִחָ֖ם עַל־הָ⁠רָעָֽה	1	Here, **evil** refers to the physical destruction of the city of Nineveh and its people. It does not refer to moral evil. In this context, this phrase means that God feels sadness about causing bad things to happen to people who sin, and he acts differently when sinners repent of their sin. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and you feel sadness about causing disaster for sinners” or “and you decide not to punish sinners who repent”
-4:3	dm5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	קַח־נָ֥א אֶת־נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי	1	Jonah’s reason for wanting to die, that now God will not punish his former enemies, can be stated explicitly. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “since you will not destroy Nineveh as you said you would, please allow me to die”
-4:3	yk5v			כִּ֛י ט֥וֹב מוֹתִ֖⁠י מֵ⁠חַיָּֽ⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “for I would prefer to die rather than to live” or “because I want to die. I do not want to live”
+4:2	wl7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠נִחָ֖ם עַל־הָ⁠רָעָֽה	1	Here, **evil** refers to the physical destruction of the city of Nineveh and its people. It does not refer to moral evil. In this context, this phrase means that God feels sadness about causing bad things to happen to people who sin, and he acts differently when sinners repent of their sin. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. See the discussion about evil in the chapter introduction, and see how you translated this word in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “and you decide not to punish sinners who repent”
+4:3	dm5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	קַח־נָ֥א אֶת־נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י מִמֶּ֑⁠נִּי	1	The implication is that Jonah wanted to die because God will not punish his former enemies. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “since you will not destroy Nineveh as you said you would, please allow me to die”
+4:3	yk5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	כִּ֛י ט֥וֹב מוֹתִ֖⁠י מֵ⁠חַיָּֽ⁠י	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **death** and **life**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “for I would prefer to die rather than to live” or “because I want to die. I do not want to live”
 4:4	ab82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	The phrase **it burns to you** is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated it in [4:1](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “is it right for you to be angry about this”
 4:4	ab83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	The reason for Jonah’s anger can be made explicit. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Is it right for you to be angry that I did not destroy Nineveh”
-4:5	q1f7			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יוֹנָה֙ מִן־הָ⁠עִ֔יר	1	Alternate translation: “then Jonah left the city of Nineveh”
+4:4	tti6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֖ב חָ֥רָה לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	Yahweh is using the question form to teach Jonah that he is not right to be angry. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is not right that it burns to you!”
 4:5	af46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַה־יִּהְיֶ֖ה בָּ⁠עִֽיר	1	The implication is that Jonah wanted to see whether God would destroy the city or not. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “what would become of the city” or “what God would do to the city”
 4:6	i4r4			מֵ⁠עַ֣ל לְ⁠יוֹנָ֗ה לִֽ⁠הְי֥וֹת צֵל֙ עַל־רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “over Jonah’s head for shade”
-4:6	t21k			לְ⁠הַצִּ֥יל ל֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָֽעָת֑⁠וֹ	1	Here the term **evil** could mean two things (or both at the same time). It could mean: (1) “discomfort” or “distress,” meaning the intense heat of the sun shining on Jonah’s head. Alternate translation: “to protect Jonah from the heat of the sun” (2) “wrong,” meaning Jonah’s wrong attitude concerning God’s decision not to destroy Nineveh. Alternate translation: “to save Jonah from his wrong attitude” If both meanings can be preserved, that is preferable. Alternate translation: “to save Jonah from his wrong attitude”
+4:6	t21k			לְ⁠הַצִּ֥יל ל֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָֽעָת֑⁠וֹ	1	Here the term **evil** could be referring to one of two things (or both at the same time). It could be referring to: (1) Jonah's physical discomfort or distress, meaning the intense heat of the sun shining on Jonah’s head. (2) Jonah’s wrong attitude concerning God’s decision not to destroy Nineveh. If both meanings can be preserved by using a general term, that is preferable. Alternate translation: “in order to save Jonah from his bad situation”
+4:6	ynu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וַ⁠יִּשְׂמַ֥ח יוֹנָ֛ה & שִׂמְחָ֥ה גְדוֹלָֽה	1	Here, **rejoiced with great rejoicing** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And Jonah was extremely pleased”
 4:7	t7il			וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ תּוֹלַ֔עַת	1	Alternate translation: “then God sent a worm”
-4:7	rw7z			וַ⁠תַּ֥ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֖וֹן	1	Alternate translation: “and the worm chewed the plant”
 4:7	d16m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּיבָֽשׁ	1	The implication of **it withered** is that the plant became dry and died and would no longer shelter Jonah from the hot sun. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “so that the plant died”
-4:8	jdr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ כִּ⁠זְרֹ֣חַ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֗מֶשׁ	1	This clause provides background information about the time of day to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information.
-4:8	hmi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְמַ֨ן אֱלֹהִ֜ים ר֤וּחַ קָדִים֙ חֲרִישִׁ֔ית	1	The implication is that **a hot east wind** will  make Jonah very uncomfortable. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. If “wind” in your language can only mean a cool air, then you can try this alternate translation: “God sent a great warmth from the east to Jonah.”
-4:8	mnu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וַ⁠תַּ֥ךְ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶשׁ	1	Here, the author speaks of **the sun** as if it were a person who could **beat** another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the sun was very hot” or “and the sun sent its great heat”
-4:8	u2pl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ יוֹנָ֖ה	1	The phrase **on the head of Jonah** may have a literal meaning or a figurative meaning. Perhaps Jonah felt the heat most on his head, or perhaps the phrase **the head of Jonah** is means Jonah’s entire body. Alternate translation: “on Jonah”
+4:8	jdr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ כִּ⁠זְרֹ֣חַ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֗מֶשׁ	1	This clause provides background information about the time of day to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information. Alternate translation: “And then, after the sun had come up”
+4:8	hmi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יְמַ֨ן אֱלֹהִ֜ים ר֤וּחַ קָדִים֙ חֲרִישִׁ֔ית	1	The implication is that **a hot east wind** will make Jonah very uncomfortable. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. If “wind” in your language can only mean cool air, then you can try this alternate translation: “God sent a great warmth from the east to Jonah”
+4:8	mnu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וַ⁠תַּ֥ךְ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶשׁ עַל	1	Here, the author speaks of **the sun** as if it were a person who could **beat on** another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the sun was very hot on” or “and the sun sent its great heat onto”
+4:8	u2pl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ יוֹנָ֖ה	1	The phrase **on the head of Jonah** may have a literal meaning or a figurative meaning. Perhaps Jonah felt the heat most on his head, or perhaps the phrase **the head of Jonah** means Jonah’s entire body. Alternate translation: “on Jonah”
 4:8	z95v			וַ⁠יִּתְעַלָּ֑ף	1	Alternate translation: “and he became very weak” or “and he lost his strength”
-4:8	ab87			וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֤ל אֶת־נַפְשׁ⁠וֹ֙ לָ⁠מ֔וּת	1	Alternate translation: “Then, he talked to himself of his desire for death” or “Then he told himself that he wanted to die”
-4:8	eln6			ט֥וֹב מוֹתִ֖⁠י מֵ⁠חַיָּֽ⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “I would rather die than live” or “I want to die; I do not want to live” See how you translated this in [4:3](../04/03/yk5v).
-4:9	w24z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֥ב חָרָֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֑וֹן	1	In this context, God’s question is intended to lead Jonah to draw a conclusion about his selfish attitude. The implication is that Jonah is wrong to be angry about the plant. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Is it right that you should be so angry about the plant that only gave shade to you”
-4:9	h43a			הֵיטֵ֥ב חָֽרָה־לִ֖⁠י עַד־מָֽוֶת	1	Alternate translation: “I am right to be angry. I am angry enough to die”
+4:8	ab87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֤ל אֶת־נַפְשׁ⁠וֹ֙ לָ⁠מ֔וּת	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation either addressed to himself or, as in [4:3](../04/03.md), to God. Alternate translation: “Then he told himself, ‘I want to die’” or “Then he requested of God, ‘Let me die’”
+4:8	eln6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ט֥וֹב מוֹתִ֖⁠י מֵ⁠חַיָּֽ⁠י	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **death** and **life**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated this in [4:3](../04/03/yk5v). Alternate translation: “I would rather die than live” or “I want to die; I do not want to live” 
+4:9	w24z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַ⁠הֵיטֵ֥ב חָרָֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠קִּֽיקָי֑וֹן	1	God is using the question form to lead Jonah to draw a conclusion about his selfish attitude. God is not seeking information. Since Jonah answers the question, it would be good to keep the question form if that would be natural in your language. But if you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is not right that it burns to you about the plant!”
+4:9	ri6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	חָרָֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֖ & חָֽרָה־לִ֖⁠י	1	The phrases **it burns to you** and **it burns to me** are examples of an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. See how you translated this idiom in [4:1](../04/01.md). 
 4:10	gkz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה	1	Here Yahweh is speaking to Jonah. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Yahweh said to Jonah”
 4:10	ab88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שֶׁ⁠בִּן־לַ֥יְלָה הָיָ֖ה וּ⁠בִן־לַ֥יְלָה אָבָֽד	1	The expression **son of** describes a person or thing which shares the qualities of something else. This idiom, **son of a night** means that the plant existed only briefly. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it grew in one night and died the next” or “it grew quickly and died just as quickly”
-4:11	jdr0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַֽ⁠אֲנִי֙	1	This expression, **So as for me,** paired with "As for you" in verse [4:10](../04/10.md), shows a comparison between Yahweh’s attitude toward the people of Nineveh and Jonah’s attitude toward the plant. Express this comparison in a natural way in your language. 
-4:11	ecl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וַֽ⁠אֲנִי֙ לֹ֣א אָח֔וּס עַל־נִינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩ מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יָדַע֙ בֵּין־יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְהֵמָ֖ה רַבָּֽה	1	God used this rhetorical question to emphasize his claim that he should have compassion on Nineveh. Alternate translation: “I certainly should have compassion for Nineveh, that great city, in which there are more than 120,000 people who cannot distinguish between their right hand and their left hand, and also many cattle”
-4:11	dqi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩	1	This part of the question can also be translated as the beginning of a new sentence. To do that, end the previous phrase, **the great city**, with a question mark, and end this new sentence with a period. Alternate translation: “There are more” or “It has more”
-4:11	c3b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם	1	Alternate translation: "one hundred twenty thousand people"
-4:11	j35h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יָדַע֙ בֵּין־יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֔⁠וֹ	1	This idiom means “who do not know the difference between right and wrong.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly.
+4:11	jdr0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	וַֽ⁠אֲנִי֙	1	This expression, **So I,** paired with "You" in verse [4:10](../04/10.md), indicates a direct comparison between Yahweh’s attitude toward the people of Nineveh and Jonah’s attitude toward the plant. Indicate this comparison in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “So on my part” or “So as for me” 
+4:11	ecl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וַֽ⁠אֲנִי֙ לֹ֣א אָח֔וּס עַל־נִינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩ מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ אָדָ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יָדַע֙ בֵּין־יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְהֵמָ֖ה רַבָּֽה	1	God is using the question form to emphasize his claim that he should have compassion on Nineveh. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I certainly should have compassion for Nineveh, that great city, in which there are more than 120,000 people who cannot distinguish between their right hand and their left hand, and also many cattle!”
+4:11	dqi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ־בָּ֡⁠הּ הַרְבֵּה֩	1	To make this verse simpler, it can be divided into two parts. The first part, ending with **the great city**, can be ended with a question mark. The rest of the verse can then be a statement, ending with a period. To do that, begin the second part as follows: Alternate translation: “There are more than” or “It has more than”
+4:11	c3b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	מִֽ⁠שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה רִבּ֜וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “one hundred twenty thousand”
+4:11	j35h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יָדַע֙ בֵּין־יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֔⁠וֹ	1	This idiom means “who do not know the difference between right and wrong.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who do not know up from down” or “who do not know what is good for them”

tn_LUK.tsv

@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 3:7	g7tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	John is using the word **wrath** to refer to God’s punishment. This is by association with the way that punishment is an expression of God’s **wrath** or displeasure over sin. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that God is sending”
 3:8	pz16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε & καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	John is comparing a person’s behavior to **fruits**. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning”
 3:8	l184		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that will show that you have stopped sinning”
-3:8	l185		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	**We have Abraham as our father** is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that Abraham is your father”
+3:8	l185		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	**We have Abraham {as} father** is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that you have Abraham as father”
 3:8	l186		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, **Father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor”
 3:8	l187		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	John is suggesting something the people might say about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “we” and “us,” use the exclusive form here.
 3:8	l188		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor”
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 3:8	pi82			ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων	1	John was probably referring to actual **stones** lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
 3:9	r5pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤδη & ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots”
 3:9	l190		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἤδη & ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready”
-3:9	l8it		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree that does not produce good fruit and throw it into the fire”
+3:9	l8it		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree not producing good fruit and throw it into the fire”
 3:9	l191		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	This is a figurative way of describing punishment. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not do what is right”
 3:10	ak6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν & λέγοντες	1	Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the crowds were asking John. Here and throughout the book, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation.
 3:11	g3ip		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that John responded to the question that the crowds asked. Alternate translation: “So he responded to them”
@@ -601,14 +601,14 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 4:9	g2n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω	1	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Jesus will be able to jump safely from this great height if he really is the **Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the **Son of God**. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by jumping safely from this great height”
 4:9	j9nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance.
 4:9	i81s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω	1	The exact location of the part of the temple that Luke describes is uncertain. However, the implication is that it was one of the places on the temple roof from which people would fall several hundred feet into the Kidron Valley if they jumped or slipped off. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this would ordinarily have been a deadly fall. Alternate translation: “jump from this great height”
-4:10	l209		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that he will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you”
+4:10	l209		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that he will give orders to his angels concerning you, to protect you”
 4:10	f5dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	The devil implies that his quote from the Psalms means that if Jesus really is the Son of God, he will not be hurt if he jumps from this great height. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You will not be hurt, because it is written”
 4:10	s2g4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say”
 4:10	nld8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	**He** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God will order his angels to protect you”
 4:11	l210		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ, ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and that they will lift you up in their hands, so that you will not strike your foot against a stone”
 4:11	l211		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου	1	The Scriptures are using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “so that you will not get hurt”
 4:12	l212		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the challenge that the devil posed. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him”
-4:12	l213		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is said that one must not put the Lord his God to the test”
+4:12	l213		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is said that one must not test the Lord his God”
 4:12	fy8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴρηται	1	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is said’”
 4:12	cf6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἴρηται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say”
 4:12	gf8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God”
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 4:36	dgz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ἐπιτάσσει τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν	1	The words **authority** and **power** mean similar things. The people use the two terms together to emphasize what great control Jesus has over unclean spirits. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms in a single phrase that would similarly express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “he has complete authority over the unclean spirits”
 4:37	q25f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	This is a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself.
 4:37	l239		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result”
-4:37	xca8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the news about Jesus”
+4:37	xca8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of this **report** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the report about Jesus”
 4:38	jn3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **Then** to introduce a new event.
 4:38	l240		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Σίμωνος	1	Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples”
 4:38	tf3d			πενθερὰ & τοῦ Σίμωνος	1	This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 4:42	rt5n			γενομένης & ἡμέρας	1	Alternate translation: “at sunrise” or “at dawn”
 4:42	d1pr			ἔρημον τόπον	1	Alternate translation: “a deserted place” or “a place where there were no people”
 4:42	l243			κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “they tried to keep him from leaving them”
-4:43	l244		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὐαγγελίσασθαί & τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See the discussion of this concept in Part 2 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of Luke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “announce the good news that God is going to rule”
+4:43	l244		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὐαγγελίσασθαί & τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See the discussion of this concept in Part 2 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of Luke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “to announce the good news that God is going to rule”
 4:43	sjy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν	1	Jesus actually means the people who live in these **cities**. He is describing them by reference to something associated with them, the cities where they live. Alternate translation: “to the people in many other cities”
 4:43	b45z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀπεστάλην	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is the reason why God sent me”
 4:44	s5mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	Since Jesus is in Galilee in this part of the Gospel of Luke, the term **Judea** here probably refers to the entire region where the Jews lived at that time. Alternate translation: “where the Jews lived”
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 5:12	x7ss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	The man is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “please make me clean”
 5:12	ys5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	με καθαρίσαι	1	The man talks about becoming **clean** ceremonially, but it is implicit that he has become unclean because of his leprosy, so he is really asking Jesus to heal him of this disease. Alternate translation: “heal me from leprosy”
 5:13	ziz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	καθαρίσθητι	1	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you from your leprosy”
-5:13	l48a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of the man’s **leprosy** as if it were something that could actively go **away from him**. Alternate translation: “the man no longer had leprosy”
+5:13	l48a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks of the man’s **leprosy** as if it were something that could actively depart **from him**. Alternate translation: “the man no longer had leprosy”
 5:14	q18t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ, μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate all of Jesus’ instructions as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he instructed him, ‘Do not tell anyone, but go’”
 5:14	l249		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation, as a direct quotation: “Do not tell anyone that you have been healed”
 5:14	v1wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς	1	Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you could become ceremonially clean once again”
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 5:27	l266		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	In this context, to **Follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher”
 5:27	b3tr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	**Follow me** is not a command, but an invitation. Jesus is encouraging Levi to do this if he wants. Alternate translation: “I want you to become my disciple” or “I invite you to come and follow me as your teacher”
 5:28	phw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	καταλιπὼν πάντα	1	Here, **everything** is a generalization that refers to Levi’s position as a tax collector and the advantages that came with it. Alternate translation: “leaving his work as a tax collector”
-5:28	abc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	καταλιπὼν πάντα, ἀναστὰς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he got up and left everything behind”
+5:28	abc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	καταλιπὼν πάντα, ἀναστὰς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “having gotten up and having left everything behind”
 5:29	l267		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then”
 5:29	g6yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun **his** refers to Levi, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his own house”
 5:29	ip2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κατακείμενοι	1	In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “lying on banqueting couches”
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 6:2	dum1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	τί ποιεῖτε	1	Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the disciples.
 6:3	l281		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the objection that the Pharisees raised. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them”
 6:3	vih6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀνέγνωτε, ὃ ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ ὅτε ἐπείνασεν αὐτὸς, καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄντες	1	Jesus does not expect the Pharisees to tell him whether they have read this passage in the Scriptures. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Pharisees should have learned a principle from that passage that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures suggest otherwise, in the passage that tells what David did when he and those who were with him were hungry.”
-6:4	l282			ὡς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If you made the first part of the quotation in [6:3](../06/03.md) a separate sentence, begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He entered into the house of God”
+6:4	l282			ὡς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If you made the first part of the quotation in [6:3](../06/03.md) a separate sentence, begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He went into the house of God”
 6:4	l283		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the **house of God**. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle”
 6:4	yyh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	The phrase **the bread of the presence** refers to loaves of bread that were placed on a table in the temple as an offering to God. They represented how the people of Israel lived in the **presence** of God. Alternate translation: “the bread that was offered to God” or “the bread that showed God lived among the people”
 6:4	l284			οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ μόνους τοὺς ἱερεῖς	1	It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The law says that only the priests can eat that bread”
@@ -876,6 +876,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 6:15	l291		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαθθαῖον & Θωμᾶν & Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου & Σίμωνα	1	These are the names of five men.
 6:15	l292		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Μαθθαῖον	1	**Matthew** is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in [5:27](../05/27.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does.
 6:15	et48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ζηλωτὴν	1	The term **Zealot** could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One”
+6:16	qxqp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰούδαν Ἰακώβου & Ἰούδαν Ἰσκαριὼθ	1	**Judas** and **James** are the names of men. As the UST indicates, the man named **James** who is mentioned in this verse is not the same man as the James mentioned in verse 14, and he is not the same man as James the son of Alphaeus, who is mentioned in verse 15. **Iscariot** is a surname that helped identify the second man named Judas. This man may have come from the village of Kerioth, and so **Iscariot** may mean "the man of Kerioth."
 6:16	g24m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς ἐγένετο προδότης	1	It may be helpful to explain what **traitor** means in the context of this story. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus to his enemies”
 6:17	i5gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	In this context, **them** refers to all of the disciples whom Jesus called to himself in [6:13](../06/13.md). Alternate translation: “with his disciples”
 6:17	l295		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἀπὸ πάσης	1	This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “from throughout”
@@ -955,7 +956,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 6:38	l321		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	This is a reference to the way people in this culture would form a pocket or carrying pouch from the folds of the front of their robes. If you readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the folds of your robe” or “a container”
 6:38	fp26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ᾧ & μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.”
 6:39	bw7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς	1	Jesus is giving a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better”
-6:39	l322		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	Here the word translated **blind man** is masculine, but Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind guide another person who is blind?”
+6:39	l322		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	Here the word translated **blind one** is masculine, but Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind guide another person who is blind?”
 6:39	l323		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **is he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind really guide another person who is blind?”
 6:39	kyt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	Jesus is not expecting the people in the crowd to tell him whether one **blind** person can guide another. He is using the question form as a teaching tool to make a point and get his listeners to reflect on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all know that one blind person cannot guide another blind person.”
 6:39	nm4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τυφλὸς	1	The **blind** person represents someone who has not yet been fully trained and taught as a disciple. But since Jesus explains this figure in the next three verses, you do not need to explain it explicitly here in your own translation.
@@ -1085,9 +1086,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 7:22	l373		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	As in [5:12](../05/12.md), since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease”
 7:22	qbe3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ	1	Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people”
 7:23	y4px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me”
-7:23	i7zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who continues to trust me”
+7:23	i7zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	Here Jesus speaks as if he were a lump or rock that people could **stumble on**. He means that some people will reject and desert him because of what he does and because of what will happen to him. However, those who do not reject or desert him will be **blessed**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not desert me because of what I do” or “does not run away from me”
 7:24	abcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἤρξατο λέγειν	1	Here the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say”
-7:24	h9dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking? Of course not!” or “Surely you did not go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking.”
+7:24	h9dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out into the wilderness just to see a reed that the wind was shaking? Of course not!” or “Surely you did not go out into the wilderness just to see a reed that the wind was shaking.”
 7:24	l374		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “A reed that the wind was shaking?”
 7:24	gbv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	The implication seems to be that a **reed** swaying in the breeze by the banks of the Jordan River is a commonplace sight that no one would make a trip out into the desert just to see. Alternate translation: “An ordinary thing such as a reed that the wind was shaking?”
 7:25	tcp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing? Of course not!” or “You certainly did not go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing.”
@@ -1133,8 +1134,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 7:34	l383		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	**Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now this is”
 7:34	am9s			ἄνθρωπος φάγος	1	Alternate translation: “a man who is a glutton” or “a man who eats too much”
 7:34	chu4			ἄνθρωπος & οἰνοπότης	1	Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
-7:35	ba4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	This appears to be a proverb, a short popular saying of the culture, that Jesus applied to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom is justified by all her children”
-7:35	l384		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	This proverb likely uses a Hebrew idiom in which the “sons” or **children** of a thing share its qualities. Alternate translation: “wisdom is justified by people who are wise themselves”
+7:35	ba4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	This appears to be a proverb, a short popular saying of the culture, that Jesus applied to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom has been justified by all her children”
+7:35	l384		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	This proverb likely uses a Hebrew idiom in which the “sons” or **children** of a thing share its qualities. Alternate translation: “wisdom has been justified by people who are wise themselves”
 7:35	l385		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wise people recognize when someone else is following a wise course”
 7:36	fd2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἠρώτα δέ τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἵνα φάγῃ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	This phrase introduces a new event.
 7:36	lhd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τις & τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	This phrase also introduces the Pharisee into the story. In [7:40](../07/40.md), Jesus addresses him as Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give his name here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee named Simon”
@@ -1240,7 +1241,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 8:13	bm51			ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “when they experience hardship”
 8:13	e5rw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀφίστανται	1	Jesus is using the way such people **go away** from the community of believers to mean that they stop believing. Alternate translation: “they stop believing” or “they stop being disciples”
 8:14	k4u4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ	1	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell among the thorns represent people”
-8:14	y3ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν, καὶ πλούτου, καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου & συνπνίγονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the cares and riches and pleasures of this life choke them”
+8:14	y3ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν, καὶ πλούτου, καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου & συνπνίγονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the worries and riches and pleasures of this life choke them”
 8:14	uut6			μεριμνῶν	1	Alternate translation: “things that people worry about”
 8:14	b384			ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου	1	Alternate translation: “the things in this life that people enjoy”
 8:14	xhv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν	1	The phrase **mature fruit** means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “they do not mature into people of godly character who act out of love”
@@ -1382,11 +1383,11 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 8:50	ej1b			σωθήσεται	1	In this context, the word **saved** has a specific meaning, comparable in this context to the meaning “healed.” Alternate translation: “she will come back to life”
 8:50	l467		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she will come back to life”
 8:51	gl9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	Luke says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group that was coming with Jesus, which included his disciples and Jairus and likely others. Alternate translation: “When they arrived at the house”
-8:51	qal2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἀφῆκεν εἰσελθεῖν τινα σὺν αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed to enter with him
+8:51	qal2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἀφῆκεν εἰσελθεῖν τινα σὺν αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed to enter with him”
 8:51	i4v1			τὸν πατέρα τῆς παιδὸς	1	The phrase **the father of the child** refers to Jairus. Alternate translation: “Jairus, the girl’s father”
 8:52	tt9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἔκλαιον & πάντες καὶ ἐκόπτοντο αὐτήν	1	This was the customary way of showing grief in that culture. The term that ULT translates as **mourning** could mean that the people were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, although Luke uses a much more specific expression to say that directly in [18:13](../18/13.md). If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “they were all loudly expressing their grief” or “all the people there were wailing and pounding on their chests to show how sad they were that the girl had died”
 8:52	l468			οὐ & ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	Alternate translation: “she is not dead, she is only sleeping”
-8:53	nu8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπέθανεν	1	Alternate translation: “they laughed at Jesus because they knew that Jairus’s daughter had died”
+8:53	nu8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπέθανεν	1	Alternate translation: “they were laughing at Jesus because they knew that Jairus’s daughter had died”
 8:54	e7zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς & κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the girl’s hand and”
 8:54	l469		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἔγειρε	1	This was not a command that the girl was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused her to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up”
 8:55	k6w2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆς	1	The people of this time considered life to be the result of the spirit coming into a person. You could express this in the way that would be most meaningful in your culture. Alternate translation: “she started breathing again”
@@ -1443,7 +1444,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:15	l552		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So”
 9:15	xq6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐποίησαν οὕτως	1	These two phrases the same thing. Luke is using repetition for clarity and perhaps, by drawing things out, to create some suspense about what will happen next. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the disciples had all the people sit down as Jesus had instructed”
 9:16	j39h			λαβὼν δὲ τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους	1	Alternate translation: “Then Jesus took the five loaves of bread”
-9:16	j8y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	This describes Jesus looking toward the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the abode of God, was located above the sky. Alternate translation: “looking up beyond the sky towards God in heaven”
+9:16	j8y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	This describes Jesus looking toward the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the abode of God, was located above the sky. Alternate translation: “having looked up beyond the sky towards God in heaven”
 9:16	gm2v			εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς	1	The word **them** refers to the loaves of bread and the fish, not to the people who had sat down to eat. Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for the food”
 9:17	l5ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔφαγον καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν πάντες	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all ate until they had had enough”
 9:17	l487		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κόφινοι	1	Here, **baskets** refers to containers made of woven material. In biblical times, baskets were often made from strong plant materials, such as peels of wood or reeds that grew near the water. If your readers would not be familiar with baskets, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “containers”
@@ -1456,7 +1457,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:20	vy4u			εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples”
 9:20	l489		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	Πέτρος δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Peter responded to the follow-up question that Jesus asked his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then Peter responded”
 9:20	l490		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	**Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “You are the Messiah whom God promised to send”
-9:21	z55q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	αὐτοῖς, παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ λέγειν τοῦτο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb rather than the object negative. You could also express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “commanding them not to tell this to anyone” or “commanding them, ‘Do not tell this to anyone’”
+9:21	z55q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ λέγειν τοῦτο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb rather than the object negative. You could also express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “commanded them not to tell this to anyone” or “commanded them, ‘Do not tell this to anyone’”
 9:22	m2v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν	1	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am going to have to suffer many things”
 9:22	l491		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am going to have to suffer many things”
 9:22	j5k8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “and the elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and the elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject me”
@@ -1473,10 +1474,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:23	pk72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	Here, to **follow** Jesus means to obey him. Alternate translation: “and obey me in that way”
 9:24	l495		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	This phrase is an idiom. Jesus is not encouraging his disciples to do self-destructive things. Alternate translation: “but whoever is willing to give up everything for me”
 9:25	lx8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς?	1	Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him what benefit this would be. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would not benefit a person to get everything he wanted in this world and yet be lost eternally.”
-9:25	l496		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to gain the whole world but to lose or destroy himself”
-9:25	xsk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	The terms **losing** and **destroying** mean the same thing. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to get everything he wanted in this world but to completely destroy himself”
+9:25	xsk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	The terms **losing** and **forfeiting** mean the same thing. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what does a person benefit to get everything he wanted in this world but to completely destroy himself”
 9:25	l497		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person”
-9:25	hpp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	Jesus says **the whole world** as an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to get everything he wanted in this world but to lose or destroy himself”
+9:25	hpp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	Jesus says **the whole world** as an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what does a person benefit to get everything he wanted in this world but to lose or forfeit himself”
 9:26	yrr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους	1	Jesus is using the term **words** to describe the things he teaches by using words. Alternate translation: “my teaching”
 9:26	tx1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”
 9:26	l498		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah”
@@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:39	abm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μετὰ ἀφροῦ	1	When a person is having convulsions, they can have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to form around their mouths. Alternate translation: “and foam comes out of his mouth”
 9:39	l516		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μόγις ἀποχωρεῖ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	The man is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “it attacks him very often”
 9:39	l517		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συντρῖβον αὐτόν	1	The man speaks of the spirit as if it were a heavy weight whose attacks crush the boy. This is a reference to the injuries that the spirit causes. Alternate translation: “injuring him badly”
-9:41	sdu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the man’s request. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus responded”
+9:41	sdu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the man’s request. Alternate translation: “But Jesus responded”
 9:41	bi9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is speaking to something that he knows cannot hear him. He is addressing the entire **generation** of people who were living at that time, and they are not all present to hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about this generation. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the crowd that has gathered there. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to the crowd, since they are included in the generation that Jesus is addressing. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!”
 9:41	l518		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!”
 9:41	apa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη	1	The terms **unbelieving** and **perverted** mean similar things. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe”
@@ -1535,9 +1535,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 9:43	hz1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξεπλήσσοντο δὲ πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus performed the miracle, but the crowd recognized that **God** was the power behind the healing. Alternate translation: “Then they were all amazed that God would work so powerfully through Jesus in this way”
 9:43	d61c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πᾶσιν οἷς ἐποίει	1	The word **he** refers to Jesus, not to God the Father. Alternate translation: “everything Jesus was doing”
 9:44	gah9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Jesus is using an idiom to tell his disciples to pay careful attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully to this and remember it”
-9:44	im3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to betray the Son of Man”
-9:44	ygr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to betray me, the Son of Man”
-9:44	l520		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “someone is going to betray me, the Messiah”
+9:44	im3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to betray the Son of Man”
+9:44	ygr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to betray me, the Son of Man”
+9:44	l520		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “someone is about to betray me, the Messiah”
 9:44	l521		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	The term **hands** represent power and control. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me”
 9:44	l522		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	It may be helpful to make explicit who these **men** are. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me”
 9:45	l523		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο & περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου	1	Luke uses the term **word** to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement”
@@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 10:13	mvq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν & μετενόησαν	1	Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago”
 10:13	l574		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν & μετενόησαν	1	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of **Tyre** and **Sidon** because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well”
 10:13	l575		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	Jesus uses the names of these cities to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon”
-10:13	l577		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.
+10:13	l577		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural.
 10:13	it4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν	1	Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads”
 10:14	l578		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται & ἢ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses the names of these cities, **Tyre** and **Sidon**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon”
 10:14	ikt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked”
@@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 10:14	l580		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida”
 10:15	h28u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	Jesus is speaking to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show in a very strong way how he feels about this city. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly”
 10:15	l581		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **will you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?”
-10:15	enp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly.
+10:15	enp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly.”
 10:15	gk9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	To be **exalted** or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up **to heaven** (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly.”
 10:15	l582		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus uses the name of this city to refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum”
 10:15	l583		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus is addressing an individual city, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Capernaum,” then **you** would be plural.
@@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 10:25	klh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	νομικός τις	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a lawyer who”
 10:25	l603		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	νομικός τις	1	See how you translated **lawyer** in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “a certain expert in the Jewish law”
 10:25	l604		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀνέστη	1	By standing up, this lawyer was indicating that he had a question to ask Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this was the reason for his action. Alternate translation: “stood up to show that he wanted to ask a question”
-10:25	c6ac			ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “to see how well he would answer”
+10:25	c6ac			ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “seeing how well he would answer”
 10:25	l605			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 10:25	dh16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω?	1	The lawyer is using the term **inherit** in a figurative sense to mean “come to possess” or “have.” Alternate translation: “what must I do in order to have everlasting life”
 10:25	l606		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω?	1	This lawyer may be asking about a single deed that would be worthy of eternal life, because he uses a verb form that does not indicate continuing action. Alternate translation: “What one thing do I need to do so that God will give me eternal life?”
@@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:3	q89w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	δίδου ἡμῖν	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us”
 11:3	l639		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	δίδου ἡμῖν	1	Jesus teaches his disciples to speak to God in the plural because he wants them to pray together in community about the matters he describes. Since the word **us** would refer to the people praying, but not to God, it would be exclusive, if your language marks that form.
 11:3	s6qp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	Jesus refers to **bread**, one common food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day”
-11:4	iid7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἄφες ἡμῖν & μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς	1	These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive us … please do not lead us”
+11:4	iid7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἄφες ἡμῖν & μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς	1	These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive us … please do not bring us”
 11:4	wi99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν	1	Jesus uses the image of being in debt to describe having sinned against a person. Alternate translation: “everyone who has sinned against us”
 11:4	db55			μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “please lead us away from temptation”
 11:5	l640		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίου	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you went to the house of a friend in the middle of the night”
@@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:19	l668		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of **Beelzebul**, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either.”
 11:19	l670		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	Here, Jesus uses the word **sons** to mean “followers.” Alternate translation: “your followers”
 11:19	bs8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves”
-11:20	l671		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come to you”
+11:20	l671		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come upon you”
 11:20	y643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ	1	This phrase refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “by the power of God”
 11:20	ja3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God has arrived in this place, that is, its activities are happening here. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God has arrived in time, that is, it already beginning. Alternate translation: “God is beginning to rule as king”
 11:21	e4d1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand. ‘When a strong man who has all his weapons’”
@@ -1882,8 +1882,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:24	l677		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person”
 11:24	fpj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. Alternate translation: “the desert”
 11:24	l678		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “looking for another place to live”
-11:24	yvp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον, λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Jesus continues to use a hypothetical situation to teach. If you show that directly in your translation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose the demon does not find another place to live. Then it would say, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’”
-11:24	l679		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to the house from which it came”
+11:24	yvp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον, λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Jesus continues to use a hypothetical situation to teach. If you show that directly in your translation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose the demon does not find another place to live. Then it would say, ‘I will return to my house from which I came out’”
+11:24	l679		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to the house from which it came out”
 11:24	s89t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	The demon is referring to the person it formerly controlled as its **house**. Alternate translation: “the person I used to control”
 11:25	b4u3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “it finds that someone has swept the house and put it in order”
 11:25	l680		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	Jesus speaks about the person whom the demon left by continuing the metaphor of a house. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs”
@@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:31	rnq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	This is an idiom that means she came from very far away. Alternate translation: “she traveled a great distance” or “she came from a faraway place”
 11:31	l690		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **wisdom** with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise things that Solomon said”
 11:31	l691		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully”
-11:31	l692		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Solomon is here”
+11:31	l692		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	Jesus is using the phrase **something greater** to refer to a specific person, the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “someone greater than Solomon is here”
 11:31	cwa7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Solomon, am here”
 11:31	p75h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not listened to Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Solomon, am here, the people of this time have not listened to me”
 11:32	pkh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that **Nineveh** refers to the ancient city of **Nineveh**. Alternate translation: “The people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh”
@@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:32	l694			ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
 11:32	uwp5			τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time”
 11:32	l695		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed”
-11:32	l696		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	Jesus is using the adjective **greater** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Jonah is here”
+11:32	l696		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	Jesus is using the phrase **something greater** to refer to a specific person, the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “someone greater than Jonah is here”
 11:32	ac61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Jonah, am here”
 11:32	l697		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not repented after hearing the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Jonah, am here, you still have not repented after hearing my message”
 11:33	l698		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	οὐδεὶς λύχνον ἅψας	1	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus offers a brief illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘No one who lights a lamp’”
@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 11:42	p71g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον	1	These are the names of herbs. People put just a little bit of their leaves into their food to give it flavor. If your readers would not know what **mint** and **rue** are, you could use the name of herbs that they would know.
 11:42	l25z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶν λάχανον	1	This does not mean every **herb** that exists, but every **herb** that the Pharisees were growing in their gardens. Alternate translation: “every other herb in your gardens”
 11:42	yk7d			τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “to make sure that people are treated fairly and compassionately, as God would want”
-11:42	l707			ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα	1	By **these things**, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By **those things**, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter, and … the former”
+11:42	l707			ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα	1	By **these**, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By **those**, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter and the former”
 11:42	myv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ παρεῖναι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “while making sure to express your devotion to God as well”
 11:43	w6pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the best seats”
 11:43	sz72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς	1	The implication is that people would greet the Pharisees in public by addressing them with honorary titles. Alternate translation: “for people to greet you with special titles”
@@ -2104,8 +2104,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 12:22	vim6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	By **this** Jesus means the lesson of the story, that it is foolish to be overly concerned about having a lot of food and possessions. Alternate translation: “In light of what this story teaches”
 12:22	cy4e			λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that you should not worry”
 12:22	u1cf			τῷ σώματι τί ἐνδύσησθε	1	Alternate translation: “about having clothes to put on your body”
-12:23	l775		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body is more than clothes”
-12:23	y4qa			ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	This is a general statement of value. Alternate translation: “There is more to life than the food you eat, and there is more to the body than the clothes that you wear”
+12:23	l775		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body is more than clothing”
+12:23	y4qa			ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	This is a general statement of value. Alternate translation: “There is more to life than the food you eat, and there is more to the body than the clothing that you wear”
 12:24	zx97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς κόρακας	1	The word **ravens** refers to large black birds, and it can apply either to crows or to actual **ravens**. If your readers would not be familiar with either of those birds, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the birds”
 12:24	l776		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	οὐκ & ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	These two words mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together to express a general meaning. Alternate translation: “no place to store food”
 12:24	y4t1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐκ & ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	These are places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with either term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “no place to store food”
@@ -2122,10 +2122,10 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 12:27	u3mf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐδὲ νήθει	1	In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth”
 12:27	l781			λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
 12:27	nug5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	The abstract noun **glory** could mean: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth.” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes.”
-12:28	rur9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	Jesus speaks of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow”
-12:28	l783		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow”
-12:28	l784		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	While Jesus uses a term that typically means **grass**, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. So you could express this with a general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven”
-12:28	l785		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	It would be particularly appropriate to use a general term in your translation if your readers would not know what **grass** is. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven”
+12:28	rur9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	Jesus speaks of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into an oven tomorrow”
+12:28	l783		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into an oven tomorrow”
+12:28	l784		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	While Jesus uses a term that typically means **grass**, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. So you could express this with a general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into an oven”
+12:28	l785		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	It would be particularly appropriate to use a general term in your translation if your readers would not know what **grass** is. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into an oven”
 12:28	t9am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow someone throws it into an oven” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow someone throws them into an oven”
 12:28	l786		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	The implication is that dried plant matter would be used for fuel, for heating and cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could describe it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow people use it for fuel” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow people use them for fuel”
 12:28	l787		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “how much more will God clothe you”
@@ -2189,23 +2189,23 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 12:42	dxd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος	1	In the course of using a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus gave Peter this further illustration to answer his question. ‘I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager’”
 12:42	mnn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus refers to the other servants as the master’s **care** by association with the way they care for him. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants”
 12:42	l811		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ	1	The implication, as the rest of the parable makes clear, is that the master is making this arrangement temporarily and provisionally because he is going to be absent for a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants while he goes away for a while”
-12:43	g6xl			μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος	1	Alternate translation: “How good it will be for that servant”
+12:43	g6xl			μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος	1	Alternate translation: “How good it will be for that slave”
 12:43	h35t			ὃν ἐλθὼν, ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως	1	Alternate translation: “if his master finds him doing that work when he comes back”
 12:44	i2cq			ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 12:44	y47s			ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “he will put him in charge of all of his property”
-12:45	cu5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that servant thinks to himself that his master is going to come back later than he said”
-12:45	l812		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἄρξηται	1	The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that servant thinks to himself … and suppose he begins”
+12:45	cu5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that slave thinks to himself that his master is going to come back later than he said”
+12:45	l812		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἄρξηται	1	The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that slave thinks to himself … and suppose he begins”
 12:45	aku7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “thinks to himself”
 12:45	l813			χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “My master is going to come back later than he said”
 12:45	juc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παιδίσκας	1	Jesus is using the two types of servants to mean all of the master’s servants. Alternate translation: “all the other servants”
-12:46	l814		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου	1	If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that servant will arrive”
+12:46	l814		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου	1	If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that slave will arrive”
 12:46	j1m1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using the repetition to emphasize that the return of the master will be completely unexpected by the servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “at a time that is a complete surprise to the servant”
 12:46	l815		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ	1	Here, Jesus uses the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he is not expecting him”
 12:46	l816		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	Here, Jesus uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he does not think he will come”
 12:46	vg1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	The expression **cut him in two** could mean one of two things, depending on how the word **unfaithful** is understood (See: next note): (1) if **unfaithful** means “untrustworthy,” then the expression is probably figurative, since the master could not reassign this servant to less important responsibilities if he **cut him in two**. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (2) if **unfaithful** means “unbelieving,” then the expression is more literal, since it would describe something that will happen when God judges the world. Alternate translation: “destroy his body”
 12:46	l817			τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει	1	The term that ULT translates as **unfaithful** could mean: (1) “untrustworthy.” The meaning would be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (2) “unbelieving.” The master in the parable represents God, and Jesus would be speaking of what God will do, when he judges the world, to people who show by their disobedience that they do not have genuine faith. Alternate translation: “will assign him a place with the unbelievers”
 12:46	l818		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀπίστων	1	Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (See: previous note). Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers”
-12:47	p1l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a servant knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely”
+12:47	p1l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a slave knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely”
 12:47	aj41			τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
 12:47	im3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely”
 12:48	l819		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὁ δὲ μὴ γνοὺς, ποιήσας δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “But suppose a servant did not know what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did things that deserved punishment. Then his master would punish him lightly”
@@ -2402,8 +2402,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 13:33	l912		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “now and in the time just ahead”
 13:33	nbk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	οὐκ ἐνδέχεται προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	This could also mean “it is not acceptable.” Either way, Jesus is speaking ironically. The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God, and yet their ancestors killed many of God’s prophets in Jerusalem. Jesus knew that they would kill him there too. Alternate translation: “it is in Jerusalem that the Jewish leaders have killed so many of God’s messengers”
 13:34	cac7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jesus is addressing something he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” or, if you decide to use the second person (See: later note), “I am very upset with you, Jerusalem”
-13:34	l913		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “you who kills the prophets God sends her by stoning them”
-13:34	l914		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	Jesus speaks of the city as if it were female. Your language may customarily use neuter pronouns for cities. Alternate translation: “which kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to it”
+13:34	l913		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “the one killing the prophets God sends her by stoning them”
+13:34	l914		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	Jesus speaks of the city as if it were female. Your language may customarily use neuter pronouns for cities. Alternate translation: “the one killing the prophets and stoning the ones having been sent to it”
 13:34	gb6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	If your readers would find it strange that Jesus is addressing the city, you could make it clear that he is really speaking about the people who live in the city: “whose people kill the prophets and stone those sent to them”
 13:34	l915		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	Jesus speaks of the city in the third person, even though he is addressing it directly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “you who kill the prophets and stone those who are sent to you”
 13:34	zhg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “those God has sent to her” or “those God has sent to it” or “those God has sent to you”
@@ -2415,7 +2415,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 13:34	l917		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν	1	The term **brood** refers collectively to all of the young offspring of a bird. Alternate translation: “her chicks”
 13:34	l918		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	The implication is that a hen would put her baby chicks there to protect them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under her wings to protect them”
 13:35	l919		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
-13:35	l920		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you alone”
+13:35	l920		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you alone”
 13:35	w1v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	Jesus speaks of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a **house** in which its people lived. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you alone”
 13:35	l921		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to leave your city to you alone”
 13:35	l922		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	The implications of this statement are that God will no longer consider that Jerusalem belongs to him, as a holy city where he dwells in his temple, and that God will therefore not protect the people of Jerusalem from their enemies. Alternate translation: “God will not protect you from your enemies”
@@ -2748,8 +2748,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 16:13	w2sf			οὐδεὶς οἰκέτης δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the subject positive and the verb negative in this expression. Alternate translation: “A servant cannot serve two masters”
 16:13	msb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δυσὶ κυρίοις	1	The implication is that a servant could not meet the competing demands of two different masters at the same time with equal loyalty. Alternate translation: “two different masters equally well at the same time”
 16:13	u1lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει; ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	Jesus is basically saying the same thing in two different ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these statements. Alternate translation: “for he is certain to love and serve one of them much better than the other”
-16:13	ba2m			ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται	1	Alternate translation: “love the first master very strongly”
-16:13	dd9z			τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	Alternate translation: “he will hold the second master in contempt” or “he will hate the second master”
+16:13	ba2m			ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται	1	Alternate translation: “he will love the first master very strongly”
+16:13	dd9z			τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	Alternate translation: “will hold the second master in contempt” or “will hate the second master”
 16:13	pw7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐ δύνασθε & δουλεύειν	1	Even though Jesus has been describing the situation of an individual servant, as he draws this application, he is addressing his disciples as a group, so **you** is plural.
 16:14	taq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now”
 16:14	m067		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Here Luke reintroduces **the Pharisees** as participants in the story, but they have been present all along. Jesus told them the three parables in [15:3–32](../15/03.md), and they have since been listening to what Jesus has been teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees who were present”
@@ -2845,14 +2845,14 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 16:31	m101		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either”
 16:31	gf1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	Abraham is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died”
 17:intro	c4am				0	# Luke 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches about forgiveness, faith, and service (17:1–10)\n2. Jesus heals ten lepers (17:11–19)\n3. Jesus teaches about the kingdom of God coming (17:20–37)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Old Testament Examples\n\nJesus uses Noah and Lot’s wife as examples to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and followers of Jesus need to be ready for him to return, because he will not warn them when he is about to come. Lot’s wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it. Followers of Jesus need to love him more than anything else. You may need to provide some background information that Jesus assumed his listeners would know so that people who read your translation today can understand what Jesus is teaching here.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus asks his disciples three questions in (17:7–9) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it” (17:33).\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “In his day”\n\nAt the end of 17:24, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “in his day,” but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.\n\n### “There will be two in the field”\n\nSome ancient manuscripts of the Bible include the verse 17:36, but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have this verse in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.\n\nIn both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the verse if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-17:1	ej1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Traps will certainly come”
-17:1	m102		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	The term **traps** refers to a device that a person or animal would unknowingly activate and that would then confine them in a net, cage, or pit. Your language may have a term for a similar device, and you could use it here.
-17:1	m103		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	Jesus is using the word **traps**. Alternate translation: “temptations”
+17:1	ej1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Stumbling blocks will certainly come”
+17:1	m102		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	The term **stumbling blocks** refers to any lumps, rocks, or bumps on the ground that cause people to stumble or trip. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of object, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “things that people trip on”
+17:1	m103		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	Here, Jesus speaks of things that cause people to sin as if they were **stumbling blocks**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “things that lead people to disobey”
 17:1	zck5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐαὶ δι’ οὗ ἔρχεται!	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for anyone who causes these temptations to come” or “how terrible it will be for any person who tempts others to sin”
 17:2	dvz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ	1	Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if”
 17:2	uk6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λίθος μυλικὸς περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck”
 17:2	gr89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	λίθος μυλικὸς	1	A **millstone** is a very large, heavy, circular stone that is used for grinding grain into flour. If your readers would not be familiar with a millstone, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone” or “a heavy wheel”
-17:2	k9xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίσῃ	1	See how you translated this in [17:1](../17/01.md). Jesus is using the word **trap**. Alternate translation: “he should tempt to sin”
+17:2	k9xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίσῃ	1	See how you translated the similar terms in [17:1](../17/01.md). Alternate translation: “he should tempt … to sin”
 17:2	xm7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	This could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people”
 17:3	m104		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς	1	Since Jesus is teaching about how important it is not to sin and not to encourage others to sin, the implication is that this statement means that he wants his disciples to help one another not to sin. Alternate translation: “Help one another not to sin”
 17:3	m105		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	προσέχετε	1	The implied “you” in this imperative is plural, since Jesus is speaking to his disciples.
@@ -2959,13 +2959,13 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 17:24	m160			ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει	1	Alternate translation: “lightning that flashes lights up the sky from one end to the other”
 17:24	i5rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει	1	Jesus is using this comparison to indicate that he will be revealed suddenly and visibly as the Messiah and the world’s reigning king. Alternate translation: “the lightning appears suddenly and visibly across the sky”
 17:24	m161		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include the phrase “in his day” at the end of this verse in your translation. The note below suggests one way to do that.
-17:24	m162		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The implication is that **so will the Son of Man be** refers to the future reign of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (If you have chosen to represent the phrase “in his day” in your translation, the alternate translation offered here would be expressing that as explicit meaning.) Alternate translation: “it will be like that when the Son of Man comes to reign”
-17:24	m163		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “so will I, the Son of Man, be”
-17:24	m164		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “so will I, the Messiah, be”
+17:24	m162		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The implication is that **thus will be the Son of Man** refers to the future reign of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (If you have chosen to represent the phrase “in his day” in your translation, the alternate translation offered here would be expressing that as explicit meaning.) Alternate translation: “it will be like that when the Son of Man comes to reign”
+17:24	m163		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “thus will be I, the Son of Man”
+17:24	m164		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “thus will be I, the Messiah”
 17:25	csa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	δεῖ αὐτὸν & παθεῖν	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for me to suffer”
 17:25	dp8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation must reject him” or, if you translated with the first person, “the people of this generation must reject me”
 17:25	m165		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Jesus is using the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time”
-17:26	d2ne			καθὼς ἐγένετο & οὕτως ἔσται καὶ	1	Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
+17:26	d2ne			καθὼς ἐγένετο & οὕτως ἔσται καὶ	1	Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … thus people will be doing the same things”
 17:26	v1sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε	1	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Noah was living”
 17:26	ktl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Son of Man is about to return”
 17:26	m167		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in my days as the Son of Man”
@@ -3055,7 +3055,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 18:8	m207		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πίστιν	1	When Jesus asks whether he will find **faith** on the earth, he may be referring implicitly to the kind of persevering trust in God that would lead a person to continue praying even when the answer was delayed. (UST offers another possible interpretation of this word.) Alternate translation: “this kind of persevering faith” or “this kind of persevering trust in God”
 18:9	n2b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ πρός τινας & τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	Jesus now tells a brief story to correct some wrong attitudes that he realized certain people had. The story is designed teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told this story to correct certain people”
 18:9	pmp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	πρός τινας	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce some new characters, but he does not say specifically who these people were. (The story that Jesus tells suggests that they may have been Pharisees.) Alternate translation: “to some people who were there”
-18:9	b6zy			τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς, ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι	1	Alternate translation: “who had convinced themselves that they were righteous” or “who considered themselves to be righteous”
+18:9	b6zy			τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς, ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι καὶ ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς	1	Alternate translation: “who had convinced themselves that they were righteous and who disdained others” or “who considered themselves to be righteous and disdained others”
 18:9	rs6q			καὶ ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς	1	Alternate translation: “and who thought they were superior to other people”
 18:10	m208		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωποι δύο	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the characters in this parable. Alternate translation: “Once there were two men who”
 18:10	m209		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσεύξασθαι	1	When Jesus says that these men **went up**, he likely means that they traveled to Jerusalem. That was the customary way of speaking about going there, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “went to pray in the temple courtyard”
@@ -3094,12 +3094,12 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 18:16	m223		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “people who are like children will let God rule their lives”
 18:17	p5lq			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς ἂν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that whoever”
 18:17	m224		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “does not let God rule over him”
-18:17	ar8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “with trust and humility like a child”
+18:17	ar8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “with trust and humility as a child”
 18:17	m225			οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	Alternate translation: “will not let God rule over him at all”
 18:18	a5qz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ ἐπηρώτησέν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a Jewish leader came up to Jesus and asked him a question”
 18:18	d6kf			τί ποιήσας & κληρονομήσω	1	Alternate translation: “what do I need to do to inherit”
 18:18	xrs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κληρονομήσω	1	The ruler is using the term **inherit** to mean coming into possession of something. Alternate translation: “will I receive” or “will I obtain”
-18:19	fxi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking the ruler to explain why he used this term. Jesus is also not denying that he is God. Rather, he is challenging the ruler to reflect on whether, in light of God’s holiness, he should consider any human being to be **good**. The ruler apparently considers Jesus to be a **good** human being, and he wants to know how he can be **good** enough himself to earn God’s approval. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement, and it may be helpful to combine that statement with the next sentence in the verse. Alternate translation: “You should not consider any human being to be good, since no one is good except God alone”
+18:19	fxi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking the ruler to explain why he used this term. Jesus is also not denying that he is God. Rather, he is challenging the ruler to reflect on whether, in light of God’s holiness, he should consider any human being to be **good**. The ruler apparently considers Jesus to be a **good** human being, and he wants to know how he can be **good** enough himself to earn God’s approval. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement, and it may be helpful to combine that statement with the next sentence in the verse. Alternate translation: “You should not consider any human being to be good, since no one is good except one—God”
 18:20	m226		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας	1	The implication is that Jesus is saying this in response to the ruler’s question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As for what God expects from us, you know what he has commanded”
 18:20	m227		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1	You may wish to represent these commandments as a second-level direct quotation within Jesus’ reply to the ruler, using the capitalization and punctuation conventions of your language. That is what UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving the commandments as an indirect quotation.
 18:20	m261		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου	1	Jesus is reciting these commandments from the Scriptures, and the word **your** is singular because that is the way Moses spoke the commandments, since even though he gave them to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey them. So in your translation, it would be appropriate to use the singular form of **your**. The implied **you** in the imperative verbs would also be singular.
@@ -3113,9 +3113,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 18:24	m229		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Many manuscripts have two additional Greek words here, so that this says, “Then Jesus, seeing him having become sad.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to represent those words in your translation. Alternate translation (if you choose to represent them): “Then Jesus, noticing how sad the ruler had become”
 18:24	qcm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται	1	This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to enter the kingdom of God”
 18:24	m230		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to allow God to rule their lives”
-18:25	hdz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερον γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος βελόνης εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ	1	It is impossible for **a camel** to fit through **the eye of a needle** Jesus is using an exaggeration to express how difficult it is for a rich person to enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult”
+18:25	hdz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερον γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος βελόνης εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ	1	It is impossible for **a camel** to fit through **an eye of a needle** Jesus is using an exaggeration to express how difficult it is for a rich person to enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult”
 18:25	m231		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κάμηλον	1	A **camel** is a large animal that was used in this culture to transport people and goods. If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could use the name of a similar animal that they would recognize, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a huge beast of burden”
-18:25	j7x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τρήματος βελόνης	1	The **eye of a needle** is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed. If your language has an expression of its own that describes this hole, you could use it in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the tiny hole for thread in a needle”
+18:25	j7x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τρήματος βελόνης	1	The **eye of a needle** is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed. If your language has an expression of its own that describes this hole, you could use it in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a tiny hole for thread in a needle”
 18:25	m232		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [18:24](../18/24.md). Alternate translation: “to allow God to rule his life”
 18:26	ycm3			οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “the people who were listening to Jesus”
 18:26	vu3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	It is possible that these people were asking for an answer. But it is more likely that they were using the question form to emphasize their surprise at what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then no one can be saved!”
@@ -3178,7 +3178,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 18:42	m256		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed”
 18:42	gcv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Jesus speaks of the man’s **faith** as if it had actively healed him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed”
 18:42	m257			ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Here Jesus seems to be using the word **saved** in one of its particular senses, to mean “healed.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed”
-18:43	m258			ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	Here, **followed** does not necessarily have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Alternate translation: “he walked down the road with the rest of the crowd that was around Jesus”
+18:43	m258			ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	Here, **was following** does not necessarily have the figurative meaning of “becoming a disciple.” Alternate translation: “he was walking down the road with the rest of the crowd that was around Jesus”
 18:43	d1kk			δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν	1	Alternate translation: “giving glory to God” or “praising God”
 19:intro	zn2b				0	# Luke 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus helps a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins (19:1–10)\n2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who entrusted money to his servants (19:11–27)\n3. Jesus rides into Jerusalem on a colt (19:28–48)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Sinner”\n\nThe Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### Servants\n\nGod expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that the disciples brought Jesus both a donkey and a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1–7 and Mark 11:1–7 and Luke 19:29–36 and John 12:14–15)\n\n### Spreading garments and branches\n\nWhen kings would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the outer garments that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/honor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### The merchants in the temple\n\nJesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
 19:1	j35m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now”
@@ -3297,8 +3297,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 19:28	ja5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	It was customary for Israelites to speak of **going up** to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “traveling towards Jerusalem”
 19:29	y9q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose.
 19:29	q1wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν	1	**Bethphage** and **Bethany** are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem.
-19:29	lj69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet”
-19:29	m307		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain”
+19:29	lj69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the mount that people call of Olives”
+19:29	m307		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. The phrase **of Olives** is part of the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain”
 19:30	m308		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑπάγετε & ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε & λύσαντες & ἀγάγετε	1	Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, **you** as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural.
 19:30	m309			τὴν κατέναντι κώμην	1	Alternate translation: “that village right ahead of us”
 19:30	qq5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal”
@@ -3369,10 +3369,10 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 19:45	u91v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	You may need to say explicitly that Jesus first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered Jerusalem and went into the temple courtyard”
 19:45	j6ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸ ἱερὸν	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus went into the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard”
 19:45	py1x			ἐκβάλλειν	1	Alternate translation: “throw out” or “force out”
-19:46	m343		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’”
+19:46	m343		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer,’ but you made it ‘a den of robbers’”
 19:46	v81e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures”
-19:46	uvf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ οἶκός μου	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house**, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple will be”
-19:46	wac1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray to me”
+19:46	uvf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house**, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple will be a house”
+19:46	wac1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “will be a place where people pray to me”
 19:46	ba8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s **den** or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather”
 19:47	m344		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
 19:47	mn6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now”
@@ -3386,7 +3386,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 20:1	h8gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.
 20:1	vtg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
 20:1	m350		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις	1	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. He mentioned their activity in opposition to Jesus as background information in [19:47–48](../19/47.md), but here he brings them back into the main action of the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation.
-20:2	m351		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην	1	The Jewish leaders are using an imperative to ask a question, so you could translate this as a question. It may be helpful to make it two sentences. Alternate translation: “Tell us, by what authority are you doing these things? Or who is the one who gave you this authority?”
+20:2	m351		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην	1	The Jewish leaders are using an imperative to ask a question, so you could translate this as a question. It may be helpful to make it two sentences. Alternate translation: “Tell us, by what authority do you do these things? Or who is the one who gave you this authority?”
 20:3	qn89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς & εἶπεν	1	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question from the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he responded”
 20:3	ku6a			ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον καὶ εἴπατέ μοι	1	Jesus begins his response with a statement, but then he gives a command, **you say to me**. It might be helpful to make the statement one sentence and the command another sentence, leading into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will also ask you a question. Now you tell me”
 20:3	m352			λόγον	1	Here Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
@@ -3417,12 +3417,12 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 20:10	kr7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	The word **fruit** could be: (1) intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce”
 20:10	m362		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ & γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does.
 20:10	isk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν & κενόν	1	Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything”
-20:11	r72a			ἀτιμάσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
-20:11	vxh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything”
+20:11	r72a			ἀτιμάσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “humiliating him”
+20:11	vxh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κἀκεῖνον & ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν	1	See how you translated this phrase in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent that one also away without giving him anything”
 20:12	m363		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τρίτον	1	Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant”
 20:12	lr3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three”
-20:12	ub4g			οἱ & καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
-20:12	h32a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον	1	Jesus is likely speaking when he says that the farmers **threw** this servant out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased him off the property”
+20:12	ub4g			καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες, ἐξέβαλον	1	Alternate translation: “injuring that servant, cast him out as well”
+20:12	h32a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ τοῦτον & ἐξέβαλον	1	Here Jesus means that the farmers forced the slave out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased this one also off the property”
 20:13	m364			ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
 20:13	kt8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him”
 20:13	m365			ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	In this context, the term that ULT translates as **perhaps** indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
@@ -3431,18 +3431,18 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 20:14	rvi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the son was the owner’s heir, and that they should kill him in order to get for themselves the vineyard he would have inherited”
 20:14	m367		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ κληρονομία	1	By **inheritance**, the farmers mean the vineyard, which the son would inherit. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit”
 20:15	u7us		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The farmers carried out the plan they had decided on. Alternate translation: “So”
-20:15	m6en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	As in [20:12](../20/12.md), Jesus is likely speaking when he says that the farmers **threw** the son out of the vineyard, as if they heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “the vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard”
+20:15	m6en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	As in [20:12](../20/12.md), Jesus means that the farmers forced the slave out of the vineyard. Alternate translation: “the vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard”
 20:15	dlu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?	1	Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them.”
 20:15	m368			ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
 20:16	m369			τοὺς γεωργοὺς τούτους	1	See how you translated the term **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Your language might say “those” instead of **these** in a context like this. Alternate translation: “those vine growers” or “those grape farmers”
 20:16	m370		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις	1	See how you translated the similar expression in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop”
 20:16	k18g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	This is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “May nothing like that ever happen”
 20:17	qtb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν	1	Jesus **looked at** the people to hold them accountable for understanding what he was saying. Alternate translation: “But Jesus looked straight at them and said”
-20:17	m371		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “What then does Scripture mean when it says that the stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone”
-20:17	rf5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας?	1	Jesus does not expect the people to explain the meaning of the scripture he is quoting. Rather, he is using the question form to get them to consider its implications carefully. Alternate translation: “Think carefully about what this scripture is saying: ‘The stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner’!”
+20:17	m371		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “What then does Scripture mean when it says that a stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone”
+20:17	rf5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας?	1	Jesus does not expect the people to explain the meaning of the scripture he is quoting. Rather, he is using the question form to get them to consider its implications carefully. Alternate translation: “Think carefully about what this scripture is saying: ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner’!”
 20:17	l6l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this passive verbal form with a noun. Alternate translation: “this scripture”
 20:17	a5kc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a plain explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text.
-20:17	bd2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building”
+20:17	bd2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “A stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building”
 20:17	bh2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	The phrase **the head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building”
 20:18	d7n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	Jesus is applying the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking of people who reject him as Messiah as if they would fall over a stone and be injured. Jesus’ words are a direct allusion to the figurative language of Scripture, and he does not explain the metaphor to the people who are listening. So it would not be appropriate to change them into a plain explanation of the metaphor, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text.
 20:18	n3n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνθλασθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will break up into pieces”
@@ -3475,14 +3475,14 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 20:25	gj71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ	1	Jesus is speaking compactly and he does not repeat the verb **give back**, but it may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate Translation: “and pay God what he deserves”
 20:26	wa3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι τοῦ ῥήματος	1	Luke says that the spies had wanted to **take hold** of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “the spies were not able to use what he said against him”
 20:26	m379		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ	1	Luke speaks of this spatially to refer to the people’s attention. Alternate translation: “while the people were watching” or “while the people were listening”
-20:27	m380		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	Luke uses this statement to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to Jesus”
-20:27	m381		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	The implication is that these people also wanted to discredit Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because they too wanted to discredit Jesus, some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to him”
+20:27	m380		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	Luke uses this statement to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees”
+20:27	m381		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	The implication is that these people also wanted to discredit Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because they too wanted to discredit Jesus, some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees”
 20:27	f9e3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	οἱ, λέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1	This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “The Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead”
 20:28	m383		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	λέγοντες	1	Luke could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus”
 20:28	m384			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 20:28	m385		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν	1	These Sadducees are describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he **wrote** it down. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law”
 20:28	m386		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	Here, the word **us** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducces mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew.
-20:28	d6yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος ᾖ, ἵνα	1	Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children”
+20:28	d6yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος ᾖ, ἵνα	1	Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children,”
 20:28	sjt5			λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα	1	Alternate translation: “that man should marry his dead brother’s widow”
 20:28	pn1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her late husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her late husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants”
 20:28	m388		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπέρμα	1	See how you translated this figurative sense of the word **seed** in [1:55](../01/55.md). Alternate translation: “descendants”
@@ -3526,9 +3526,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 20:37	nx7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	λέγει	1	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called”
 20:37	pqm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ	1	The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does.
 20:38	tdq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now”
-20:38	u1y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	Θεὸς & οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	The two phrases **not … of the dead** and **of the living** mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he is the God of living people only”
-20:38	m408		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died”
-20:38	dxi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ζώντων	1	Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life”
+20:38	u1y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	Θεὸς & οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	The two phrases **not … of the dead** and **of the living** mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he is a God of living people only”
+20:38	m408		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of people who have died”
+20:38	dxi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ζώντων	1	Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of people who are alive” or “of people whom he has brought back to life”
 20:38	i6am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν	1	Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are **dead** as far as other people are concerned, they are **alive** as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits”
 20:39	n5nq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν	1	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded”
 20:39	m409		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες & τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν	1	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “some of the scribes responded”
@@ -3543,9 +3543,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 20:42	y972		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ Δαυεὶδ	1	Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize to that it was **David**, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ”
 20:42	z0vc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why he has asked this question. Alternate translation: “I ask this question because”
 20:42	m413			λέγει	1	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said”
-20:42	h2al		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side”
+20:42	h2al		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right hand”
 20:42	e1i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said **Lord** instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord”
-20:42	m415		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side”
+20:42	m415			κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side”
 20:42	pse3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me”
 20:43	m416		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in [20:42](../20/42.md) to have only one level of quotation, you could make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet”
 20:43	fl1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	The psalm speaks of the Messiah using his enemies as a **footstool** to mean that Yahweh would make those enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you”
@@ -3592,9 +3592,9 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 21:6	m432		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a separate sentence with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. (In the alternate translation that is suggested here, “they” would mean “your enemies,” and “it” would mean “this building of stone,” as in the alternate translation in the last note to the previous phrase in this verse.) Alternate translation: “They will tear it all down”
 21:7	rix4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτησαν & αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus’ disciples, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him”
 21:7	m433			Διδάσκαλε	1	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
-21:7	a11j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι	1	The phrase **these things** refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed, and how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it”
-21:8	bbri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	βλέπετε μὴ πλανηθῆτε; πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι, καί, ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying that they are the Messiah. They will also say that the time has come near.”
-21:8	vu18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανηθῆτε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one deceives you”
+21:7	a11j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι	1	The phrase **these things** refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed? And how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it”
+21:8	bbri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	βλέπετε μὴ πλανηθῆτε; πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι, καί, ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not led astray. For many will come in my name, saying that they are the Messiah. They will also say that the time has come near.”
+21:8	vu18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανηθῆτε	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one leads you astray”
 21:8	f1ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here Jesus uses the word **name** to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me”
 21:8	h6zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah”
 21:8	m434		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	This implicitly means the **time** when God will establish his kingdom, which these false Messiahs would understand to mean defeating their enemies. Alternate translation: “God is about to establish his kingdom” or “God is about to defeat all of our enemies”
@@ -3736,7 +3736,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 21:38	bky8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὤρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	Here Luke is leaving out some words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “were getting up early to come to him” or “were coming to him starting early each morning”
 21:38	cbx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that the people wanted to **hear** Jesus teach. Alternate translation: “to listen to him teach”
 21:38	m493		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
-22:intro	y8nr				0	# Luke 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Judas Iscariot agrees to betray Jesus to his enemies (22:1–6)\n2. Jesus shares the Passover meal with his disciples (22:7–38)\n3. Jesus prays on the Mount of Olives and is arrested there (22:39–53)\n4. Peter denies Jesus (22:54–62)\n5. Soldiers mock Jesus and the Jewish leaders question him (22:63–71)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus\n\n[22:14–20](../22/14.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.\n\n### The new covenant\n\nSome people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “And an angel from heaven appeared to him … his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground”\n\nVerses 43 and 44 of Luke 22 are not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so they are likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider them to provide accurate accounts of real events in Jesus’ life that were preserved in oral or written traditions about him and copied into the book of Luke at an early stage. ULT and UST include these verses, but some other versions do not. If you decide to translate these verses, you should put them inside square brackets to indicate that they are probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+22:intro	y8nr				0	# Luke 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Judas Iscariot agrees to betray Jesus to his enemies (22:1–6)\n2. Jesus shares the Passover meal with his disciples (22:7–38)\n3. Jesus prays on the Mount of Olives and is arrested there (22:39–53)\n4. Peter denies Jesus (22:54–62)\n5. Soldiers mock Jesus and the Jewish leaders question him (22:63–71)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus\n\n[22:14–20](../22/14.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.\n\n### The new covenant\n\nSome people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “And an angel from heaven appeared to him … his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground”\n\nVerses 43 and 44 of Luke 22 are not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so they are likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider them to provide accurate accounts of real events in Jesus’ life that were preserved in oral or written traditions about him and copied into the book of Luke at an early stage. ULT and UST include these verses, but some other versions do not. If you decide to translate these verses, you should put them inside square brackets to indicate that they are probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 22:1	q8fa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now”
 22:1	jjy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	During this festival the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast”
 22:1	m494		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ λεγομένη Πάσχα	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which people call Passover”
@@ -3807,14 +3807,14 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 22:20	gc8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου	1	In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “the new covenant that will be ratified when I shed my blood”
 22:20	v4d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον	1	Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for you”
 22:21	swj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus is using the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed”
-22:21	g6ks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος με μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	Jesus is using one part of this person, his **hand**, to represent the entire person. There is significance to the part that Jesus chooses. With the same hand with which Judas has just received the bread and wine, he will receive the money for betraying Jesus. Alternate translation: “the man who is going to betray me is sharing this meal with me”
+22:21	g6ks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος με μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	Jesus is using one part of this person, his **hand**, to represent the entire person. There is significance to the part that Jesus chooses. With the same hand with which Judas has just received the bread and wine, he will receive the money for betraying Jesus. Alternate translation: “the man who is going to hand me over is sharing this meal with me”
 22:21	m518		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	Jesus is using the shared location of the **table** to mean sharing the meal that is being served on the **table**. Alternate translation: “sharing this meal with me”
 22:22	wtj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	ὅτι	1	Jesus is giving the reason why one of his disciples is going to betray him, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this.
 22:22	mk3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & πορεύεται	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, indeed go”
 22:22	m519		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & πορεύεται	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, indeed go”
 22:22	m520		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	πορεύεται	1	Jesus is speaking about his impending death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “is going to die”
 22:22	p2qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “as God has determined”
-22:22	wy2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me”
+22:22	wy2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who hands him over” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who hands me over”
 22:24	yyw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	Luke may use the word **Then** simply to indicate that the quarrel about which disciple was the greatest took place after the discussion about which disciple would betray Jesus. However, he could also be using the word to indicate that the quarrel arose directly from the discussion. Alternate translation: “As a result”
 22:24	y9ce			δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων	1	Here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared to be the greatest one” or “people should consider to be the greatest one”
 22:24	m521			μείζων	1	Your language might naturally use the comparative form of the adjective here, **greater**, to express the issue in terms of which one disciple was greater than all the others. Or your language might naturally use the superlative form, “greatest,” to express the issue in terms of which disciple was the greatest of them all. Alternate translation: “the greatest one”
@@ -3899,8 +3899,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 22:44	m559			ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο	1	This could mean: (1) Luke is using the comparative form of the adjective **earnest**, which has an adverbial sense here, with a superlative meaning. Alternate translation: “he was praying most earnestly” or “he was praying very fervently” (2) the word has an actual comparative sense. Alternate translation: “he began to pray even more earnestly than he had been praying before”
 22:44	m560		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. (1) It could describe the appearance of the drops. This would mean that Jesus had been under such stress that the small blood vessels that fed his sweat glands ruptured, and his sweat became mixed with blood. (This is a rare but well-document medical condition known as hematohidrosis.) Alternate translation: “his sweat became mixed with blood and it fell to the ground in drops” (2) It could describe the way in which the drops of sweat fell to the ground. Alternate translation: “he began to sweat so intensely that the sweat formed drops and fell to the ground as blood drops do”
 22:45	m561		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that what he describes next came after what he described just previously. Alternate translation: “Then”
-22:45	m562			ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	Alternate translation: “when Jesus had finished praying, he got up and went back to his disciples”
-22:45	gb3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὗρεν κοιμωμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sorrow** with an adjective such as “sad.” Alternate translation: “saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from being sad”
+22:45	m562			ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς, εὗρεν	1	Alternate translation: “when Jesus had finished praying, he got up and went back to his disciples, and he found”
+22:45	gb3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὗρεν κοιμωμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sorrow** with an adjective such as “sad.” Alternate translation: “he saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from being sad”
 22:46	in7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί καθεύδετε?	1	Jesus is not looking for information. He is using the question form to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be sleeping now!”
 22:46	nl7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **temptation** with a verb such as “tempt.” See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:40](../22/40.md). Alternate translation: “so that nothing tempts you to sin”
 22:46	m563		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	As in [22:40](../22/40.md), the implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If you indicated that explicitly in your translation there, you could state something similar here. Alternate translation: “so that when the Jewish leaders arrest me and you are tempted to abandon me to save yourselves, you will not sin by doing that”
@@ -3927,7 +3927,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 22:52	m573		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	See how you translated this phrase in [22:4](../22/04.md). Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers”
 22:52	fa7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Jewish leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You did not need to bring soldiers with weapons to arrest me, as if I were a bandit!”
 22:52	m574		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων?	1	The implication, as Jesus will say specifically in the next verse, is that he has demonstrated that he is a peaceful person. He has taught openly and undefened in the temple. He has not gathered an armed band around him and operated from a hidden location. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have seen that I am a peaceful person, yet you come to arrest me bringing soldiers with weapons, as if I were a bandit!”
-22:52	m575		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this simile. Here, the term **robber** likely indicates a violent person who steals from others by forcing them to hand over their valuables, threatening to harm them if they refuse. Alternate translation: “as if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force”
+22:52	m575		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this simile. Here, the term **robber** likely indicates a violent person who steals from others by forcing them to hand over their valuables, threatening to harm them if they refuse. Alternate translation: “as if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force have you come out against me”
 22:52	m576		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων	1	Jesus is speaking of these weapons, to mean the soldiers who are carrying them. Alternate translation: “soldiers armed with weapons”
 22:53	a6qu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Jesus means the temple courtyard. He is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard”
 22:53	c4is		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	As in [20:19](../20/19.md), here this expression means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “you did not arrest me”
@@ -3942,7 +3942,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 22:55	m581		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πῦρ	1	Implicitly, the purpose of the **fire** was to keep the people warm during the cool night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a fire to keep warm”
 22:55	qx64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that in this culture, the courtyard of a house had walls around it, but no roof. You may wish to clarify this for your readers. This was an outdoor fire. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the open courtyard”
 22:55	m8ew			μέσος αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “there together with them”
-22:56	m582		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις	1	Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a female servant there who saw him”
+22:56	m582		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις	1	Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a servant girl there who saw him”
 22:56	fm4t			καθήμενον πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1	Alternate translation: “sitting facing the light of the fire” or “sitting with his face lit up by the fire”
 22:56	fxz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν	1	Though this woman was looking at Peter, she was not speaking to him but to the others around them. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “She looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard”
 22:56	zu63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν	1	This could mean: (1) Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) since it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples”
@@ -3986,7 +3986,6 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 22:69	z3ea			ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν	1	Alternate translation: “after this”
 22:69	p8kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”
 22:69	m592		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah”
-22:69	m593		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσται & καθήμενος	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will sit”
 22:69	nka9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	To sit at the **right hand … of God** means to receive great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God”
 22:69	h4n3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This expression is like a hendiadys, in which two nouns are used together and one of them describes the other. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” or “the all-powerful God”
 22:70	udh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The council asked this question because they wanted Jesus to confirm explicitly their understanding that he was saying he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “So when you said that, did you mean that you are the Son of God”
@@ -4001,7 +4000,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 23:intro	p6wq				0	# Luke 23 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1–25)\n2. The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26–49)\n3. Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50–56)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”\n\nThe curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise”\n\nThere are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in [23:42](../23/42.md).\n\n(1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term **paradise** to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so **paradise** refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term **paradise** and leave the meaning open to either understanding. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n(2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word **today** describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So **today** belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.”\n\n## Important textual issues in this chapter\n\n### “And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” [23:17](../23/17.md)\n\nThis verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it.\n\n### “Jesus said, ‘Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.’” [23:34](../23/34.md)\n\nThis sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not.\n\nIf you decide to include either [23:17](../23/17.md) or the additional sentence [23:34](../23/34.md) in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 23:1	pi3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then”
 23:1	sgf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν	1	The word **whole** is a generalization. Luke says in [23:51](../23/51.md) that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus”
-23:1	mvn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναστὰν	1	This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ended the meeting”
+23:1	mvn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναστὰν	1	This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ending the meeting”
 23:1	k4aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him”
 23:2	m599		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ	1	The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in [20:25](../20/25.md), Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could state explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely”
 23:2	mtc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	εὕρομεν & τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	The terms **We** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction.
@@ -4063,7 +4062,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 23:21	m614		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	As a note to [14:27](../14/27.md) explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to **crucify** someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!”
 23:21	m615		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!”
 23:22	iz5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ & τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three”
-23:22	ck75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος?	1	Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!”
+23:22	ck75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος?	1	Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he did not do anything wrong!”
 23:22	de5a			οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “I have not found any grounds to convict him of a crime for which he should be executed”
 23:22	mij1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	See the note to this same sentence in [23:16](../23/16.md). Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go”
 23:22	m616		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας & αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	Pilate is not going to administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “I will have my soldiers whip him, and then I will release him”
@@ -4128,8 +4127,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 23:34	m643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing	0	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in Jesus’ prayer, since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that Jesus is requesting in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Father, they do not know what they are doing, so please forgive them”
 23:34	m644		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Father	0	**Father** is an important title for God.
 23:34	m645		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	forgive them	0	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive them”
-23:34	qbj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	διαμεριζόμενοι δὲ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then the Roman soldiers threw lots to decide which of them would get each piece of Jesus’ clothing”
-23:34	uk4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could state that they were “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers gambled”
+23:34	qbj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	διαμεριζόμενοι δὲ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	The pronoun **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then the Roman soldiers cast a lot to decide which of them would get each piece of Jesus’ clothing”
+23:34	uk4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	The term **lot** refers to an object with different markings on various sides that would be used to decide randomly among several possibilities. It would be tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with a **lot**, you could state that they it was “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers gambled”
 23:35	a2h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἵστήκει, ὁ λαὸς θεωρῶν ἐξεμυκτήριζον, δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες	1	The implication is that the **people** who **stood by watching** were also **ridiculing** Jesus. Alternate translation: “People had come to watch the crucifixion and they ridiculed Jesus, and the Jewish leaders ridiculed him as well”
 23:35	m646		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ἄρχοντες	1	Here **rulers** refers specifically to the Jewish leaders, not to the Roman **rulers** of the area. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders”
 23:35	t7mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	Here the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **saved** other people. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people”
@@ -4176,7 +4175,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 23:45	hjt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος	1	This means that **the sun**, as if it were an active agent, **failed** to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun”
 23:45	m664		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον	1	See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action.
 23:45	ssh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place”
-23:45	ah4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore”
+23:45	ah4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη & τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple”
 23:45	m665		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μέσον	1	The implication, as the General Notes to this chapter explain, is that God tearing **the curtain** opened the way into the Most Holy Place. And so **in the middle** means not “across the middle,” from side to side, but “down through the middle,” from top to bottom. Alternate translation: “into two pieces, from top to bottom”
 23:46	z1fq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	This is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly”
 23:46	r4ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father”
@@ -4185,7 +4184,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 23:46	bd6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐξέπνευσεν	1	Luke is describing the death of Jesus in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “he died”
 23:47	p6lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης	1	The implication is that this was the Roman officer who was in charge of the other Roman soldiers who crucified Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Roman officer in charge of the crucifixion”
 23:47	m667		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ γενόμενον	1	This expression is singular and so it refers to the immediately preceding event, the death of Jesus. (The expression is plural in the next verse, where it refers to all of the events of the crucifixiion.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had entrusted his spirit to God when he died”
-23:47	m668			ἐδόξαζεν τὸν Θεὸν λέγων	1	This means that the centurion **glorified God** by what he said. Alternate translation: “brought honor to God by saying”
+23:47	m668			ἐδόξαζεν τὸν Θεὸν λέγων	1	This means that the centurion **glorified God** by what he said. Alternate translation: “was bringing honor to God by saying”
 23:47	c2ti			ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν	1	Alternate translation: “this man had not done anything wrong”
 23:48	gt8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συνπαραγενόμενοι & ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην	1	The term **spectacle** describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions”
 23:48	whs7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεφον	1	The implication is that the people in the crowds **returned** to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes”
@@ -4217,8 +4216,8 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 23:54	b4i1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν	1	For the Jews, the day began at sunset. But Luke speaks of this day **dawning** to mean that it was about to begin, even though this would happen at sunset rather than at sunrise. Alternate translation: “it was nearly sunset, when the Sabbath would begin”
 23:55	pu3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἵτινες ἦσαν συνεληλυθυῖαι ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας αὐτῷ	1	The expression **had come out** is an idiom that means to have traveled from a place. Alternate translation: “who had traveled from the region of Galilee with Jesus”
 23:55	m679		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	κατακολουθήσασαι	1	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “followed Joseph when he took the body of Jesus away”
-23:55	m680		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using a figure of speech in which two phrases are connected with the word **and**, and one of the phrases describes the other. Alternate translation: “the tomb where Joseph laid the body of Jesus”
-23:55	nhd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “how Joseph laid the body of Jesus there”
+23:55	m680		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using a figure of speech in which two phrases are connected with the word **and**, and one of the phrases describes the other. Alternate translation: “the tomb where Joseph put the body of Jesus”
+23:55	nhd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “how Joseph put the body of Jesus there”
 23:56	sm68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑποστρέψασαι	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state where the women returned. Alternate translation: “returning to the place where they were staying in Jerusalem”
 23:56	mj6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα	1	In keeping with the burial customs of the time, the women prepared these **spices and ointments** to put on Jesus’ body, to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. Alternate translation: “they prepared spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body”
 23:56	m681		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα	1	The **spices** were sweet-smelling substances that were dry, and the **ointments** were sweet-smelling substances that were moist. If your readers would not be familiar with **spices and ointments**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sweet-smelling substances”
@@ -4242,7 +4241,7 @@ front:intro	uk55				0	# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General
 24:5	abcw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	If your language uses dual forms for verbs, use that form here, since two men are speaking.
 24:5	fs3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν?	1	The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!”
 24:5	m687		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	The men are using the adjectives **living** and **dead** as nouns to refer to groups of people. (The term **living** is actually a participle that functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “someone who is alive among the bodies of people who have died”
-24:6	m688		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	The term **raised** is an idiom that means “brought back to life.” Alternate translation: “has been brought back to life”
+24:6	m688		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	The term **raised** is an idiom that means “brought back to life.” Alternate translation: “was brought back to life”
 24:6	awf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has made him alive again”
 24:6	s8k5			μνήσθητε ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν	1	Alternate translation: “Remember that he said to you”
 24:6	m689		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	The word **you** is plural. It refers to the women, and possibly also to Jesus’ disciples. If your language has a form of **you** that includes both the addressees and a larger group besides, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “all of you”

tn_NEH.tsv

@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ front:intro	k2y2				0	# Introduction to Nehemiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 7:61	d1h1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם אִ֥ם מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם	1	These two longer phrases mean similar things. The second phrase explains the meaning of the first for clarity and emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “that their ancestors had been Israelites,” otherwise “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites”
 7:61	d1h3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם	1	These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that accurate records would be required to prove a person’s lineage. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “what their lineage was”
 7:61	d1h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם	1	Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended clan. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. (For example, the two expressions are used interchangeably in Exodus 6:14, “These were the heads of their fathers’ houses: The sons of Reuben, the firstborn of Israel, were Hanok, Pallu, Hezron, and Karmi. These were the clan ancestors of Reuben.”) In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from”
-7:61	d1h7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם	1	Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. But here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, “whose seed they were.” Alternate translation: “who their ancestors were”
+7:61	d1h7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם	1	Here, **seed** means “ancestors.” In the Bible, the term often describes a person’s descendants. But here, "their seed" means “whose seed they were,” so the term is describing the ancestors of these people. Alternate translation: “or who their ancestors were”
 7:62	d1h9			בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵֽי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם	1	Alternate translation: “Altogether 642 men returned who were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda”
 7:62	d1i1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵֽי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א	1	**Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda”
 7:62	np4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	דְלָיָ֥ה & טוֹבִיָּ֖ה & נְקוֹדָ֑א	1	These are the names of three men.
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ front:intro	k2y2				0	# Introduction to Nehemiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 9:1	irv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וּ⁠בְ⁠שַׂקִּ֔ים וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	The people did these things to show symbolically how sorry they were for their sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people refrained from eating, wore rough clothing, and put dust on their heads to show that they were sorry for their sins”
 9:1	f1a7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	**Them** in this sentence refers to the people, but it does not mean that they covered themselves entirely in dust. The story is using the whole person to refer to one part of the person, the head, which is where people in this culture put dust to express sorrow. Alternate translation: “the people … put dust on their heads”
 9:2	f1a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּבָּֽדְלוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל בְּנֵ֣י נֵכָ֑ר	1	The Israelites were conducting this ceremony as a special act of repentance for how they and their ancestors had disobeyed God. They were acknowledging how they had failed to fulfill the special assignment God had given them of modeling the blessings of living according to his ways, so it would not have been appropriate for people from other nations to take part in the ceremony. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel did not allow anyone from any other nation to take part in this ceremony because it was going to be a time of repentance for how they and their ancestors had disobeyed Yahweh”
-9:2	xbs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זֶ֣רַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning **offspring.** It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. So the term refers to a person’s descendants. Here it means the descendants of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
+9:2	xbs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	זֶ֣רַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Here, **seed** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel” or “the Israelites”
 9:2	qx58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל בְּנֵ֣י נֵכָ֑ר	1	**Sons** here means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “all people from other nations”
 9:2	vhc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּעַמְד֗וּ וַ⁠יִּתְוַדּוּ֙ עַל־חַטֹּ֣אתֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠עֲוֺנ֖וֹת אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	Here, **stood** probably does not mean “standing up,” since the next verse says that they “rose up,” which probably means that they got up from kneeling. As they were showing sorrow for their sins, they would likely have knelt to worship God, as in [8:6](../08/06.md). So **stood** probably means instead that they remained in place, by implication for some time, and made a thorough confession. Alternate translation: “they remained in place as they confessed all the wrong things that they and their ancestors had done”
 9:2	f1b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	**Fathers** here means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors”
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ front:intro	k2y2				0	# Introduction to Nehemiah\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 9:8	f1f1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָב⁠וֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒	1	Here, Abraham’s **heart** represents his thoughts and will, that is, his inner being. Alternate translation: “You recognized that he was completely loyal to you”
 9:8	ej7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָב⁠וֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒	1	Here, **face** is a metaphor for a person’s perception, referring to God’s perception of Abraham. Alternate translation: “You recognized that he was completely loyal to you”
 9:8	f1f3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠כָר֨וֹת עִמּ֜⁠וֹ הַ⁠בְּרִ֗ית	1	To **cut** a covenant is a Hebrew idiom for making a solemn agreement with a person. The expression comes from the way animals were cut into pieces during covenant ceremonies to show what the parties wanted God to do to anyone who broke the agreement. But the meaning here is idiomatic. It is not a direct reference to such a ceremony, but only to the making of the covenant. Alternate translation: “you made an agreement with him” or “you made a promise to him”
-9:8	f1f5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לָ⁠תֵ֡ת אֶת־אֶרֶץ֩ & לָ⁠תֵ֣ת לְ⁠זַרְע֑⁠וֹ	1	**Seed** is a metaphor meaning **offspring.** Alternate translation: “to give his descendants the land”
+9:8	f1f5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠זַרְע֑⁠וֹ	1	As in verse 2, **seed** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “to his descendants”
 9:8	vbx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַ⁠חִתִּ֜י הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֧י וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֛י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֥י וְ⁠הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִׁ֖י	1	These are the names of six people groups.
 9:8	f1f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וַ⁠תָּ֨קֶם֙ אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	As in [5:13](../05/13.md), **words** means the promises that God made to Abraham, and **stand** means stay in place rather than go away. The Levites are speaking of God’s promises as if they were a living thing that could move around or not. Alternate translation: “you have kept all of your promises”
 9:8	f1f9			כִּ֥י צַדִּ֖יק אָֽתָּה	1	Alternate translation: “because you always do what is right”

tn_NUM.tsv

@@ -1,46 +1,48 @@
 Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
-front:intro	p55k				0	# Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Numbers\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n    * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n    * Regulations (5:1–6:27)\n    * Dedicating the altar (7:1–89)\n    * Setting up the lampstand (8:1–4)\n    * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)\n    * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)\n1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)\n    * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)\n    * The quails (11:16–35)\n    * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)\n    * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)\n    * Commands (15:1–41)\n    * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)\n1. The Priests and purifying (18:1–19:22)\n    * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)\n    * The law about purifying (19:1–22)\n1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)\n    * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)\n    * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)\n    * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)\n1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)\n    * Balaam (22:1–24:25)\n    * Baal Peor (25:1–18)\n    * The second counting (26:1–65)\n    * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)\n    * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)\n    * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)\n    * Midianite war (31:1–54)\n    * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)\n    * The people set up camp (33:1–56)\n    * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)\n    * Female heirs marry (36:1–13)\n\n### What is the Book of Numbers about?\n\nThe Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?\n\nThe people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?\n\nWhen an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
-1:intro	av14				0	Figu# Numbers 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Leviticus.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n\n### Census\n\nThey counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.\n\n## General Notes\n\nWhen the text uses **according to their clans, according to the house of their fathers**, the two phrases mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “according to their ancestral groups” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism) (See [1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:18](../01/20/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\n**House of their fathers** could refer to: (1) the generic fathers and mothers from which each male descended. Alternate translation: "families" (2) specifically the 12 ancestral fathers of each Israelite tribe. Alternate translation: "their ancestral forefathers," (See [1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\nWhen the text uses a phrase like **the number of names**, **names** refers to people Moses would count ([1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md)) or had counted ([1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md)). Alternate translation: " the number of people" (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)\n\n**A son of 20 years and upward** refers to a son who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: "a man who is at least 20 years old" or "a man who is 20 years or older" (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) (This phrase surfaces in [1:3](../01/03/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\nThe text refers to a soldier by describing the action that characterizes a soldier, namely **one who goes out to war**. If your readers would not understand what this concept means in this context, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: "one who can be a soldier" or "one who can fight in a war" (This phrase surfaces in [1:3](../01/03/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)
+front:intro	p55k				0	# Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Numbers\n\n1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)\n    * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)\n    * Regulations (5:1–6:27)\n    * Dedicating the altar (7:1–89)\n    * Setting up the lampstand (8:1–4)\n    * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)\n    * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)\n1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)\n    * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)\n    * The quails (11:16–35)\n    * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)\n    * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)\n    * Commands (15:1–41)\n    * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)\n1. The Priests and purifying (18:1–19:22)\n    * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)\n    * The law about purifying (19:1–22)\n1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)\n    * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)\n    * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)\n    * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)\n1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)\n    * Balaam (22:1–24:25)\n    * Baal Peor (25:1–18)\n    * The second counting (26:1–65)\n    * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)\n    * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)\n    * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)\n    * Midianite war (31:1–54)\n    * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)\n    * The people set up camp (33:1–56)\n    * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)\n    * Female heirs marry (36:1–13)\n\n### What is the Book of Numbers about?\n\nThe Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?\n\nThe people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?\n\nWhen an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.\n\n\n## Part 4: General Notes\n\n### Sons of Israel\n\nThroughout this book **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites”
+1:intro	av14				0	Figu# Numbers 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Leviticus.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n\n### Census\n\nThey counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.\n\n## General Notes\n\nWhen the text uses **according to their clans, according to the house of their fathers**, the two phrases mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “according to their ancestral groups” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism) (See [1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:18](../01/20/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\nWhen the text uses a phrase like **the number of names**, **names** refers to people Moses would count ([1:2](../01/02/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md)) or had counted ([1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md)). Alternate translation: “the number of people” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)\n\n**A son of 20 years and upward** refers to a son who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “a man who is at least 20 years old” or “a man who is 20 years or older” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) (This phrase surfaces in [1:3](../01/03/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)\n\nThe text refers to a soldier by describing the action that characterizes a soldier, namely **one who goes out to war**. If your readers would not understand what this concept means in this context, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one who can be a soldier” or “one who can fight in a war” (This phrase surfaces in [1:3](../01/03/.md), [1:18](../01/18/.md), [1:20](../01/20/.md), [1:22](../01/22/.md), [1:24](../01/24/.md), [1:26](../01/26/.md), [1:28](../01/28/.md), [1:30](../01/30/.md), [1:32](../01/32/.md), [1:34](../01/34/.md), [1:36](../01/36/.md), [1:38](../01/38/.md), [1:40](../01/40/.md), [1:42](../01/42/.md).)
 1:1	u2p1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י	1	The **second month** of the Hebrew calendar includes the last half of April and the first half of May on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. Therefore, you may want to provide the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar and the number of the day, which in this case is Iyar 1.  Then, in a footnote, say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar.
 1:1	owqr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י & הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “of month two in year two”
+1:1	ppu9			לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	Here, **saying** is a way of introducing a direct quotation in Hebrew. Most translations can omit it without harm.
 1:2	m9tq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שְׂא֗וּ אֶת־רֹאשׁ֙	1	Here, **lift up the heads** means to count the men by recording their names. Alternate translation: “Count them, recording each man’s name”
-1:2	jnhs			אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the expression **house of their fathers** could refer to: (1) the generic fathers and mothers from which each male descended. Alternate translation: "families" (2) specifically the 12 ancestral fathers of each Israelite tribe. Alternate translation: "their ancestral forefathers,"
-1:2	dl47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֔וֹת	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, when the text uses a phrase like **the number of names**, **names** refers to people Moses would count. Alternate translation: "the number of people"
+1:2	uprl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	As the General Notes to the book discuss, the expression **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Israelites”
+1:2	jnhs			לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, **according to their clans, according to the house of their fathers** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “according to their ancestral families”
+1:2	dl47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֔וֹת	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, when the text uses a phrase like **the number of names**, **names** refers to people Moses would count. Alternate translation: “the number of people”
 1:2	po5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	לְ⁠גֻלְגְּלֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	Here, **according to their skulls** is referring to the whole male person by naming one part of his body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to their bodies,”
-1:3	wtkl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, **a son of 20 years and upward** refers to a son who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: "a man who is at least 20 years old" or "a man who is 20 years or older"
-1:3	pqtq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָ֖א	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the text refers to a soldier by describing the action that characterizes a soldier, namely **one who goes out to war**. Alternate translation: "one who can be a soldier" or "one who can fight in a war"
-1:3	tg9n			לְ⁠צִבְאֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	**According to their armies** refers to separating the men Moses and Aaron will count into military divisions that the Israelites will follow when they fight in battle. Alternate translation: "by their military divisions"
-1:4	qnse		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אִתְּ⁠כֶ֣ם	1	Here, **with you** refers specifically to these men helping Aaron count and lead the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: "And to assist you" or "And to help you"
-1:4	j29v			אִ֖ישׁ לַ⁠מַּטֶּ֑ה	1	**A man of the tribe** refers to a man who belongs to a certain tribe and further describes the men who will be with Aaron to help him. Additionally, this construction is singular but infers that every tribe will have one man to lead it. Alternative translation: "one man from each tribe" 
-1:4	ku8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אִ֛ישׁ רֹ֥אשׁ	1	Here, "the head man" refers to the position of authority these men will have over their whole tribe. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternative translation: "the leader"
-1:4	m26b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵית־אֲבֹתָ֖י⁠ו	1	**The house of his fathers** refers to all the living descendants of a particular tribe. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: "his tribe"
-1:5	u632		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יַֽעַמְד֖וּ אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Here, **stand with you** refers to their helping Moses and Aaron lead the Israelite community. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: "help you lead the Israelite community"
+1:3	wtkl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, **a son of 20 years and upward** refers to a son who is at least 20 years old. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “a man who is at least 20 years old” or “a man who is 20 years or older”
+1:3	pqtq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָ֖א	1	As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the text refers to a soldier by describing the action that characterizes a soldier, namely **one who goes out to war**. Alternate translation: “one who can be a soldier” or “one who can fight in a war”
+1:3	tg9n			לְ⁠צִבְאֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	**According to their armies** refers to separating the men Moses and Aaron will count into military divisions that the Israelites will follow when they fight in battle. Alternate translation: “by their military divisions”
+1:4	qnse		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אִתְּ⁠כֶ֣ם	1	Here, **with you** refers specifically to these men helping Aaron count and lead the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “And to assist you” or “And to help you”
+1:4	j29v			אִ֖ישׁ לַ⁠מַּטֶּ֑ה	1	**A man of the tribe** refers to a man who belongs to a certain tribe and further describes the men who will be with Aaron to help him. Additionally, this construction is singular but infers that every tribe will have one man to lead it. Alternative translation: “one man from each tribe”
+1:4	ku8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אִ֛ישׁ רֹ֥אשׁ	1	Here, **the head man** refers to the position of authority these men will have over their whole tribe. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternative translation: “the leader”
+1:4	m26b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵית־אֲבֹתָ֖י⁠ו	1	**The house of his fathers** refers to all the living descendants of a particular tribe. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “his tribe”
+1:5	u632		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יַֽעַמְד֖וּ אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Here, **stand with you** refers to their helping Moses and Aaron lead the Israelite community. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “help you lead the Israelite community”
 1:5	cbvw			לִ⁠רְאוּבֵ֕ן	1	Here, **of Reuben** refers to the fact that Reuben is the ancestor of **Elizur**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation.
 1:5	gs4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֱלִיצ֖וּר & שְׁדֵיאֽוּר	1	**Elizur** and **Shedeur** are names of men.
-1:6	y5mc			לְ⁠שִׁמְע֕וֹן	1	Here, **of Simeon** refers to the fact that Simeon is the ancestor of **Shelumiel**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation. (See: [[translationwordSimeon]])
+1:6	y5mc			לְ⁠שִׁמְע֕וֹן	1	Here, **of Simeon** refers to the fact that Simeon is the ancestor of **Shelumiel**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation.
 1:6	m6h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שְׁלֻמִיאֵ֖ל & צוּרִֽישַׁדָּֽי	1	**Shelumiel** and **Zurishaddai** are names of men.
-1:7	gs8f			לִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֕ה	1	Here, **of Judah** refers to the fact that Judah is the ancestor of **Nahshon**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation. (See: [[translationwordJudah]])
-1:8	j95m			לְ⁠יִ֨שָּׂשכָ֔ר	1	Here, **of Issachar** refers to the fact that Issachar is the ancestor of **Nethanel**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation. (See: [[translationwordNethanel]])
+1:7	gs8f			לִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֕ה	1	Here, **of Judah** refers to the fact that Judah is the ancestor of **Nahshon**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation.
+1:8	j95m			לְ⁠יִ֨שָּׂשכָ֔ר	1	Here, **of Issachar** refers to the fact that Issachar is the ancestor of **Nethanel**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation.
 1:8	j730		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נְתַנְאֵ֖ל & צוּעָֽר	1	**Nethanel** and **Zuar** are names of men.
-1:9	ls1m			לִ⁠זְבוּלֻ֕ן	1	Here, **of Zebulun** refers to the fact that Zebulun is the ancestor of **Eliab**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation. (See: [[translationwordZebulun]])
+1:9	ls1m			לִ⁠זְבוּלֻ֕ן	1	Here, **of Zebulun** refers to the fact that Zebulun is the ancestor of **Eliab**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation.
 1:9	gldp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֱלִיאָ֖ב & חֵלֹֽן	1	**Elliab** and **Helon** are names of men.
-1:10	jrdz			לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	Here, **of Joseph** refers to the fact that Joseph is the ancestor of **Ephraim** and **Manasseh**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation. (See: [[translationwordEphraim]] and [[translationwordManasseh]])
+1:10	jrdz			לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף	1	Here, **of Joseph** refers to the fact that Joseph is the ancestor of **Ephraim** and **Manasseh**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation.
 1:10	iksb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֱלִישָׁמָ֖ע & עַמִּיה֑וּד & גַּמְלִיאֵ֖ל & פְּדָהצֽוּר	1	**Elishama**, **Ammihud**, **Gamaliel**, and **Pedahzur** are names of men.
-1:11	ibhj			לְ⁠בִ֨נְיָמִ֔ן	1	Here, **of Benjamin** refers to the fact that Benjamin is the ancestor of **Abidan**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation. (See: [[translationwordBenjamin]])
+1:11	ibhj			לְ⁠בִ֨נְיָמִ֔ן	1	Here, **of Benjamin** refers to the fact that Benjamin is the ancestor of **Abidan**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation.
 1:11	zocj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲבִידָ֖ן & גִּדְעֹנִֽי	1	**Abidan** and **Gideoni** are names of men.
-1:12	fxte			לְ⁠דָ֕ן	1	Here, **of Dan** refers to the fact that Dan is the ancestor of **Ahiezer**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation. (See: [[translationwordDan]])
+1:12	fxte			לְ⁠דָ֕ן	1	Here, **of Dan** refers to the fact that Dan is the ancestor of **Ahiezer**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation.
 1:12	nzkn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲחִיעֶ֖זֶר & עַמִּֽישַׁדָּֽי	1	**Ahiezer** and **Ammishaddai** are names of men.
-1:13	ghrd			לְ⁠אָשֵׁ֕ר	1	Here, **of Asher** refers to the fact that Asher is the ancestor of **Pagiel**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation. (See: [[translationwordAsher]])
+1:13	ghrd			לְ⁠אָשֵׁ֕ר	1	Here, **of Asher** refers to the fact that Asher is the ancestor of **Pagiel**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation.
 1:13	i3ui		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	פַּגְעִיאֵ֖ל & עָכְרָֽן	1	**Pagiel** and **Okran** are names of men.
-1:14	ie7u			לְ⁠גָ֕ד	1	Here, **of Gad** refers to the fact that Gad is the ancestor of **Eliasaph**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation. (See: [[translationwordGad]])
+1:14	ie7u			לְ⁠גָ֕ד	1	Here, **of Gad** refers to the fact that Gad is the ancestor of **Eliasaph**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation.
 1:14	fir2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֶלְיָסָ֖ף & דְּעוּאֵֽל	1	**Eliasaph** and **Deuel** are names of men.
-1:15	p6jk			לְ⁠נַ֨פְתָּלִ֔י	1	Here, **of Naphtali** refers to the fact that Naphtali is the ancestor of **Ahira**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation. (See: [[translationwordNaphtali]])
+1:15	p6jk			לְ⁠נַ֨פְתָּלִ֔י	1	Here, **of Naphtali** refers to the fact that Naphtali is the ancestor of **Ahira**. It might be helpful in your language to clarify this fact. Consult the UST for an alternate translation.
 1:15	f3wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֲחִירַ֖ע & עֵינָֽן	1	**Ahira** and **Enon** are names of men.
 1:16	r5lf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	קריאי הָ⁠עֵדָ֔ה	1	The text does not specify who called **the called ones of the congregation**. Most likely, the Israelite community appointed these men in some way. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones the community appointed”
-1:16	xpdb			קריאי הָ⁠עֵדָ֔ה	1	**of the congregation** could refer to the fact that (1) the Israelite community chose these men to lead them. Alternate translation: "whom the Israelites appointed" (2) these men were simply a part of the congregation. Alternate translation: "whom Moses chose out of the community"
-1:16	g9m9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲבוֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	**Their fathers** refers to their ancestors. Alternate translation: "their ancestors"
-1:16	s9hv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	רָאשֵׁ֛י	1	Here, "the heads" refers to the position of authority these men will occupy. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternative translation: "the leaders"
-1:16	rsai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אַלְפֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Here, **the thousands of Israel** refers to the divisions within the Israelite community. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: "the divisions within the Israelite community"
+1:16	xpdb			קריאי הָ⁠עֵדָ֔ה	1	**of the congregation** could refer to the fact that (1) the Israelite community chose these men to lead them. Alternate translation: "whom the Israelites appointed" (2) these men were simply a part of the congregation. Alternate translation: “whom Moses chose out of the community”
+1:16	g9m9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲבוֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	**Their fathers** refers to their ancestors. Alternate translation: “their ancestors”
+1:16	s9hv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	רָאשֵׁ֛י	1	Here, **the heads** refers to the position of authority these men will occupy. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternative translation: “the leaders”
+1:16	rsai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אַלְפֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Here, **the thousands of Israel** refers to the divisions within the Israelite community. It might be helpful in your language to state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “the divisions within the Israelite community”
 1:17	g4kg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח & אֵ֚ת הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה	1	Here, **took these men** refers to Moses and Aaron calling these men to stand before them. Alternate translation: “called these men to stand before them”
 1:17	tgy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִקְּב֖וּ בְּ⁠שֵׁמֽוֹת	1	The text does not specify who designated those **who were designated by name**. Most likely, the Israelite community designated these men by name in some way. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Israelites selected by name”
 1:18	me3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths	לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י	1	The **second month** of the Hebrew calendar includes the last half of April and the first half of May on Western calendars. For more details on translating it, see [Numbers 1:1](../01/01.md).
@@ -50,13 +52,13 @@ front:intro	p55k				0	# Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti
 1:18	l763		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֗וֹת	1	See how you translated the phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
 1:18	ku8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה וָ⁠מַ֖עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated the phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
 1:18	avnc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	לְ⁠גֻלְגְּלֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	See how you translated the phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
-1:20	n9s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְנֵֽי־רְאוּבֵן֙	1	**The sons of Reuben** means sons whose ancestor is Reuben. Alternate translation: “the sons whose ancestor is Reuben”
+1:20	n9s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְנֵֽי־רְאוּבֵן֙	1	**The sons of Reuben** means sons whose ancestor is Reuben. Alternate translation: “the sons whose ancestral father is Reuben”
 1:20	bsfs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated the phrase in [1:2](../01/02/.md).
 1:20	ygux		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֤ר שֵׁמוֹת֙	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
 1:20	gcet		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	לְ⁠גֻלְגְּלֹתָ֔⁠ם\n	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
 1:20	imh0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
 1:20	w4pq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
-1:21	lpku		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	The text does not specify who counted those **counted ones**. Most likely, Moses ordered Aaron and the 12 tribal leaders to count the tribe of Reuben. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those Moses counted" or "Those Moses, Aaron, and the 12 tribal leaders counted"
+1:21	lpku		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	The text does not specify who counted those **counted ones**. Most likely, Moses ordered Aaron and the 12 tribal leaders to count the tribe of Reuben. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those Moses counted” or “those Moses, Aaron, and the 12 tribal leaders counted”
 1:21	v8dy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “forty-six thousand five hundred men”
 1:22	yd37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י שִׁמְע֔וֹן	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20/.md).
 1:22	pv2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
@@ -65,71 +67,126 @@ front:intro	p55k				0	# Introduction to Numbers\n\n## Part 1: General Introducti
 1:22	w1pt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	לְ⁠גֻלְגְּלֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
 1:22	lgm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
 1:22	rrtn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
-1:23	g5ix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
-1:23	jkgb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: "59,300"
+1:23	g5ix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md).
+1:23	jkgb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “fifty-nine thousand three hundred”
 1:24	p8et		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י גָ֔ד	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
 1:24	thvt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
 1:24	rprg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֗וֹת	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
 1:24	llct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
 1:24	boe6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
-1:25	au8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
-1:25	xw6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים	1	Alternate translation: 45,650
+1:25	au8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md).
+1:25	xw6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים	1	Alternate translation: “forty-five thousand six hundred fifty”
 1:26	dm5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
 1:26	jsxt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
 1:26	bdn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
 1:26	tfan		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
 1:26	u7lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
-1:27	wa5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
-1:27	vh5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: "74,600"
-1:28	mv7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families	0	The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families”
-1:29	nv2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	54,400 men	0	Alternate translation: “fifty-four thousand four hundred men”
-1:30	d4ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families	0	The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families”
-1:31	x4v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	57,400 men	0	Alternate translation: “fifty-seven thousand four hundred men”
-1:32	wc6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families	0	The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families”
-1:33	vfi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	40,500 men	0	Alternate translation: “forty thousand five hundred men”
-1:34	xem1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families	0	The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families”
-1:35	p275		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	32,200 men	0	Alternate translation: “thirty-two thousand two hundred men”
-1:36	qk2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families	0	The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families”
-1:37	z1k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	35,400 men	0	Alternate translation: “thirty-five thousand four hundred men”
-1:38	gkt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families	0	The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families”
-1:39	iuf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	They counted 62,700	0	Alternate translation: “They counted sixty-two thousand seven hundred”
-1:40	ehj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families	0	The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families”
-1:41	az93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	They counted 41,500	0	Alternate translation: “They counted forty-one thousand five hundred”
-1:42	mlr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	were counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families	0	The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “they counted all the names of each and every man … clans and families”
-1:43	nv44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	They counted 53,400	0	Alternate translation: “They counted fifty-three thousand four hundred”
-1:45	zf3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	So all the men of Israel … were counted in each of their families	0	The phrase “were counted” can be stated in active form. This long phrase is repeated multiple times in the census. See how you translated it in [Numbers 1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “So they counted all the men of Israel … in each of their families”
-1:46	v79v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	603,550 men	0	Alternate translation: “six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty men”
-1:47	rv7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the men who were descended from Levi were not counted	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses and Aaron did not count the men who were descended from Levi”
-1:47	nym2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	who were descended from Levi	0	In some languages this is a passive verb. If needed, this can be written differently. Alternate translation: “who were from the tribe of Levi”
-1:49	k39s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	must not count the tribe of Levi	0	Here the “tribe of Levi” refers to all of the men in the tribe of Levi. Alternate translation: “must not count the men of the tribe of Levi”
-1:50	z56z			the tabernacle of the covenant decrees	0	The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it.
-1:50	r7xf			everything in it	0	Here “it” refers to the tabernacle.
-1:50	z9k7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	The Levites must carry the tabernacle	0	It was their job to carry the tabernacle when they traveled. Alternate translation: “When you travel, the Levites must carry the tabernacle”
-1:50	dd55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	make their camp around it	0	This means that they were to set up their tents around the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “set up their tents around it”
-1:51	p4ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	When the tabernacle is to be set up	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “When it is time to set up the tabernacle”
-1:51	cju9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Any stranger … must be killed	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Any stranger … must die” or “You must kill any stranger who comes near the tabernacle”
-1:52	gre3			the banner	0	a large flag
-1:52	qn3w			his armed group	0	Alternate translation: “his military division”
-1:53	yl7f			the tabernacle of the covenant decrees	0	The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md).
-1:53	j1iz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	so that my anger does not come upon the people of Israel	0	Here Yahweh speaks of not punishing the Israelites as his anger not coming upon them. The phrase “come upon” refers to his anger being applied to them. Alternate translation: “so that in my anger I do not punish the people of Israel”
-1:54	k71a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Yahweh commanded through Moses	0	Yahweh had commanded Moses everything that the Israelites were to do, and then Moses had commanded the Israelites.
-2:intro	wn6c				0	# Numbers 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Camping\n\nMoses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay.
-2:2	q34t			around his standard	0	The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards was represented by a banner.
-2:2	mdj9			with the banners of their fathers’ houses	0	Each extended family also had a banner under with the camp, which was within the area designated for their standard.
-2:2	p14g			banners	0	A banner is a large flag.
-2:3	s1br			under their standard	0	The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together, and was represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
-2:3	d4r5			Nahshon son of Amminadab	0	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:7](../01/07.md).
-2:4	wg38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	74,600	0	Alternate translation: “seventy-four thousand six hundred”
-2:5	su53			Nethanel son of Zuar	0	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:8](../01/08.md).
-2:6	pvl6			division	0	This is a military term for a large group of soldiers. Each tribe was its own “division.”
-2:6	s8hf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	54,400 men	0	Alternate translation: “fifty-four thousand four hundred men”
-2:7	a457			Eliab son of Helon	0	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:9](../01/09.md).
-2:8	fgs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “fifty-seven thousand four hundred”
-2:8	kceb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 57,400 men”
-2:9	p866		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְ⁠שֵֽׁשֶׁת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּע־ מֵא֖וֹת	1	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred”
-2:9	e32j			the camp of Judah	0	This refers to the three tribes that camp east of the tent of meeting: the tribes of Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun.
-2:9	za2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה יִסָּֽעוּ	1	This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Judah will start walking out before the other tribes do. Alternate translation: “When traveling, the camp of Judah will start walking first” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave first”
-2:10	c8p1			under their standard	0	The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards were represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
+1:27	wa5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md).
+1:27	vh5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “seventy-four thousand six hundred”
+1:28	mv7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשָּׂשכָ֔ר	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
+1:28	j7kb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:28	lo3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:28	pl4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:28	lpsb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:29	nv2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md).
+1:29	s35n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “fifty-four thousand four hundred”
+1:30	d4ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י זְבוּלֻ֔ן	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
+1:30	rqjb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:30	sixu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:30	cxv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:30	xufm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:31	x4v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this word in [1:20](../01/20.md).
+1:31	v7sy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “fifty-seven thousand four hundred”
+1:32	wc6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
+1:32	f313		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י אֶפְרַ֔יִם	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
+1:32	f4l6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/2.md).
+1:32	tf4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:32	cnat		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:32	qn83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:33	vfi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md).
+1:33	rp9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “forty thousand five hundred”
+1:34	xem1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
+1:34	os9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:34	ql0k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֗וֹת	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:34	m6v1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:34	fck2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:35	p275		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁנַ֧יִם וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠מָאתָֽיִם	1	Alternate translation: “thirty-two thousand two hundred men”
+1:35	tuii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md).
+1:35	tyjy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁנַ֧יִם וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠מָאתָֽיִם	1	Alternate translation: “thirty-two thousand two hundred”
+1:36	qk2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֔ן	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
+1:36	ym07		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:36	xjv0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:36	e5hr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:36	xspu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:37	z1k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md).
+1:37	nfvu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “thirty-five thousand four hundred”
+1:38	gkt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י דָ֔ן	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
+1:38	l5zi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:38	bvut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:38	vc8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:38	a6z4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:39	iuf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md).
+1:39	yqdb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁנַ֧יִם וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “sixty-two thousand seven hundred”
+1:40	ehj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י אָשֵׁ֔ר	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
+1:40	larw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:40	leoz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:40	k8eh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:40	klne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:41	az93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md).
+1:41	vv5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “forty-one thousand five hundred”
+1:42	mlr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בְּנֵ֣י נַפְתָּלִ֔י	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
+1:42	i55q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:42	tiyc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:42	qsnr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:42	eqkl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:43	nv44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
+1:43	sskz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “fifty-three thousand four hundred”
+1:44	m11w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֡ים	1	The text does not immediately specifies who counted **the counted ones** but does so in the following phrase **whom Moses and Aaron had counted, and the leaders of Israel, 12 men**. These two phrases mean the same thing. It might be helpful in your language to combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “the ones Moses, Aaron, and the 12 leaders of Israel counted”
+1:44	kl6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵית־אֲבֹתָ֖י⁠ו	1	Here, **the house of his father** refers to a tribe belonging to one of the 12 ancestral fathers. It might be helpful in your language to express this more plainly. Alternate translation: “each ancestral father”
+1:45	zf3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פְּקוּדֵ֥י	1	Here, the text does not specify who counted **the counted ones**. According to [1:44](/../01/44/.md), Moses, Aaron, and the 12 leaders counted. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those Moses, Aaron, and the 12 leaders counted”
+1:45	nvoq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:45	x876		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	Here, **the house of their fathers** refers to the various families that descended from the 12 ancestral tribes. It might be helpful in your language to express this more plainly. Alternate translation: “their ancestral groups”
+1:45	ry7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:45	szay		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹצֵ֥א צָבָ֖א	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+1:46	v79v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֔ים	1	See how you translated a similar word in [1:21](../01/21.md).
+1:46	ric5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֑ים וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת	1	Alternate translation: “six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty”
+1:47	rv7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם	1	**And** introduces a contrast to what was expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But”
+1:47	nym2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הָתְפָּקְד֖וּ	1	The text does not specify who did not counted those who **were not counted**. Most likely, Moses, Aaron, and the 12 leaders did not count. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were those whom Moses, Aaron, and the 12 did not count”
+1:48	gwjl			לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:1](../01/01.md).
+1:49	k39s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠אֶת־רֹאשָׁ֖⁠ם & תִשָּׂ֑א	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:49	y1o4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:50	dd55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הַפְקֵ֣ד אֶת־הַ⁠לְוִיִּם֩ עַל	1	Here, the phrase **appoint the Levites over** refers to Moses' giving the Levites authority to take care of the dwelling of the testimony and everything in it. Alternate translation: “give the Levites authority to care for”
+1:51	p4ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וּ⁠בִ⁠נְסֹ֣עַ הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֗ן & וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲנֹת֙ הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֔ן	1	The phrases **the dwelling sets out** and **the dwelling camps** speak of the dwelling as if it were a person who journeys from one location to another and camps. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites set out to a new location with the dwelling … the Israelites camp with the dwelling”
+1:51	cju9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יוּמָֽת	1	The text does not specify who would **put to death** the stranger who came near to the dwelling. Most likely, the Levites were responsible for putting this one to death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Levites must put him to death”
+1:51	m1tr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	יוּמָֽת	1	**Put to death** refers to a person killing this stranger. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or state this plainly. Alternate translation: “killed”
+1:52	gre3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אִ֧ישׁ עַֽל־מַחֲנֵ֛⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִ֥ישׁ עַל־דִּגְל֖⁠וֹ	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “a man at his own tribal campsite”
+1:52	qn3w			לְ⁠צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	Alternate translation: “by their military division”
+1:53	j1iz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֣ה קֶ֔צֶף עַל	1	Here, **wrath will not be upon** speaks of wrath as if it were an object that would come upon a person. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not be angry with”
+1:53	ms44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+1:53	sken			וְ⁠שָׁמְרוּ֙ & אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת	1	**Keep the keeping of** refers to be responsible for the sacred tent, the objects in it, and every task associated with it. Alternate translation: “be responsible for”
+1:54	k71a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+2:intro	wn6c				0	# Numbers 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n## Cardinal Directions\n\nYahweh explains how the Israelites will camp in relative to the sacred tent and does so using cardinal directions: north, east, south, and west. These terms describe a persons orientation in relation to the sunrise. The sun rises in the east and sets in the west. If one faces the direction of the sunrise and then turns to his right, he is facing south. If, when facing the sunrise, he turns left, he would face north. 
+2:1	n1k2			לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	See how you translated this word in [1:1](../01/01.md).
+2:2	q34t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אִ֣ישׁ עַל־דִּגְל֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠אֹתֹת֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “with their respective ancestral tribes”
+2:2	mdj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+2:2	p14g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠נֶּ֕גֶד	1	**Away from the front** refers to the Israelites camping at a distance to the tent of meeting. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. See the UST for an alternate translation. 
+2:3	s1br		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	קֵ֣דְמָ⁠ה מִזְרָ֔חָ⁠ה	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one and state them more plainly. Alternate translation: “on the eastern side”
+2:3	fbom		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
+2:3	d4r5			נַחְשׁ֖וֹן & עַמִּינָדָֽב	1	**Nahshon** and **Amminadab** are names of men.
+2:4	qqpe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וּ⁠צְבָא֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠פְקֻדֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice or including passive voice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into active one. Alternate translation: “and those Moses counted”
+2:4	wg38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “seventy-four thousand six hundred men”
+2:5	su53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשָּׂשכָ֔ר	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
+2:5	b9v0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	נְתַנְאֵ֖ל & צוּעָֽר	1	**Nethanel** and **Zuar** are names of men.
+2:6	pvl6			וּ⁠צְבָא֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠פְקֻדָ֑י⁠ו	1	See how you translated this phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md).
+2:6	s8hf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “fifty-four thousand four hundred men”
+2:7	a457		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י זְבוּלֻ֔ן	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
+2:7	ci42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אֱלִיאָ֖ב & חֵלֹֽן	1	**Eliab** and **Helon** are names of men.
+2:8	exlx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וּ⁠צְבָא֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠פְקֻדָ֑י⁠ו	1	See how you translated this phrase in [2:4](../02/04.md).
+2:8	fgs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	Alternate translation: “fifty-seven thousand four hundred men”
+2:9	thxq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֞ים	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:21](../01/21.md).
+2:9	e32j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠מַחֲנֵ֣ה יְהוּדָ֗ה	1	Here, **the camp of Judah** refers to the three tribes just mentioned: of Judah, of Issachar, and of Zebulun.
+2:9	p866		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְ⁠שֵֽׁשֶׁת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּע־ מֵא֖וֹת	1	Alternate translation: “one hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred men”
+2:9	za2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה יִסָּֽעוּ	1	The phrase **they will set out first** refers to the Israelites journeying from one location to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this more plainly. Alternate translation: “When traveling to a new location, the camp of Judah will start walking first”
 2:10	pe8q			Elizur son of Shedeur	0	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
 2:11	nq5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-six thousand five hundred”
 2:11	r0p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 46,500 men”

tn_PRO.tsv

@@ -228,6 +228,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 2:21	wou9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי	1	**For** here indicates that what follows in [2:21–22](../02/21.md) is the conclusion to what was stated in [2:11–20](../02/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar use of **For** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Alternate translation: “In conclusion,”
 2:21	uy6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	יְשָׁרִ֥ים יִשְׁכְּנוּ אָ֑רֶץ וּ֝⁠תְמִימִ֗ים יִוָּ֥תְרוּ בָֽ⁠הּ	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the upright ones will dwell in the land, yes, the blameless ones will remain in it”
 2:21	bqn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִשְׁכְּנוּ אָ֑רֶץ & יִוָּ֥תְרוּ בָֽ⁠הּ	1	Here, **the land** and **it** could refer to: (1) the **land** of Israel, which God had given to the Jewish people and which Solomon was ruling over when he wrote these proverbs. Alternate translation: “will dwell in the land of Israel … will remain in Israel” or “will dwell in our land … will remain in our land” (2) the earth in general, in which case this would refer to staying alive. Alternate translation: “will dwell on the earth … will remain alive on the earth”
+2:21	p0cw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ֝⁠תְמִימִ֗ים	1	Here, **blameless ones** refers to people whom Yahweh does not blame for acting wickedly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the ones whom Yahweh rightly does not blame”
 2:22	nyod		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וּ֭⁠רְשָׁעִים	1	Here, **but** indicates a strong contrast between the **wicked** and **treacherous** people and the “upright” and “blameless” people, who were mentioned in the previous verse. See how you translated a similar strong contrast in [1:33](../01/33.md).
 2:22	mnw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִכָּרֵ֑תוּ &יִסְּח֥וּ	1	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that God will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will cut off … God will tear away”
 2:22	r5sm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִכָּרֵ֑תוּ & יִסְּח֥וּ	1	Solomon speaks of Yahweh removing people from **the land** as if he were cutting those people off, like a person cuts a branch from a tree, or as if he were tearing those people away, like a person violently pulls someone off of something. Solomon does not state if these people are removed by being killed or by being forced to leave **the land**, so it is best to use general expressions for these phrases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be removed … will be taken away”
@@ -337,7 +338,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 3:26	zyov		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי	1	**For** here indicates that what follows is a reason for the command in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of these things because”
 3:26	aw88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְ⁠כִסְלֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	Here, Solomon uses **confidence** to refer to the source of a person’s **confidence**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your source of confidence”
 3:26	gtf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְ⁠כִסְלֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **confidence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who makes you confident”
-3:26	z3ye		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שָׁמַ֖ר רַגְלְ⁠ךָ֣ מִ⁠לָּֽכֶד	1	Here, “foot” represents the whole person. See how you translated the similar use of **foot** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
+3:26	z3ye		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠שָׁמַ֖ר רַגְלְ⁠ךָ֣ מִ⁠לָּֽכֶד	1	Here, **foot** represents the whole person. See how you translated the similar use of **foot** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
 3:26	jc7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שָׁמַ֖ר רַגְלְ⁠ךָ֣ מִ⁠לָּֽכֶד	1	Here, Solomon refers to someone experiencing “sudden dread” or “devastation” as if the person were captured in a trap. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he will keep you from sudden dread or devastation” or “and he will keep you from harm”
 3:27	yl8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ט֥וֹב	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “something that is good”
 3:27	yag5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠בְּעָלָ֑י⁠ו	1	Here, Solomon speaks of the **good** that people deserve as if they were **its owners**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from those to whom it is due”
@@ -574,7 +575,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 5:23	w7f9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ה֗וּא & וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֖ב אִוַּלְתּ֣⁠וֹ יִשְׁגֶּֽה	1	Although the terms **He** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “That person … and in the abundance of that person’s folly that person staggers”
 5:23	x16k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠אֵ֣ין מוּסָ֑ר וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֖ב אִוַּלְתּ֣⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **correction**, **abundance**, and **folly**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “because he is not corrected; and in how abundantly foolish he is”
 5:23	n1a7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִשְׁגֶּֽה	1	Here, Solomon speaks of a person behaving in a sinful manner that will cause him to die as if he were staggering like an intoxicated person who gets lost. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he loses his way” or “he behaves recklessly”\n
-6:intro	xq95				0	# Proverbs 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n    * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n    * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n    * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n    * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n    * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n    * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n    * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n    * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n    * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n    * Avoid temptation to commit adultery (5:1–23)\n    * Practical warnings (6:1–19)\n    * Adultery will be punished (6:20–35)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### My Son\n\nOccasionally, Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.\n\n### Adulterous women\n\nThis chapter repeatedly warns young men to avoid any adulterous woman, who is called “strange” and “foreign.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn [6:9](../06/09.md), [27](../06/27.md), [28](../06/28.md), the author uses rhetorical questions to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Animals used as examples\n\nIn this chapter, the gazelle, bird, and ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to teach about wisdom. If your language does not recognize those animals as being wise, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute other animals from your culture that would help explain the same concept.
+6:intro	xq95				0	# Proverbs 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. A father teaches his son about wisdom (1:8–9:18)\n    * Avoid evil companions (1:8–19)\n    * Do not reject wisdom (1:20–33)\n    * Wisdom prevents people from committing crime or adultery (2:1–22)\n    * Humbly trust Yahweh (3:1–12)\n    * The value of wisdom (3:13–20)\n    * Do not act wickedly (3:21–35)\n    * Wisdom will benefit you (4:1–9)\n    * Behave wisely and avoid those who do not (4:10–19)\n    * Live righteously (4:20–27)\n    * Avoid temptation to commit adultery (5:1–23)\n    * Practical warnings (6:1–19)\n    * Adultery will be punished (6:20–35)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### My Son\n\nOccasionally, Solomon addresses a series of proverbs to “my son” or “sons.” This does not mean that those proverbs only apply to males. Instead, these phrases are forms used to pass on advice from a father to his son, and the kind of advice in these proverbs is about common temptations of young men.\n\n### Adulterous women\n\nThis chapter repeatedly warns young men to avoid any adulterous woman, who is called “strange” and “foreign.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn [6:9](../06/09.md), [27](../06/27.md), [28](../06/28.md), the author uses rhetorical questions to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Animals used as examples\n\nIn this chapter, the gazelle, bird, and ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to teach about wisdom. If your language does not recognize those animals as being wise, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute other animals from your culture that would help explain the same concept.
 6:1	rs3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	אִם	1	Here, **if** indicates that Solomon is using a hypothetical situation to teach his **son**. This verse and the next verse are one long conditional sentence. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “suppose”
 6:1	sb1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אִם־עָרַ֣בְתָּ לְ⁠רֵעֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	Here, Solomon implies that the **pledge** is a promise to pay back a loan of money for **your neighbor** if he is unable to pay back the loan himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you promise to pay back the loan for your neighbor when he is unable to pay it”
 6:1	z256		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	תָּקַ֖עְתָּ לַ⁠זָּ֣ר כַּפֶּֽי⁠ךָ	1	Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply the word from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “if you clasp your palms for a stranger”\n
@@ -785,7 +786,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 7:12	akyj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	פַּ֤עַם ׀ בַּ⁠ח֗וּץ פַּ֥עַם בָּ⁠רְחֹב֑וֹת וְ⁠אֵ֖צֶל כָּל־פִּנָּ֣ה תֶאֱרֹֽב	1	If it would be helpful in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “She lies in ambush at one time in the street, at another time in the open areas, and beside every corner”
 7:12	uo9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בַּ⁠ח֗וּץ	1	The word **street** represents streets in general, not one particular street. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “in the streets”
 7:12	hiss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	פִּנָּ֣ה	1	See how you translated **corner** in [7:8](../07/08.md).
-7:12	dezc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	תֶאֱרֹֽב	1	Here, Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “she lay in ambush”
+7:12	dezc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	תֶאֱרֹֽב	1	Here, Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “she lay in wait”
 7:12	h64f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תֶאֱרֹֽב	1	Here, Solomon speaks of the adulterous woman looking for a man to persuade to have sex with her as if she were preparing to attack someone by surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she waited to find someone she could persuade to have sex with”
 7:13	l1ic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠הֶחֱזִ֣יקָה	1	**Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from [7:10](../07/10.md), which Solomon had interrupted with background information in [7:11–12](../07/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show reference to earlier events by translating this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After she meets him, she grabs”\n
 7:13	lfso		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	וְ⁠הֶחֱזִ֣יקָה & וְ⁠נָ֣שְׁקָה & הֵעֵ֥זָה & וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמַר	1	Here, Solomon uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense. Alternate translation: “And she grabbed … and kissed … she strengthened … and said”
@@ -992,7 +993,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 9:3	p6e2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	שָֽׁלְחָ֣ה נַעֲרֹתֶ֣י⁠הָ תִקְרָ֑א	1	In this verse, wisdom is spoken of as if it were a wealthy woman who has servants and **calls out** in public. See the discussion of such personification in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “It is as if wisdom were a woman who has sent out her young women and calls out”
 9:3	akl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שָֽׁלְחָ֣ה נַעֲרֹתֶ֣י⁠הָ	1	Solomon implies that the **young women** were **sent out** in order to invite people to the meal that Wisdom had prepared. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “She has sent out her young women to invite people to the meal”
 9:3	n6ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַל־גַּ֝פֵּ֗י מְרֹ֣מֵי	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “the head of the heights” in [8:2](../08/02.md).
-9:4	vxav		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מִי־פֶ֭תִי יָסֻ֣ר הֵ֑נָּה חֲסַר־לֵ֝֗ב אָ֣מְרָה לּֽ⁠וֹ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “She says to him lacking of heart, ‘Whoever is naive, let him turn aside here”
+9:4	vxav		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מִי־פֶ֭תִי יָסֻ֣ר הֵ֑נָּה חֲסַר־לֵ֝֗ב אָ֣מְרָה לּֽ⁠וֹ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “She says to him lacking of heart, ‘Whoever is naive, let him turn aside here,’”
 9:4-5	dv2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	מִי־פֶ֭תִי יָסֻ֣ר הֵ֑נָּה חֲסַר־לֵ֝֗ב אָ֣מְרָה לּֽ⁠וֹ & לְ֭כוּ לַחֲמ֣וּ בְֽ⁠לַחֲמִ֑⁠י וּ֝⁠שְׁת֗וּ בְּ⁠יַ֣יִן מָסָֽכְתִּי	1	In these two verses, Wisdom speaks of people acquiring wisdom as they were turning **aside** from a path to enter Wisdom’s house, **eat** Wisdom’s **bread**, and **drink** Wisdom’s **wine**. Just as **bread** and **wine**are good and keep people alive, so wisdom also is good and something that enables people to live for a long time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “She says to him lacking of heart, ‘Whoever is naive, benefit your lives by acquiring wisdom. Doing so is like turning aside here, coming to me, eating my bread, and drinking the wine I have mixed”
 9:4	s4da		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יָסֻ֣ר הֵ֑נָּה	1	Here, Wisdom implies that the **naive** person should **turn aside** and come to her house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “let him leave his path and come to my house”
 9:4	bjtb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	יָסֻ֣ר & לּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Although **him** is masculine, here it refers to any **naive** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “let that person turn aside … to that person”\n
@@ -1047,7 +1048,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 9:18	kg4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	רְפָאִ֣ים שָׁ֑ם	1	Here, Solomon speaks of those men who died because they went to the stupid woman’s house as if their dead **spirits** were **there**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that the men who have gone to her house are now dead”
 9:18	m5oj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	קְרֻאֶֽי⁠הָ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom she called”
 9:18	k1fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	קְרֻאֶֽי⁠הָ	1	This phrase refers to the men who went to the stupid woman’s house to commit adultery with her in response to her calling them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the men whom she called and they accepted her call” or “the men who went to her house after she called them”
-10:intro	fhy5				0	# Proverbs 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Proverbs\n\n3. Proverbs from Solomon (10:1–22:16)\n\nChapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs that were written by Solomon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [10:10](../10/10.md), [18](../10/18.md), [22](../10/22.md), [26](../10/26.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
+10:intro	fhy5				0	# Proverbs 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Proverbs\n\n3. Proverbs from Solomon (10:1–22:16)\n\nChapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs that were written by Solomon.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [10:10](../10/10.md), [18](../10/18.md), [22](../10/22.md), [26](../10/26.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
 10:1	tab7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	מִשְׁלֵ֗י שְׁלֹ֫מֹ֥ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:1](../01/01.md).
 10:1	sank		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בֵּ֣ן חָ֭כָם יְשַׂמַּח־אָ֑ב וּ⁠בֵ֥ן כְּ֝סִ֗יל תּוּגַ֥ת אִמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Although the terms **son** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Any wise person gladdens that person’s father, but any stupid person is the grief of that person’s mother”\n
 10:1	a6oo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אָ֑ב	1	Here, **father** refers specifically to the **father** of the **son** mentioned earlier in the sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.
@@ -1183,7 +1184,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 10:32	bx51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רָצ֑וֹן	1	See how you translated **favor** in [3:4](../03/04.md).
 10:32	scfp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וּ⁠פִ֥י רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים תַּהְפֻּכֽוֹת	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but the mouth of the wicked ones knows perverse things” or “but the mouth of the wicked ones expresses perverse things”
 10:32	ay8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠פִ֥י רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים	1	See how you translated this phrase in [10:6](../10/06.md).
-11:intro	uk6v				0	# Proverbs 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 11 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [11:7](../11/07.md), [10](../11/10.md), [22](../11/22.md), [25](../11/25.md), and [11:29–31](../11/29.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
+11:intro	uk6v				0	# Proverbs 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 11 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [11:7](../11/07.md), [10](../11/10.md), [22](../11/22.md), [25](../11/25.md), and [11:29–31](../11/29.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
 11:1	nux3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מֹאזְנֵ֣י & וְ⁠אֶ֖בֶן שְׁלֵמָ֣ה	1	Solomon does not mean that **Yahweh** actually hates these **Scales** or has **delight** in this **whole stone**. Rather, he means that **Yahweh** hates people using these **Scales** and has **delight** in people using **a whole stone**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The use of scales of … but the use of a whole stone”
 11:1	wl8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מֹאזְנֵ֣י מִ֭רְמָה	1	**Scales** describes an instrument for determining the weight of an object or comparing the weight of two objects. It consists of a central post with a crossbar from which two pans are hung. An object may be placed in one pan and known weights placed in the other pan until the crossbar remains level, meaning that both pans contain an equal weight. Or one object may be placed in one pan and a different object in the other pan; the pan that hangs lower contains the heavier object. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of weighing instrument, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a balancing scale of deceit” or “a weighing instrument of deceit”\n
 11:1	qsoh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מֹאזְנֵ֣י מִ֭רְמָה	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **Scales** that are used for **deceit**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Scales used to deceive people” or “Scales people use to deceive others”
@@ -1205,6 +1206,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 11:4	zlmx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ֝⁠צְדָקָ֗ה & מִ⁠מָּֽוֶת	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **righteousness** in [1:3](../01/03.md) and **death** in [2:18](../02/18.md).
 11:5	lc4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	צִדְקַ֣ת & וּ֝⁠בְ⁠רִשְׁעָת֗⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **righteousness** in [1:3](../01/03.md) and **wickedness** in [4:17](../04/17.md).
 11:5	ytaf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	תָּ֭מִים	1	The phrase **a blameless one** represents **blameless** people in general, not one particular **blameless one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any blameless person”
+11:5	aqrm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תָּ֭מִים	1	Here, **a blameless one** refers to someone whom Yahweh does not blame for acting wickedly. See how you translated the same use of “blameless ones” in [2:21](../02/21.md).
 11:5	d5mr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תְּיַשֵּׁ֣ר דַּרְכּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, Solomon refers to enabling someone to know what that person should do as making that person’s **way straight**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar idea in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “will cause that person to know what to do”
 11:5	lmxk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רָשָֽׁע	1	See how you translated this phrase in [9:7](../09/07.md).
 11:5	vhe9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִפֹּ֥ל	1	Here, Solomon speaks of someone experiencing disaster as if that person were falling down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will experience disaster”
@@ -1245,6 +1247,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 11:13	s2og		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠נֶאֱמַן־ר֝֗וּחַ	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe someone who is characterized by being **faithful**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but a faithful one”\n
 11:13	ot6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מְכַסֶּ֥ה	1	See how you translated the same use of **covers** in [10:6](../10/06.md).
 11:14	xqvv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠אֵ֣ין תַּ֭חְבֻּלוֹת & וּ֝⁠תְשׁוּעָ֗ה בְּ⁠רֹ֣ב יוֹעֵֽץ	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **directions**, **salvation**, **abundance**, and **counsel**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **abundance** in [5:23](../05/23.md) and **counsel** in [1:25](../01/25.md). Alternate translation: “When no one directs … but many people counseling someone will save that person”
+11:14	tw7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	עָ֑ם	1	In this verse, the word **people** is singular in form, but it refers to multiple people as a group that could also be called a “nation” or “country.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “a nation”
 11:14	j012		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִפָּל	1	See how you translated the same use of “fall” in [11:5](../11/05.md).
 11:14	a9wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ֝⁠תְשׁוּעָ֗ה בְּ⁠רֹ֣ב יוֹעֵֽץ	1	Here, Solomon is speaking of **salvation** as if it were an object that could be found **in an abundance of counsel**. He means that **an abundance of counsel** can result in **salvation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but salvation is the result of an abundance of counsel”
 11:15	ir1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	עָ֣רַב	1	Although the term **he** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “one pledged for” or “that person pledges for”
@@ -1333,7 +1336,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 11:31	leti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יְשֻׁלָּ֑ם	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will repay”
 11:31	x6ww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יְשֻׁלָּ֑ם	1	Here, Solomon refers to people receiving what they deserve for their actions as if they were being **repaid** for what they have done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive what is due to them”
 11:31	wlsw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	אַ֝֗ף כִּֽי־רָשָׁ֥ע וְ⁠חוֹטֵֽא	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “how much more will a wicked one and a sinner be repaid”
-12:intro	x2lg				0	# Proverbs 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 12 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [12:7](../12/07.md), [14](../12/14.md), [28](../12/28.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
+12:intro	x2lg				0	# Proverbs 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 12 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [12:7](../12/07.md), [14](../12/14.md), [28](../12/28.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
 12:1	ktr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מ֭וּסָר & דָּ֑עַת & תוֹכַ֣חַת	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **correction** in [3:11](../03/11.md), **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md), and **rebuke** in [1:25](../01/25.md).
 12:2	rz0a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ט֗וֹב	1	**A good one** here does not refer to a specific person, but refers to this type of person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Any good person”\n
 12:2	b11m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רָ֭צוֹן	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **favor** in [3:4](../03/04.md).
@@ -1456,7 +1459,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 12:28	y24r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ נְתִיבָ֣ה	1	Here, Solomon uses the possessive form to indicate that **the way** is **the beaten path**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the way that is the beaten path”
 12:28	h4sg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ נְתִיבָ֣ה	1	Here, **the way of the beaten path** refers to **the path of righteousness** in the previous clause. Solomon refers to living righteously as if one were walking on a **beaten path** that is safe because it was made well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and living righteously”
 12:28	d3it		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַל־מָֽוֶת	1	Here, **no death** could refer to: (1) a person not dying earlier than expected, which is the opposite way of saying the same idea used for **life** in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “is not dying early” (2) a person having immortality. Alternate translation: “is immortality”
-13:intro	nh7k				0	# Proverbs 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 13 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [13:14](../13/14.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
+13:intro	nh7k				0	# Proverbs 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 13 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [13:14](../13/14.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
 13:1	ugs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	בֵּ֣ן חָ֭כָם מ֣וּסַר אָ֑ב	1	Solomon is leaving a word that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “A wise son listens to the instruction of a father”
 13:1	au6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מ֣וּסַר & גְּעָרָֽה	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **instruction** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **rebuke** in [1:25](../01/25.md).
 13:1	uwpq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אָ֑ב	1	Here, **father** refers to the **father** of the **son** mentioned earlier in the clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his father”
@@ -1558,7 +1561,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 13:25	a593		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	צַדִּ֗יק & נַפְשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	**A righteous one** and**his** here do not refer to specific people, but refer to a type of person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Any righteous one … that person’s appetite”
 13:25	wby5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וּ⁠בֶ֖טֶן	1	The word **stomach** represents stomachs in general, not one particular **stomach**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “but the stomachs of”
 13:25	azl9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠בֶ֖טֶן רְשָׁעִ֣ים תֶּחְסָֽר	1	Here, Solomon refers to **the wicked ones** always being hungry as if their stomachs **lack**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the wicked ones can never eat enough” or “but the hunger of the wicked ones is never satisfied”
-14:intro	gbj2				0	# Proverbs 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 14 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [14:7](../14/07.md), [10](../14/10.md), [13](../14/13.md), [17](../14/17.md), [26](../14/26.md), [27](../14/27.md), and [34](../14/34.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
+14:intro	gbj2				0	# Proverbs 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 14 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [14:7](../14/07.md), [10](../14/10.md), [13](../14/13.md), [17](../14/17.md), [26](../14/26.md), [27](../14/27.md), and [34](../14/34.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
 14:1	r3rp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	חַכְמ֣וֹת נָ֭שִׁים & בֵיתָ֑⁠הּ	1	**The wisest of women** and **her** here do not refer to a specific person, but refer to a type of person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Those women who are most wise … the houses of those women”\n
 14:1	zntm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בָּנְתָ֣ה בֵיתָ֑⁠הּ	1	Here, Solomon refers to a woman making her family prosper as if she were building a **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes her house to prosper”
 14:1	hx7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בֵיתָ֑⁠הּ	1	Here, **house** represents the family who lives in the **house**. See how you translated the same use of **house** in [3:33](../03/33.md).
@@ -1647,7 +1650,6 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 14:23	dbn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠דְבַר־שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם	1	Here, Solomon implies that this refers to **the words of lips** without any **toil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the word of lips without toil” or “but the word of lips by itself”
 14:23	vvln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וּ⁠דְבַר־שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the word** that is spoken with **lips**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but the word spoken by lips”
 14:23	r2lz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠דְבַר	1	See how you translated the similar use of **word** in [12:25](../12/25.md).
-14:23	auv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	שְׂ֝פָתַ֗יִם	1	See how you translated the same use of **lips** in [10:18](../10/18.md).
 14:23	a06s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	אַךְ־לְ⁠מַחְסֽוֹר	1	Here, **is only** indicates that **lack** is the result of the preceding phrase. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “results only in lack”\n
 14:24	dc97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עֲטֶ֣רֶת	1	Here, Solomon speaks of the reward of **the wise ones** as if it were a **crown** they wear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See how you translated the similar use of **crown** in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “The reward of” or “The reward that is like a crown of”\n
 14:24	u3bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אִוֶּ֖לֶת כְּסִילִ֣ים	1	See how you translated this phrase in [14:8](../14/08.md).
@@ -1696,9 +1698,10 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 14:33	xi3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	תִּוָּדֵֽעַ	1	Here, **she** refers to **wisdom** as if it were a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wisdom will be known”\n
 14:34	ousu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	צְדָקָ֥ה & וְ⁠חֶ֖סֶד & חַטָּֽאת	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **Righteousness** in [1:3](../01/03.md), **sin** in [5:22](../05/22.md), and **shame** in [6:33](../06/33.md).
 14:34	tavd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תְרֽוֹמֵֽם־גּ֑וֹי	1	Here, Solomon refers to a **nation** becoming great as if it were an object that **Righteousness** **raises** up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “raised up” in [11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “makes a nation great”\n
+14:34	w56h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	לְאֻמִּ֣ים	1	The plural use of **peoples** here refers to several groups of people that could also be called “nations” or “countries.” See how you translated “people” in [11:14](../11/14.md).
 14:35	vi56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רְֽצוֹן & מַשְׂכִּ֑יל וְ֝⁠עֶבְרָת֗⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **delight** in [8:30](../08/30.md), **insight** in [1:3](../01/03.md), and **rage** in [11:23](../11/23.md).
 14:35	c522		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מֶ֭לֶךְ לְ⁠עֶ֣בֶד & וְ֝⁠עֶבְרָת֗⁠וֹ תִּהְיֶ֥ה מֵבִֽישׁ	1	Here, **a king**, **the servant**, **his**, and **one who acts shamefully** refer to types of people, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “any king is for any servant … but any king’s rage is for any person who acts shamefully”
-15:intro	l872				0	# Proverbs 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 15 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [15:3](../15/03.md), [10–12](../15/10.md), [16–17](../15/16.md), [23–24](../15/23.md), [30–31](../15/30.md), and [33](../15/33.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
+15:intro	l872				0	# Proverbs 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 15 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Contrasting parallelism\n\nExcept for [15:3](../15/03.md), [10–12](../15/10.md), [16–17](../15/16.md), [23–24](../15/23.md), [30–31](../15/30.md), and [33](../15/33.md), all the proverbs in this chapter consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other.
 15:1	qcqk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַֽעֲנֶה־רַּ֭ךְ יָשִׁ֣יב חֵמָ֑ה וּ⁠דְבַר־עֶ֝֗צֶב יַעֲלֶה־אָֽף	1	In this verse, Solomon implies that the **gentle answer** and **word of pain** are spoken to an angry person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A gentle answer spoken to an angry person turns back that person’s heat, but a word of pain spoken to an angry person lifts up that person’s nose”
 15:1	ydyg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מַֽעֲנֶה־רַּ֭ךְ & וּ⁠דְבַר־עֶ֝֗צֶב	1	**A gentle answer** and **a word of pain** refer to types of things people say, not to a specific **answer** or **word**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “Any gentle answer … but any word of pain”\n
 15:1	jrxm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יָשִׁ֣יב חֵמָ֑ה	1	The phrase is an idiom that refers to decreasing a person’s anger as if that anger were **heat** that someone **turns back**. The word **heat** means “anger” by association with the way that an angry person’s body increases in **heat**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “decreases anger” or “causes an angry person to become calm”
@@ -1852,7 +1855,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 15:33	lbcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מוּסַ֣ר חָכְמָ֑ה	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **instruction** that results in **wisdom**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is instruction that results in wisdom”
 15:33	atwb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י כָב֣וֹד עֲנָוָֽה	1	Here, Solomon refers to a person having **humility** before **honor** as if **humility** were **before the face of honor**. See how you translated the same use of **before the face of** in [8:25](../08/25.md). Alternate translation: “and humility exists before the honor exists”
 15:33	w2h2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	עֲנָוָֽה	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **humility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is being humble”
-16:intro	mu2u				0	# Proverbs 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 16 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 10–15 mostly contain proverbs that consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other. In contrast, chapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 16 also contains contrasting parallelism ([16:1](../16/01.md), [2](../16/02.md), [9](../16/09.md), [14](../16/14.md), [22](../16/22.md), [33](../16/33.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([16:11](../16/11.md), [16](../16/16.md), [18](../16/18.md), [30](../16/30.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+16:intro	mu2u				0	# Proverbs 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 16 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 10–15 mostly contain proverbs that consist of two parallel clauses that contrast with each other. In contrast, chapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 16 also contains contrasting parallelism ([16:1](../16/01.md), [2](../16/02.md), [9](../16/09.md), [14](../16/14.md), [22](../16/22.md), [33](../16/33.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([16:11](../16/11.md), [16](../16/16.md), [18](../16/18.md), [30](../16/30.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 16:1	aoh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לְ⁠אָדָ֥ם מַֽעַרְכֵי־לֵ֑ב וּ֝⁠מֵ⁠יְהוָ֗ה מַעֲנֵ֥ה לָשֽׁוֹן	1	Here, **the heart**, **a man's**, **the answer**, and **the tongue** refer to these things and people in general, not a specific thing or person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “The arrangements of the hearts are those people’s, but the answers of the tongues are from Yahweh”
 16:1	lzbp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מַֽעַרְכֵי־לֵ֑ב & מַעֲנֵ֥ה לָשֽׁוֹן	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **arrangements** and **answer**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **answer** in [15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “Things that the heart arranges … what the tongue answers”
 16:1	e2qs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַֽעַרְכֵי־לֵ֑ב	1	**The arrangements of the heart** here could mean: (1) **arrangements** about what to say, which is suggested by the phrase **the answer of the tongue** in the next clause. Alternate translation: “The arrangements of the heart regarding what to say” (2) human **arrangements** in general. Alternate translation: “The arrangements of the heart about something”
@@ -2018,7 +2021,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 16:33	rvg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ֭⁠חֵיק יוּטַ֣ל אֶת־הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֑ל	1	**A lot** was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. People believed that God would guide the **lot** so that it showed them what to do. If your culture has a similar object, you could use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “A marked stone is cast into the lap” or “People throw dice”\n
 16:33	ei8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בַּ֭⁠חֵיק יוּטַ֣ל אֶת־הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֑ל	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A person throws a lot into a lap”
 16:33	js5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל־מִשְׁפָּטֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **judgment** refers to the decision that is made based on the result of casting lots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “its every decision” or “whatever happens with the lot”
-17:intro	br3v				0	# Proverbs 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 17 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 17 also contains contrasting parallelism ([17:9](../17/09.md), [22](../17/22.md), [24](../17/24.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([17:21](../17/21.md), [28](../17/28.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+17:intro	br3v				0	# Proverbs 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 17 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 17 also contains contrasting parallelism ([17:9](../17/09.md), [22](../17/22.md), [24](../17/24.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([17:21](../17/21.md), [28](../17/28.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 17:1	b79i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	פַּ֣ת חֲ֭רֵבָה & מִ֝⁠בַּ֗יִת מָלֵ֥א	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. See how you translated the same use of these phrases in [15:16–17](../15/16.md). Alternate translation: “is having a dry morsel … than having a house full of”
 17:1	ecu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠שַׁלְוָה	1	Here, **ease** refers to a situation in which someone feels peaceful because there is no **quarreling**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and a peaceful situation”
 17:1	p2y8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שַׁלְוָה־בָ֑⁠הּ	1	Here, Solomon refers to feeling peaceful as if that **ease** were an object that someone could have **with** **a dry morsel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while feeling ease” or “while feeling peaceful”
@@ -2152,7 +2155,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 17:28	a5qc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַ֭חֲרִישׁ	1	This phrase refers to someone who refrains from speaking unnecessarily. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who does not speak unnecessarily”
 17:28	q1jm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יֵחָשֵׁ֑ב	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will consider to be”
 17:28	ps9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֹטֵ֖ם שְׂפָתָ֣י⁠ו	1	Here, Solomon refers to someone who refrains from speaking unnecessarily as if that person **shuts his lips**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one who does not speak unnecessarily”
-18:intro	k5qz				0	# Proverbs 18 General Notes\n\nChapter 18 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 18 also contains contrasting parallelism ([18:2](../18/02.md), [12](../18/12.md), [14](../18/14.md), [23](../18/23.md), [24](../18/24.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([18:7](../18/07.md), [15](../18/15.md), [20](../18/20.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+18:intro	k5qz				0	# Proverbs 18 General Notes\n\nChapter 18 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 18 also contains contrasting parallelism ([18:2](../18/02.md), [12](../18/12.md), [14](../18/14.md), [23](../18/23.md), [24](../18/24.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([18:7](../18/07.md), [15](../18/15.md), [20](../18/20.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 18:1	y10d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לְֽ֭⁠תַאֲוָה יְבַקֵּ֣שׁ נִפְרָ֑ד & יִתְגַּלָּֽע	1	**One who separates himself** and **he** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “People who separate themselves seek for desire … those people break out”
 18:1	n34r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נִפְרָ֑ד	1	Here, Solomon implies that this person **separates himself** from other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “One who keeps away from other people”
 18:1	debc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְֽ֭⁠תַאֲוָה יְבַקֵּ֣שׁ	1	Here, Solomon implies that this person **seeks** to fulfill his own **desire**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “seeks to fulfill his own desire”
@@ -2269,7 +2272,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 18:24	jsbe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠הִתְרֹעֵ֑עַ	1	Here, Solomon refers to a person being destroyed as if he were **broken**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will experience destruction” or “will be destroyed”\n
 18:24	wg3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לְ⁠הִתְרֹעֵ֑עַ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will experience ruin”
 18:24	zc7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דָּבֵ֥ק מֵ⁠אָֽח	1	Here, Solomon refers to a person’s friend being more loyal than **a brother** as if that friend were **clinging** to him **more than a brother** would. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is more faithful than”
-19:intro	nbz8				0	# Proverbs 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 19 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 19 also contains contrasting parallelism ([19:4](../19/04.md), [12](../19/12.md), [14](../19/14.md), [16](../19/16.md), [21](../19/21.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([19:5](../19/05.md), [9](../19/09.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+19:intro	nbz8				0	# Proverbs 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 19 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 19 also contains contrasting parallelism ([19:4](../19/04.md), [12](../19/12.md), [14](../19/14.md), [16](../19/16.md), [21](../19/21.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([19:5](../19/05.md), [9](../19/09.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 19:1	nu2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רָ֭שׁ & בְּ⁠תֻמּ֑⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עִקֵּ֥שׁ שְׂ֝פָתָ֗י⁠ו וְ⁠ה֣וּא כְסִֽיל	1	Here, **one who is poor**, **his**, **one who is crooked**, **he**, and **a stupid one** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “is a poor person … in that person’s integrity than a person who is crooked in that one’s lips and is a stupid person”
 19:1	ljmz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בְּ⁠תֻמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of a person behaving with **integrity** as if **integrity** were a place that person **walks in**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar use of “walk” in [3:23](../03/23.md). Alternate translation: “who behaves with integrity”\n
 19:1	eixg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠תֻמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **integrity** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
@@ -2413,7 +2416,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 19:29	d4f3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	נָכ֣וֹנוּ לַ⁠לֵּצִ֣ים שְׁפָטִ֑ים	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **Judgments**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is prepared to judge mockers”
 19:29	ray2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וּ֝⁠מַהֲלֻמ֗וֹת	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and blows are prepared”
 19:29	r21d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לְ⁠גֵ֣ו	1	The word **back** represents the backs of **stupid ones** in general, not one particular **back**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “for the backs of”
-20:intro	e8g2				0	# Proverbs 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 20 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 20 also contains contrasting parallelism ([20:3](../20/03.md), [6](../20/06.md), [14](../20/14.md), [15](../20/15.md), [17](../20/17.md), [29](../20/29.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([20:23](../20/23.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+20:intro	e8g2				0	# Proverbs 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 20 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 20 also contains contrasting parallelism ([20:3](../20/03.md), [6](../20/06.md), [14](../20/14.md), [15](../20/15.md), [17](../20/17.md), [29](../20/29.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([20:23](../20/23.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 20:1	p893		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֵ֣ץ הַ֭⁠יַּין	1	Here, Solomon speaks of people who drink too much **wine** as if they were **wine** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Someone who drinks too much wine is a mocker”
 20:1	qa7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הֹמֶ֣ה שֵׁכָ֑ר	1	Here, Solomon speaks of people who drink too much **intoxicating drink** as if they were **intoxicating drink** itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who drinks too much intoxicating drink is a brawler”
 20:1	c6m7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שֹׁ֥גֶה	1	Here, **staggers** refers to someone who **staggers** because they are intoxicated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who staggers drunkenly”
@@ -2558,528 +2561,1184 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 20:30	v66q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠רָ֑ע	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md).
 20:30	isry		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וּ֝⁠מַכּ֗וֹת חַדְרֵי־בָֽטֶן	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and strikes of a wound cleanse the rooms of the belly”
 20:30	lyhn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	חַדְרֵי־בָֽטֶן	1	See how you translated this phrase in [18:8](../18/08.md).
-21:intro	ge8s				0	# Proverbs 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.
-21:1	w5md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	The king’s heart is a stream of water in the hand of Yahweh	0	The writer speaks of the king’s heart as if it were an irrigation ditch in a dry area through which people direct water to plants that need it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh controls the king’s heart as a man directs water for irrigation”
-21:1	t1m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	The king’s heart	0	The heart is a metaphor for what a person thinks and what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “The king’s thoughts and actions” or “What the king thinks and what he wants to do”
-21:2	yz3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Every person’s way is right in his own eyes	0	The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. The writer speaks of what a person does as if it that person were walking down a path. Alternate translation: “Every person thinks that what he does is good” or “Every person judges what he does as good”
-21:2	xmb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	who weighs the hearts	0	The writer speaks of Yahweh deciding whether a person desires to do what is right as if Yahweh were looking at a physical object and deciding whether it is of good quality. Alternate translation: “who will judge the motives” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-21:3	qs6t			To do what is right	0	Alternate translation: “To do what Yahweh thinks is right”
-21:3	ezq6			To do what is … just	0	Alternate translation: “To treat people the way Yahweh wants people to treat other people”
-21:3	f31f			just is more acceptable to Yahweh	0	Alternate translation: “just—Yahweh wants this more”
-21:4	ps7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Haughty eyes and a proud heart	0	The words “eyes” and “heart” are synecdoches for a person who considers himself better than other people and wants other people to know it. Alternate translation: “People who want others to think that they are better than other people” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-21:4	xvr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Haughty eyes	0	This is a synecdoche for a person who wants others to know that he thinks he is better than they are.
-21:4	gk4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	proud heart	0	This is a synecdoche for a person who thinks he is better than others.
-21:4	y68u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the lamp of the wicked	0	The things that help the wicked are spoken of as a lamp. Alternate translation: “the things that help a wicked person like a lamp helps to see in the dark”
-21:5	xi4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	comes only to poverty	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **poverty**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “only becomes poor”
-21:6	vsi8			Acquiring riches	0	Alternate translation: “Gaining wealth”
-21:6	bc5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	a lying tongue	0	The tongue is a metonym for the words a person uses the tongue to speak. Alternate translation: “speaking lies”
-21:6	w3kd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	a fleeting vapor	0	The writer likens the riches a person gains by lying to a mist that quickly goes away in the morning. Alternate translation: “a disappearing mist”
-21:6	l9ag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	a snare that kills	0	The writer speaks of the riches that a person gains by lying as if it were the bait in a hunter’s trap; the word “snare” is a metonym for the bait that attracts the animal into the snare. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-21:7	zn7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	The violence of the wicked will drag them away	0	The writer speaks as though violence were a person who could drag other people away. God will punish wicked people who harm their innocent neighbors.
-21:7	ce4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	violence of the wicked	0	Here, **violence** refers to violent deeds or things people do to harm their innocent neighbors. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **violence**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. The word **wicked** is a nominal adjective that refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “The violent actions of wicked people” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-21:7	i5j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	drag them away	0	This phrase refers to dragging a net through water to catch fish. The wicked being destroyed by their own actions is spoken of as if their actions trapped them in a net like one would catch fish. AT “drag them away like fish” or “destroy them as easily as one catches fish in a net” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-21:9	gff3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	a corner of the roof	0	Houses in those days had flat roofs. Ancient Israelites spent much time on their roofs, where it was often cooler than inside the house, and sometimes people would build a shelter large enough for a person to sleep in on one corner of the roof.
-21:9	j9e1			quarrelsome wife	0	Alternate translation: “wife who often argues and complains”
-21:10	x3rs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	The appetite of the wicked craves evil	0	The writer speaks of a person’s appetite, the physical desire for food and drink, as if it were a person who could desire something. The word “wicked” is a nominal adjective that refers to evil people, and the word “evil” is a nominal adjective that refers to evil deeds. Alternate translation: “Evil people desire to do evil deeds just as they desire to eat and drink” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-21:10	a2dz			craves	0	desires strongly
-21:10	d5qd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	his neighbor finds no favor in his eyes	0	The idiom to “find favor” means to have someone approve of and act kindly towards the one who finds favor. Also, the eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents a person’s thoughts and attitude towards another person. Alternate translation: “his neighbor does not receive favor from him” or “he does not act kindly towards his neighbor” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-21:11	rd8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	When the mocker is punished	0	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “When someone punishes the mocker”
-21:11	a6a5			the mocker	0	Alternate translation: “the person who mocks others”
-21:11	m512		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	when the wise person is instructed	0	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “when someone instructs the wise person”
-21:11	ylu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	lays hold of knowledge	0	Here knowledge is spoken of as if it were an object that someone could grasp and keep for himself.
-21:12	t3bj			The righteous	0	This could mean: (1) any righteous person or (2) “Yahweh the one who is righteous.”
-21:12	bc3u			watches the house	0	Alternate translation: “pays careful attention to the house” “looks to see what happens to the house”
-21:12	tem1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	he brings wicked people to disaster	0	Here disaster is spoken of as if it were a place that someone could be brought to. Alternate translation: “he destroys them”
-21:13	uc5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	The one who shuts his ears to the cry of the poor	0	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “The one who will not listen when poor people ask for help”
-21:13	iv38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	he will not be answered	0	The word “answered” is a metonym for a person hearing another person ask for help and acting to help. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will do anything to help him” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-21:14	h1vz			appeases anger	0	Alternate translation: “makes an angry person feel better so he is no longer angry”
-21:15	p2ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	When justice is done	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with a noun phrase. These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “When rulers do what is just” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-21:16	cj4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	wanders from the way of understanding	0	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “no longer lives wisely”
-21:16	t6m2			he will rest in the assembly of the dead	0	Alternate translation: “he will remain in the assembly of dead spirits”
-21:18	mh2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	is ransom for	0	The word “ransom” is a metaphor for one person who takes the place of another person. Here the person who does what is wrong is punished instead of the person who does what is right.
-21:18	qt7k			the treacherous	0	a person who harms those who trust him by lying and otherwise dealing falsely
-21:18	n28n			upright people	0	Alternate translation: “righteous people” or “honest people” or “just people”
-21:20	r84p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	wise	0	This nominal adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “wise person”
-21:20	nw25			swallows it all up	0	Alternate translation: “uses it all for no good purpose” or “wastes it”
-21:22	d84j			scales the city	0	Alternate translation: “climbs up and over the wall that surrounds the city”
-21:22	v5jk			the city of the mighty ones	0	Alternate translation: “a city in which mighty men are living” or “a city of mighty warriors”
-21:22	p6cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	he brings down	0	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he destroys”
-21:22	w292			the stronghold in which they trusted	0	Alternate translation: “the walls and towers around the city that they did not think anyone would be able to get past into the city, so they felt safe”
-21:23	xw3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	Whoever guards his mouth and tongue	0	Both “mouth” and “tongue” refer to what a person says. Alternate translation: “Whoever is careful in what he says” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-21:24	c77j			The proud and haughty person … acts with arrogant pride	0	Alternate translation: “You can expect a proud and haughty people to act with arrogant pride”
-21:24	m76a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	proud and haughty	0	These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize how prideful the person is.
-21:24	rf25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	“Mocker” is his name	0	The word “name” is a metonym for what people would call him. Alternate translation: “a mocker is what you should call him”
-21:25	pzb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	The desire of the lazy kills him	0	The writer speaks of what a person wants as if it were a person who could kill a lazy person. Here the lazy person wants to be idle and not work. Alternate translation: “A lazy person only wants to be idle, and because of that he will die” or “A lazy person will die because he does not want to work” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-21:25	dt4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	his hands refuse	0	The hand is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “he refuses”
-21:26	vgt6			craves	0	desires strongly
-21:26	es9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	gives and does not hold back	0	The phrase “does not hold back” can be stated positively, and what he gives can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “gives everything he should” or “gives generously”
-21:27	fq9a			The sacrifice of the wicked is detestable	0	The writer does not mention Yahweh here, as in [Proverbs 15:8](../15/08.md), but the reader should understand that it is Yahweh who detests the sacrifice of the wicked.
-21:27	l3le		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	the wicked	0	The nominal adjective “wicked” can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the wicked person” or “wicked people”
-21:27	iy31			it is even more detestable	0	Alternate translation: “Yahweh detests the sacrifice even more”
-21:28	h8d4			will speak for all time	0	This is because people will never forget what he said.
-21:29	z6tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	makes his face hard	0	This could mean: (1) “pretends to be courageous” or (2) “will not listen to correction.”
-21:29	ts1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	is certain about his ways	0	A person’s actions are spoken of as if they were a path upon which the person walks. Alternate translation: “is certain about what he does” or “is confident about what he does”
-21:30	n8kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	There is no wisdom, there is no understanding, and there is no advice that	0	The words “there is” are repeated to emphasize the abstract nouns “wisdom,” “understanding,” and “advice.” Yahweh is greater than anything that anyone can know or think or say. Your language may require that you not repeat “there is no.” The abstract nouns can be translated as adjectives or verbs. Alternate translation: “There is no wise person, there is no one who understands anything, and there is no one who tells others what to do who” or “There is no wisdom, understanding, or advice that”
-21:30	k3pe			stand against Yahweh	0	Alternate translation: “defeat Yahweh” or “work against what Yahweh wants to do” or “show that he is right and Yahweh is wrong”
-21:31	j1hq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The horse is prepared for the day of battle	0	These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soldiers prepare horses for the day of battle”
-21:31	i6w8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	the day of battle	0	The word “day” refers to time that may be longer or shorter than a day. Alternate translation: “when there is a battle”
-22:intro	t5zj				0	# Proverbs 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 22 concludes the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\nThe second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to the “Wise Men.” The exact identity of the men is unknown.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nWith this new section of proverbs, the author begins to use many rhetorical questions. The obvious answers should convince the reader. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-22:1	but9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	A good name is to be chosen over great riches	0	These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A person should choose a good name rather than great riches”
-22:1	m8c7			A good name	0	Alternate translation: “To have others think that one is a good person”
-22:3	nt9p			A prudent man	0	“A man who is wise” or “A man who has good sense.” See how you translated “prudent” in [Proverbs 12:16](../12/16.md).
-22:5	e8f6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Thorns and snares lie in the path of the perverse	0	The writer speaks of the way perverse people live as if it were a path on which the perverse will have trouble because of the natural “thorns” and man-made “snares.”
-22:5	r2h1			snares	0	traps to catch animals
-22:5	dku9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	the perverse	0	This nominal adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “perverse people”
-22:5	f1ap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	whoever guards his life	0	A person doing what he needs to do so he can live a long time is spoken of as if that person were keeping thieves away from a physical object. Alternate translation: “people who want to live a long time”
-22:6	je4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the way he should go	0	How a person lives is spoken of as if it were a path on which he walks. Alternate translation: “how he should live”
-22:7	dk14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	borrows … lends	0	You may need to make explicit what it is that is borrowed or lent. Alternate translation: “borrows money … lends money”
-22:8	l36j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	He who sows injustice will reap trouble	0	The writer speaks of a ruler or other powerful person treating those less powerful unjustly as if he were planting seeds that will give birth to plants that bring trouble. Alternate translation: “If a person treats those less powerful than he is unjustly, they will cause him trouble later on”
-22:8	htf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the rod of his fury will fade away	0	The word “rod” is a metonym for power over other people. This could mean: (1) the unjust ruler will lose the power that he had that allowed him to treat other people unjustly or (2) when the people respond to the injustice he had done by harming him, he will have no power to stop them. Alternate translation: “he will no longer have the power that he had used to harm people”
-22:8	kpt4			will fade away	0	The word translated “fade away” is also used of plants drying up.
-22:9	nxi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	The one who has a generous eye will be blessed	0	These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the one who has a generous eye”
-22:9	zhf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	one who has a generous eye	0	The eye is a metonym for seeing what other people need, and the “generous eye” not only sees but gives what the other people need. The eye is also a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “generous person” or “person who is willing to give things to other people” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-22:9	vs46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	bread	0	Since bread was the main food for many people in biblical times, it is often used to refer to food in general.
-22:10	t6nt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	disputes and insults will cease	0	The abstract nouns “disputes” and “insults” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “people will no longer argue with each other or say things to hurt each other”
-22:11	xzb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	loves a pure heart	0	It is his own heart that the person wants to be pure. The heart is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “loves having a pure heart” or “wants to be pure”
-22:11	tlq4			is gracious	0	Alternate translation: “is kind”
-22:12	swt2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	The eyes of Yahweh keep watch over	0	The eyes are a synecdoche for the person. The writer speaks as if Yahweh had physical eyes like a person. Alternate translation: “Yahweh keeps watch over” or “Yahweh guards knowledge” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-22:12	s2lr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	keep watch over knowledge	0	Keeping watch is s metonym for protecting. Alternate translation: “protect knowledge”
-22:12	zw3l			he overthrows	0	Alternate translation: “he destroys”
-22:12	q7yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	the treacherous	0	The nominal adjective treacherous can be translated as a noun phrase. Translate “treacherous” as in [Proverbs 11:3](../11/03.md). Alternate translation: “a treacherous person”
-22:13	jg67			The lazy person says	0	The quote that follows is a lie and an excuse for not working. If your language introduces false statements in a special way, you can use that here.
-22:14	eq5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	The mouth of an adulteress is a deep pit	0	The word “mouth” is a metonym for the words that come out of the mouth. The writer speaks of a person being unable to escape having people punish him for evil deeds as if that person had fallen into a hole someone had dug in the ground from which he could not escape. Alternate translation: “The words spoken by an adulteress will draw you in, and it will be as if you have fallen into a deep and dangerous pit” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-22:14	xrc5			an adulteress	0	See how you translated this in [Proverbs 5:3](../05/03.md).
-22:14	l326		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Yahweh’s anger is stirred up	0	Here “stirred up” means that his anger increased. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is angry”
-22:14	fin1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	falls into it	0	Adultery is spoken of as if it is something that a person can fall into. Alternate translation: “sins because of the adulteress”
-22:15	fuj4			Foolishness is bound up in the heart of a child	0	Alternate translation: “The heart of a child is full of foolish things”
-22:15	j283		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the rod of discipline	0	The writer speaks of a parent using any form of discipline as if that parent were hitting the child with a wooden rod.
-22:15	dk18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	drives it far away	0	The writer speaks as if foolishness were a person that another person could use a physical rod to drive away. Alternate translation: “will make a child wise”
-22:16	w7rc			to increase his wealth	0	Alternate translation: “to become richer” or “to gain more money”
-22:16	fm7f			gives to rich people	0	Alternate translation: “gives money to rich people”
-22:16	d4td		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	will come to poverty	0	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will become poor”
-22:17	nnv4				0	# General Information:\n\nVerse 17 begins the introduction to a new section of the Book of Proverbs.
-22:17	lgs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Incline your ear and listen	0	Here the word “ear” represents the person who is listening. The writer speaks of listening attentively to someone as if it were leaning forward so that the ear is closer to the one speaking. See how you translated “incline your ear” in [Proverbs 4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “Pay attention and listen” or “Listen attentively” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-22:17	l38x			the words of the wise	0	Alternate translation: “what wise people say”
-22:17	pi8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	apply your heart to	0	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “do your best to understand and remember”
-22:17	i9n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	my knowledge	0	The person speaking is probably the same as the father from [Proverbs 1:8](../01/08.md). He may be speaking of “the words of the wise” as “my knowledge.” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **knowledge**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “know.” Alternate translation: “the knowledge I have, which I am sharing with you” or “what I know”
-22:18	nl9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	all of them are ready on your lips	0	The person being ready to speak is spoken of as if it were the words that were ready. Alternate translation: “you are able to speak of them at any time”
-22:19	wr39			today—even to you	0	“today. Yes, I am teaching you,” The speaker is emphasizing that it is the hearer, not someone else whom he is teaching, and he is teaching the hearer because the hearer needs to learn. If it is awkward in your language to emphasize in this way, you can emphasize in another way or the words “even to you” can be left untranslated.
-22:20	bb5s				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue and end the introduction that began in [Proverbs 22:17](./17.md).
-22:20	q77c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	thirty sayings	0	Some translations read, “excellent sayings.”
-22:21	q8xu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	to teach you … who sent you?	0	These words end the rhetorical question that began with the words “Have I not written” in Proverbs 22:20. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. “You need to know that I have written … to teach you … who sent you.”
-22:21	l5jf			to those who sent you	0	This implies that the hearer is or will be one whom others send to gain and bring back information.
-22:22	aq5t			Do not rob … or crush	0	If your language has a way of showing that this is the way one person would speak strongly to another, different from a general rule that people are supposed to obey, you should use it here.
-22:22	su1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	the poor	0	This nominal adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any poor person” or “poor people”
-22:22	ws7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	the needy	0	This nominal adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any needy person” or “any person who does not have what he needs to live”
-22:22	z1ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	at the gate	0	The place where people bought and sold items and settled legal arguments is used as a metonym for business and legal activity. Alternate translation: “in court”
-22:23	a2vp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Yahweh will plead their case	0	The metaphor is of a lawyer defending the needy in front of a judge. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will defend the needy from those who oppress them” or “Yahweh will see that the needy receive justice”
-22:23	m5k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	he will rob of life those who robbed them	0	Yahweh is not a thief, but like a thief he will take life from those who do not choose to give it. Alternate translation: “he will destroy those who oppress poor people”
-22:24	cpi3				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-22:24	w16m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	someone who is ruled by anger	0	someone who is unable to control his anger
-22:24	cc8z			rages	0	shows violent anger
-22:25	s2i8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	you will take bait for your soul	0	A person who wants to be like an angry person is like an animal taking the bait in a trap. Alternate translation: “you will be like an animal that eats the bait that closes a trap and is unable to escape”
-22:25	jh2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	bait for your soul	0	The soul is a metonym for the person’s life. Alternate translation: “bait that someone has put out so he can kill you”
-22:26	ftq6				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-22:26	rnd6			strikes hands	0	A person would strike his hand against another person’s hand to bind himself to do what he had agreed to do. Here the speaker warns the hearer not to strike hands as a way to promise to pay off someone’s debts.
-22:26	wt7u			in making a pledge	0	Alternate translation: “and agree to pay what someone owes to another person”
-22:28	tb1b				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-22:28	g63s			ancient	0	very old
-22:28	djq5			boundary stone	0	a large stone that shows where one person’s land ends and another person’s land begins
-22:28	j4id			fathers	0	ancestors
-22:29	y4ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Do you see a man skilled at his work?	0	This rhetorical question is actually a command. Alternate translation: “Think of someone you know who is skilled at his work”
-22:29	e6ii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	stand before	0	This represents becoming a servant of the important person. Kings and other important people will think so highly of him that they will use his services.
-23:intro	eva7				0	# Proverbs 23 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 23 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter of the book and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\nThe second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to general sayings.\n
-23:1	z181				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-23:2	lu62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	put a knife to your throat	0	Possible meanings of this exaggeration are: (1) “be very careful not to eat too much” or (2) “do not eat anything at all” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-23:3	zfk9			Do not crave	0	“Do not strongly desire.” See how you translated “craves” in [Proverbs 21:9](../21/09.md).
-23:3	zkz5			his delicacies	0	Alternate translation: “his special and expensive food”
-23:3	tjm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	it is the food of lies	0	This is an idiom. “he is giving it to you so he can deceive you”
-23:4	a4va				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-23:4	wh19			Do not work too hard	0	Alternate translation: “Do not work so much that you are always tired”
-23:5	n9hd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	light upon it	0	land like a bird upon the wealth (verse 4). This is a metaphor for looking at the wealth for a short time.
-23:5	sp17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	it will surely take up wings like an eagle and fly off	0	A person losing his wealth is spoken of as if the wealth were a bird. Alternate translation: “the wealth will disappear as quickly as an eagle can fly away”
-23:5	ryq4			wings like an eagle	0	wings like an eagle’s wings
-23:6	afl6				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-23:6	su9w			do not crave	0	“do not strongly desire.” See how you translated “craves” in [Proverbs 21:9](../21/09.md).
-23:6	jtt7			his delicacies	0	“his special and expensive food.” See how you translated this in [Proverbs 23:3](../23/03.md).
-23:7	lbe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	his heart is not with you	0	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he really does not want you to enjoy the meal”
-23:8	aw14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	You will vomit up the little you have eaten	0	This is an exaggeration for wishing one had not eaten anything. Alternate translation: “You will wish that you had not eaten anything”
-23:8	z3l6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	you will have wasted your compliments	0	Compliments are spoken of as if they were valuable objects. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **compliments**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “he will not be happy even if you say good things about him and the food” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-23:9	u4q5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	in the hearing of a fool	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **hearing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “where a fool can hear you”
-23:10	iha4			ancient	0	very old. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 22:28](../22/28.md).
-23:10	de8r			boundary stone	0	This is a large stone to show where one person’s land ends and another person’s land begins. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 22:28](../22/28.md).
-23:10	a9cb			encroach	0	This means to slowly take or begin to use land (or some thing) that belongs to someone else.
-23:11	p1uf			their Redeemer	0	Yahweh
-23:11	bgi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	he will plead their case against you	0	The metaphor is of a lawyer defending the needy in front of a judge. Alternate translation: “he will defend the orphans against you” or “he will see that the orphans receive justice and punish you”
-23:12	pgj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Apply your heart to	0	This is an idiom. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 22:17](../22/17.md). Alternate translation: “Do your best to understand and remember”
-23:12	v2r3			instruction	0	This could mean: (1) “what people who know what is right and what is wrong tell you” or (2) “what people say and do when they correct you.”
-23:12	jul6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	your ears	0	The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “apply your ears” or “listen carefully”
-23:12	gn45			to words of knowledge	0	Alternate translation: “to me when I tell you what I know”
-23:13	c9zs				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-23:13	qfa7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Do not withhold instruction from a child	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **instruction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Do not neglect to instruct a child” or “Do not refuse to instruct a child”
-23:13	r8dq			withhold	0	refuse to give something that one knows another person needs
-23:14	jx2r			rod	0	piece of wood
-23:14	e27r			It is you who must beat him … and save his soul	0	“You are the one who must beat him … and save his soul.” No one else will do it. The hearer is responsible to save the child’s soul from Sheol, and the way to save him is to beat him.
-23:16	sij3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	when your lips speak	0	“Your lips” means the whole person. Alternate translation: “when you speak”
-23:17	zgy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Do not let your heart envy sinners	0	The word “heart” is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “Do not allow yourself to envy sinners” or “Make sure you do not envy sinners”
-23:18	d3fz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	your hope will not be cut off	0	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not allow anyone to cut off your hope” or “God will keep the promises he made to you”
-23:19	jg2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	direct your heart in the way	0	Deciding to do what is right is spoken of as if one person were showing another person the correct path to follow. Alternate translation: “make sure you do what is wise”
-23:20	sag8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	gluttonous eaters of meat	0	This could mean: (1) “people who eat more meat than they need to” or (2) “meat” represents food in general. Alternate translation: “people who eat more food than they need to”
-23:22	s9it		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	do not despise	0	This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “show respect for”
-23:24	rzg3				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-23:24	qls1			The father of the righteous person will greatly rejoice, and he who begets a wise child will be glad in him	0	Another possible meaning is that the words “he that begets a wise child” explain who “the father of the righteous person” is. Alternate translation: “The father of the righteous person, he who begets a wise child, will greatly rejoice and will be glad in him”
-23:24	b6a9			will be glad in him	0	Alternate translation: “will be glad because of him”
-23:26	c77m				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-23:26	ds3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	give me your heart	0	The word “heart” is a metonym for what a person thinks and decides to do. This could mean: (1) “pay careful attention” or (2) “trust me completely.”
-23:26	zdk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	let your eyes observe	0	The eyes are a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “observe” or “look carefully at”
-23:27	b64j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	prostitute … immoral woman	0	There are two types of sexually immoral women. The “prostitute” is unmarried, “another man’s wife” is married. Together they form a merism for any kind of sexually immoral woman.
-23:27	y9ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	a prostitute is a deep pit	0	The word “pit” is a metaphor for what happens to men who sleep with prostitutes. Alternate translation: “sleeping with a prostitute is like falling into a deep pit”
-23:27	i17l			prostitute	0	Here the word refers to any unmarried woman who engages in sexual activity, not only those who do so for money.
-23:27	zt34			deep pit … narrow well	0	These are two places easy to fall into and hard to get out of, the “pit” because it is “deep” and the “well” because it is “narrow.”
-23:27	fys1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	an immoral woman is a narrow well	0	Doing evil for which one will be punished is spoken of as falling into a narrow place from which one cannot escape. Alternate translation: “Sleeping with another man’s wife is like falling into a narrow well”
-23:27	ezr3			well	0	a hole in the ground that people have dug to get to water
-23:28	x4yu			lies in wait	0	stays hidden, ready to attack when a victim approaches
-23:29	l7du		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Who has woe? Who has sorrow? Who has fights? Who has complaining? Who has wounds for no reason? Who has bloodshot eyes?	0	The writer uses these questions to prepare the reader for the point he is about to make about a particular type of person. He does not expect an answer to each question. Your language may have a different way of introducing a lesson. Alternate translation: “Listen to me while I tell you what kind of person has woe, sorrow, fights, complaining, wounds for no reason, and bloodshot eyes.”
-23:29	yw3q			bloodshot eyes	0	Alternate translation: “eyes red, like the color of blood”
-23:30	kqg7			Those who linger over wine, those who try the mixed wine	0	These words answer the questions in verse 29 and describe people who drink too much wine.
-23:30	g2tp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	linger over wine	0	spend much time drinking wine and so drink much wine
-23:30	t96n			the mixed wine	0	This could mean: (1) different wines mixed together or (2) other drinks that are stronger than wine.
-23:31	v5x1				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-23:32	ip9z			In the last	0	Alternate translation: “After you drink it”
-23:32	cr4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	it bites like a serpent … it stings like an adder	0	The word “it” refers to “the wine when it is red.” “Bites” and “stings” are metaphors for the way too much wine makes people feel. Alternate translation: “it makes you feel as bad as if a serpent had bitten you or an adder had stung you” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-23:32	q4ct			adder	0	a type of poisonous snake
-23:33	qfg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	your heart will utter perverse things	0	The “heart” represents the person and emphasize what he thinks and decides to do. Alternate translation: “you will think about and decide to do perverse things”
-23:33	d1kc			perverse things	0	things that God says are morally wrong and bad; things that are wicked
-23:34	s7qb				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)). It is the continuation of the description of a drunk person.
-23:34	q7lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	lies on the top of a mast	0	The place on the mast where the person lies can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “lies in the basket near the top of a mast” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-23:34	lxy2			mast	0	the long wooden pole to which are attached the sails of a sailing ship
-23:35	c4na			They hit me, & but I was not hurt. They beat me, but I did not feel it.	0	Because the drunk person is not thinking clearly, he is imagining that people are hitting and beating him, yet he feels no pain and cannot remember anything.
-23:35	d6ej			When will I wake up?	0	The drunk person is wondering when he will be sober again; when the effect of the wine will stop.
-24:intro	nl8m				0	# Proverbs 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.\n\nThe second half of this chapter finishes the section.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Lazy man story\n\nUnlike much of Proverbs, verses 30–34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.\n
-24:1	d1dq				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-24:2	dw7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	their hearts	0	The words “their hearts” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they”
-24:2	m8px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	their lips	0	The words “their lips” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they”
-24:2	es5l			talk about trouble	0	Alternate translation: “talk about causing harm” or “talk about creating problems”
-24:3	f9id				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-24:3	hiy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Through wisdom a house is built	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wisdom**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “People need to be wise if they are to build a good house” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-24:3	q4cp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	by understanding it is established	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **understanding**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “People need to understand what is morally good and what is morally bad if they are to establish a house” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-24:3	mq3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	it is established	0	The word “established” means made stable and strong. The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, and the house being physically stable and strong is a metaphor for a family that lives in peace. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-24:4	ry4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	By knowledge the rooms are filled	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **knowledge**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “People need to know what is precious and pleasant if they are to fill their rooms” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-24:5	my2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	a man of knowledge increases his strength	0	The abstract nouns “knowledge” and “strength” can be translated as the verb “know” and the adjective “strong.” Alternate translation: “a man who knows many things is stronger because he knows these things”
-24:6	e43z			wage your war	0	Alternate translation: “fight your war”
-24:6	nll1			advisors	0	those who tell government officials what those officials should do
-24:7	r9t9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	too high for a fool	0	This is an idiom. “too difficult for a fool to understand”
-24:7	e2pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	open his mouth	0	The mouth is a metonym for the words that come from the mouth. Alternate translation: “speak”
-24:8	f9l9			a master of schemes	0	one who is skillful at making evil plans. Alternate translation: “a mischievous person” or “a troublemaker”
-24:10	dbq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	your strength is small	0	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “you have very little strength” or “you are certainly weak”
-24:11	xc8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	those who are being taken away	0	These words can be translated in active form by using the term “they” which could be anyone, but are probably government officials. Alternate translation: “those whom they are taking away”
-24:11	n8k2			taken away	0	Another possible meaning is “dragged away.”
-24:11	ru95			staggering	0	walking unsteadily and almost falling. This word would also describe the way a person walks when he is being dragged away.
-24:11	kl46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	the slaughter	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **slaughter**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. The writer speaks as if those who take them away think of them as no better than animals. If your language has a word for killing animals that would fit here, you might want to use it. Alternate translation: “where people will kill them as they would kill animals” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-24:12	k5el			If you say, “Behold, & this,” does	0	The writer is answering something that the reader may wrongly be thinking. Alternate translation: “You may say, ‘Behold, … this,’ but does”
-24:12	akd7			Behold, we	0	Alternate translation: “Listen to us! We” or “But we” or “We have done nothing wrong, because we”
-24:12	yi61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	does not the one who weighs the heart understand what you are saying?	0	The writer assumes the readers know the answer and asks this for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the one who weighs the heart understands what you are saying.”
-24:12	zda4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	weighs the heart	0	The word “heart” is a metonym for what a person thinks and desires. The writer speaks as if what a person thinks and desires were a physical object that a person could weigh, and weighing an object is a metaphor for looking closely at something to see how good it is. Alternate translation: “knows how good what people really think and desire is” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-24:12	pa6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	The one who guards your life, does he not know it?	0	The writer assumes the readers know the answer and asks this for emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who guards your life knows it.”
-24:12	m55q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Will God not give to each one what he deserves?	0	The writer assumes the readers know the answer and asks this for emphasis. Alternate translation: “God will give to each one what he deserves.”
-24:15	i96h				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-24:15	s1ww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Do not lie in wait	0	The words “lie in wait” are an idiom. Translate “lie in wait” as in [Proverbs 1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “Do not hide and wait for the right time”
-24:15	g6w6			his home	0	the home of the righteous person
-24:16	jrm7			rises again	0	Alternate translation: “gets back on his feet” or “stands up again”
-24:16	k8ly		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	wicked people are brought down by calamity	0	The writer speaks as if “calamity” were a person who could do bad things to other people. These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will use calamity to bring down the wicked people” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-24:16	u49k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	are brought down	0	This is a metaphor of a person who was standing but someone has brought him down to the ground or made him fall.
-24:16	ze9b			calamity	0	times when bad things happen to people and their property
-24:17	rpu6				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-24:17	t9ei			your enemy falls	0	Alternate translation: “something bad happens to your enemy”
-24:17	by2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	let not your heart be glad	0	This is a strong command. The word “heart” represents the person. Alternate translation: “do not allow yourself to be glad” or “stop yourself from being glad”
-24:18	b18i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	turn away his wrath from him	0	The words “turn away his wrath” are an idiom for no longer being angry. What Yahweh would do instead can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “stop being angry with him and be angry with you instead” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-24:20	mmf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the lamp of wicked people will go out	0	The lamp is used as a metaphor for life. The life of wicked people will end just as a lamp goes out.
-24:21	j1fr				0	# General Information:\n\nThese verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
-24:21	vvr9			Fear	0	a deep respect and awe for a person in authority
-24:22	jzb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	who knows the extent of the destruction that will come from both of them?	0	The writer asks this question to emphasize the disaster. Alternate translation: “no one knows the extent of the destruction that will come from both of them.”
-24:22	ub7e			both of them	0	these words refer to Yahweh and the king
-24:23	jq5s			These also are sayings of the wise	0	This sentence starts a new collection of proverbs.
-24:24	lma6			Whoever says to the wicked person, & will be cursed by peoples and hated by nations	0	The word “nations” is a metonym for the people who live in the nations. These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will curse whoever says to the wicked person, … , and the people of other nations will hate him”
-24:24	rfb9			the wicked person … a righteous person	0	This could mean: (1) people should never call any wicked person a righteous person or (2) no one should say of a person guilty of a crime that he is innocent. Alternate translation: “a person guilty of a crime … innocent”
-24:25	xwv5			will have delight	0	Alternate translation: “will be very happy”
-24:25	ufh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	gifts of goodness will come to them	0	Gifts are spoken of as if they were people who could move by themselves. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **goodness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “people will give them good gifts” (See also: and[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-24:25	uy7d			gifts of goodness	0	Alternate translation: “good things” or “blessings”
-24:26	sz6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	gives a kiss on the lips	0	A kiss was a sign of respect and devotion in that culture. Alternate translation: “shows true friendship”
-24:28	u5rp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	with your lips	0	The lips are a metonym for the words a person speaks. Alternate translation: “by what you say”
-24:31	chw4			was broken down	0	Alternate translation: “had fallen down”
-24:32	u9za			received instruction	0	Alternate translation: “learned a lesson”
-24:34	d7gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	and poverty comes	0	This finishes a thought begun with the words “A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest” (Proverbs 24:33). You may need to fill in the omitted words. “You may say to yourself, ‘A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest,’ but then poverty will come”
-24:34	zx1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	your needs like an armed soldier	0	Needs are spoken of as if they were a person who could attack the lazy person. Alternate translation: “your needs will come to you like an armed soldier” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-25:intro	l94s				0	# Proverbs 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 25 begins the second section of the book (Chapter 25–29) which is attributed to Solomon.\n
-25:2	x2ec			to conceal a matter	0	Alternate translation: “to keep some things secret”
-25:2	cj4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	but the glory	0	The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “but it is the glory”
-25:2	dg6e			search it out	0	Alternate translation: “search that matter out” or “search for those things that God has concealed”
-25:3	b947			heavens	0	This refers to everything we see above the earth, including the sun, moon, and stars.
-25:4	jgm1			dross	0	the material in a metal that people do not want and they remove by heating the metal
-25:5	vvu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	his throne will be established by doing	0	The throne is a metonym for the power to rule. These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king will establish his throne by doing” or “he will have the power to rule because he does” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-25:7	w69g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	It is better for him to say to you, “Come up here,” than	0	Here “up” means to move to a place at the table that is closer to the king. It is a great honor for a person to sit closer to the king. Alternate translation: “It is better for someone to invite you to sit closer to the king than”
-25:7	qf2z			before a nobleman	0	Alternate translation: “in front of a nobleman”
-25:8	t9ug		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	For what will you do in the end when your neighbor puts you to shame?	0	This question is asked to make the reader consider the possibility that he may have misunderstood the situation. The way in which the neighbor might put the reader to shame can be stated plainly. Alternate translation: “For you will not know what to do in the end when your neighbor puts you to shame.” or “For if your neighbor has an explanation, he will put you to shame, and you will have nothing to say to defend yourself.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-25:9	lgk7			your case	0	Alternate translation: “your disagreement”
-25:9	c77l			do not disclose another’s secret	0	Alternate translation: “do not share your neighbor’s secret with other people”
-25:10	fr3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	an evil report about you that cannot be silenced	0	Here “evil report” refers to harmful things that the person will tell others. The phrase “cannot be silenced” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to stop him from telling other people harmful things about you” or “he will tell people evil things about you and you will never have a good reputation again”
-25:11	e2ay		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Apples of gold in settings of silver is a word spoken in the right situation	0	The goodness of “a word spoken at the right time” is spoken of as if it were the physical beauty of “apples of gold in settings of silver.” Most translations translate this metaphor as a simile and change the order of the phrases. Alternate translation: “A word spoken at the right time is beautiful like apples of gold in settings of silver”
-25:11	ptu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	is a word spoken	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is a message that someone speaks”
-25:12	ir54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	A gold ring or jewelry made of fine gold is a wise rebuke to a listening ear	0	The value and importance of “a wise rebuke” is spoken of as if it had the beauty and value of gold. Most translations translate this metaphor as a simile and change the order of the phrases. Alternate translation: “A wise rebuke to a listening ear is beautiful and valuable like a golden ring or golden jewelry”
-25:12	i38p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	listening ear	0	The ear is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “person who is willing to listen”
-25:13	tc4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Like the cold of snow at harvest time is a faithful messenger	0	Here a faithful messenger is being compared to the cold of snow, because both are pleasant.
-25:13	sxk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the cold of snow	0	Snow only fell on the tops of mountains, and the harvest took place in hot weather, so this is probably a metaphor for cool, fresh water from a clean stream. If your language has no word for snow, consider “cool, fresh, clean water.”
-25:13	v57a			snow	0	white flakes of ice that fall from the sky like rain
-25:13	z9pn			brings back the life of his masters	0	This means he makes his masters, who are weak and tired, to be strong and rested again.
-25:14	hbd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Clouds and wind without rain is the one who boasts … not give	0	Most translations translate this metaphor as a simile and change the order of the phrases. Rain was important to the Israelites because only small amounts of it fell, so a cloud without rain was useless and brought disappointment to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “The one who boasts … not give is like clouds and wind without rain” or “The one who boasts … not give is useless and a disappointment, like clouds and wind without rain” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-25:15	v2wv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	With patience a ruler can be persuaded	0	These words can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone who is patient can persuade a ruler” or “Someone who is patient can speak to a ruler and change his mind”
-25:15	eed7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	a soft tongue can break a bone	0	The word “tongue” is a metonym for the words the person speaks using the tongue. The word “bone” is a metaphor for strong opposition. Alternate translation: “gentle speech can overcome strong opposition”
-25:16	dc7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		0	# General Information:\n\nVerse 16 states a general principle, and verse 17 gives one specific example. The idea of eating too much honey and then vomiting it up is a metaphor for taking too much of any good thing and regretting it later.
-25:18	r378		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	A man who bears false witness against his neighbor is like a club used in war, or a sword, or a sharp arrow	0	A false witness is compared to three weapons that can hurt or kill people.
-25:19	p8jx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	An unfaithful man in whom you trust in a time of trouble is like a bad tooth or a foot that slips	0	A foolish man is compared to a part of the body that causes trouble for a person. Alternate translation: “Trusting in an unfaithful man in time of trouble will bring you pain like a bad tooth or a foot that slips”
-25:20	ef6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	sings songs	0	You may need to make explicit what kind of songs the singer sings. Alternate translation: “sings happy songs”
-25:20	z9sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	a heavy heart	0	The heart is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “a sad person”
-25:22	eb7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	shovel coals of fire on his head	0	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause him to have a guilty conscience and be ashamed of what he has done”
-25:23	xj7i			the north wind	0	In Israel, wind from the north often brought rain. Translators are free to substitute different kinds of wind for the same effect, for example, “a cold wind.”
-25:23	z36v			a tongue that tells secrets	0	Some versions read “someone who tells secrets.”
-25:23	gn4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	result in angry faces	0	The face is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “makes other people so angry you can see it in their faces”
-25:24	siz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	a corner of the roof	0	Houses in those days had flat roofs. Ancient Israelites spent much time on their roofs, where it was often cooler than inside the house, and sometimes people would build a shelter large enough for a person to sleep in on one corner of the roof.
-25:24	urg5			a quarreling wife	0	a wife who often argues or complains
-25:26	tiq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	tottering before wicked people	0	Tottering is a metaphor for either: (1) refusing to fight wicked people or (2) joining in their wickedness. Alternate translation: “who allows wicked people to do wickedness” or “who starts to do what wicked people do”
-25:26	fe9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	tottering	0	This is a metaphor for being unable to continue to do good. Alternate translation: “unable to stand”
-25:26	e13r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	before wicked people	0	This could mean: (1) “when wicked people attack him” or (2) “when wicked people urge him to do evil.”
-25:27	h7jf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	It is not good to eat too much honey; that is like searching for honor after honor.	0	Both wanting others to honor you and eating honey are good, but you can eat too much honey, and you can try too hard to have people honor you.
-25:27	x6in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	It is not good	0	This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “It is a bad thing”
-25:28	gl3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	A person without self-control is like a city breached and without walls.	0	Both a person without self-control and a city without walls are weak and vulnerable.
-25:28	jh45			breached and without walls	0	Alternate translation: “whose walls an army has knocked down and destroyed”
-26:intro	juh9				0	# Proverbs 26 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 26 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25–29) which is attributed to Solomon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Themes\n\nThere are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. Wisdom and folly are particularly prominent in this chapter.(See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
-26:1	w8yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Like snow in summer or rain in harvest	0	Normally snow does not fall during the summer and rain does not fall during the harvest. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Just as it would be very strange to have snow in summer or rain during the harvest” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-26:2	mf19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	an undeserved curse	0	This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “a curse on a person who does not deserve it”
-26:3	v3b7			A whip is for the horse, a bridle is for the donkey and a rod is for the back of fools	0	A whip, a bridle, and a rod are things that people use to make the horse, donkey, and fool do what they want.
-26:3	le7r			a bridle is for the donkey	0	A bridle is made of straps. People put it on a donkey’s head and hold one of the straps to make the donkey go the way they want it to go.
-26:5	q48w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	so he will not become wise in his own eyes	0	The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “so that he will not become wise according to his judgement” or “so that he does not consider himself to be wise”
-26:6	ang1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Whoever sends a message by the hand of a fool	0	Here the hand represents the fool’s responsibility to deliver the message. Alternate translation: “Whoever sends a fool to deliver a message”
-26:6	ife4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	cuts off his own feet	0	Cutting off one’s own feet is an exaggeration for harming one’s self. Alternate translation: “harms himself like a person who cuts off his own feet and drinks violence” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-26:7	m6mr			a paralytic	0	a person who is unable to move or feel all or part of his body
-26:7	nq9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	in the mouth of fools	0	Here “mouth” is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: “in the speech of fools” or “that fools say”
-26:8	vhn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	tying a stone in a sling	0	In order to throw a stone very far, people put it into a sling and swing the sling so that the stone will fly from it very quickly. The result of tying a stone in a sling can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “tying a stone in a sling so that it cannot be thrown”
-26:8	fy3g			giving honor to a fool	0	Alternate translation: “honoring a fool”
-26:9	l82z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Like a thorn … is a proverb in the mouth of fools	0	How the two are alike can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “A proverb in the mouth of fools is as dangerous as a thorn that goes into the hand of a drunkard”
-26:9	z794		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	a thorn that goes into the hand of a drunkard	0	This could mean: (1) if a drunk person holds a thornbush, a thorn will prick his hand, or (2) if a drunk person is angry, he will pick up a thornbush and swing it at people. For the second meaning, the word “thorn” represents a thornbush.
-26:9	q3gg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	in the mouth of fools	0	Here “mouth” is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: “in the speech of fools” or “that fools say”
-26:10	lu8m			hires a fool	0	Alternate translation: “gives a job to a fool”
-26:11	dgd2			As a dog returns to his own vomit	0	Alternate translation: “As a dog eats its own vomit”
-26:12	cxr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Do you see someone who is wise in his own eyes?	0	This question is used to lead the reader to think about someone who is wise in his own eyes. The phrase “is wise in his own eyes” means “thinks he is wise,” and here it implies that the person is not truly wise. Alternate translation: “Consider the person who thinks he is wise but is not.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-26:12	n43z			There is more hope for a fool than for him	0	Alternate translation: “A fool can become wise more easily than he can”
-26:13	y1yv			The lazy person says, “There is a lion … between the open places!”	0	The lazy person lies and says that he cannot go outside and work because there is a lion on the road or between the open places.
-26:13	xyz8			There is a lion on the road	0	See how you translated this in [Proverbs 22:13](../22/13.md).
-26:13	ufn8			the open places	0	This refers to the places in town where there is a lot of room for people to walk around or where people gather. Alternate translation: “the town plazas” or “the streets”
-26:14	bfi2			hinges	0	metal pieces that attach a door to something and allow it to open and close
-26:14	uv1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	As the door turns on its hinges, so is the lazy person upon his bed	0	Both the door and the lazy person move, but they do not go anywhere.
-26:15	j4ce			puts his hand into the dish	0	Alternate translation: “puts his hand into the dish to get food” or “reaches for food”
-26:15	x6us		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	he has no strength to lift it up to his mouth	0	This is an exaggeration for doing necessary work that would clearly do him good.
-26:16	e6pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	The lazy person is wiser in his own eyes than seven men	0	The phrase “his own eyes” represents his thoughts. Alternate translation: “The lazy person thinks he is wiser than seven men”
-26:17	xh36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Like one who takes hold of the ears of a dog, is a passerby who becomes angry at a dispute that is not his own	0	This can be reordered. Alternate translation: “A passerby who becomes angry at some other people’s dispute is like a person who grabs hold of a dog’s ears”
-26:17	z69e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Like one who takes hold of the ears of a dog	0	The implied information is that the dog will get angry and bite the person. Alternate translation: “Like a person who angers a dog by grabbing its ears” or “Like a person who grabs a dog’s ears and is bitten by the dog”
-26:17	ul2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	is a passerby who becomes angry at a dispute that is not his own	0	The implied information is that the passerby will start arguing, and the people who were fighting will get angry with him and hurt him.
-26:19	g1qd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Was I not telling a joke?	0	The deceiver uses this question to imply that since he his joke was only for fun, he should not be blamed for any harm he has caused. Alternate translation: “I did nothing wrong. I was only telling a joke.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-26:20	ivv3			gossiper	0	a person who gossips a lot
-26:21	l2ug		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	As charcoal is to burning coals and wood is to fire	0	What charcoal does to coals and what wood does to fire can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “As charcoal helps coals burn and as wood helps fire burn”
-26:21	ud8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	kindling strife	0	To kindle something means to set it on fire. Setting strife on fire is a metaphor for causing people to fight or argue. Alternate translation: “causing people to fight” or “causing people to argue”
-26:22	ye74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	The words of a gossip are like delicious morsels	0	This speaks of gossip being desirable to listen to as if it were delicious food to eat. Alternate translation: “The words of a gossip are desirable to listen to” or
-26:22	rb3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	they go down into the inner parts of the body	0	This speaks of the words that a gossip says going into a person’s mind and affecting his thoughts as if they were food that was going into his stomach. This sentence is equivalent to [Proverbs 18:8](../18/08.md). Alternate translation: “and they enter a person’s mind and affect his thoughts”
-26:23	u5wy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	so are burning lips and an evil heart	0	This represents a person who has burning lips and an evil heart. Alternate translation: “so is a person who has burning lips and an evil heart” or “so is a person who says nice things but whose heart is evil”
-26:23	s94p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	burning lips	0	The word “burning” is a metaphor for “strongly emotional” and the word “lips” is a metonym for “speech.” Alternate translation: “emotional speech” or “saying nice things” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-26:23	p5hf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	an evil heart	0	The heart represents a person’s thoughts, attitudes, desires, or feelings. Alternate translation: “evil thoughts” or “evil desires”
-26:24	rhg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	disguises his feelings with his lips	0	Disguising his feelings represents keeping people from knowing what his feelings are. The phrase “his lips” is a metonym for what he says. Alternate translation: “hides his feelings with what he says” or “speaks in such a way that people cannot know his true feelings” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-26:24	qu8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	he lays up deceit within himself	0	Being deceitful is spoken of as if he were storing deceit within himself. Possible meanings are that “deceit” refers to lies. Alternate translation: (1) “he likes his many lies” or (2) deceit refers secret plans to harm people. Alternate translation: “he secretly plans to harm people”
-26:25	f4gf			but do not believe him	0	Alternate translation: “but do not believe what he says”
-26:25	q7ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	for there are seven abominations in his heart	0	The number seven represents completeness. This could mean: (1) “abominations” refers to attitudes that God hates. Alternate translation: “for his heart is completely filled with hateful things” or (2) “abominations” refers to his hatred for people. Alternate translation: “for his heart is completely filled with hatred”
-26:26	iv6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Though his hatred is covered with deception	0	This can be stated actively. Alternate translation: “Though deception covers his hatred” or “Though he covers his hatred with deception”
-26:26	d99d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Though his hatred is covered with deception	0	Keeping people from knowing that he hates them is spoken of as covering his hatred. Alternate translation: “Though he lies to keep people from knowing that he hates them” or “Though he lies so that people will not know that he hates them”
-26:26	slh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	his wickedness will be exposed in the assembly	0	Being exposed represents being discovered or becoming known. Alternate translation: “his wickedness will become known in the assembly” or “the assembly will discover his wickedness” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-26:26	d2jn			the assembly	0	Alternate translation: “the community of Israel”
-26:27	sg61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Whoever digs a pit will fall into it	0	It is implied that the person digs the pit as a trap so that someone will fall into it. Alternate translation: “Whoever digs a pit to trap someone will fall into it” or “If someone digs a pit in order to trap someone, the one who dug it will fall into it”
-26:27	nj1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	the stone will roll back on the one who pushed it	0	It is implied that the person pushed a large stone so that it would roll downhill and crush someone there. Alternate translation: “if someone pushed a stone so that it would roll downhill and crush someone, the stone will roll back on him instead” or “if someone maked a stone roll so that it would hurt someone, the stone will crush him instead”
-26:28	wvw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	A lying tongue hates the people it crushes	0	The phrase “a lying tongue” represents a person who tells lies. Crushing people represents causing them trouble. Alternate translation: “A liar hates those he hurts by his lies” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-27:intro	ec7g				0	# Proverbs 27 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25–29) which is attributed to Solomon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Themes\n\nThere are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
-27:1	f85w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Do not boast about tomorrow	0	This is a warning not to brag about what you expect to happen tomorrow. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Do not speak proudly about your plans for tomorrow”
-27:1	t368		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	what a day may bring	0	Something happening on a certain day is spoken of as if the day were to bring that event. Alternate translation: “what will happen on a day” or “what will happen tomorrow”
-27:2	cyj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	and not your own mouth … and not your own lips	0	The words “let praise you” are understood from the first phrase. They can be repeated. Here a person is represented by his “mouth” and “lips” because those are the parts of the body used to speak. Alternate translation: “and do not let your own mouth praise you … and do not let your own lips praise you” or “and do not praise yourself … and do not praise yourself” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-27:2	jhl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	a stranger	0	The words “let praise you” are understood from the first phrase. The words can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “let a stranger praise you”
-27:3	snl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the provocation of a fool is heavier than both	0	The difficulty of being patient with a fool who provokes you is spoken of as if that difficulty were heavy. Alternate translation: “the provocation of a fool is harder to tolerate than either of them” or “It is harder to be patient when a fool provokes you than it is to be patient while carrying them”
-27:4	l3ui			cruelty	0	Alternate translation: “harshness”
-27:4	srl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the flood of anger	0	“the destructiveness of anger.” Anger is spoken of here as if it were a powerful flood.
-27:4	nh38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	but who is able to stand before jealousy?	0	This question implies that no one can stand before jealousy. It can be reworded as a statement. Alternate translation: “but no one is able to stand before jealousy”
-27:4	inj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	to stand before jealousy	0	Here standing represents being strong and resisting being harmed by a jealous person who attacks. Alternate translation: “to resist a jealous person” or “to remain strong when a jealous person attacks him”
-27:5	yva8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Better is an open rebuke	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **rebuke**, you could express the same idea with the verb “rebuke.” Alternate translation: “It is better to be openly rebuked”
-27:5	pz3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	than hidden love	0	“than love that is not openly shown.” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “than to be loved secretly”
-27:6	d5v5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Faithful are the wounds caused by a friend	0	“The wounds that a friend causes are trustworthy.” The word “wounds” here represents the pain and sadness that a person feels when a friend rebukes or corrects him.
-27:6	uw1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Faithful are the wounds caused by a friend	0	The trustworthiness of a friend’s rebuke is spoken of as if the sadness that his rebuke causes is trustworthy. Alternate translation: “Though it causes sadness, a friend’s rebuke is trustworthy”
-27:6	wzd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	but an enemy may kiss you profusely	0	It can be stated clearly that the enemy’s kisses are not trustworthy. Alternate translation: “but the enemy’s many kisses are not trustworthy” or “but an enemy may try to deceive you by kissing you profusely” or
-27:6	d2u7			profusely	0	Alternate translation: “abundantly” or “too many times”
-27:7	diy7			A person who has eaten to the full	0	Alternate translation: “A person who is satisfied” or “A person who has eaten enough to be full”
-27:7	aj75			every bitter thing is sweet	0	Alternate translation: “everything that is bitter tastes sweet”
-27:8	tmr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Like a bird that wanders from its nest is a man who strays from where he lives	0	The words “wanders” and “strays” mean the same thing in this verse.
-27:9	fa3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the sweetness of a friend comes from his sincere counsel	0	This could mean: (1) “sweetness” represents kindness. Alternate translation: “we recognize our friend’s kindness by his counsel” or (2) “sweetness” represents what we appreciate about a person. Alternate translation: “what we appreciate about a friend is his advice”
-27:10	c6gz			your brother’s house	0	Here the word “brother” is a general reference to relatives, such as members of the same tribe, clan, or people group.
-27:11	v2t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	make my heart rejoice	0	Here the “heart” represents the person’s feelings or emotions. Alternate translation: “make me feel joyful” or “make me glad”
-27:11	gm95			mocks	0	makes fun of someone, especially in a cruel way
-27:12	y47t			A prudent man sees trouble and hides himself, but the naive people go on and suffer because of it	0	See how you translated a similar phrase in [Proverbs 22:3](../22/03.md).
-27:12	jm89			A prudent man	0	Alternate translation: “A man who is wise” or “A man who has good sense”
-27:12	j5th			the naive people	0	Alternate translation: “the inexperienced and immature people”
-27:12	bv11			suffer	0	experience something very unpleasant, such as illness, pain, or other hardships
-27:13	l1r3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Take a garment of one who has put up security for a stranger	0	When lending money, a lender would take something from the borrower, such as a garment, as a guarantee of repayment. He would return it after the money was repaid. If the borrower was too poor, someone else could give something to the lender as a guarantee for him. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 20:16](../20/16.md). Alternate translation: “Take a garment as security from the one who guarantees that what a stranger has borrowed will be paid back”
-27:13	q6ci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	who has put up security	0	This means for someone to give something to a lender as a guarantee that what was borrowed will be paid. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 20:16](../20/16.md). Alternate translation: “who has guaranteed that what has been borrowed will be paid back” or “who has promised to pay a loan”
-27:13	gvg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	hold it in pledge	0	To “hold something in pledge” means to hold on to something that someone has given as a pledge, or promise, that he will pay a debt. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 20:16](../20/16.md). Alternate translation: “hold onto his coat as a guarantee of repayment”
-27:14	xjs1			Whoever gives his neighbor a blessing	0	Alternate translation: “If anyone gives his neighbor a blessing”
-27:14	z5ga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	that blessing will be considered to be a curse	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the neighbor will consider that blessing to be a curse”
-27:15	bh2v			quarreling	0	This means making people angry with each other or causing strong disagreements between people.
-27:15	caj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	the constant dripping	0	The implied information is that it is rain that is constantly dripping. Alternate translation: “the constant dripping of rain”
-27:15	ldj6			a rainy day	0	Alternate translation: “a day of continual rain”
-27:16	tfg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	restraining her	0	“holding her back” or “keeping her under control.” The implied information is that it is trying to stop her from quarreling. Alternate translation: “restraining her from quarreling”
-27:16	z86v			restraining the wind	0	Alternate translation: “holding back the wind” or “keeping the wind under control”
-27:17	w3va		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Iron sharpens iron; in the same way, a man sharpens his friend.	0	These two phrases are comparing how iron and a man can be improved. Alternate translation: “As iron can sharpen another piece of iron, so a man’s character is improved by contact with his friend”
-27:18	gbr2			who tends	0	Alternate translation: “who takes care of”
-27:18	d71d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the one who protects his master will be honored	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a master will honor the one who protects him”
-27:19	z68a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	a person’s heart	0	Here this means a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “what a person thinks”
-27:20	nv5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Abaddon	0	This is a name that means “destroyer.” Alternate translation: “the Destroyer”
-27:20	c28l			are never satisfied	0	Alternate translation: “are never filled up”
-27:20	q6ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	a man’s eyes	0	Here the “eyes” represent a man’s desires. Alternate translation: “a man’s desires”
-27:21	c4r4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	A crucible is for silver and a furnace is for gold	0	This refers to how gold and silver are refined. A metal is refined by heating it to a high temperature so that it melts and the impurities may be removed. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Proverbs 17:3](../17/03.md). Alternate translation: “A crucible is used to refine silver and a furnace is used to refine gold”
-27:21	eg8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	crucible	0	a container used for heating substances to very high temperatures
-27:21	eza1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	furnace	0	an oven that can be made extremely hot
-27:21	b7qd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	a person is tested when he is praised	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when one praises a person, they are also testing that person”
-27:22	m5zv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Even if you crush a fool … yet his foolishness will not leave him	0	This means that even if a fool is made to suffer hardship or pain (being crushed is often a metaphor for suffering in Hebrew), he will remain foolish.
-27:22	ir3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	pestle	0	a hard tool with a rounded end, used for crushing things in a bowl
-27:23	ixh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	Be sure you know the condition of your flocks and be concerned about your herds	0	These two phrases have basically the same meaning and are used together for emphasis.
-27:23	de7k			your flocks	0	Alternate translation: “flocks of sheep”
-27:23	b9bu			your herds	0	Alternate translation: “herds of goats”
-27:24	gu92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	a crown	0	Here “crown” is a metonym for a king’s rule over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “a king’s rule”
-27:25	n1ai			the new growth appears	0	Alternate translation: “the new sprouts appear” or “the new grass starts to grow”
-27:26	ra5w			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nVerses 26 and 27 go together with verses 23 to 25 as one proverb.
-27:26	dar8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Those lambs will provide your clothing	0	The implied information is that the wool (hair) from the lambs can be used to make clothing. Alternate translation: “The lambs’ wool will provide you with clothing”
-27:26	j2vp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	the goats will provide the price of the field	0	The implied information is that the money received by selling the goats will be enough to buy a field. Alternate translation: “selling your goats will provide the price of the field”
-27:27	q28m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	nourishment for your servant girls	0	The implied information is that there will also be enough goats’ milk to feed the servant girls. Alternate translation: “there will be goat’s milk to nourish your servant girls”
-27:27	xjw4			nourishment	0	Alternate translation: “food”
-28:intro	g91u				0	# Proverbs 28 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 28 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25–29) which is attributed to Solomon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Themes\n\nThere are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
-28:2	b4c7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Because of the transgression of a land	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **transgression**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Because of how a land transgresses”
-28:2	qks4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the transgression of a land	0	This is a metonym for the sins of the people living in a land. Alternate translation: “the transgression of the people of a land”
-28:2	ivf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	with a man of understanding and knowledge	0	The implied information is that this man is a ruler or leader. The abstract nouns “understanding” and “knowledge” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “with a man who understands and knows how to rule” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-28:3	tx2c			who oppresses	0	Alternate translation: “who severely mistreats”
-28:3	pb4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	like a beating rain that leaves no food	0	The poor man who oppresses other poor people is compared to a rain that falls so hard that it leaves no crop to harvest.
-28:4	z1ah			forsake the law	0	Alternate translation: “forsake God’s law”
-28:4	j98f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	those who keep the law	0	To “keep the law” means to do what God’s law requires. Alternate translation: “those who obey God’s law”
-28:4	whf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	fight against them	0	“struggle against them.” This means to strongly oppose or resist them.
-28:5	pi7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	Evil men	0	Here “men” means people in general. Alternate translation: “People who do evil things”
-28:5	t38q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	do not understand justice	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “do not understand what is just”
-28:5	k5mh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	those who seek Yahweh	0	Those who want to know Yahweh and please him are spoken of as if they are literally seeking to find Yahweh.
-28:5	ru6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	understand everything	0	The implied information is that those who seek Yahweh understand all about justice. Alternate translation: “completely understand what is just”
-28:6	q4ty			It is better for a poor person … than for a rich person	0	Alternate translation: “It is better to be a poor person … than it is to be a rich person”
-28:6	pfi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	walks in his integrity	0	This represents a person living a life of integrity. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **integrity**, you could express the same idea with an adverb. Alternate translation: “walks honestly” or “lives honestly” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-28:6	jdf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	who is crooked in his ways	0	Rich people who are dishonest are spoken of as if they walk on crooked or twisted paths. Alternate translation: “who is not honest in what he does”
-28:7	b5pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	He who keeps the law	0	To “keep the law” means to do what God’s law requires. Alternate translation: “He who obeys God’s law”
-28:7	h42h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	a son who has understanding	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **understanding**, you could express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “a son who understands”
-28:7	rh6n			of gluttons	0	“of people who eat too much.” A “glutton” is a person who often eats and drinks excessively.
-28:7	q9hm			shames his father	0	Alternate translation: “puts his father to shame” or “dishonors his father”
-28:8	uef7			makes his fortune	0	Alternate translation: “increases his wealth”
-28:8	i36g			charging too much interest	0	Alternate translation: “charging extra money to borrow”
-28:8	tj5f			interest	0	money paid by a borrower for the use of someone else’s money
-28:8	xz6i			gathers his wealth	0	Alternate translation: “brings his wealth together”
-28:8	e1qz			for another	0	Alternate translation: “for another person”
-28:9	s7cf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	turns away his ear from hearing the law	0	This represents the whole person turning away from and rejecting God’s law. Alternate translation: “turns away from hearing and obeying the law”
-28:9	a3bi			detestable	0	See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:32](../03/32.md).
-28:10	hgy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Whoever misleads the upright into an evil way	0	This is a metaphor for leading upright people in an evil direction. Alternate translation: “Whoever causes the upright to go in an evil direction”
-28:10	pv8z			Whoever misleads … evil way will fall	0	Alternate translation: “If anyone misleads … evil way, he will fall”
-28:10	tw7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	will fall into his own pit	0	“will fall into the trap that he has dug.” This is a metaphor for ending up in the same bad place as others had been led toward. Alternate translation: “will end up in the same evil place toward which he guided other people”
-28:10	w756			will have a good inheritance	0	Alternate translation: “will inherit what is good”
-28:11	eg7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	be wise in his own eyes	0	The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “be wise in his own thoughts” or “think he is wise”
-28:11	pj9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	who has understanding	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **understanding**, you could express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “who understands”
-28:11	ynr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	will find him out	0	This is an idiom that means the poor person will be able to determine whether or not the rich person is really wise. Alternate translation: “will see his true nature”
-28:12	qew3			When the righteous triumph	0	Alternate translation: “When righteous people succeed”
-28:12	zkn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	when the wicked arise	0	This is an idiom that means when the wicked gain power or start to rule. Alternate translation: “when the wicked rise to power”
-28:12	g949		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	people are sought out	0	You may need to make explicit that those who “are sought out” have hidden themselves to escape from the wicked. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they seek people out” or “they seek out the people who hide from them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-28:13	h8gm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	hides his sins	0	“covers his sins.” This is the opposite of confessing and forsaking sins, and is spoken of as covering sins rather than bringing them into the open
-28:13	e7kw			will not prosper	0	Alternate translation: “will not succeed” or “will not advance”
-28:13	m9fz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the one who confesses them and forsakes them will be shown mercy	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will show mercy to the one who confesses and forsakes them”
-28:14	ijf7			reverence	0	This refers to deeply respecting Yahweh and showing that respect by obeying him.
-28:14	ymm8			whoever hardens his heart	0	Alternate translation: “the one who hardens his heart”
-28:14	ebu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	hardens his heart	0	This is an idiom that means to be stubborn or unwilling to obey God. Alternate translation: “refuses to obey God”
-28:14	l7ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	will fall into trouble	0	This represents ending up in misery and distress. Alternate translation: “will end up in trouble”
-28:15	z8ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Like a roaring lion or a charging bear is a wicked ruler over poor people	0	Poor people who are helpless against an evil ruler are compared to people who have a lion roaring at them or a bear attacking them.
-28:15	x5l1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	a charging bear	0	A bear is a large, furry, dangerous animal that walks on four legs and has sharp claws and teeth.
-28:16	et9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	The ruler who lacks understanding	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **understanding**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The ruler who does not understand”
-28:16	az95			oppressor	0	a person who treats people harshly and makes their lives very difficult
-28:16	lv7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	the one who hates dishonesty	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **dishonesty**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the one who hates being dishonest”
-28:16	eae9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	prolong his days	0	This could mean: (1) this is an idiom that means his living for more time. Alternate translation: “live longer” or (2) this is an idiom that means extending the length of his reign. Alternate translation: “rule for a longer time”
-28:17	rm8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	he has shed someone’s blood	0	Here “blood” represents a person’s life. To “shed blood” means to murder someone. Alternate translation: “he has killed someone” or “he has murdered someone”
-28:18	nhr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Whoever walks with integrity will be kept safe	0	This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God will keep safe anyone who walks with integrity”
-28:18	u4m5			Whoever	0	Alternate translation: “Anyone who”
-28:18	kvc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the one whose way is crooked	0	A dishonest person is spoken of as if he walks on crooked or twisted paths. Alternate translation: “the one who does not live honestly”
-28:18	x79a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	will suddenly fall	0	What will happen to a dishonest person is spoken of as if he suddenly fell down. Alternate translation: “will suddenly be ruined” or “will suddenly perish”
-28:19	dlk7			works his land	0	This means to till, sow, and care for his crops.
-28:19	uq9z			whoever follows	0	Alternate translation: “anyone who follows”
-28:19	t64p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	follows worthless pursuits	0	“chases after worthless projects.” The person who is busy doing things that do not produce anything is spoken of as chasing after useless things.
-28:19	b8y8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	will have plenty of poverty	0	The person following worthless pursuits is spoken of as getting the opposite of plenty of food. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **poverty**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “will be very poor” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-28:20	ix4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	the one who gets rich quickly will not go unpunished	0	The double negative “will not go unpunished” is used for emphasis. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish the one who gets rich quickly” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-28:20	nt6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	the one who gets rich quickly	0	The implied information is that this person gains wealth by unfaithful or dishonest means. Alternate translation: “the one who tries to get rich quickly”
-28:21	kg9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	for a piece of bread a man will do wrong	0	“A piece of bread” here is an exaggeration for a very small bribe or reward. Alternate translation: “a man will sin for very little gain”
-28:22	f7a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	hurries after riches	0	The stingy man is spoken of as if he was chasing after wealth. Alternate translation: “is greedy for riches”
-28:22	mz2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	poverty will come upon him	0	The result of being stingy is spoken of as if poverty was overtaking the stingy person. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **poverty**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “he will suddenly become poor” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-28:23	sr8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Whoever disciplines someone, afterward will find more favor from him than from the one who flatters him with his tongue	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **favor**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “A person will favor the one who disciplines him more than he favors the person who flatters him with his tongue” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-28:23	k6hl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	flatters him with his tongue	0	The tongue here represents speaking. Alternate translation: “flatters him with words”
-28:24	xcp2			Whoever robs	0	Alternate translation: “The one who robs”
-28:24	qt94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	says, “That is no sin,” he	0	This can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “says that it is not a sin, he”
-28:24	ie7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	the companion of	0	Possible meanings are: (1) “the friend of” or (2) an idiom that means having the same character as. Alternate translation: “the same kind of person as”
-28:25	e3ce			A greedy man	0	a person who selfishly wants more things, money or food than what he needs
-28:25	bkj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	stirs up conflict	0	The action of the greedy man is spoken of as if he were stirring up or awakening conflict. Alternate translation: “causes conflict”
-28:26	pnc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	One who trusts in his own heart	0	Depending on one’s self is spoken of as trusting in one’s own heart. Alternate translation: “The person who relies on himself”
-28:26	dyj3			whoever walks	0	Alternate translation: “any person who walks”
-28:26	g7hy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	walks in wisdom	0	This could mean: (1) this is an idiom that means to live wisely. Alternate translation: “lives wisely” or (2) this is an idiom that means to follow the teachings of wise people. Alternate translation: “follows wise teachings”
-28:27	yhn4			The one	0	Alternate translation: “The person”
-28:27	iwx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	lack nothing	0	This double negative is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have everything they need”
-28:27	ykd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	whoever closes his eyes to them will receive many curses	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) they will receive many curses from the poor. Alternate translation: “the poor will give many curses to whoever closes his eyes to them” or (2) they will receive many curses from people in general. Alternate translation: “people will give many curses to whoever closes his eyes to the poor” or (3) they will receive many curses from God. Alternate translation: “God will give many curses to whoever closes his eyes to the poor”
-28:27	cgl4			whoever closes	0	Alternate translation: “anyone who closes”
-28:27	x8x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	closes his eyes to	0	Closing the eyes represents not responding to the needs of the poor. Alternate translation: “ignores” or “chooses not to help”
-28:28	ku38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	When the wicked arise	0	This is an idiom that means when wicked people gain power or start to rule. Alternate translation: “When wicked people rise to power”
-28:28	xc51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	people hide themselves	0	This is an exaggeration for doing everything they can to avoid having wicked people harm them. Alternate translation: “people go into hiding” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-28:28	vjp8			perish	0	This could mean: (1) “go away” or (2) “fall from power” or (3) “are destroyed.”
-28:28	pd87			increase	0	This could mean: (1) “multiply” or (2) “rise to power.”
-29:intro	pkl4				0	# Proverbs 29 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 29 concludes the second section of the book (Chapter 25–29) which was written by Solomon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Themes\n\nThere are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
-29:1	rl7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	who stiffens his neck	0	A person becoming stubborn is spoken of as if he stiffens his neck. Alternate translation: “who becomes stubborn” or “who refuses to listen”
-29:1	nb5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	will be broken in a moment	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will suddenly break him”
-29:1	y5ft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	beyond healing	0	“and no one will be able to heal him.” Sickness is a metaphor for any kind of bad situation. Alternate translation: “and no one will be able to help him”
-29:2	w7r2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the people sigh	0	The people let out long, loud breaths that show that they are weary and sad. Alternate translation: “the people will be weary and sad”
-29:4	v6du		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	by justice	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “by doing what is just” or “by making just laws”
-29:5	x5x6			flatters his neighbor	0	knowingly tells his neighbor things that are not true so that the neighbor will do what the speaker wants him to do
-29:5	udx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	spreading a net for his feet	0	The writer compares the flattery of a person to setting that person up to being caught in a trap. Alternate translation: “setting a trap to catch that person”
-29:8	g91s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	set a city on fire	0	Here the word “city” represents the people who live in the city. Mockers causing the people to experience turmoil and possibly to become violent is spoken of as if they set the city on fire. Alternate translation: “create turmoil for the people of a city” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-29:8	vcu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	turn away wrath	0	This idiom means to cause angry people no longer to be angry. Alternate translation: “calm the wrath of angry people”
-29:9	el5g			has an argument with	0	Another possible meaning is “goes to court against.”
-29:9	tzx7			he rages and laughs	0	The fool becomes very angry and tries to keep the wise person from speaking or the court judge from judging.
-29:9	kn5t			rages	0	This means to be loud and excited and to move with powerful movements like a strong storm. This is a negative word.
-29:9	qmv5			there will be no rest	0	Alternate translation: “they will not be able to settle the problem”
-29:10	jbu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	seek the life of	0	This idiom means to “want to kill.”
-29:12	b9es		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	all his officials will be wicked	0	The actions of the ruler are spoken of by stating the result they will cause. Alternate translation: “it is as if he is teaching his officials to be wicked”
-29:13	f56w			oppressor	0	a person who treats people harshly and makes their lives very difficult
-29:13	psq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Yahweh gives light to the eyes of them both	0	This idiom means “Yahweh makes both of them alive.”
-29:14	x486		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	his throne	0	The throne is a metonym for the kingdom he rules from his throne. Alternate translation: “his kingdom”
-29:15	ybi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	The rod and reproof give wisdom	0	The writer speaks as if a rod and reproof were people who could give wisdom as a physical gift. Alternate translation: “If a parent uses the rod on his child and reproves him, the child will become wise” or “If parents discipline their child and tell him when he has done wrong, the child will learn to live wisely”
-29:15	p19z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	The rod	0	Parents in Israel used wooden rods as instruments to discipline children by striking them. Alternate translation: “discipline”
-29:16	th5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	transgression increases	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **transgression**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “more people will transgress and their sins will become worse”
-29:16	ha78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	the downfall of those wicked people	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **downfall**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “fall,” which is a metaphor for losing the power to rule. Alternate translation: “those wicked people fall” or “those wicked people lose their power to rule” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-29:18	s41b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the one who keeps the law is blessed	0	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the one who keeps the law”
-29:19	kl1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	A slave will not be corrected by words	0	This can be translated in active form.”You will not be able to correct a slave simply by talking to him”
-29:20	qfr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	See a man who is hasty in his words?	0	The writer is using a question to get the reader’s attention. Alternate translation: “You should notice what happens to a man who is hasty in his words.”
-29:21	k1j6			who pampers his slave	0	Alternate translation: “who allows his slave to avoid work and who treats his slave better than he treats other slaves”
-29:21	qas4			at the end of it	0	Alternate translation: “at the end of the slave’s youth” or “when the slave is grown”
-29:22	s7ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	stirs up strife	0	Causing people to argue more is spoken of as if it were stirring up or awakening arguments. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **strife**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “argue.” See how you translated similar words in [15:18](../15/18.md). Alternate translation: “causes people to argue more” or “causes people to argue and fight”
-29:22	ad7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	a master of rage	0	This idiom means “a person who becomes angry easily.”
-29:24	jpz1			hates his own life	0	Alternate translation: “becomes his own enemy”
-29:25	t7d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	The fear of man makes a snare	0	Being afraid of what other people might do is spoken of as stepping into a trap. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is afraid of what other people might do to him is like a person who has become snared in a trap”
-29:25	k5l2			a snare	0	a trap that catches animals with ropes
-29:25	t3gk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	the one who trusts in Yahweh will be protected	0	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will protect the one who trusts in him”
-29:26	w96b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	from Yahweh is justice for a person	0	It is Yahweh, not human rulers, who will see that people treat a person justly. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **justice**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “just.” Alternate translation: “it is Yahweh who is truly just towards a person”
+21:intro	ge8s				0	# Proverbs 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 21 continues the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 21 also contains contrasting parallelism ([21:2](../21/02.md), [5](../21/05.md), [8](../21/08.md), [15](../21/15.md), [17](../21/17.md), [20](../21/20.md), [26](../21/26.md), [28](../21/28.md), [29](../21/29.md), [31](../21/31.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([21:14](../21/14.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+21:1	neqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לֶב־מֶ֭לֶךְ	1	**The heart of a king** refers to the **heart** of any **king** in general, not a specific **king**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “The heart of any king”
+21:1	t1m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֶב	1	See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
+21:1	w5md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	פַּלְגֵי־מַ֣יִם & בְּ⁠יַד־יְהוָ֑ה & יַטֶּֽ⁠נּוּ	1	In this verse, Solomon speaks of **Yahweh** using the **heart of a king** to accomplish his purposes as if the **heart** were water streams that **he steers** to go to the places where he wants them to go. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a synonym. Alternate translation: “is controlled by Yahweh to do” or “is controlled by Yahweh like a farmer controls streams to flow”
+21:2	qwnj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דֶּרֶךְ	1	See how you translated the same use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
+21:2	vwim		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אִ֭ישׁ & בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “any person … in that person’s eyes”\n
+21:2	yz3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יָשָׁ֣ר בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	See how you translated the same phrase in [12:15](../12/15.md).
+21:2	hqo4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠תֹכֵ֖ן & יְהוָֽה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [16:2](../16/02.md).
+21:2	xmb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִבּ֣וֹת	1	See how you translated the same use of **hearts** in [15:11](../15/11.md).
+21:3	qs6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	צְדָקָ֣ה וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֑ט & מִ⁠זָּֽבַח	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **righteousness** and **justice** in [1:3](../01/03.md) and **sacrifice** in [15:8](../15/08.md).
+21:3	f31f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נִבְחָ֖ר לַ⁠יהוָ֣ה	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh prefers”
+21:4	xvr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	רוּם־עֵ֭ינַיִם	1	Here, Solomon refers to pride as **Height of eyes**, which is a characteristic facial expression of proud people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression “uplifted eyes” in [6:17](../06/17.md). Alternate translation: “Pride”\n
+21:4	gk4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וּ⁠רְחַב־לֵ֑ב	1	Here, **broadness of heart** refers to thinking arrogantly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and thinking arrogantly”
+21:4	as9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	נִ֖ר רְשָׁעִ֣ים	1	This phrase gives further information about the two sins described in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the lamp of the wicked ones”
+21:4	y68u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נִ֖ר רְשָׁעִ֣ים	1	Here, the word translated as **lamp** could refer to: (1) the sins in the previous clause being like a **lamp** that shows **wicked ones** what to do. Alternate translation: “what guides the wicked ones” (2) the sins in the previous clause being like uncultivated ground, which is another possible meaning for the Hebrew word here, that produces nothing good. Alternate translation: “the fruitlessness of the wicked ones”
+21:5	e7kl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	חָ֭רוּץ	1	The phrase **the diligent one** represents diligent people in general, not one particular **diligent one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any diligent one”
+21:5	kl4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	לְ⁠מוֹתָ֑ר & לְ⁠מַחְסֽוֹר	1	Here, the phrases **are to** and **is to** indicate that what follows is a result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. Alternate translation: “result in profit … result in lack”
+21:5	xi4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠מוֹתָ֑ר & לְ⁠מַחְסֽוֹר	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **profit** in [3:14](../03/14.md) and **lack** in [6:11](../06/11.md).
+21:5	hmlx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אָ֝֗ץ	1	Here, **hurries about** refers to doing things more quickly than they should be done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who hurries about too quickly”
+21:6	vsi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	פֹּ֣עַל א֭וֹצָרוֹת	1	Here, Solomon speaks of acquiring wealth as if it were **treasures** that someone makes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Acquiring wealth”
+21:6	bc5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠לְשׁ֣וֹן שָׁ֑קֶר	1	See how you translated this phrase in [6:17](../06/17.md).
+21:6	w3kd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הֶ֥בֶל נִ֝דָּ֗ף	1	Here, Solomon speaks of the disappearance of **treasures** as if they were a **vapor** that quickly goes away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “disappears quickly” or “disappears like a vapor that quickly disperses”
+21:6	hjfe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	מְבַקְשֵׁי־מָֽוֶת	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “they that seek such treasures are seekers of death”
+21:6	l9ag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מְבַקְשֵׁי־מָֽוֶת	1	Here, Solomon speaks of people doing something that will kill them as if they were **seekers of death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they do what will kill them”
+21:7	abnj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	שֹׁד & מִשְׁפָּֽט	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **violence** in [3:31](../03/31.md) and **justice** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+21:7	fj7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	שֹׁד־רְשָׁעִ֥ים	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe the **violence** done by **wicked ones**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The violence done by wicked ones”
+21:7	zn7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	יְגוֹרֵ֑⁠ם	1	Here, Solomon speaks of **wicked ones** being destroyed because they act violently as if their **violence** were a person who could **drag them away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will destroy them”
+21:8	i5j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	דֶּ֣רֶךְ	1	See how you translated the same use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
+21:8	zjoe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אִ֣ישׁ וָזָ֑ר וְ֝⁠זַ֗ךְ יָשָׁ֥ר פָּעֳלֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **a guilty one**, **the pure one**, and **his** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any guilty man, but any pure person, upright is that person’s behavior”
+21:9	gff3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	פִּנַּת־גָּ֑ג	1	Houses in Solomon’s time had flat roofs that people could walk on and sometimes people would build a shelter large enough for a person to sleep in on one **corner** of the **roof**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include this information in a note. Alternate translation: “the corner of a flat roof”
+21:9	j9e1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מֵ⁠אֵ֥שֶׁת מִ֝דְיָנִ֗ים	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **woman** who is characterized by **quarrels**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “than with a quarrelsome wife”
+21:9	k56i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וּ⁠בֵ֥ית חָֽבֶר	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **house** in which people live together. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and live together in one house”
+21:10	x3rs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	נֶ֣פֶשׁ	1	Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.\n\n
+21:10	a2dz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רָ֭שָׁע & בְּ⁠עֵינָ֣י⁠ו רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	Here, **the wicked one**, **his**, and **neighbor** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **the wicked one** in [3:33](../03/33.md). Alternate translation: “any wicked person … that person’s neighbor … in that person’s eyes”
+21:10	dykh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רָ֑ע	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md).
+21:10	d5qd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹא־יֻחַ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָ֣י⁠ו רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his eyes do not show grace to his neighbor”
+21:10	jgfi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בְּ⁠עֵינָ֣י⁠ו	1	Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by him”
+21:11	diyn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לֵ֭ץ & פֶּ֑תִי & לְ֝⁠חָכָ֗ם	1	See how you translated **a mocker** in [9:7](../09/07.md), **a naive one** in [14:15](../14/15.md), and **a wise one** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
+21:11	ttu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יֶחְכַּם־פֶּ֑תִי	1	Solomon assumes that his readers will understand that **a naive one** will become **wise** as the result of seeing someone **fining a mocker**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “a naive one will see this happen and become wise”\n
+21:11	a6a5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בְ⁠הַשְׂכִּ֥יל	1	Here, Solomon speaks of someone teaching **insight to a wise one** as if **insight** were an object that a person gives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and when teaching insight”\n
+21:11	qiw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠בְ⁠הַשְׂכִּ֥יל & דָּֽעַת	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **insight** in [1:3](../01/03.md) and **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
+21:11	m512		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִקַּח־דָּֽעַת	1	Here, Solomon speaks of something learning **knowledge** as if it were an object that a person **receives**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he learns knowledge”
+21:12	tq0z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	צַ֭דִּיק	1	**A righteous one** could refer to: (1) Yahweh, who is the Righteous One. Alternate translation: “The Righteous One” (2) a righteous person in general. Alternate translation: “Any righteous person”
+21:12	lswm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מַשְׂכִּ֣יל	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **insight** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+21:12	hrfk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠בֵ֣ית	1	Here, **house** refers to the family who lives in that **house**. See how you translated the same use of **house** in [3:33](../03/33.md).
+21:12	t3bj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רָשָׁ֑ע	1	See how you translated **the wicked one** in [10:16](../10/16.md).
+21:12	bc3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מְסַלֵּ֖ף רְשָׁעִ֣ים לָ⁠רָֽע	1	Here, Solomon refers to Yahweh causing the **wicked ones** to experience disaster as if he were **overturning** them **to evil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causing wicked ones to experience evil”
+21:12	tem1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לָ⁠רָֽע	1	Here, **evil** refers to trouble that someone might experience as a result of **evil**. See how you translated the similar use of **evil** in [12:21](../12/21.md).
+21:13	tql4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אֹטֵ֣ם אָ֭זְנ⁠וֹ מִ⁠זַּעֲקַת־דָּ֑ל גַּֽם־ה֥וּא	1	**One who shuts**, **his**, **a lowly one**, and **he** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who shuts his ears from the outcries of lowly ones, that person also”
+21:13	uc5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֹטֵ֣ם אָ֭זְנ⁠וֹ	1	Here, Solomon refers to someone refusing to listen as if that person were shutting **his ears** so that he does not hear someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “One who will not listen”
+21:13	ug5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠זַּעֲקַת & יִ֝קְרָ֗א	1	Here, Solomon implies that **the outcry** and **cry out** refer to someone crying out for help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the cry for help of … will cry for help”
+21:13	ih0a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דָּ֑ל	1	See how you translated the same use of **lowly** in [10:15](../10/15.md).
+21:13	uaab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠לֹ֣א יֵעָנֶֽה	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but no one will answer him”
+21:13	iv38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹ֣א יֵעָנֶֽה	1	Here, **answered** refers to the person who hears responding by helping the person who cries out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but will not be helped by anyone”
+21:14	h1vz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	מַתָּ֣ן בַּ֭⁠סֵּתֶר יִכְפֶּה־אָ֑ף וְ⁠שֹׁ֥חַד בַּ֝⁠חֵ֗ק חֵמָ֥ה עַזָּֽה	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “A gift in secrecy subdues nose, yes, a bribe in the bosom, strong heat”
+21:14	a502		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	מַתָּ֣ן בַּ֭⁠סֵּתֶר	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “A gift given in secrecy”
+21:14	hby7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יִכְפֶּה־אָ֑ף	1	Here, **subdues nose** refers to stopping a person from being angry. The word **nose** here means “anger” by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his nose. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes angry people to stop being angry”
+21:14	eliy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠שֹׁ֥חַד בַּ֝⁠חֵ֗ק חֵמָ֥ה עַזָּֽה	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and a bribe given in the bosom subdues strong heat”
+21:14	lrg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בַּ֝⁠חֵ֗ק	1	Here, **in the bosom** indicates that a **bribe** is given to someone secretly, as if it were hidden in a person’s clothes near that person’s **bosom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “from the bosom” in [17:23](../17/23.md). Alternate translation: “in secret”\n
+21:14	nsym		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חֵמָ֥ה עַזָּֽה	1	Here, **strong heat** refers to extreme anger, which causes the angry person’s body to become hot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “rage”\n
+21:15	jcw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	שִׂמְחָ֣ה לַ֭⁠צַּדִּיק & וּ֝⁠מְחִתָּ֗ה	1	**A joy**, **the righteous one**, and **a terror** refer to these things and people in general, not to specific things or people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Joy is for righteous ones … but terror”
+21:15	p2ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	שִׂמְחָ֣ה & מִשְׁפָּ֑ט & וּ֝⁠מְחִתָּ֗ה & אָֽוֶן	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **joy** in [10:28](../10/28.md), **justice** in [13:23](../13/23.md), **terror** in [10:24](../10/24.md), and **iniquity** in [12:21](../12/21.md).\n
+21:15	push		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וּ֝⁠מְחִתָּ֗ה לְ⁠פֹ֣עֲלֵי אָֽוֶן	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but doing justice is a terror for doers of iniquity”
+21:16	t6m2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אָדָ֗ם	1	**A man** refers to people in general, not to a specific **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person”
+21:16	cj4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תּ֭וֹעֶה מִ⁠דֶּ֣רֶךְ הַשְׂכֵּ֑ל	1	Here, Solomon refers to a person who stops behaving wisely as if the right way to behave were a **way** that he wanders from. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “no longer lives wisely”
+21:16	ezr0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠קְהַ֖ל רְפָאִ֣ים יָנֽוּחַ	1	In this clause, Solomon refers to a person dying. The phrase **the assembly of the spirits of dead ones** refers to the place where people’s spirits go when they die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will end up in the place where the spirits of dead people dwell” or “will end up dead”\n
+21:17	xhel		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אִ֣ישׁ מַ֭חְסוֹר אֹהֵ֣ב שִׂמְחָ֑ה אֹהֵ֥ב יַֽיִן־וָ֝⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן לֹ֣א יַעֲשִֽׁיר	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “A man of lack loves joy; yes, a lover of wine and oil will not become rich”
+21:17	xq28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אִ֣ישׁ & אֹהֵ֥ב	1	**A man** and **a lover** refer to types of people in general, not to a specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person of … any lover of”
+21:17	ecvd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אִ֣ישׁ מַ֭חְסוֹר	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by lacking wealth. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A man who lacks” or “A man characterized by poverty”\n
+21:17	lgdq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שִׂמְחָ֑ה	1	Here, **joy** refers to things and activities that cause people to feel **joy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what pleases them”
+21:17	lkxu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יַֽיִן־וָ֝⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן	1	Both **wine** and **oil** are luxurious items. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “luxurious items like wine and oil”
+21:18	mh2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כֹּ֣פֶר לַ⁠צַּדִּ֣יק רָשָׁ֑ע	1	Here, Solomon refers to **a wicked one** who is punished instead of **the righteous one** as if **a wicked one** were a **ransom** that is paid on behalf of **the righteous one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A wicked one is punished instead of a righteous one”
+21:18	zpmk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לַ⁠צַּדִּ֣יק רָשָׁ֑ע	1	See how you translated **the righteous one** in [10:3](../10/03.md) and **a wicked one** in [9:7](../09/07.md).
+21:18	qt7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠תַ֖חַת יְשָׁרִ֣ים בּוֹגֵֽד	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and instead of upright ones, one who acts treacherously is a ransom” or “and instead of upright ones, one who acts treacherously is punished”
+21:18	n28n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בּוֹגֵֽד	1	Here, **one who acts treacherously** represents this type of people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any person who acts treacherously”
+21:19	uiul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ־מִדְבָּ֑ר	1	Since **wilderness** is a place without people, Solomon implies dwelling alone in that place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by oneself in a land of wilderness”
+21:19	a4uv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מֵ⁠אֵ֖שֶׁת מדונים	1	See how you translated **a wife of quarrels** in [21:9](../21/09.md).
+21:19	pfvc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וָ⁠כָֽעַס	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **vexation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and who vexes others”
+21:20	r84p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	חָכָ֑ם וּ⁠כְסִ֖יל אָדָ֣ם	1	See how you translated **a wise one** in [1:5](../01/05.md) and **a stupid man** in [15:20](../15/20.md).
+21:20	nw25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יְבַלְּעֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	Here, Solomon refers to a **stupid** person wasting all his wealth as if it were something he **swallows**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wastes it”
+21:21	oyan		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רֹ֭דֵף	1	**A pursuer** represents a type of person in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any pursuer of”
+21:21	sqy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	רֹ֭דֵף	1	See how you translated the same use of **pursuer** in [15:9](../15/09.md).
+21:21	p8u9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	צְדָקָ֣ה וָ⁠חָ֑סֶד & חַ֝יִּ֗ים צְדָקָ֥ה וְ⁠כָבֽוֹד	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **righteousness** in [1:3](../01/03.md), **covenant faithfulness** in [3:3](../03/03.md), **life** in [10:16](../10/16.md), and **honor** in [3:16](../03/16.md).
+21:21	o2i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִמְצָ֥א	1	See how you translated the same use of **find** in [8:35](../08/35.md).
+21:22	d84j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עִ֣יר& חָכָ֑ם וַ֝⁠יֹּ֗רֶד	1	**A wise one**, **a city**, and **he** represent a type of person and city in general, not one particular person and city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any wise one … any city of … and that person causes … to go down”
+21:22	v5jk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עִ֣יר & עָלָ֣ה	1	Here, **ascends** refers to attacking a city and climbing over its wall. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “successfully attacks a city of” or “overruns a city of”
+21:22	xeiu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עִ֣יר גִּ֭בֹּרִים	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **city** that is defended by **mighty ones**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a city defended by mighty ones”
+21:22	v5oc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ֝⁠יֹּ֗רֶד	1	Here, **brings down** refers to the **wise one** leading his soldiers to destroy the fortifications that protect the **city** mentioned in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he causes his soldiers to destroy”
+21:22	w292		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עֹ֣ז מִבְטֶחָֽ⁠ה	1	Here, **strength** refers to the strong walls and towers around the **city** mentioned in the previous clause. Here, **its** refers to the people in the city. They have **confidence** in the walls and do not think anyone will be able to destroy them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the strong fortifications they are confident in”
+21:23	dxhc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	שֹׁמֵ֣ר פִּ֭י⁠ו וּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ שֹׁמֵ֖ר & נַפְשֽׁ⁠וֹ	1	**One who keeps** and **his** refer to a type of person in general, not one specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any person who keeps that person’s own mouth and tongue keep that person’s life”
+21:23	jcer		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שֹׁמֵ֣ר	1	Here, Solomon refers to a person being careful about what he says with **his mouth and his tongue** as if they were objects that he **keeps**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “One who is careful with”
+21:23	xw3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	פִּ֭י⁠ו וּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ	1	The terms **mouth** and **tongue** mean similar things. They both refer to what a person says. Solomon is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “whatever he says”
+21:23	h05s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	נַפְשֽׁ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **life** refers to the person himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “himself”\n
+21:23	o0dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠צָּר֣וֹת	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **distress** in [1:27](../01/27.md).
+21:24	c77j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	זֵ֣ד יָ֭הִיר & שְׁמ֑⁠וֹ	1	**A presumptuous, haughty one** and **his** represent a type of person in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any presumptuous, haughty one … is that person’s name”
+21:24	rf25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שְׁמ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, **name** refers to what people call a **presumptuous, haughty one**, not that person’s actual **name**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is what people call him”
+21:24	ctpo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠עֶבְרַ֥ת זָדֽוֹן	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **rage** that is characterized by **presumption**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “with presumptuous rage”
+21:24	a0w1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠עֶבְרַ֥ת זָדֽוֹן	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **rage** or **presumption**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “in an arrogantly furious manner”
+21:25	byks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עָצֵ֣ל תְּמִיתֶ֑⁠נּוּ & יָדָ֣י⁠ו	1	Here, **the lazy one**, **him**, and **his** refer to lazy people in general, not one specific **lazy one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any lazy one causes that person to die … that person’s hands”
+21:25	dt4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מֵאֲנ֖וּ יָדָ֣י⁠ו	1	Here, **hands** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he refuses”\n
+21:26	vgt6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	הִתְאַוָּ֣ה תַאֲוָ֑ה	1	Here, **he** and **himself** refer to the lazy person mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the lazy person desires desire for that person”
+21:26	t711		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	הִתְאַוָּ֣ה תַאֲוָ֑ה	1	Here, **desires desire** has the same word repeated for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he strongly desires for himself”
+21:26	fpqu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠צַדִּ֥יק	1	See how you translated **a righteous one** in [9:9](../09/09.md).
+21:26	s1i0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	יִ֝תֵּ֗ן וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַחְשֹֽׂךְ	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “gives what he has and does not withhold it”
+21:27	l3le		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	זֶ֣בַח & תּוֹעֵבָ֑ה & בְ⁠זִמָּ֥ה יְבִיאֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	**The sacrifice**, **an abomination**, **he**, **it**, and **a wicked plan** refer to things and a type of person in general, not to a specific person or thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The sacrifices of … are abominations … they bring them with wicked plans”
+21:27	r9k8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	זֶ֣בַח	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **sacrifice** in [15:8](../15/08.md).
+21:27	fq9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	תּוֹעֵבָ֑ה	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abomination**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is abominable”
+21:27	iy31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	אַ֝֗ף כִּֽי	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “how much more of an abomination is it when” or “how much abominable is it when”
+21:27	e62d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְ⁠זִמָּ֥ה	1	Here, Solomon speaks of someone having **a wicked plan** while bringing a **sacrifice** as if the **plan** were an object that he brought **with** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while having a wicked plan”
+21:27	a4j2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְ⁠זִמָּ֥ה	1	Here, **plan** refers to a purpose or motive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with a wicked purpose” or “with wicked intent”
+21:28	c781		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עֵד־כְּזָבִ֥ים & וְ⁠אִ֥ישׁ שׁ֝וֹמֵ֗עַ	1	**A witness of lies** and **the man who listens** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Any witness of lies … but any person who listens”
+21:28	h8d4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	עֵד־כְּזָבִ֥ים	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **a witness** who tells **lies**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a lying witness”\n
+21:28	iawa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לָ⁠נֶ֥צַח יְדַבֵּֽר	1	Here, Solomon refers to people remembering what a person says as if that person would **speak to perpetuity**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will speak and what he says will be remembered”
+21:29	v6qh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	הֵעֵ֬ז אִ֣ישׁ רָשָׁ֣ע בְּ⁠פָנָ֑י⁠ו וְ֝⁠יָשָׁ֗ר ה֤וּא ׀ יָבִ֬ין דרכי⁠ו	1	**A wicked man**, **his**, **an upright one**, and **he** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated **A wicked man** in [11:7](../11/07.md). Alternate translation: “Any wicked person strengthens that person’s own face, but any upright person considers that person’s own ways”
+21:29	z6tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הֵעֵ֬ז & בְּ⁠פָנָ֑י⁠ו	1	Here, **strengthens his face** means that the **man** has a facial expression that showed how stubborn and obstinate he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar expression from your language or express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression “strengthens her face” in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “has a brazen face” or “has a stubborn expression on her face”\n
+21:29	vtab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	יָבִ֬ין דרכי⁠ו	1	Many ancient manuscripts read **he considers his ways**, as in the ULT. Other ancient manuscripts read “he establishes his way.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
+21:29	ts1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דרכי⁠ו	1	See how you translated the same use of **ways** in [3:6](../03/06.md).
+21:30	n8kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	חָ֭כְמָה & תְּבוּנָ֑ה & עֵ֝צָ֗ה	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **counsel** in [1:25](../01/25.md).
+21:30	drhv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֵ֝צָ֗ה	1	Here, **counsel** refers to true and correct **counsel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “good counsel”
+21:30	k3pe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠נֶ֣גֶד יְהוָֽה	1	Here, **in opposition to Yahweh** refers to something that contradicts the will of **Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that contradicts the will of Yahweh”
+21:31	u7rp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ס֗וּס & לְ⁠י֣וֹם מִלְחָמָ֑ה	1	**A horse** and **the day of battle** refer to these things in general, not a specific **horse** or **day of battle**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Any horse … for any day of battle”
+21:31	j1hq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ס֗וּס מ֭וּכָן	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone makes a horse ready”
+21:31	a8ws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ס֗וּס	1	A **horse** is a large animal that armies used to pull carts from which soldiers would fight. Armies with horses were usually more powerful than armies without horses. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term for something that soldiers use for fighting. Alternate translation: “An animal used for fighting” or “Fighting equipment”
+21:31	i6w8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠י֣וֹם מִלְחָמָ֑ה	1	Here, **day** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 24-hour length of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the time of battle”\n
+21:31	r9z9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הַ⁠תְּשׁוּעָֽה	1	Here, **the salvation** refers to being saved from defeat in **battle**, which is another way of saying “the victory.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the victory” or “being saved from defeat”
+21:31	sesx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ֝⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה	1	Here, Solomon uses the possessive form to indicate that **Yahweh** is the source of **the salvation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “but … is from Yahweh”
+22:intro	t5zj				0	# Proverbs 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n3. Proverbs from Solomon (10:1–22:16)\n4. Sayings from wise men (22:17–24:22)\n    * Introduction to the sayings (22:17–21)\n    * The sayings (22:22–24:22)\n\nChapter 22 concludes the section of the book written by Solomon that is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs. Solomon wrote all 375 proverbs in [10:1](../10/01.md)–[22:16](../22/16.md). In [22:17](../22/17.md)–[21](../22/21.md), it seems that Solomon himself introduces a section of proverbs written by an unknown group of people called “the wise ones” wrote [22:22](../22/22.md)–[24:22](../24/22.md). Most of these proverbs of “the wise ones” are longer than one verse. Each individual of these proverbs will be marked in the notes.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 16–22 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 22 also contains contrasting parallelism ([22:3](../22/03.md), [12](../22/12.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([22:1](../22/01.md), [24](../22/24.md), [26](../22/26.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn [22:20](../22/20.md)–[21](../22/21.md) and [27](../22/27.md), the author uses rhetorical questions to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n
+22:1	kpvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	נִבְחָ֣ר שֵׁ֭ם מֵ⁠עֹ֣שֶׁר רָ֑ב מִ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וּ֝⁠מִ⁠זָּהָ֗ב חֵ֣ן טֽוֹב	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “A name is to be chosen more than abundant riches; yes, favor is better than silver and than gold”
+22:1	m8c7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שֵׁ֭ם	1	Here, **name** refers to a person’s reputation. Solomon implies that it is a good reputation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A good reputation”
+22:1	but9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נִבְחָ֣ר שֵׁ֭ם	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A person should choose a good name”
+22:1	m6oz			מִ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וּ֝⁠מִ⁠זָּהָ֗ב חֵ֣ן טֽוֹב	1	This clause could also be translated as “good favor more than silver and than gold,” with **is to be chosen** implied from the previous clause. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. Alternate translation: “good favor is to be chosen more than silver and than gold” or “people should choose being favored by others more than having silver and gold”\n
+22:1	iqch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וּ֝⁠מִ⁠זָּהָ֗ב חֵ֣ן טֽוֹב	1	Here, Solomon refers to having **favor**, **silver**, and **gold**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having favor is better than having silver and gold”
+22:1	y37e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	חֵ֣ן	1	See how you translated **favor** in [3:4](../03/04.md).
+22:2	z2v0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עָשִׁ֣יר וָ⁠רָ֣שׁ	1	**A rich one** and **a poor one** represent types of people in general, not a particular **rich one** and **poor one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any wise person and any rich person”
+22:2	ddrc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נִפְגָּ֑שׁוּ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of people having something in common as if those people **meet together**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have something in common”
+22:3	nt9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עָר֤וּם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [12:16](../12/16.md).
+22:3	d30l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	רָעָ֣ה	1	Here, evil refers to danger caused by something **evil** happening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “danger”\n
+22:3	wtg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עָבְר֥וּ	1	Here, **pass on** contrasts with **sees evil** in the previous clause to indicate that **naive ones** walk right into a dangerous situation without noticing that they are in danger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “unknowingly walk into a dangerous situation”
+22:3	lxyr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְֽ⁠נֶעֱנָֽשׁוּ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and they pay a penalty”
+22:3	ics6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְֽ⁠נֶעֱנָֽשׁוּ	1	Here, **fined** refers to experiencing the negative consequences of not avoiding danger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they experience the consequences”\n
+22:4	ii8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֲ֭נָוָה יִרְאַ֣ת יְהוָ֑ה	1	This could mean: (1) **humility** here refers specifically to **the fear of Yahweh**, as also suggested by the parallelism of these expressions in [15:33](../15/33.md). Alternate translation: “humility, that is, the fear of Yahweh” (2) **humility** and **the fear of Yahweh** are two different things. Alternate translation: “humility and the fear of Yahweh”
+22:4	ncqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	עֲ֭נָוָה	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **humility** in [15:33](../15/33.md).
+22:4	es97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	יִרְאַ֣ת יְהוָ֑ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md).
+22:4	k6yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	עֹ֖שֶׁר וְ⁠כָב֣וֹד	1	See how you translated **riches and honor** in [3:16](../03/16.md).
+22:4	glpw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠חַיִּֽים	1	Here, **life** refers to a long **life**. See how you translated the same use of **life** in [10:16](../10/16.md).
+22:5	r2h1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ עִקֵּ֑שׁ שׁוֹמֵ֥ר נַ֝פְשׁ֗⁠וֹ	1	Here, **the way**, **the crooked one**, and **one who guards his life** represent ways and types of people in general, not a specific **way** or people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “are in the ways of the crooked ones; those who guard their lives”\n
+22:5	e8f6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	צִנִּ֣ים פַּ֭חִים בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ עִקֵּ֑שׁ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of bad things that **the crooked one** will experience during his lifetime as if his life were a path with **Thorns** and **traps** on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of **way** in [15:19](../15/19.md). Alternate translation: “The crooked one will experience many troubles during his lifetime” or “The crooked one will have a difficult life”
+22:5	x9ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עִקֵּ֑שׁ	1	Here, Solomon uses the **crooked** to refer to being deceptive. See how you translated the same use of **crooked** in [2:15](../02/15.md).
+22:5	bj91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	שׁוֹמֵ֥ר נַ֝פְשׁ֗⁠וֹ	1	The content of this clause is in contrast to the content of the previous clause. In your translation, indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by contrast, one who guards his life”\n
+22:5	dku9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שׁוֹמֵ֥ר נַ֝פְשׁ֗⁠וֹ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of a person who wants to stay alive as if **his life** were something that he **guards**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase “protects his life” in [16:17](../16/17.md). Alternate translation: “one who keeps himself alive”\n
+22:5	f1ap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	מֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	Here, **them** refers to the **Thorns** and **traps** mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from those thorns and traps”
+22:6	kt3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לַ֭⁠נַּעַר & דַרְכּ֑⁠וֹ & יַ֝זְקִ֗ין לֹֽא־יָס֥וּר	1	Here, **the boy**, **his**, and **he** refer to children in general, not a specific **boy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any child … that person’s way … that person is old, that person will not turn away”
+22:6	je4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עַל־פִּ֣י דַרְכּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, **way** refers to how a person behaves, as in [1:15](../01/15.md). The phrase **according to his way** could mean: (1) the way **the young man** should behave. Alternate translation: “to live how he should live” (2) the way **the young man** is already behaving, in which case **Train up** is an ironic use of a command and this verse would be a warning against letting a young person live however they want. Alternate translation: “to live according to how he is living”
+22:6	v87b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לֹֽא־יָס֥וּר מִמֶּֽ⁠נָּה	1	Here, Solomon speaks of a person continuing to behave a certain way as if that person were not turning **away from** that behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the phrase **turn away from** in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “he will continue behaving that way”\n
+22:7	dk14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עָ֭שִׁיר & וְ⁠עֶ֥בֶד לֹ֝וֶ֗ה לְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ מַלְוֶֽה	1	**A rich one**, **a borrower**, **a slave**, and **a man who lends** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any rich person … and any borrower is a slave to any person who lends”
+22:7	z9lm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠עֶ֥בֶד לֹ֝וֶ֗ה לְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ מַלְוֶֽה	1	Here, Solomon implies that the **borrower** is borrowing money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and a borrower of money is a slave to a man who lends money”
+22:8	kpt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	זוֹרֵ֣עַ עַ֭וְלָה & עֶבְרָת֣⁠וֹ	1	**A sower of iniquity** and **his** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any sower of iniquity … that person’s rage”
+22:8	l36j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זוֹרֵ֣עַ עַ֭וְלָה יקצור־אָ֑וֶן	1	Here, Solomon speaks of someone who does **iniquity** experiencing **disaster** as if **iniquity** were a seed that he plants and **disaster** were the plant that the seed becomes and that he harvests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “A doer of iniquity will experience the consequences” or “A doer of iniquity will experience disaster like someone who reaps the crops from the seeds he planted”
+22:8	iykp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	עַ֭וְלָה	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **iniquity** in [6:12](../06/12.md).
+22:8	sjnx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠שֵׁ֖בֶט עֶבְרָת֣⁠וֹ	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **rod** that a **sower of iniquity** uses to express his **rage** by oppressing people. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and the rod he uses to oppressively express his rage”
+22:8	htf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שֵׁ֖בֶט	1	Here, Solomon refers to a person’s authority over other people as if it were a **rod**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the authority of”
+22:9	cdse		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	טֽוֹב־עַ֭יִן ה֣וּא & נָתַ֖ן מִ⁠לַּחְמ֣⁠וֹ	1	**The one good of eye**, **he**, and **his** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person good of eye, that person … that person gives from that person’s own bread”
+22:9	zhf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	טֽוֹב־עַ֭יִן	1	Here, **good of eye** refers to seeing what other people need and generously helping them. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The generous one” or “The person who is generous to those in need”
+22:9	nxi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ה֣וּא יְבֹרָ֑ךְ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it is Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will bless him”
+22:9	vs46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠לַּחְמ֣⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the same use of **bread** in [9:5](../09/05.md).\n
+22:9	vzvn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לַ⁠דָּֽל	1	See how you translated the same use of **lowly** in [10:15](../10/15.md).
+22:10	bgph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לֵ֭ץ	1	See how you translated **a mocker** in [9:7](../09/07.md)
+22:10	t6nt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מָד֑וֹן & וְ⁠קָלֽוֹן	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **strife** in [16:28](../16/28.md) and **dishonor** in [3:35](../03/35.md).
+22:10	rxpn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠יֵצֵ֣א מָד֑וֹן	1	Here, Solomon speaks of **strife** as if it were a person who could **go out** from a place. He means that **strife** will cease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and strife will cease”\n
+22:10	e1t0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	דִּ֣ין	1	Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) arguments or quarrels in general. Alternate translation: “argument” (2) lawsuits in a legal court. Alternate translation: “lawsuit”
+22:11	lzto		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אֹהֵ֥ב & שְׂ֝פָתָ֗י⁠ו רֵעֵ֥⁠הוּ מֶֽלֶךְ	1	**One who loves**, **his**, and **the king** refer to these types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural phrases. Alternate translation: “Any person who loves … that person’s lips … any king is that person’s friend”
+22:11	xzb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֹהֵ֥ב טהור־לֵ֑ב	1	This phrase refers to a person who wants to have **pure** thoughts and **heart** refers to that person’s mind or thoughts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “One who wants to have a pure mind”
+22:11	tlq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שְׂ֝פָתָ֗י⁠ו	1	See how you translated the same use of **lips** in [10:18](../10/18.md).\n
+22:12	swt2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	עֵינֵ֣י יְ֭הוָה	1	This phrase refers to **Yahweh** himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.
+22:12	s2lr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	נָ֣צְרוּ דָ֑עַת	1	Here, Solomon speaks of **knowledge** as if it were an object that Yahweh guards. He means that **Yahweh** prevents the content of true **knowledge** from being forgotten. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “prevents true knowledge from being forgotten”\n
+22:12	zw3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ֝⁠יְסַלֵּ֗ף	1	Here, Solomon refers to **Yahweh** preventing **the words** of **treacherous** people from accomplishing their purposes as if **he overturns** them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he prevents the success of”\n
+22:12	yybm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	דִּבְרֵ֥י	1	See how you translated the similar use of **words** in [1:23](../01/23.md).
+22:12	tbpc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בֹגֵֽד	1	Here, **one who is treacherous** refers to this type of person in general, not a specific **treacherous** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “any person who is treacherous”
+22:13	jg67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עָ֭צֵל	1	See how you translated this phrase in [13:4](../13/04.md).
+22:13	fp93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אָמַ֣ר & אֲרִ֣י בַ⁠ח֑וּץ בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ רְ֝חֹב֗וֹת אֵֽרָצֵֽחַ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “says that a lion is outside and he will be killed in the midst of the open areas”
+22:13	iq3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אָמַ֣ר	1	In this verse, Solomon implies that what the **lazy one** says is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “says falsely”
+22:13	mrva		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֵֽרָצֵֽחַ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The lion will kill me”
+22:13	lqbb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֵֽרָצֵֽחַ	1	Here, the **lazy one** implies that he **will be killed** if he goes outside. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I go outside, then I will be killed”
+22:14	r1mk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	פִּ֣י זָר֑וֹת זְע֥וּם יְ֝הוָ֗ה	1	**The mouth**, **a strange woman**, and **one cursed of Yahweh** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Mouths of strange women … people who are cursed of Yahweh”
+22:14	xka4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	פִּ֣י	1	Here, **mouth** refers to the seductive things that **a strange woman** says with her **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The seductive speech of”
+22:14	xrc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	זָר֑וֹת	1	See how you translated this phrase in [2:16](../02/16.md).
+22:14	eq5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שׁוּחָ֣ה עֲ֭מֻקָּה & יפול־שָֽׁם	1	Here, Solomon speaks of the danger of obeying the seductive speech of **a strange woman** as if it were **a deep pit** that a person could **fall** into and die if they obeyed that speech. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “is extremely dangerous … will die because of it” or “is dangerous like a deep pit … will fall there and die”
+22:14	l326		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	זְע֥וּם יְ֝הוָ֗ה	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one whom Yahweh has cursed”
+22:15	fuj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אִ֭וֶּלֶת & מ֝וּסָ֗ר	1	See how you translate the abstract nouns **Folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md) and **discipline** in [13:24](../13/24.md).
+22:15	ywtt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	קְשׁוּרָ֣ה בְ⁠לֶב	1	Here, Solomon refers to **a young man** inherently thinking foolishly as if **Folly** were an object **bound up** in that person’s **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is inherently within the mind of”
+22:15	ckwo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְ⁠לֶב	1	See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
+22:15	u8h3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	נָ֑עַר & מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ	1	Here, **a boy** and **him** refer to a child in general, not a specific **boy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any child … from that child”\n
+22:15	j283		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	שֵׁ֥בֶט מ֝וּסָ֗ר	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **rod** that is used to **discipline** someone. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rod used for discipline”
+22:15	eweg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שֵׁ֥בֶט	1	See how you translated the same use of **rod** in [10:13](../10/13.md) and [13:24](../13/24.md).
+22:15	dk18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יַרְחִיקֶ֥⁠נָּה מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of **discipline** causing a child to stop being foolish as if **Folly** were an object that **the rod of discipline** could cause to go **far away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will result in him ceasing from folly”
+22:16	w7rc			עֹ֣שֵֽׁק דָּ֭ל לְ⁠הַרְבּ֣וֹת ל֑⁠וֹ נֹתֵ֥ן לְ֝⁠עָשִׁ֗יר	1	**One who oppresses**, **a lowly one**, **himself**, **one who gives**, and **a rich one** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural phrases. Alternate translation: “Any person who oppresses any lowly person to increase for himself, any person who gives to any rich person”
+22:16	fm7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דָּ֭ל	1	See how you translated the same use of **lowly** in [10:15](../10/15.md).
+22:16	grcp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	לְ⁠הַרְבּ֣וֹת	1	Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to increase wealth”\n
+22:16	ra2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֹתֵ֥ן לְ֝⁠עָשִׁ֗יר	1	This phrase refers to someone who does a different activity than the person described in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.
+22:16	rf0i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	נֹתֵ֥ן לְ֝⁠עָשִׁ֗יר	1	Solomon is leaving out some words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context and previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “one who gives gifts to a rich one to increase wealth”
+22:16	d4td		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	לְ⁠מַחְסֽוֹר	1	Here, **will be to** indicates that what follows is the result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. Alternate translation: “will result in poverty”
+22:17	lgs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַ֥ט אָזְנְ⁠ךָ֗ וּ֭⁠שְׁמַע	1	This phrase means “listen carefully.” See how you translated the same use of the shorter phrase **Incline your ear** in [4:20](../04/20.md).
+22:17	l38x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	דִּבְרֵ֣י חֲכָמִ֑ים	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:6](../01/06.md).
+22:17	pi8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ֝⁠לִבְּ⁠ךָ֗ תָּשִׁ֥ית לְ⁠דַעְתִּֽ⁠י	1	Here, **set your heart to** is an idiom that means “think carefully about.” The word **heart** here refers to a person’s mind, as in [2:2](../02/02.md). If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you must think carefully about my knowledge”
+22:17	i9n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠דַעְתִּֽ⁠י	1	Here, **knowledge** refers to the **knowledge** that Solomon wants his readers to know. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “to what I want you to know”
+22:18	kz1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּֽי	1	**For** here indicates that what follows is a reason for the commands in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do these things because”\n
+22:18	a5hd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תִשְׁמְרֵ֣⁠ם בְּ⁠בִטְנֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of remembering something as if it were an object that someone should **keep** inside that person’s **inner parts**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you remember them”
+22:18	zaoj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	תִשְׁמְרֵ֣⁠ם & יִכֹּ֥נוּ	1	Here, **them** and **they** refer to “the words of the wise” and “my knowledge” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you keep those words … those words are ready”
+22:18	av27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִכֹּ֥נוּ יַ֝חְדָּ֗ו עַל־שְׂפָתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	This clause refers to an additional condition for **it** being **pleasant**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST.
+22:18	nl9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִכֹּ֥נוּ יַ֝חְדָּ֗ו עַל־שְׂפָתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of someone always being able to repeat “the words of the wise” as if they were objects **on** someone’s **lips** that **are ready** to come out. if it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and if you are prepared to say them all”
+22:19	xrwq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת & מִבְטַחֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	**For** here indicates that what follows is the purpose for the second clause in this verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a purpose for what comes after. Alternate translation: “In order for your trust to be”
+22:19	a02b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	הוֹדַעְתִּ֖י⁠ךָ	1	Solomon uses the past tense here in order to refer to something that is happening while he is writing these verses, which is the time he calls **today**. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the present tense. Alternate translation: “I am causing you to know”
+22:19	w6fc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	הוֹדַעְתִּ֖י⁠ךָ	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from [22:17](../22/17.md) if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I have caused you to know the words of the wise”
+22:19	wr39			אַף־אָֽתָּה	1	Here, Solomon repeats **you** to emphasize to whom he is teaching these proverbs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “yes, I have taught you”
+22:20	bb5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֤א כָתַ֣בְתִּי	1	This phrase indicates that Solomon is using the question form in this verse and the next verse in order to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I have surely written”
+22:20	gv66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense	הֲ⁠לֹ֤א כָתַ֣בְתִּי	1	Solomon uses the past tense here in order to refer to something that is happening while he is writing these verses, which is the time he calls **today** in the previous verse. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the present tense. Alternate translation: “Am I not writing”
+22:20	q77c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	שָׁלִישִׁ֑ים	1	Some ancient manuscripts read, “excellent sayings.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
+22:20	ukub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠מ֖וֹעֵצֹ֣ת וָ⁠דָֽעַת	1	Here, **counsels and knowledge** refer to what the **thirty things** are. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that are counsels and knowledge”
+22:20	s3i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠מ֖וֹעֵצֹ֣ת וָ⁠דָֽעַת	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **counsels** and **knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “that can counsel you and make you knowledgeable”
+22:21	q8xu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לְ⁠הוֹדִֽיעֲ⁠ךָ֗	1	This verse continues the rhetorical question that began in the previous verse. If you divide these two verses into separate sentences, then you will need to repeat part of the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I have surely written these things to cause you to know”
+22:21	d5sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	קֹ֭שְׁטְ & אֱמֶ֑ת	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **truth** in [8:7](../08/07.md) and **trustworthiness** in [3:3](../03/03.md).
+22:21	jl39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אִמְרֵ֣י אֱמֶ֑ת	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **words** that are characterized by **trustworthiness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the trustworthy words”
+22:21	r2f9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אִמְרֵ֣י & אֲמָרִ֥ים	1	See how you translated the same use of **words** in [1:23](../01/23.md).
+22:21	ygvk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לְ⁠הָשִׁ֥יב	1	Here, **to** indicates that what follows is a second purpose for Solomon writing these “words of the wise”. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a second purpose. Alternate translation: “and to return”
+22:21	f7m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠הָשִׁ֥יב	1	Here, Solomon refers to replying to someone with **trustworthy words** as if they were objects that one returns to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to reply with”
+22:21	l5jf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠שֹׁלְחֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Here, Solomon implies that he is speaking to a messenger whom his master has **sent**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to your master who sent you”
+22:22	nk4t					[22:22](../22/22.md)–[23](../22/23.md) is Saying 1 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+22:22	aq5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	דָּ֭ל & דַל־ה֑וּא & עָנִ֣י	1	Here, **a lowly one**, **he**, and **an afflicted one** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any lowly person … that person is lowly … any afflicted person”
+22:22	su1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דָּ֭ל & דַל	1	See how you translated the same use of **lowly** in [10:15](../10/15.md).
+22:22	ws7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אַל־תְּדַכֵּ֖א	1	Here, the writer refers to oppressing **an afflicted one** as if someone were crushing that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.
+22:22	z1ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַ⁠שָּֽׁעַר	1	Here, **the gate** refers to place in a city where people settled legal arguments (see [Ruth 4:1–12](../rut/04/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the place for legal arguments”\n
+22:23	a2vp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יְ֭הוָה יָרִ֣יב רִיבָ֑⁠ם	1	Here, the writer refers to **Yahweh** protecting “an afflicted one” as if he were a lawyer defending that person in court. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will protect them” or “Yahweh will protect them like a lawyer who defends them in court”
+22:23	ied3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	רִיבָ֑⁠ם & קֹבְעֵי⁠הֶ֣ם	1	In this verse, **their** and **them** refer to the afflicted and poor people referenced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the dispute of poor people … those who plunder poor people”
+22:23	c70k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רִיבָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **dispute** in [15:18](../15/18.md).
+22:23	m5k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠קָבַ֖ע & נָֽפֶשׁ	1	Here, the writer refers to **Yahweh**killing a person who tries to **plunder** a poor person as if he were a thief who plunders that person’s **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will cause to die”
+22:24	himv					[22:24](../22/24.md)–[25](../22/25.md) is Saying 2 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+22:24	w16m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אַל־תִּ֭תְרַע אֶת־בַּ֣עַל אָ֑ף וְ⁠אֶת־אִ֥ישׁ חֵ֝מוֹת לֹ֣א תָבֽוֹא	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Do not befriend an owner of nose, yes, do not go with a man of heat”
+22:24	e6fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בַּ֣עַל אָ֑ף & אִ֥ישׁ חֵ֝מוֹת	1	Here, **an owner of nose** and **a man of heat** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any owner of nose … any person of heat”
+22:24	cpi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בַּ֣עַל אָ֑ף	1	The phrase is an idiom that refers to a person who is characteristically angry. The word **nose** means “anger” by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his **nose**. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “an angry person”\n
+22:24	cc8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אִ֥ישׁ חֵ֝מוֹת	1	See how you translated this phrase in [15:18](../15/18.md).
+22:25	srzt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	פֶּן	1	Here, **lest** indicates that this verse continues the sentence that began in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Do not do that, lest”
+22:25	jz7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תֶּאֱלַ֥ף אֹֽרְחֹתָ֑יו	1	Here, the writer speaks of someone behaving like someone else as if that person **learns** the **paths** which the other person walks on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of **paths** in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “you behave like him”
+22:25	s2i8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֖ מוֹקֵ֣שׁ לְ⁠נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	Here, the writer speaks of a person causing his life to be in danger as if that person were an animal that gets caught in a **snare**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and you will put your life in danger” or “and you will be like an animal that gets caught in a snare and cannot escape”
+22:26	m26i					[22:26](../22/26.md)–[27](../22/27.md) is Saying 3 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+22:26	ftq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	אַל־תְּהִ֥י בְ⁠תֹֽקְעֵי־כָ֑ף בַּ֝⁠עֹרְבִ֗ים מַשָּׁאֽוֹת	1	In the second clause, the writer is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not be among those who clasp a palm; do not be among those who pledge for loans”
+22:26	gmwt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אַל־תְּהִ֥י בְ⁠תֹֽקְעֵי־כָ֑ף בַּ֝⁠עֹרְבִ֗ים מַשָּׁאֽוֹת	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Do not be among those who clasp a palm, yes, do not be among those who pledge for loans”
+22:26	aq44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַל־תְּהִ֥י בְ⁠תֹֽקְעֵי־כָ֑ף	1	The phrase **do not be among** could refer to: (1) not associating with **those who clasp a palm**. Alternate translation: “Do not associate with those who clasp a palm” (2) not participating in what **those who clasp a palm** do. Alternate translation: “Do not be like those who clasp a palm” or “Do not clasp a palm”
+22:26	rnd6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְ⁠תֹֽקְעֵי־כָ֑ף	1	See how you translated the same idiom in [6:1](../06/01.md) and [17:18](../17/18.md).
+22:26	wt7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּ֝⁠עֹרְבִ֗ים	1	See how you translated the same use of **pledge** in [6:1](../06/01.md).
+22:27	r204		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	אִם	1	This verse gives a reason for the commands in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do not do those things because if”\n
+22:27	p5uf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֵֽין־לְ⁠ךָ֥ לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑ם	1	Here, the writer is referring to repaying the loans mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there is no money for you to repay the loan”
+22:27	cwjf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֥⁠מָּה יִקַּ֥ח מִ֝שְׁכָּבְ⁠ךָ֗ מִ⁠תַּחְתֶּֽי⁠ךָ	1	The writing is using the question form to emphasize what will happen if a person cannot repay a loan for someone else. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “surely he will take away your bed from under you!”
+22:27	y5hd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִקַּ֥ח מִ֝שְׁכָּבְ⁠ךָ֗ מִ⁠תַּחְתֶּֽי⁠ךָ	1	This clause refers to a person who loaned money taking away the **bed** of someone because that person was unable to pay the loan that he had promised to pay for someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “should the lender take away your bed from under you because you were not able to repay the loan”
+22:28	de0m					[22:28](../22/28.md) is Saying 4 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+22:28	hrlp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַל־תַּ֭סֵּג גְּב֣וּל עוֹלָ֑ם	1	The writer implies that someone moves the **ancient boundary** in order to cheat the landowner by changing the boundaries of his land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not cheat a landowner by moving the ancient boundary”
+22:28	tb1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	גְּב֣וּל עוֹלָ֑ם	1	The phrase **ancient boundary** refers to stones that people used to mark the boundaries of the land that they owned. These boundaries were **ancient** because they were originally placed by the landowner's ancestors. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of **boundary** marker, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the stones placed long ago that mark the borders of someone’s land”
+22:28	j4id		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲבוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your ancestors”
+22:29	ep6r					[22:29](../22/29.md) is Saying 5 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+22:29	ree0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	חָזִ֡יתָ אִ֤ישׁ ׀ מָ֘הִ֤יר בִּ⁠מְלַאכְתּ֗⁠וֹ	1	Although the Hebrew text is not worded like a question, several translations make this clause into a rhetorical question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a question. Alternate translation: “Have you seen a man skilled in his work?”
+22:29	uljc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אִ֤ישׁ ׀ מָ֘הִ֤יר בִּ⁠מְלַאכְתּ֗⁠וֹ & יִתְיַצָּ֑ב & בַּל־יִ֝תְיַצֵּב	1	Here, **a skilled man**, **his**, **he**, and **himself** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “people skilled in their work; those people will station themselves … they will not station themselves”
+22:29	tf37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִֽ⁠פְנֵֽי & יִתְיַצָּ֑ב בַּל־יִ֝תְיַצֵּב לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י	1	The phrase **station himself before the face of** is an idiom that means “to enter the service of.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will enter the service of … he will not enter the service of”
+23:intro	eva7				0	# Proverbs 23 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n4. Sayings from wise men (22:17–24:22)\n    * Introduction to the sayings (22:17–21)\n    * The sayings (22:22–24:22)\n\nChapter 23 continues the section of 30 sayings by “the wise ones” that began in [22:22](../22/22.md). This chapter mostly contains longer proverbs, except for [23:9](../23/09.md) and [23:12](../23/12.md).\n
+23:1	l415					[23:1](../23/01.md)–[3](../23/03.md) is Saying 6 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+23:1	z181		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מוֹשֵׁ֑ל	1	The word **ruler** represents rulers in general, not one particular **ruler**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any ruler”
+23:1	u73h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֥ר	1	This could refer to: (1) the food that is put in front of you. Alternate translation: “what food” (2) the person seated in front of you. Alternate translation: “who”
+23:2	lu62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ שַׂכִּ֣ין בְּ⁠לֹעֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	This phrase is an idiom that means “restrain yourself.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you should cut down your appetite” or “and you should control yourself”
+23:2	frvy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בַּ֖עַל נֶ֣פֶשׁ	1	The phrase **an owner of appetite** refers to a person who likes to eat a lot. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have a big appetite” or “are a person who likes to eat”
+23:3	zkz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	לְ⁠מַטְעַמּוֹתָ֑י⁠ו	1	Here, **his** refers to the “ruler” mentioned in [23:1](../23/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that ruler’s delicious morsels”
+23:3	rn1s			וְ֝⁠ה֗וּא	1	Although **it** is singular, it refers to the **delicious morsels** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a plural form. Alternate translation: “for they”
+23:3	tjm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	לֶ֣חֶם כְּזָבִֽים	1	Here, the writer is using the possessive form to refer to **bread** that someone gives for the purpose of **lies**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is bread for deception”
+23:3	w61m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לֶ֣חֶם	1	See how you translated the same use of **bread** in [9:5](../09/05.md).
+23:4	rbf0					[23:4](../23/04.md)–[5](../23/05.md) is Saying 7 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+23:4	a4va		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִֽ⁠בִּינָתְ⁠ךָ֥ חֲדָֽל	1	This phrase could mean: (1) because you have **understanding**, you should **cease**. Alternate translation: “cease because of your understanding” (2) **from** having an incorrect understanding, which is what is described in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “cease from your wrong understanding about gaining riches”
+23:5	vjit		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲתָ֤עִיף עֵינֶ֥י⁠ךָ בּ֗⁠וֹ וְֽ⁠אֵ֫ינֶ֥⁠נּוּ	1	The writer is using the question form to emphasize how easily wealth is lost. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You will surely cause your eyes to fly to it, but it will not be there!”
+23:5	n9hd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הֲתָ֤עִיף עֵינֶ֥י⁠ךָ בּ֗⁠וֹ	1	Here, the writer speaks of someone looking at riches as if his **eyes** were a bird that could **fly** to the riches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Will you look at it”
+23:5	qvbi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בּ֗⁠וֹ וְֽ⁠אֵ֫ינֶ֥⁠נּוּ & יַעֲשֶׂה־לּ֣⁠וֹ & יָע֥וּף	1	In this verse, **it** and **itself** refers to the riches mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the riches, but they are not there … those riches will make … for themselves … those riches will fly into”
+23:5	e2wy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְֽ⁠אֵ֫ינֶ֥⁠נּוּ	1	The writer implies that a person loses his wealth as soon as he sees it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but it is lost”
+23:5	y0uz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	עָשֹׂ֣ה יַעֲשֶׂה	1	The writer is repeating the verb **make** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it will surely make”
+23:5	sp17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עָשֹׂ֣ה יַעֲשֶׂה־לּ֣⁠וֹ כְנָפַ֑יִם כְּ֝⁠נֶ֗שֶׁר יָע֥וּף הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	Here, the writer speaks of a person quickly losing his wealth as if that wealth made **wings for itself** and flew away **into the sky**. The wealth will **fly** **like an eagle** because eagles **fly** quickly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “it will surely disappear quickly” or “it will surely disappear as if it had wings and flew away quickly like an eagle”
+23:5	whha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כְּ֝⁠נֶ֗שֶׁר	1	An **eagle** is a bird that can fly quickly. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “like a quick bird”
+23:6	afl6					[23:6](../23/06.md)–[8](../23/08.md) is Saying 8 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+23:6	su9w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לֶ֭חֶם	1	See how you translated the same use of **bread** in [9:5](../09/05.md).
+23:6	k6yo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רַ֣ע עָ֑יִן & לְ⁠מַטְעַמֹּתָֽי⁠ו	1	Here, **one evil of eye** and **his** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any person evil of eye … that person’s delicious morsels”
+23:6	tqmw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	רַ֣ע עָ֑יִן	1	The phrase **one evil of eye** is an idiom that means “a stingy person.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one who is stingy”
+23:6	jtt7			לְ⁠מַטְעַמֹּתָֽי⁠ו	1	See how you translated this phrase in [23:3](../23/03.md).
+23:7	ki1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֤י	1	**For** here indicates that what follows is a reason for the commands in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Don’t do those things because”\n
+23:7	s2ae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	כְּמוֹ־שָׁעַ֥ר	1	The writer is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “like one who calculates the cost of the food”
+23:7	oai7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠נַפְשׁ֗⁠וֹ	1	Here, the writer uses **soul** to refer a person’s inner being or mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “in his mind”\n
+23:7	a1zv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אֱכֹ֣ל וּ֭⁠שְׁתֵה יֹ֣אמַר לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He will tell you to eat and drink”\n
+23:7	lbe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ֝⁠לִבּ֗⁠וֹ בַּל־עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	The phrase **his heart is not with you** is an idiom that means “he is not being sincere with you.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but he is not speaking sincerely to you” or “but he is not being honest with you”
+23:8	aw14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	פִּֽתְּ⁠ךָ־אָכַ֥לְתָּ תְקִיאֶ֑⁠נָּה	1	This clause could mean: (1) the person feels like vomiting, in which case this clause is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: “You will feel like vomiting up what you ate” (2) the person actually vomits, as in the ULT.
+23:8	pipr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תְקִיאֶ֑⁠נָּה	1	The writer could imply that the person vomits or feels like vomiting because he is so disgusted at the attitude of the stingy person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You will feel disgusted with him and vomit up”
+23:8	sc2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	פִּֽתְּ⁠ךָ	1	Here, **morsel** most likely refers to a small amount of food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your bit of food” or “your small amount of food”
+23:8	z3l6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ֝⁠שִׁחַ֗תָּ	1	Here, the writer refers to speaking **words** in vain as if they were objects that one could **ruin**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will uselessly speak”
+23:8	r0s8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	דְּבָרֶ֥י⁠ךָ הַ⁠נְּעִימִֽים	1	See how you translated the similar use of **words** in [1:23](../01/23.md).
+23:9	fp4q					[23:9](../23/09.md) is Saying 9 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+23:9	u4q5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י & אַל־תְּדַבֵּ֑ר	1	The phrase **speak in the ears** refers to speaking directly to someone so that the person can clearly hear with his **ears** what is being said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not speak directly to”
+23:9	o70i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	כְ֭סִיל & יָ֝ב֗וּז	1	See how you translated the same use of **a stupid one** and **he** in [10:18](../10/18.md).
+23:9	f7k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠שֵׂ֣כֶל	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **insight** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+23:9	wgx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִלֶּֽי⁠ךָ	1	See how you translated the similar use of **words** in [1:23](../01/23.md).
+23:10	re1w					[23:10](../23/10.md)–[11](../23/11.md) is Saying 10 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+23:10	iha4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַל־תַּ֭סֵּג גְּב֣וּל עוֹלָ֑ם	1	See how you translated this clause in [22:28](../22/28.md).
+23:10	a9cb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׂדֵ֥י יְ֝תוֹמִ֗ים אַל־תָּבֹֽא	1	The connection with the previous clause indicates that the phrase **enter into** here refers to taking over or using the land that belongs to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not take over the fields of fatherless ones” or “do not encroach on the fields of fatherless ones”
+23:10	u7re		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יְ֝תוֹמִ֗ים	1	The phrase **fatherless ones** refers to children who have lost their fathers and so do not have anyone to protect them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “children without fathers to protect them”
+23:11	p1uf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	גֹאֲלָ֥⁠ם	1	Here, **their redeemer** refers to Yahweh, who is the Redeemer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “their Redeemer”\t\r
+23:11	bgi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הֽוּא־יָרִ֖יב אֶת־רִיבָ֣⁠ם אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	Here, the writer refers to Yahweh protecting “the fatherless ones” as if he were a lawyer who defends them in a legal **dispute**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he himself will defend the orphans against you”
+23:11	sllo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	הֽוּא־יָרִ֖יב	1	The writer uses the word **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that Yahweh defends the defenseless. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “he indeed will plead”
+23:11	jouk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רִיבָ֣⁠ם	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **dispute** in [15:18](../15/18.md).
+23:12	mpsa					[23:12](../23/12.md) is Saying 11 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+23:12	ipfy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	הָבִ֣יאָ⁠ה לַ⁠מּוּסָ֣ר לִבֶּ֑⁠ךָ וְ֝⁠אָזְנֶ֗⁠ךָ לְ⁠אִמְרֵי־דָֽעַת	1	The writer is leaving out a word in the second clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply the word from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Bring your heart to correction and bring your ear to words of knowledge”
+23:12	a7oi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	הָבִ֣יאָ⁠ה לַ⁠מּוּסָ֣ר לִבֶּ֑⁠ךָ וְ֝⁠אָזְנֶ֗⁠ךָ לְ⁠אִמְרֵי־דָֽעַת	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Bring your heart to correction, yes, bring your ear to words of knowledge”
+23:12	pgj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הָבִ֣יאָ⁠ה לַ⁠מּוּסָ֣ר לִבֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	Here, **bring your heart to** is an idiom that means “think carefully about.” The word **heart** here refers to a person’s mind, as in [2:2](../02/02.md). If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of the phrase “set your heart to” in [22:17](../22/17.md). Alternate translation: “Think carefully about correction”\n
+23:12	v2r3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לַ⁠מּוּסָ֣ר	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **correction** in [3:11](../03/11.md).
+23:12	jul6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ֝⁠אָזְנֶ֗⁠ךָ	1	See how you translated the same use of **ear** in [22:17](../22/17.md).
+23:12	gn45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	לְ⁠אִמְרֵי־דָֽעַת	1	See how you translated **words of knowledge** in [19:27](../19/27.md).
+23:13	uhz1					[23:13](../23/13.md)–[14](../23/14.md) is Saying 12 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+23:13	r8dq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אַל־תִּמְנַ֣ע & מוּסָ֑ר	1	Here, the writer speaks of refusing to **discipline** a child as if **discipline** were an object that a parent refuses to give to his child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not neglect to discipline”
+23:13	qfa7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מוּסָ֑ר	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **discipline** in [13:24](../13/24.md).
+23:13	xirt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מִ⁠נַּ֣עַר & תַכֶּ֥⁠נּוּ & לֹ֣א יָמֽוּת	1	Here, **a boy**, **him**, and **he** refer to children in general, not to a specific **boy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated the same use of **boy** and **he** in [22:6](../22/06.md). Alternate translation: “from any child … you strike that child … that child will not die”
+23:13	uavh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תַכֶּ֥⁠נּוּ בַ֝⁠שֵּׁ֗בֶט	1	This phrase refers to a form of punishment that involved hitting a person with a **rod**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general expression for physical punishment. Alternate translation: “you punish him physically” or “you punish him by hitting him with a rod”\n
+23:14	jx2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּ⁠שֵּׁ֣בֶט תַּכֶּ֑⁠נּוּ	1	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
+23:14	n86g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ֝⁠נַפְשׁ֗⁠וֹ & תַּצִּֽיל	1	Here, **and** introduces the result of obeying the command stated in the previous clause. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate results. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “If you do these things, then you will rescue his life” or “This will result in you rescuing his life”\n
+23:14	fwe9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ֝⁠נַפְשׁ֗⁠וֹ מִ⁠שְּׁא֥וֹל תַּצִּֽיל	1	Here, the writer speaks of someone preventing his child from dying as if he were rescuing **his life from Sheol**, which is the place where people’s spirits go when they die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will keep him alive”
+23:15	c9zs					[23:15](../23/15.md)–[16](../23/16.md) is Saying 13 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+23:15	p7th		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בְּ֭נִ⁠י	1	Although the term **son** is masculine, the writer is using this word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how you translated the same use of **son** in [10:1](../10/01.md).
+23:15	wwa4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לִבֶּ֑⁠ךָ & לִבִּ֣⁠י	1	In this verse, **heart** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [14:10](../14/10.md).
+23:16	mx6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כִלְיוֹתָ֑⁠י	1	Here, **inner parts** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.
+23:16	sij3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	שְׂ֝פָתֶ֗י⁠ךָ	1	Here, **lips** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.
+23:17	bxdp					[23:17](../23/17.md)–[18](../23/18.md) is Saying 14 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+23:17	zgy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לִ֭בְּ⁠ךָ	1	Here, **heart** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [14:10](../14/10.md).
+23:17	nh9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	כִּ֥י אִם־בְּ⁠יִרְאַת־יְ֝הוָ֗ה	1	The writer is leaving out a word that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but rather continue in the fear of Yahweh”
+23:17	jzab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠יִרְאַת־יְ֝הוָ֗ה	1	See how you translated **the fear of Yahweh** in [1:7](../01/07.md).
+23:18	ld0g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּ֭י אִם־יֵ֣שׁ אַחֲרִ֑ית	1	Here, the writer implies that the contents of the verse are true if the person has “the fear of Yahweh” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If you have the fear of Yahweh, then surely there is a future”
+23:18	lfbd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יֵ֣שׁ אַחֲרִ֑ית	1	Here, the writer implies that the **future** is good and is for the person addressed as **your** in the next clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there is a good future for you”
+23:18	d3fz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ֝⁠תִקְוָתְ⁠ךָ֗ לֹ֣א תִכָּרֵֽת	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will not cut off your hope”
+23:18	vqe3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ֝⁠תִקְוָתְ⁠ךָ֗	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **hope** in [10:28](../10/28.md).
+23:18	gu9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לֹ֣א תִכָּרֵֽת	1	Here, the writer speaks of **hope** not remaining unfulfilled as if it were an object can **will not be cut off**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not remain unfulfilled” or “will not fail to become reality”
+23:18	uxul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹ֣א תִכָּרֵֽת	1	The writer is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “will surely become reality”
+23:19	jwu3					[23:19](../23/19.md)–[21](../23/21.md) is Saying 15 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+23:19	kgog		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בְנִ֣⁠י	1	See how you translated the same use of **son** in [10:1](../10/01.md).
+23:19	r8w2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וַ⁠חֲכָ֑ם	1	Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the purpose for doing what the writer commands his **son** to do in this verse. Use a connector in your language that makes indicates a purpose. See how you translated this phrase in [6:6](../06/06.md).\n
+23:19	jg2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אַשֵּׁ֖ר בַּ⁠דֶּ֣רֶךְ לִבֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	Here, the writer refers to deciding to think about the right way to behave as if someone were leading his **heart** to go on a path. The word **heart** here refers to a person’s mind, as in [2:2](../02/02.md), and **way** refers to right human behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and decide to think about right behavior”
+23:20	xyh0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַל־תְּהִ֥י בְ⁠סֹֽבְאֵי	1	See how you translated the same use of **Do not be among** in [22:26](../22/26.md).
+23:20	sag8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	בְּ⁠זֹלֲלֵ֖י בָשָׂ֣ר	1	The writer is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and do not be among gluttonous eaters of flesh”
+23:20	ssxn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בָשָׂ֣ר	1	Here, **flesh** refers to meat, which is animal **flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.
+23:21	kz43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	סֹבֵ֣א וְ֭⁠זוֹלֵל	1	Here, **one who drinks much** and **one who eats gluttonously** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any person who drinks much and any person who eats gluttonously”
+23:21	u544		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	סֹבֵ֣א וְ֭⁠זוֹלֵל	1	The writer implies that these people drink too much wine and gluttonously eat too much meat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated the similar phrases “drinkers of much wine” and “gluttonous eaters of flesh” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “one who drinks too much wine and one who gluttonously eats too much meat”
+23:21	oavg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וּ֝⁠קְרָעִ֗ים תַּלְבִּ֥ישׁ נוּמָֽה	1	Here, the writer refers to people becoming poor because they sleep too much as if **slumber** were a person who clothes those people **with rags**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they will be clothed with rags because they slept too much”
+23:21	riow		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ֝⁠קְרָעִ֗ים תַּלְבִּ֥ישׁ נוּמָֽה	1	Here, **clothe with rags** indicates that a person is so poor that they only have **rags** for clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and slumber will make one so poor that he only has rags to wear”
+23:22	figy					[23:22](../23/22.md)–[25](../23/25.md) is Saying 16 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+23:23	zp6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֱמֶ֣ת קְ֭נֵה וְ⁠אַל־תִּמְכֹּ֑ר	1	Here, the writer speaks of learning and remembering **truth** as if it were an object that someone can **Acquire** and **sell**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Learn truth and do not forget it”
+23:23	aooc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אֱמֶ֣ת & חָכְמָ֖ה וּ⁠מוּסָ֣ר וּ⁠בִינָֽה	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **truth** in [8:7](../08/07.md) and **wisdom**, **instruction**, and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+23:23	yhtr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	וְ⁠אַל־תִּמְכֹּ֑ר	1	The writer is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “and keep it”
+23:23	i6cc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	חָכְמָ֖ה וּ⁠מוּסָ֣ר וּ⁠בִינָֽה	1	The writer is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and acquire wisdom and instruction and understanding”
+23:24	rity		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	גִּ֣יל יָ֭גִיל אֲבִ֣י צַדִּ֑יק וְיוֹלֵ֥ד חָ֝כָ֗ם יִשְׂמַח־בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The father of a righteous one, rejoicing, will rejoice; yes, one who begets a wise one, he will be glad in him”
+23:24	rzg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אֲבִ֣י צַדִּ֑יק וְיוֹלֵ֥ד חָ֝כָ֗ם & בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	**The father**, **a righteous one**, **one who begets**, **a wise one**, and **him** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any father of any righteous person … and any person who begets any wise person … in that person”
+23:24	qls1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication	גִּ֣יל יָ֭גִיל	1	The writer is repeating the verb **rejoice** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “he will greatly rejoice”\n
+23:24	b6a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	The word translated as **in** indicates that what follows is the reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “on account of him”
+23:25	wtse		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	יִֽשְׂמַח־אָבִ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אִמֶּ֑⁠ךָ וְ֝⁠תָגֵ֗ל יֽוֹלַדְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “May your father and your mother be glad; yes, may she who bore you rejoice”
+23:25	m9q7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	יִֽשְׂמַח־אָבִ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אִמֶּ֑⁠ךָ וְ֝⁠תָגֵ֗ל יֽוֹלַדְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	The writer is using an appeal statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command form. Alternate translation: “Make your father and your mother be glad, and make she who bore you rejoice”
+23:25	ao7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	יִֽשְׂמַח־אָבִ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אִמֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	This verse states the intended result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is what should be the result of what came before. Alternate translation: “Therefore, may your father and your mother be glad”
+23:26	c77m					[23:26](../23/26.md)–[28](../23/28.md) is Saying 17 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+23:26	ds3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תְּנָֽ⁠ה & לִבְּ⁠ךָ֣ לִ֑⁠י	1	Here, the writer refers to paying careful attention to someone as if the **son** were to **give** his **heart** to him. The word **heart** here refers to a person’s mind, as in [2:2](../02/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay careful attention to me”
+23:26	s0t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	וְ֝⁠עֵינֶ֗י⁠ךָ דְּרָכַ֥⁠י תִּצֹּֽרְנָה	1	The writer is using an appeal statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command form. Alternate translation: “and make your eyes watch my ways”
+23:26	zdk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ֝⁠עֵינֶ֗י⁠ךָ & תִּצֹּֽרְנָה	1	Here, **eyes** the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and may you look carefully at”
+23:26	me0c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דְּרָכַ֥⁠י	1	See how you translated the same use of **ways** in [3:6](../03/06.md).
+23:27	b64j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	כִּֽי־שׁוּחָ֣ה עֲמֻקָּ֣ה זוֹנָ֑ה וּ⁠בְאֵ֥ר צָ֝רָ֗ה נָכְרִיָּֽה	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “For a prostitute is a deep pit, yes, and a foreign woman is a narrow well”
+23:27	squ9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	שׁוּחָ֣ה עֲמֻקָּ֣ה זוֹנָ֑ה וּ⁠בְאֵ֥ר צָ֝רָ֗ה נָכְרִיָּֽה	1	Here, **a prostitute**, **a deep pit**, **a foreign woman**, and **a narrow well** refer to these things and types of people in general, not to specific things or people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any prostitute is a deep pit, and any foreign woman is a narrow well”
+23:27	y9ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שׁוּחָ֣ה עֲמֻקָּ֣ה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [22:14](../22/14.md).
+23:27	i17l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נָכְרִיָּֽה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [2:16](../02/16.md).
+23:27	zt34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בְאֵ֥ר צָ֝רָ֗ה	1	Here, the writer speaks of the inescapable danger of **a foreign woman** as if she were a **narrow well** that a person could fall into and not get out of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and … is dangerous” or “and … is dangerous like a narrow well”\n
+23:28	acrj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	הִ֭יא כְּ⁠חֶ֣תֶף תֶּֽאֱרֹ֑ב	1	Here, the writer compares a prostitute to a **robber** who **lies in wait** because she wants to get the man’s money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. See how you translated **lies in wait** in [7:12](../07/12.md). Alternate translation: “she herself lies in wait to steal a man’s money like a robber”
+23:28	r31o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	הִ֭יא & תֶּֽאֱרֹ֑ב	1	The writer uses the word **herself** to emphasize who harms men. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “she is the very one who lies in wait”
+23:28	x4yu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ֝⁠בוֹגְדִ֗ים & תּוֹסִֽף	1	Here, the writer speaks of a prostitute causing men to act unfaithfully as if she were adding them to a group of **treacherous ones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and she causes more men to become treacherous”
+23:28	d1kh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	בְּ⁠אָדָ֥ם	1	In this verse, the word **man** is singular in form, but it refers to all men as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly, as in the UST.
+23:29	hvmg					[23:29](../23/29.md)–[35](../23/35.md) is Saying 18 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+23:29	l7du		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לְ⁠מִ֨י א֥וֹי לְ⁠מִ֪י אֲב֡וֹי לְ⁠מִ֤י מדונים ׀ לְ⁠מִ֥י שִׂ֗יחַ לְ֭⁠מִי פְּצָעִ֣ים חִנָּ֑ם לְ֝⁠מִ֗י חַכְלִל֥וּת עֵינָֽיִם	1	The writer uses these questions to prepare the reader for the point he is about to make about “those who linger over wine” in the next verse. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what kind of person has woe, sorrow, quarrels, lament, wounds without reason, and dullness of eyes.”
+23:29	baid		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠מִ֨י א֥וֹי לְ⁠מִ֪י אֲב֡וֹי לְ⁠מִ֤י מדונים ׀ לְ⁠מִ֥י שִׂ֗יחַ	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **woe**, **sorrow**, **quarrels**, and **lament**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Who is woeful? Who is sorrowful? Who is quarrelsome? Who laments?”
+23:29	yw3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	חַכְלִל֥וּת עֵינָֽיִם	1	The phrase **dullness of eyes** refers to **eyes** that look red because a person drank too much alcohol. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is red eyes, like the color of blood” or “is bloodshot eyes”
+23:30	kqg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לַֽ⁠מְאַחֲרִ֥ים עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑יִן	1	This verse answers the rhetorical questions in the previous verse. If you did not use questions in the previous verse, then you may need to adjust this sentence. Alternate translation: “The kind of people who do these things are those who linger over wine”
+23:30	g2tp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לַֽ⁠מְאַחֲרִ֥ים עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑יִן	1	Here, the writer refers to people who use a lot of time drinking a lot of wine as if they were lingering **over wine**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For those who spend many hours drinking wine” or “For those who drink more and more wine”
+23:30	t96n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לַ֝⁠בָּאִ֗ים לַ⁠חְקֹ֥ר מִמְסָֽךְ	1	Here, the writer implies that these people **search out mixed wine** in order to drink it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for those coming to search out and drink mixed wine”
+23:30	qrqd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִמְסָֽךְ	1	In ancient Israel, people often prepared **wine** for drinking by mixing it with water. See how you translated “mixed her wine” in [9:2](../09/02.md) and the similar expression in [9:5](../09/05.md).
+23:31	v5x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַל־תֵּ֥רֶא	1	Here, **look at** implies looking at with pleasure or with the desire to drink the **wine**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not look with desire for”
+23:31	u5q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	כִּ֪י יִתְאַ֫דָּ֥ם כִּֽי־יִתֵּ֣ן בַּכּ֣וֹס עֵינ֑⁠וֹ יִ֝תְהַלֵּ֗ךְ בְּ⁠מֵישָׁרִֽים	1	These three clauses give reasons why someone is tempted to drink **wine**, in contrast to the command to **not look at** it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this contrast more explicit. Alternate translation: “despite it being red, giving its eye in the cup, and going with evenness”
+23:31	ducn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יִתֵּ֣ן בַּכּ֣וֹס עֵינ֑⁠וֹ	1	The phrase **it gives eye** refers to the way **wine** gleams or reflects light inside a **cup**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it gleams in the cup”
+23:31	pcbf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִ֝תְהַלֵּ֗ךְ בְּ⁠מֵישָׁרִֽים	1	Here, the writer implies that the **wine** **goes** down a person’s throat smoothly when he drinks it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it flows down one’s through smoothly”
+23:32	ip9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אַ֭חֲרִית⁠וֹ כְּ⁠נָחָ֣שׁ יִשָּׁ֑ךְ וּֽ⁠כְ⁠צִפְעֹנִ֥י יַפְרִֽשׁ	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Its end bites like a snake, yes, it stings like a viper”
+23:32	t2m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַ֭חֲרִית⁠וֹ	1	**Its end** refers to the result of drinking too much wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The result of drinking too much of it”
+23:32	lpa4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠נָחָ֣שׁ יִשָּׁ֑ךְ	1	The writer is saying that the result of drinking too much wine is **like a snake** biting the person because it harms a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is harm” or “harms the person”
+23:32	cr4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וּֽ⁠כְ⁠צִפְעֹנִ֥י יַפְרִֽשׁ	1	The writer is saying that the result of drinking too much wine is **like a viper** stinging the person because it harms a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and it harms the person”
+23:33-35	ser4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֵ֭ינֶי⁠ךָ יִרְא֣וּ זָר֑וֹת	1	The writer implies that what is described in these verses is what someone experiences when he drinks too much alcohol. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things will happen if you drink too much wine: your eyes will see strange things”
+23:33	qfg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	עֵ֭ינֶי⁠ךָ & וְ֝⁠לִבְּ⁠ךָ֗	1	In this verse, **eyes** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **eyes** in [23:26](../23/26.md).
+23:33	feum		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ֝⁠לִבְּ⁠ךָ֗ יְדַבֵּ֥ר תַּהְפֻּכֽוֹת	1	Here, **heart** could refer to: (1) the whole person, as in [12:23](../12/23.md) and the UST. (2) the person’s mind, in which case the mind would be speaking to itself. Alternate translation: “and your mind will tell you confusing things” or “and your mind will be confused”
+23:34	ezl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ֭⁠הָיִיתָ כְּ⁠שֹׁכֵ֣ב בְּ⁠לֶב־יָ֑ם וּ֝⁠כְ⁠שֹׁכֵ֗ב בְּ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ חִבֵּֽל	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “And you will be like one who lies down in the heart of the sea, yes, like one who lies down at the head of a mast”
+23:34	s7qb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠שֹׁכֵ֣ב בְּ⁠לֶב־יָ֑ם	1	The writer is saying that a drunk person is like someone **who lies down in the heart of the sea** because that person feels dizzy, nauseous, and unsteady like someone on a boat in the middle of the ocean. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “dizzy and nauseous”
+23:34	owzj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠לֶב־יָ֑ם	1	Here, **heart** refers to middle of **the sea**, which is far away from land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the sea” or “far out in the ocean”
+23:34	q7lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וּ֝⁠כְ⁠שֹׁכֵ֗ב בְּ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ חִבֵּֽל	1	The writer is saying that a drunk person is like someone **who lies down at the head of a mast** because that person feels dizzy and stumbles like someone who sways back and forth at the top of the mast of a ship in the ocean. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and swaying from side to side”
+23:34	lxy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְּ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ חִבֵּֽל	1	The phrase **head of a mast** refers to the top of a long wooden pole to which a large cloth called a sail was attached for the purpose of sailing a ship. This part of the ship would move back and forth more than any other part of the ship, so someone **at the head of a mast** could easily become dizzy. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of **mast**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “at the highest point on a ship”
+23:35	c4na		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	הִכּ֥וּ⁠נִי	1	This verse describes what a drunk person would say, who was referred to as “you” in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation.
+23:35	kzm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	הִכּ֥וּ⁠נִי בַל־חָלִיתִי֮	1	The drunk person implies a strong contrast between the first clause and the second. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They struck me. However, I was not hurt”
+23:35	tze3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	הֲלָמ֗וּ⁠נִי בַּל־יָ֫דָ֥עְתִּי	1	The drunk person implies a strong contrast between the first clause and the second. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They beat me. However, I did not know”
+23:35	d953		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מָתַ֥י אָקִ֑יץ	1	The drunk person uses a question in order to emphasize his desire to be **awake**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I want to wake up!”
+23:35	d6ej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מָתַ֥י אָקִ֑יץ	1	Here, **wake up** refers to the drunk person becoming sober again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “When will I sober up”
+23:35	lesx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	א֝וֹסִ֗יף אֲבַקְשֶׁ֥⁠נּוּ עֽוֹד	1	The words **add** and **seek it again** express a single idea. The word **add** emphasizes the repetition of seeking more wine to drink. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “I will seek it yet again”
+23:35	r9kx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֲבַקְשֶׁ֥⁠נּוּ עֽוֹד	1	The drunk person implies that he will **seek** more wine and drink it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will seek wine to drink again”
+24:intro	nl8m				0	# Proverbs 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n4. Sayings from wise men (22:17–24:22)\n    * Introduction to the sayings (22:17–21)\n    * The sayings (22:22–24:22)\n5. More sayings from wise men (24:23–34)\n\n[24:1](../24/01.md)–[22](../24/22.md) finishes the section of 30 sayings by “the wise ones” that began in [22:22](../22/22.md). This section mostly contains longer proverbs, except for [24:7](../24/07.md) and [24:10](../24/10.md).\n\n[24:23](../24/23.md)–[34](../24/34.md) contain an additional short collection of sayings by “the wise ones.” This section contains proverbs of varying lengths, the longest being [24:30](../24/30.md)–[34](../24/34.md).\n
+24:1	d1dq				0	[24:1](../24/01.md)–[2](../24/02.md) is Saying 19 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+24:1	wcy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י רָעָ֑ה	1	Here, the writer is using the possessive form to describe **men** who are characterized by **evil**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of evil men”
+24:1	el7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בְּ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, the writer is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of people of”
+24:2	m8px			יֶהְגֶּ֣ה לִבָּ֑⁠ם	1	Although **heart** is singular, it refers to all the hearts of the people who plot **violence**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the plural form. Alternate translation: “their hearts plot”
+24:2	dw7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לִבָּ֑⁠ם & שִׂפְתֵי⁠הֶ֥ם	1	Here, **hearts** and **lips** refer to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.
+24:2	es5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	שֹׁ֭ד	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **violence** in [3:31](../03/31.md).
+24:2	w47q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ֝⁠עָמָ֗ל	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trouble**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and … what troubles people”
+24:3	f9id					[24:3](../24/03.md)–[4](../24/04.md) is Saying 20 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+24:3	hiy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ֭⁠חָכְמָה & וּ֝⁠בִ⁠תְבוּנָ֗ה	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+24:3	q4cp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִבָּ֣נֶה בָּ֑יִת & יִתְכּוֹנָֽן	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone builds a house … someone establishes it”
+24:3	mq3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִתְכּוֹנָֽן	1	Here, the word translated as **established** refers to being stable and secure. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is secure”\n\n
+24:4	ry4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ֭⁠בְ⁠דַעַת	1	See how you translated the abstract noun knowledge in [1:4](../01/04.md).
+24:4	qs01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	חֲדָרִ֣ים יִמָּלְא֑וּ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone fills the rooms”
+24:4	olo1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	חֲדָרִ֣ים	1	The writer implies that these are **the rooms** in the house described in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the rooms of that house”
+24:5	lfm0				0	[24:5](../24/05.md)–[6](../24/06.md) is Saying 21 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+24:5	otjk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	גֶּֽבֶר־חָכָ֥ם & וְ⁠אִֽישׁ־דַּ֝֗עַת	1	Although the term **man** is masculine, the writer is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Any person of wisdom … and any person of knowledge”
+24:5	x64e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	גֶּֽבֶר־חָכָ֥ם	1	Here, the writer is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **wisdom**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A wise man”
+24:5	my2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	חָכָ֥ם בַּ⁠ע֑וֹז & דַּ֝֗עַת & כֹּֽחַ	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wisdom**, **strength**, **knowledge**, and **power**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md) and **knowledge** in [1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “what is wise is with what is strong … what is knowledgeable … what is powerful”
+24:5	ycd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠אִֽישׁ־דַּ֝֗עַת	1	Here, the writer is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **knowledge**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and a knowledgeable man”
+24:6	e43z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְ֭⁠תַחְבֻּלוֹת	1	See how you translated **guidance** in [20:18](../20/18.md).
+24:6	m7xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תַּעֲשֶׂה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ מִלְחָמָ֑ה	1	The writer implies fighting a successful **war**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you successfully make war for yourself”
+24:6	nll1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ֝⁠תְשׁוּעָ֗ה בְּ⁠רֹ֣ב יוֹעֵֽץ	1	See how you translated the same clause in [11:14](../11/14.md).
+24:7	krxt				0	[24:7](../24/07.md) is Saying 22 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+24:7	r9t9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	רָאמ֣וֹת לֶֽ⁠אֱוִ֣יל	1	Here, **high** is an idiom that means “too difficult to understand.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are over the head of a fool” or “are too difficult for a fool to understand”
+24:7	jus1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לֶֽ⁠אֱוִ֣יל & לֹ֣א יִפְתַּח־פִּֽי⁠הוּ	1	Here, **a fool**, **he**, and **his** represent fools in general, not a specific **fool**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “for any fool … that person will not open that person’s own mouth”
+24:7	wny8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּ֝⁠שַּׁ֗עַר	1	See how you translated the same use of **gate** in [22:22](../22/22.md).
+24:7	e2pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֹ֣א יִפְתַּח־פִּֽי⁠הוּ	1	Here, **open his mouth** refers to a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will not speak”
+24:8	a5cj				0	[24:8](../24/08.md)–[9](../24/09.md) is Saying 23 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+24:8	qfes		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מְחַשֵּׁ֥ב & ל֝֗⁠וֹ	1	**One who plans** and **him** represent a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who plans … that person”
+24:8	j0if		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠הָרֵ֑עַ	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md).
+24:8	f9l9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בַּֽעַל־מְזִמּ֥וֹת	1	Here, the writer refers to a person who has many **schemes** as **a master of schemes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a person with many schemes” or “a troublemaker”
+24:9	tto5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	זִמַּ֣ת אִוֶּ֣לֶת & לֵֽץ	1	**A scheme of folly** and **a mocker** refer to schemes and mockers in general, not a specific **scheme** or **mocker**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any scheme of folly … any mocker”
+24:9	q23j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	זִמַּ֣ת אִוֶּ֣לֶת	1	Here, the writer is using the possessive form to describe a **scheme** that is characterized by **folly**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A scheme characterized by folly”
+24:9	f98i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אִוֶּ֣לֶת & וְ⁠תוֹעֲבַ֖ת	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md) and **abomination** in [3:32](../03/32.md).
+24:9	kjtu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לְ⁠אָדָ֣ם	1	The word **man** represents people in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “to mankind”
+24:10	eko6				0	[24:10](../24/10.md) is Saying 24 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+24:10	spnp			הִ֭תְרַפִּיתָ	1	Alternate translation: “If you falter”
+24:10	vioj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בְּ⁠י֥וֹם צָרָ֗ה	1	Here, **the day of distress** refers to this type of **day** in general, not a particular **day of distress**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in any day of distress”\n
+24:10	kxb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠י֥וֹם צָרָ֗ה	1	Here, **day** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 24-hour length of time. See how you translated the same use of **day** in [21:31](../21/31.md).
+24:10	xwur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	צָרָ֗ה & כֹּחֶֽ⁠כָה	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **distress** in [1:27](../01/27.md) and **strength** in [5:10](../05/10.md).
+24:10	dbq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	צַ֣ר	1	Here, the writer refers to **your strength** being restricted or limited as if it were in a **narrow** place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is restrained”
+24:11	in3v				0	[24:11](../24/11.md)–[12](../24/12.md) is Saying 25 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+24:11	tqxi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	הַ֭צֵּל לְקֻחִ֣ים לַ⁠מָּ֑וֶת וּ⁠מָטִ֥ים לַ֝⁠הֶ֗רֶג אִם־תַּחְשֽׂוֹךְ	1	The two clauses in this verse say the same thing, but the phrases in the second clause are in reverse order. This is a literary device called a chiasm. Here, the writer does this in order to emphasize the importance of rescuing these people. See the discussion of chiasms in the [book introduction](../front/intro.md).
+24:11	fxjs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְקֻחִ֣ים לַ⁠מָּ֑וֶת וּ⁠מָטִ֥ים לַ֝⁠הֶ֗רֶג	1	The writer implies that these people are wrongfully **taken to the death** and **stagger to the slaughter**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those who are wrongfully take to the death, and those who wrongfully stagger to the slaughter”
+24:11	xc8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לְקֻחִ֣ים	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom people take”
+24:11	n8k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לַ⁠מָּ֑וֶת & לַ֝⁠הֶ֗רֶג	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **death** in [2:18](../02/18.md) and **slaughter** in [7:22](../07/22.md).
+24:11	ux7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וּ⁠מָטִ֥ים לַ֝⁠הֶ֗רֶג אִם־תַּחְשֽׂוֹךְ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and if only you would hold back those who stagger to the slaughter”
+24:11	ru95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	אִם־תַּחְשֽׂוֹךְ	1	The writer is using a conditional statement to give a plea or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a plea or command form. Alternate translation: “I beg you to hold back” or “you must hold back”
+24:11	jm1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אִם־תַּחְשֽׂוֹךְ	1	Here, the writer refers to preventing the **slaughter** of these people as if one were holding them back from going to the place where they would be killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if only you would stop it” or “you must stop it”
+24:12	kk0m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כִּֽי־תֹאמַ֗ר	1	Here, the writer implies that the speaker did **know** and is lying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If you lie by saying”
+24:12	k5el		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	תֹאמַ֗ר הֵן֮ לֹא־יָדַ֪עְנ֫וּ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that, behold, you did not know this”
+24:12	akd7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הֵן֮	1	The speaker is using the term **Behold** to focus attention on what he is about to say, which is an objection to an unspoken accusation. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “We have done nothing wrong”
+24:12	te8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	זֶ֥ה	1	Here, **this** refers to what is happening to “those who are taken for the death,” who are also “those who stagger to the slaughter” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that those people were being taken to die” or “that those people were being unjustly killed”
+24:12	yi61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲֽ⁠לֹא־תֹ֘כֵ֤ן לִבּ֨וֹת ׀ הֽוּא־יָבִ֗ין וְ⁠נֹצֵ֣ר נַ֭פְשְׁ⁠ךָ ה֣וּא יֵדָ֑ע וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֖יב לְ⁠אָדָ֣ם כְּ⁠פָעֳלֽ⁠וֹ	1	The writer is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he, the examiner of hearts, surely understands, and he, the guard of your life, surely knows, and he will surely give back to a man according to his work!”
+24:12	zda4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	הֲֽ⁠לֹא־תֹ֘כֵ֤ן לִבּ֨וֹת ׀ הֽוּא־יָבִ֗ין וְ⁠נֹצֵ֣ר נַ֭פְשְׁ⁠ךָ ה֣וּא יֵדָ֑ע וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֖יב	1	In this verse, **he** refers to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not Yahweh, the examiner of hearts, understand, and Yahweh, the guard of your life, know; and Yahweh will give back”
+24:12	uj4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תֹ֘כֵ֤ן לִבּ֨וֹת	1	Here, the writer speaks of one who discerns what people are thinking as if he were an **examiner of hearts**. The word **hearts** here refers to a human minds, as in [15:11](../15/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the discerner of minds”
+24:12	yuyw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נֹצֵ֣ר נַ֭פְשְׁ⁠ךָ ה֣וּא	1	Here, the writer speaks of someone who keeps a person alive as if he were **the guard** of that person’s **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he, the one who preserves your life”
+24:12	p0wc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֖יב לְ⁠אָדָ֣ם	1	Here, the writer refers to Yahweh causing **a man** to receive what he deserves for **his work** as if Yahweh were giving something **back** to that **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And he will make sure a man receives what is due to him”\n
+24:12	m55q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	לְ⁠אָדָ֣ם כְּ⁠פָעֳלֽ⁠וֹ	1	Although **man** and **he** are masculine, the writer is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person according to that person’s work”\n
+24:13	sb5m				0	[24:13](../24/13.md)–[14](../24/14.md) is Saying 26 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+24:13	ucwr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בְּנִ֣⁠י	1	See how you translated the same use of **son** in [10:1](../10/01.md).
+24:14	t4us		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כֵּ֤ן	1	Here, **thus** indicates that the writer is comparing **wisdom** with honey mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is similar to honey”
+24:14	n5b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	חָכְמָ֗ה	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+24:14	t0wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לְ⁠נַ֫פְשֶׁ֥⁠ךָ	1	See how you translated the same use of **soul** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
+24:14	p0q9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מָ֭צָאתָ	1	See how you translated the same use of **find** in [16:20](../16/20.md).
+24:14	llvx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠יֵ֣שׁ אַחֲרִ֑ית וְ֝⁠תִקְוָתְ⁠ךָ֗ לֹ֣א תִכָּרֵֽת	1	See how you translated the same clauses in [23:18](../23/18.md).
+24:15	i96h				0	[24:15](../24/15.md)–[16](../24/16.md) is Saying 27 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+24:15	ypq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַל־תֶּאֱרֹ֣ב רָ֭שָׁע לִ⁠נְוֵ֣ה צַדִּ֑יק	1	Here, the writer implies lying **in wait** in order to attack **the abode of the righteous one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not lie in wait like a wicked one to attack the abode of the righteous one”
+24:15	s1ww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רָ֭שָׁע & צַדִּ֑יק	1	See how you translated **a wicked one** in [9:9](../09/09.md) and **the righteous one** in [10:3](../10/03.md).
+24:16	jrm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שֶׁ֨בַע	1	Here, **seven times** is used to refer to multiple occurrences, not specifically **seven**. In Hebrew, **seven** often symbolizes the idea of completion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “numerous times”
+24:16	wh2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	צַדִּ֣יק	1	See how you translated **a righteous one** in [9:9](../09/09.md).
+24:16	k8ly		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִפּ֣וֹל & וָ⁠קָ֑ם	1	Here, the writer speaks of someone experiencing disaster as if that person **falls**, and recovering from that disaster as if that person **rises up**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will experience disaster and recover from it”\n
+24:16	u49k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִכָּשְׁל֥וּ בְ⁠רָעָֽה	1	Here, the writer speaks of someone experiencing **calamity** as if that person stumbled into it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experience calamity”
+24:16	ze9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְ⁠רָעָֽה	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **calamity** in [1:26](../01/26.md).
+24:17	rpu6				0	[24:17](../24/17.md)–[18](../24/18.md) is Saying 28 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+24:17	vm5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בִּ⁠נְפֹ֣ל אֽ֭וֹיִבְךָ אַל־תִּשְׂמָ֑ח וּ֝⁠בִ⁠כָּשְׁל֗⁠וֹ אַל־יָגֵ֥ל לִבֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “When your enemy falls, do not be glad, yes, when he stumbles do not let your heart rejoice”
+24:17	t9ei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בִּ⁠נְפֹ֣ל אֽ֭וֹיִבְךָ & וּ֝⁠בִ⁠כָּשְׁל֗⁠וֹ	1	Here, **falls** and **stumbles** both refer to experiencing disaster. See how you translated the same use of **falls** and “stumble” in the previous verse.
+24:17	by2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לִבֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	Here, **heart** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [14:10](../14/10.md).
+24:18	kg7o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	פֶּן־יִרְאֶ֣ה יְ֭הוָה	1	Here, **lest** indicates that what follows is the result of doing what the writer prohibited in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result for not obeying a prohibition. Alternate translation: “otherwise, Yahweh will see”
+24:18	vv5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִרְאֶ֣ה יְ֭הוָה	1	Here, **see** refers to perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh perceive”\n
+24:18	oony		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠רַ֣ע בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	The phrase **evil in his eyes** refers to having a negative opinion of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **in his eyes** in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “and he will think negatively of it”\n
+24:18	r4s7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֖יב	1	Here, **and** introduces the result of something being **evil in his eyes**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will turn away”\n
+24:18	b18i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֖יב מֵ⁠עָלָ֣י⁠ו אַפּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, the writer refers to **Yahweh** ceasing to feel something about someone or to do something to someone as if he were turning **his nose** **away** from that person. Here, **nose** could refer to: (1) anger, as in [15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “and he ceases from being angry with him” (2) the punishment **Yahweh** does to someone with whom he is angry. Alternate translation: “and he ceases punishing him”
+24:19	pz3e				0	[24:19](../24/19.md)–[20](../24/20.md) is Saying 29 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+24:19	f156		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אַל־תִּתְחַ֥ר	1	Here, **hot** refers to an intense emotion, which causes a person’s body to become **hot**. This emotion could be: (1) worry or anxiety. Alternate translation: “Do not make yourself fret” (2) anger, as does “heat” in [6:34](../06/34.md). Alternate translation: “Do not make yourself angry”
+24:20	dbvo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֤י	1	**For** here indicates that what follows is a reason for the commands in the previous verse. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Do not do these things because”\n
+24:20	jelg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַחֲרִ֣ית	1	Here, the writer refers to **a future** that is good. See how you translated the same use of **future** in [23:18](../23/18.md).
+24:20	s8z1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לָ⁠רָ֑ע	1	See how you translated **an evil one** in [17:11](../17/11.md).
+24:20	mmf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נֵ֖ר רְשָׁעִ֣ים יִדְעָֽךְ	1	See how you translated the same clause in [13:9](../13/09.md).
+24:21	j1fr				0	[24:21](../24/21.md)–[22](../24/22.md) is Saying 30 of the 30 “words of the wise ones.”
+24:21	qm8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בְּנִ֣⁠י	1	See how you translated the same use of **son** in [10:1](../10/01.md).
+24:21	vvr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וָ⁠מֶ֑לֶךְ	1	See how you translated **the king** in [16:15](../16/15.md).
+24:21	mt2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שׁ֝וֹנִ֗ים	1	Here, **ones who change** refers to people who **change** from respecting authorities, such as **Yahweh and the king**, to rebelling against them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ones who rebel”
+24:22	t6cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אֵידָ֑⁠ם	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **calamity** in [1:26](../01/26.md).
+24:22	cjvi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יָק֣וּם	1	Here, the writer speaks of **calamity** occurring as if it were an object that arises. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will occur”
+24:22	jzb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וּ⁠פִ֥יד שְׁ֝נֵי⁠הֶ֗ם מִ֣י יוֹדֵֽעַ	1	The writer is using the question form to emphasize the how terrible the **destruction** will be. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “and no one knows how terrible the destruction of the two of them will be!”
+24:22	ub7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שְׁ֝נֵי⁠הֶ֗ם	1	This phrase refers to “Yahweh and the king” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh and the king”
+24:23	jq5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	גַּם־אֵ֥לֶּה לַֽ⁠חֲכָמִ֑ים	1	**These** here refers to a new collection of proverbs that continues from this verse to the last verse of this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The following proverbs are additional sayings of the wise ones”
+24:23	ml44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַֽכֵּר־פָּנִ֖ים	1	**Recognizing faces** is an idiom that means “to show partiality” or “to favor” someone. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “lift the face” in [18:5](../18/05.md). Alternate translation: “Five pride of place to certain people” or “Being partial to certain people”
+24:23	m7va		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֣ט	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when judging”
+24:23	njcr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	בַּל־טֽוֹב	1	See how you translated the same use of not good in [16:29](../16/29.md).
+24:24	kxbv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אֹ֤מֵ֨ר ׀ לְ⁠רָשָׁע֮ & יִקְּבֻ֥⁠הוּ & יִזְעָמ֥וּ⁠הוּ	1	**One who says**, **the wicked one**, and **him** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who says to any wicked person … will curse that person … will denounce that person”
+24:24	ecfp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אֹ֤מֵ֨ר ׀ לְ⁠רָשָׁע֮ צַדִּ֪יק אָ֥תָּה	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “One who says to the wicked one that he is righteous”\n
+24:24	rqty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠רָשָׁע֮ צַדִּ֪יק	1	In this verse, **wicked** refers to being guilty of doing something **wicked** and **righteous** refers to being innocent of doing something **wicked**. See how you translated the same use of **wicked** and **righteous** in [17:15](../17/15.md).
+24:24	a72x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	עַמִּ֑ים	1	See how you translated the same use of **peoples** in [14:34](../14/34.md).
+24:24	lma6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְאֻמִּֽים	1	Here, **nations** refers to the people who live in those **nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of nations”
+24:25	xwv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לַ⁠מּוֹכִיחִ֥ים	1	Here, **the rebukers** refers to judges who rightly condemn guilty people for the wicked things they have done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But for those who convict the guilty ones”
+24:25	g6a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יִנְעָ֑ם	1	Here, **it** refers to the lives of **the rebukers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “life will be pleasant”
+24:25	ufh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וַֽ֝⁠עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֗ם תָּב֥וֹא בִרְכַּת־טֽוֹב	1	Here, the writer refers to people experiencing a **blessing** as if it were a person who could **come** **over** those people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they will experience a blessing of goodness”
+24:25	uy7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בִרְכַּת־טֽוֹב	1	Here, the writer is using the possessive form to describe a **blessing** that is characterized by **goodness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a good blessing”
+24:26	p6nz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	שְׂפָתַ֥יִם יִשָּׁ֑ק	1	Here, kissing someone’s **lips** is a symbolic action to show true friendship and loyalty. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “He confirms his loyalty by kissing one’s lips”
+24:26	sz6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מֵ֝שִׁ֗יב דְּבָרִ֥ים נְכֹחִֽים	1	Here, the writer refers to someone speaking an honest reply to someone else as if he were returning **straightforward words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who speaks an honest reply”
+24:27	w3gn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הָ֘כֵ֤ן בַּ⁠ח֨וּץ ׀ מְלַאכְתֶּ֗⁠ךָ וְ⁠עַתְּדָ֣⁠הּ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֣ה לָ֑⁠ךְ	1	While the first clause refers to the **work** a man must to do earn money, the second clause specifically refers to a **field** used for farming. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do your job outside and prepare your fields for farming”
+24:27	m5fn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	אַ֝חַ֗ר וּ⁠בָנִ֥יתָ	1	Solomon is using a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: “and after build”\n
+24:28	gpwg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וַ֝⁠הֲ⁠פִתִּ֗יתָ בִּ⁠שְׂפָתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	The writer is using the question form to emphasize what a person should not do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “And you should surely not deceive with your lips!”
+24:28	u5rp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠שְׂפָתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Here, **lips** refers to what people say by using their **lips**. See how you translated the same use of **lips** in [10:18](../10/18.md). Alternate translation: “by what you say”
+24:29	hu0f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אַל־תֹּאמַ֗ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָֽשָׂה־לִ֭⁠י כֵּ֤ן אֶֽעֱשֶׂה־לּ֑⁠וֹ אָשִׁ֖יב לָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ כְּ⁠פָעֳלֽ⁠וֹ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Do not say that you will do to him just as he did to you, or that you will return to the man according to his deed”
+24:29	xens		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	עָֽשָׂה & לּ֑⁠וֹ & לָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ כְּ⁠פָעֳלֽ⁠וֹ	1	Although **he**, **him**, **the man**, and **his** are masculine, the writer is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person did … to that person … to that person according to that person’s deed”\n
+24:29	u8un		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עָֽשָׂה & אֶֽעֱשֶׂה & כְּ⁠פָעֳלֽ⁠וֹ	1	The speaker implies that this **deed** was something bad or harmful to the person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did something bad … I will do something bad … according to his bad deed”
+24:30	u1ax				1	[24:30](../24/30.md)–[24:34](../24/34.md) are one long proverb that warns against being lazy.
+24:30	gims		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אָדָ֥ם חֲסַר־לֵֽב	1	See how you translated this phrase in [17:18](../17/18.md).
+24:31	chw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה	1	Here, **behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the reader to what is about to happen next in the story. See how you translated the same use of **behold** in [7:10](../07/10.md).
+24:31	p4lk			עָ֘לָ֤ה כֻלּ֨⁠וֹ ׀ קִמְּשֹׂנִ֗ים	1	Alternate translation: “all of it was overgrown with thorns” or “thorns had grown up everywhere”
+24:31	t3cs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	כֻלּ֨⁠וֹ & פָנָ֣י⁠ו	1	Here, **it** and **its** refer to all the land that includes both the field and vineyard mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of that land … that land’s face”
+24:31	qj7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כָּסּ֣וּ פָנָ֣י⁠ו חֲרֻלִּ֑ים	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “weeds covered its face”
+24:31	fuwf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	פָנָ֣י⁠ו	1	Here, **face** refers to the surface of the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “its surface”
+24:31	pmfn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠גֶ֖דֶר אֲבָנָ֣י⁠ו	1	Here, the writer is using the possessive form to describe a **wall** that is made of **stones**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and the wall made of stones”
+24:31	i63b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	נֶהֱרָֽסָה	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had collapsed”
+24:32	sfjt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וָֽ⁠אֶחֱזֶ֣ה אָ֭נֹכִֽי & רָ֝אִ֗יתִי	1	The writer is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous two verses if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “And I myself looked at that field and vineyard … I saw them”
+24:32	mxzi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	וָֽ⁠אֶחֱזֶ֣ה אָ֭נֹכִֽי	1	Here, the writer uses the word **myself** to emphasize how significant his observations about the lazy person’s land were. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “And I looked with my own eyes”
+24:32	d0wu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אָשִׁ֣ית לִבִּ֑⁠י	1	See how you translated the same use of “set your heart” in [22:17](../22/17.md).
+24:32	u9za		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לָקַ֥חְתִּי מוּסָֽר	1	See how you translated the same use of **instruction** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+24:32	ztnm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לָקַ֥חְתִּי מוּסָֽר	1	The writer assumes that his readers will understand that what follows in the next two verses is the **instruction** he refers to here. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I received the following instruction:” or “I learned the following lesson:”
+24:33	lcjn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	מְעַ֣ט שֵׁ֭נוֹת מְעַ֣ט תְּנוּמ֑וֹת מְעַ֓ט ׀ חִבֻּ֖ק יָדַ֣יִם לִ⁠שְׁכָּֽב	1	See how you translated the same clauses in [6:10](../06/10.md).
+24:34	d7gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וּ⁠בָֽא־מִתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ רֵישֶׁ֑⁠ךָ וּ֝⁠מַחְסֹרֶ֗י⁠ךָ כְּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ מָגֵֽן	1	See how you translated the almost identical clauses in [6:11](../06/11.md).
+25:intro	l94s				0	# Proverbs 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. Hezekiah’s proverbs from Solomon (25:1–29:27)\n    * Warnings and admonitions (25:1–27:27)\n    * Contrastive wise sayings (28:1–29:27)\n\nChapter 25 begins the section of the book containing proverbs written by Solomon that were copied by scribes during the reign of Hezekiah. This section contains two parts, the first part in [25:1](../25/01.md)–[27:27](../27/27.md) mostly contains proverbs that warn or admonish.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 25–27 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 25 also contains one instance of contrasting parallelism ([25:2](../25/02.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n\n### Metaphors\n\nSolomon uses many different metaphors in this chapter to warn his readers against acting unwisely. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+25:1	vnbb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	גַּם־אֵ֭לֶּה מִשְׁלֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה	1	**These** here refers to a new collection of proverbs that continues from this verse to the last verse of chapter 29. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The following proverbs are additional sayings of Solomon”
+25:1	ud20		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִשְׁלֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה	1	See how you translated **proverbs of Solomon** in [1:1](../01/01.md).
+25:1	xpi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אַנְשֵׁ֤י ׀ חִזְקִיָּ֬ה	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **the men** who served **Hezekiah**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the men who served Hezekiah”
+25:1	q9oj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הֶ֝עְתִּ֗יקוּ	1	Here, **copied** implies that **the men of Hezekiah** **copied** these **proverbs** from a scroll that was written by **Solomon** or one of his scribes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “copied from a scroll written by Solomon”
+25:2	x2ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	כְּבֹ֣ד & וּ⁠כְבֹ֥ד	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What is glorious about … but what is glorious about”
+25:2	a6tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הַסְתֵּ֣ר דָּבָ֑ר	1	Here, Solomon speaks of God making **a matter** mysterious or difficult to understand as if he were hiding it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is to make a matter mysterious”
+25:2	cj4p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	דָּבָ֑ר & דָּבָֽר	1	The word **matter** represents matters in general, not one particular **matter**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any matter … any matter”
+25:2	dg6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	חֲקֹ֣ר דָּבָֽר	1	Here, Solomon speaks of **kings** explaining **a matter** that is mysterious or difficult to understand as if they **search** for it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is to explain a mysterious matter”
+25:3	b947		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	שָׁמַ֣יִם לָ֭⁠רוּם וָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ לָ⁠עֹ֑מֶק	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Heavens are an example of height and earth is an example of depth”\n
+25:3	q5dq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לָ֭⁠רוּם & לָ⁠עֹ֑מֶק	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **height** and **depth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “for what is high … for what is deep”
+25:3	bws0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ⁠לֵ֥ב מְ֝לָכִ֗ים	1	Here, **and** indicates that Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous clause. Solomon is saying that **the heart of kings** is like **Heavens** and **earth** because they are difficult to fully understand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way the heart of kings”
+25:3	il9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠לֵ֥ב מְ֝לָכִ֗ים	1	The word **heart** represents hearts in general, not one particular **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “and the hearts of kings”
+25:3	pnqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֵ֥ב	1	See how you translated the same use of “hearts” in [15:11](../15/11.md).
+25:3	ixal		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֵ֣ין חֵֽקֶר	1	Here, Solomon speaks of it being difficult to understand **the heart of kings** as if it were something that could not be searched for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is difficult to comprehend”
+25:4	jgm1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	סִיגִ֣ים	1	The word **dross** refers to material in metal that people do not want and **the refiner** removes it by melting the metal and taking the **dross** out of the melted metal. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of process, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the unwanted material”
+25:4	q3jt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א & כֶּֽלִי	1	The word translated **and** at the beginning of this clause indicates that the event in the previous clause happens before the event in the second clause can happen. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the next event in a story. Alternate translation: “before a vessel comes out” or “then a vessel can come out”
+25:4	hzyc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א לַ⁠צֹּרֵ֣ף כֶּֽלִי	1	Here, Solomon refers to **the refiner** making **a vessel** from the **silver** mentioned in the previous clause as if that **vessel comes out** from the **silver**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and a vessel is made by the refiner”
+25:4	lovy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לַ⁠צֹּרֵ֣ף	1	Here, **the refiner** refers to someone who removes unwanted material from metal by melting the metal and taking the **dross** out of the melted metal. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of person, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the person who removes unwanted material from metal”
+25:5	utzp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	הָג֣וֹ	1	In this verse, Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous verse. In the same way that “dross” must be removed from silver in order to make a vessel, **a wicked one** must be removed from **before the face of the king** in order for that king’s **throne** to **be established**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Similarly, remove” or “So also remove”
+25:5	vy5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רָ֭שָׁע & מֶ֑לֶךְ & כִּסְאֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **a wicked one**, **the king**, and **his** refer to types of people in general, not to specific people. See how you translated the same use of **a wicked one** in [9:7](../09/07.md) and **the king** and ** his** in [16:13](../16/13.md).
+25:5	szro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠פְנֵי	1	See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [14:19](../14/19.md).
+25:5	vvu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠יִכּ֖וֹן בַּ⁠צֶּ֣דֶק כִּסְאֽ⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “by righteousness is a throne established” in [16:12](../16/12.md).
+25:6	fq5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אַל־תִּתְהַדַּ֥ר לִ⁠פְנֵי־מֶ֑לֶךְ וּ⁠בִ⁠מְק֥וֹם גְּ֝דֹלִ֗ים אַֽל־תַּעֲמֹֽד	1	The two clauses in this verse say similar things, but the phrases in the second clause are in reverse order. This is a literary device called a chiasm. Here, the writer does this in order to emphasize the importance of not honoring yourself in front of kings. See the discussion of chiasms in the [book introduction](../front/intro.md).\n
+25:6	qoi5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠פְנֵי־מֶ֑לֶךְ	1	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
+25:6	vcv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠בִ⁠מְק֥וֹם גְּ֝דֹלִ֗ים אַֽל־תַּעֲמֹֽד	1	This could refer to: (1) considering oneself to be a **great** person who belongs to a group of **great ones**. Alternate translation: “and do not consider yourself to be one of the great ones” or “and do not consider yourself to be a great one” (2) standing among a group of **great ones**. Alternate translation: “and among the great ones do not stand”
+25:7	bfqv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ט֥וֹב אֲמָר־לְ⁠ךָ֗	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “it is better for a person to say to you”
+25:7	wz9o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	לְ⁠ךָ֗ עֲֽלֵ֫ה הֵ֥נָּה	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to you that you should come up there”\n
+25:7	w69g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֲֽלֵ֫ה הֵ֥נָּה	1	**Come up** here means to move to a place near the king, which is a great honor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Come up here, near the king”
+25:7	qf2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	מֵֽ֭⁠הַשְׁפִּ֣ילְ⁠ךָ	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “than for a person to humiliate you”
+25:7	zq25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מֵֽ֭⁠הַשְׁפִּ֣ילְ⁠ךָ	1	Solomon implies that this humiliation is due to someone telling the person to move farther away from the king in order for more important people to be near him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “than to humiliate you by telling you to distance yourself from the king”
+25:7	rb8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י	1	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
+25:7	v2cr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲשֶׁ֖ר רָא֣וּ עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	This clause could refer to: (1) the **noble** mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “whom your eyes have observed” (2) what someone sees that causes them to begin the dispute mentioned in the next verse, in which case **whom** would be translated as “what” and this clause would start a new sentence that continues into the next verse. Alternate translation: “What your eyes have witnessed”
+25:7	srro		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Here, **eyes** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **eyes** in [23:26](../23/26.md).
+25:8	jabx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לָ⁠רִ֗ב	1	Here, **dispute** refers to arguing a legal case against someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to argue a legal case against your neighbor”
+25:8	t9ug		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַה־תַּ֭עֲשֶׂה בְּ⁠אַחֲרִיתָ֑⁠הּ בְּ⁠הַכְלִ֖ים אֹתְ⁠ךָ֣ רֵעֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	Solomon is using the question form to make the reader consider what would happen if they lose the **dispute**. The way in which the neighbor might put the reader to shame can be stated plainly. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you will not know what to do in its end when your neighbor humiliates you!”
+25:8	e8kg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠הַכְלִ֖ים אֹתְ⁠ךָ֣ רֵעֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	Solomon implies that **your neighbor humiliates you** because **you** lose the legal dispute. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when you lose and your neighbor humiliates you”
+25:9	lgk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	רִֽ֭יבְ⁠ךָ רִ֣יב	1	Here, **Dispute your dispute** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.
+25:9	tnmn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	רִֽ֭יבְ⁠ךָ רִ֣יב	1	This is an imperative, but it communicates a hypothetical situation. Use a form in your language that communicates this, as in the UST.
+25:9	c77l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠ס֖וֹד אַחֵ֣ר אַל־תְּגָֽל	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “uncovering a secret” in [11:13](../11/13.md).
+25:9	sr7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠ס֖וֹד אַחֵ֣ר אַל־תְּגָֽל	1	Here, **another** could refers to: (1) someone other than **your neighbor**, which would indicate telling someone else’s **secret** in order to win the **dispute** against one’s **neighbor**. Alternate translation: “and the secret of another person” (2) **your neighbor**. Alternate translation: “and the secret of that neighbor”
+25:10	mehv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	פֶּֽן	1	Here, **lest** indicates that what follows is the result of doing what Solomon prohibited in the previous verse. See how you translated the same use of **lest** in [24:18](../24/18.md).\n
+25:10	uzas		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	שֹׁמֵ֑עַ	1	Here, **one who hears** represents a type of person in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “anyone hears”
+25:10	fr3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ֝⁠דִבָּתְ⁠ךָ֗	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **rumor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and what is rumored about you”
+25:10	eedg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	לֹ֣א תָשֽׁוּב	1	Here, Solomon speaks of **the rumor** being told to many people to the degree that it ruins the person’s reputation as if **the rumor** were a person who **does not turn back** to the person it is about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not stop spreading” or “will ruin your reputation”
+25:10	b2xt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹ֣א תָשֽׁוּב	1	Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “will keep going” or “will continue to spread”
+25:11	qlbj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	תַּפּוּחֵ֣י זָ֭הָב בְּ⁠מַשְׂכִּיּ֥וֹת כָּ֑סֶף דָּ֝בָ֗ר דָּבֻ֥ר עַל־אָפְנָֽי⁠ו	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “A word spoken according to its circumstance is apples of gold in sculptures of silver”
+25:11	e2ay		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תַּפּוּחֵ֣י זָ֭הָב בְּ⁠מַשְׂכִּיּ֥וֹת כָּ֑סֶף	1	In this verse, Solomon speaks of **a word spoken according to its circumstance** pleasing those who hear it as if it were **Apples of gold in sculptures of silver**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Very pleasing” or “Like apples of gold in sculptures of silver”
+25:11	rks1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	תַּפּוּחֵ֣י זָ֭הָב בְּ⁠מַשְׂכִּיּ֥וֹת כָּ֑סֶף	1	Here, Solomon is using possessive forms to describe **Apples** made from **gold** and **sculptures** made from **silver**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “Apples made of gold in sculptures made of silver”
+25:11	shm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠מַשְׂכִּיּ֥וֹת כָּ֑סֶף	1	Here, the word translated as **sculptures** refers to **silver** that someone carved into a beautiful shape. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in beautiful carvings of silver”
+25:11	kket		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	דָּ֝בָ֗ר	1	Here, **word** refers to what someone speaks by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is something” or “are words”
+25:11	ptu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	דָּבֻ֥ר	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone speaks”
+25:11	ajtj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	עַל־אָפְנָֽי⁠ו	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **circumstance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “appropriately”
+25:12	wq7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	נֶ֣זֶם זָ֭הָב וַ⁠חֲלִי־כָ֑תֶם מוֹכִ֥יחַ חָ֝כָ֗ם עַל־אֹ֥זֶן שֹׁמָֽעַת	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “A wise rebuke to a listening ear is a ring of gold and jewelry of fine gold”
+25:12	lokb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נֶ֣זֶם זָ֭הָב וַ⁠חֲלִי־כָ֑תֶם	1	In this verse, Solomon speaks of **a wise rebuke** being valuable to those who hear it as if it were **A ring of gold and jewelry of fine gold**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Very valuable” or “Like a ring of gold and jewelry of fine gold”\n
+25:12	admw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	נֶ֣זֶם זָ֭הָב וַ⁠חֲלִי־כָ֑תֶם	1	Here, Solomon is using possessive forms to describe a **ring** made from **gold** and **jewelry** made from **fine gold**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “A ring made of gold and jewelry made of fine gold”
+25:12	ir54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מוֹכִ֥יחַ חָ֝כָ֗ם עַל	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **rebuke**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is when one rebukes”
+25:12	i38p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֹ֥זֶן שֹׁמָֽעַת	1	Here, **ear** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **ear** in [18:15](../18/15.md).
+25:13	tc4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠צִנַּת־שֶׁ֨לֶג ׀ בְּ⁠י֬וֹם קָצִ֗יר	1	Here, Solomon compares **a faithful envoy** to **the coolness of snow on the day of harvest**, because both are refreshing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly: Alternate translation: “Very refreshing” or “Refreshing like the coolness of snow in the day of harvest”
+25:13	sxk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠י֬וֹם קָצִ֗יר	1	Here, **day** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 24-hour length of time. See how you translated the same use of **day** in [21:31](../21/31.md).
+25:13	v57a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	צִ֣יר נֶ֭אֱמָן לְ⁠שֹׁלְחָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠נֶ֖פֶשׁ אֲדֹנָ֣י⁠ו יָשִֽׁיב	1	Here, **a faithful envoy**, **his**, and **he** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “is any faithful envoy for that person’s senders and that brings brings back the life of that person’s masters”
+25:13	z9pn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠נֶ֖פֶשׁ אֲדֹנָ֣י⁠ו יָשִֽׁיב	1	The phrase **brings back the life** is an idiom that refers to causing a tired person to feel refreshed or strong again. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he causes his masters to feel refreshed”
+25:14	lfrq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	נְשִׂיאִ֣ים וְ֭⁠רוּחַ וְ⁠גֶ֣שֶׁם אָ֑יִן אִ֥ישׁ מִ֝תְהַלֵּ֗ל בְּ⁠מַתַּת־שָֽׁקֶר	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “The man who boasts in a gift of falsehood is clouds and wind but without rain”
+25:14	hbd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נְשִׂיאִ֣ים וְ֭⁠רוּחַ וְ⁠גֶ֣שֶׁם אָ֑יִן	1	In this verse, Solomon speaks of **the man who boasts in a gift of falsehood** being disappointing as if he were **Clouds and wind but without rain**. **Clouds and wind** usually indicate that there will also be **rain**, so **Clouds and wind** **without rain** would disappoint farmers who need **rain** for their crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Very disappointing” or “Like clouds and wind but without rain”
+25:14	l5hn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אִ֥ישׁ	1	The word **man** represents people in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “is any person”
+25:14	ohih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠מַתַּת־שָֽׁקֶר	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **gift** that is characterized by **falsehood**. This refers to a **gift** the someone promises to give but does not give. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in a false gift” or “in a gift he falsely promises to give”
+25:15	mtpc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠אֹ֣רֶךְ אַ֭פַּיִם	1	The phrase **length of nostrils** refers to being patient and not getting angry quickly. The word **nostrils** means “anger” by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his nose, causing his **nostrils** to open wide. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language. See how you translated the similar phrase “long of nostrils” in [14:29](../14/29.md). Alternate translation: “By not venting one’s spleen” or “By not getting angry quickly”\n
+25:15	v2wv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יְפֻתֶּ֣ה קָצִ֑ין	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone may persuade a commander”
+25:15	yyxq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	קָצִ֑ין וְ⁠לָשׁ֥וֹן רַ֝כָּ֗ה	1	Here, **a commander** and **a soft tongue** refer to these in general, not to a specific **commander** or **tongue**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any commander … and any soft tongue”\n
+25:15	eed7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לָשׁ֥וֹן רַ֝כָּ֗ה	1	Here, Solomon is speaking of something spoken in a gentle manner as if someone were speaking with a **soft tongue**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaking gently”
+25:15	e1n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תִּשְׁבָּר־גָּֽרֶם	1	Here, Solomon speaks of overcoming strong opposition as if someone were breaking **bone**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can overcome opposition”
+25:16	r2l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	דְּבַ֣שׁ מָ֭צָאתָ	1	Here, Solomon refers to someone unexpectedly discovering wild honey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If you happen to come across honey”
+25:16	dc7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֱכֹ֣ל דַּיֶּ֑⁠ךָּ	1	Here, Solomon implies that someone should only **eat enough** **honey** and not more than that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “only eat enough for you”
+25:16	co0u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תִּ֝שְׂבָּעֶ֗⁠נּוּ	1	Here, the word translated as **satiated** refers to someone overeating to the degree that he becomes sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you eat yourself sick with it”
+25:17	u98w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	הֹקַ֣ר	1	In this verse, Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous verse. In the same way that a person must not eat too much “honey,” a person must also avoid visiting his neighbor’s house too frequently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Similarly, make rare” or “So also make rare”
+25:17	sftk			הֹקַ֣ר רַ֭גְלְ⁠ךָ מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית רֵעֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “Prevent your foot from frequently being in the house of your neighbor”
+25:17	kldv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	רֵעֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	Here, **foot** represents the whole person. See how you translated the similar use of **foot** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
+25:17	cmjk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית רֵעֶ֑⁠ךָ פֶּן־יִ֝שְׂבָּעֲ⁠ךָ֗	1	Here, **your neighbor** and **he** refer to neighbors in general, not a specific **neighbor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “from any house of any of your neighbors, lest that neighbor become satiated with you”
+25:17	xcir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִ֝שְׂבָּעֲ⁠ךָ֗	1	Here, the word translated as **satiated** refers to people being annoyed with a person because that person visits them too frequently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. If your language has a word that can be used for both this occurrence of **satiated** and the occurrence in the previous verse, consider using it here. Alternate translation: “he become tired of seeing you” or “he become sick of you”
+25:18	f678		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מֵפִ֣יץ וְ֭⁠חֶרֶב וְ⁠חֵ֣ץ שָׁנ֑וּן אִ֥ישׁ עֹנֶ֥ה בְ֝⁠רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ עֵ֣ד שָֽׁקֶר	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “A man who answers a testimony of falsehood against his neighbor is a hammer and a sword and a sharp arrow”
+25:18	r378		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מֵפִ֣יץ וְ֭⁠חֶרֶב וְ⁠חֵ֣ץ שָׁנ֑וּן	1	In this verse, Solomon speaks of **a man who answers a testimony of falsehood against his neighbor** being deadly as if he were **A hammer and a sword and a sharp arrow**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Very deadly” or “Like a hammer and a sword and a sharp arrow”\n
+25:18	h3o6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אִ֥ישׁ עֹנֶ֥ה בְ֝⁠רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ	1	Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “is a person who answers … against that person’s neighbor”\n
+25:18	t8qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֹנֶ֥ה בְ֝⁠רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ עֵ֣ד שָֽׁקֶר	1	In the original language, the words translated as **answers** and **against** mean “testifies against.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who testifies against his neighbor with a testimony of falsehood”
+25:18	dqz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	עֵ֣ד שָֽׁקֶר	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **testimony** that is characterized by **falsehood**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a false testimony”\n
+25:19	mmoo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שֵׁ֣ן רֹ֭עָה וְ⁠רֶ֣גֶל מוּעָ֑דֶת מִבְטָ֥ח בּ֝וֹגֵ֗ד בְּ⁠י֣וֹם צָרָֽה	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Confidence in one who acts treacherously in the day of distress is a broken tooth and a shaky foot”\n
+25:19	p8jx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שֵׁ֣ן רֹ֭עָה וְ⁠רֶ֣גֶל מוּעָ֑דֶת	1	In this verse, Solomon speaks of the uselessness of having **confidence** in a treacherous person as if that **confidence** were **A broken tooth and a shaky foot**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Very useless” or “Like a broken tooth and a shaky foot”
+25:19	i3b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מִבְטָ֥ח	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **confidence** in [3:26](../03/26.md).
+25:19	sfa4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בּ֝וֹגֵ֗ד	1	See how you translated **one who acts treacherously** in [21:18](../21/18.md).
+25:19	ua5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠י֣וֹם צָרָֽה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [24:10](../24/10.md).
+25:20	e5uw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מַ֥עֲדֶה בֶּ֨גֶד ׀ בְּ⁠י֣וֹם קָ֭רָה חֹ֣מֶץ עַל־נָ֑תֶר וְ⁠שָׁ֥ר בַּ֝⁠שִּׁרִ֗ים עַ֣ל לֶב־רָֽע	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “One who sings with songs to a heart of misery is like one who removes a garment on a cold day, vinegar on natron”
+25:20	ewth		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מַ֥עֲדֶה בֶּ֨גֶד & וְ⁠שָׁ֥ר & לֶב־רָֽע	1	**One who removes a garment**, **one who sings**, and **a heart of misery** refer to types of people and hearts in general, not specific people or a specific **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who removes a garment … so is any person who sings … any heart of misery”
+25:20	pbjn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַ֥עֲדֶה בֶּ֨גֶד	1	Here, Solomon implies that **a garment** is removed from someone’s body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “One who removes a garment from someone’s body”
+25:20	dj11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	חֹ֣מֶץ עַל־נָ֑תֶר	1	The words **vinegar** and **natron** refer to things that react violently when they are mixed together. Therefore, this clause refers to two things that should not be put together. If your readers would not be familiar with these two materials, you could use the names of similar things in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “chemicals that don’t mix well with each other”
+25:20	y3wy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ⁠שָׁ֥ר בַּ֝⁠שִּׁרִ֗ים עַ֣ל לֶב־רָֽע	1	Solomon is saying that **one who sings with songs to a heart of misery** is like **One who removes a garment on a cold day** and **vinegar on natron** because all of these are inappropriate or unhelpful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so also is one who sings with songs to a heart of misery inappropriate”
+25:20	o30g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	וְ⁠שָׁ֥ר בַּ֝⁠שִּׁרִ֗ים	1	Here, **sings with songs** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.
+25:20	k9zb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	לֶב־רָֽע	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **heart** that is characterized by **misery**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a miserable heart”
+25:20	z9sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לֶב	1	Here, **heart** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [14:10](../14/10.md).\n
+25:21	zgm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	שֹׂ֭נַאֲ⁠ךָ הַאֲכִלֵ֣⁠הוּ & הַשְׁקֵ֥⁠הוּ מָֽיִם	1	Here, **one who hates you** and **him** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “any person who hates you … cause that person to eat … cause that person to drink water”
+25:21	hsyt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לָ֑חֶם	1	Here, **bread** is used to refer to food in general. See how you translated the same use of **bread** in [9:5](../09/05.md).
+25:22	eb7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	גֶֽחָלִ֗ים אַ֭תָּה חֹתֶ֣ה עַל־רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, **heaping coals on his head** is an idiom that most likely refers to causing that person to feel ashamed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “cause him to feel ashamed for what he has done” or “you make him feel ashamed, as if you were heaping coals on his head”
+25:22	b3cr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יְשַׁלֶּם־לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	See how you translated the same use of **repay** in [19:17](../19/17.md).
+25:23	xj7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ר֣וּחַ צָ֭פוֹן	1	Here, **wind of the north** refers to cold **wind** that came from **the north**. In Israel, this type of **wind** often brought rain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The cold wind that comes from the north”
+25:23	uijx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וּ⁠פָנִ֥ים נִ֝זְעָמִ֗ים לְשׁ֣וֹן סָֽתֶר	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. Here, the first phrase is the result of the second phrase. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and indignant faces are brought forth by a tongue of secrecy” or “and a tongue of secrecy brings forth indignant faces” or “and a tongue of secrecy causes indignant faces”
+25:23	gzp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וּ⁠פָנִ֥ים נִ֝זְעָמִ֗ים	1	In this verse, Solomon compares **The wind of the north** bringing **rain** to **a tongue of secrecy** bringing **indignant faces**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly: Alternate translation: “and similarly, indignant faces”
+25:23	ergr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠פָנִ֥ים נִ֝זְעָמִ֗ים	1	Here, **faces** refers to the people who are **indignant**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and indignant people”
+25:23	pklq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	לְשׁ֣וֹן סָֽתֶר	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **a tongue** that tells the secrets of others. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a tongue that tells the secrets of others”\n
+25:23	z36v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לְשׁ֣וֹן סָֽתֶר	1	Here, **tongue** refers to the whole person who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who tells secrets”
+25:24	siz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ט֗וֹב שֶׁ֥בֶת עַל־פִּנַּת־גָּ֑ג מֵ⁠אֵ֥שֶׁת מדונים וּ⁠בֵ֥ית חָֽבֶר	1	See how you translated the same sentence in [21:9](../21/09.md).
+25:25	urg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מַ֣יִם קָ֭רִים עַל־נֶ֣פֶשׁ עֲיֵפָ֑ה וּ⁠שְׁמוּעָ֥ה ט֝וֹבָ֗ה מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מֶרְחָֽק	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Good news from a distant land is like cool water over a weary soul”
+25:25	qpyf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֶ֣פֶשׁ עֲיֵפָ֑ה	1	Here, Solomon implies that this **soul** is **weary** with thirst. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a soul weary from thirst”
+25:25	h5dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	נֶ֣פֶשׁ	1	See how you translated the same use of **soul** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
+25:25	wzcm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וּ⁠שְׁמוּעָ֥ה ט֝וֹבָ֗ה מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מֶרְחָֽק	1	Solomon is saying that **good news from a distant land** is like ** Cool water over a weary soul** because both of these are refreshing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so also is good news from a distant land refreshing”\n
+25:25	y2mt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠שְׁמוּעָ֥ה ט֝וֹבָ֗ה	1	See how you translated **good news** in [15:30](../15/30.md).
+25:26	pmra		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מַעְיָ֣ן נִ֭רְפָּשׂ וּ⁠מָק֣וֹר מָשְׁחָ֑ת צַ֝דִּ֗יק מָ֣ט לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־רָשָֽׁע	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “A righteous one swaying before the face of a wicked one is a spring muddied by trampling and a fountain spoiled”
+25:26	ujn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מַעְיָ֣ן נִ֭רְפָּשׂ וּ⁠מָק֣וֹר מָשְׁחָ֑ת	1	In this verse, Solomon speaks of **a righteous one swaying before the face of a wicked one** being bad as if that person were **A spring muddied by trampling and a fountain spoiled**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Very bad” or “Like a spring muddied by trampling and a fountain spoiled”\n
+25:26	ijks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מַעְיָ֣ן נִ֭רְפָּשׂ וּ⁠מָק֣וֹר מָשְׁחָ֑ת	1	If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A spring someone muddied by trampling and a fountain someone spoiled”
+25:26	k2dm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	צַ֝דִּ֗יק & רָשָֽׁע	1	See how you translated **a righteous one** in [9:9](../09/09.md) and **a wicked one** in [9:7](../09/07.md).
+25:26	tiq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מָ֣ט	1	Here, **swaying** refers to **a righteous one** yielding to the influence of **a wicked one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who yields” or “who gives in”
+25:26	e13r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לִ⁠פְנֵֽי	1	See how you translated the same use of **before the face of** in [14:19](../14/19.md).
+25:27	x6in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹא־ט֑וֹב	1	See how you translated the same use of **not good** in [16:29](../16/29.md).\n
+25:27	x2st		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠חֵ֖קֶר כְּבֹדָ֣⁠ם כָּבֽוֹד	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and the searching out of their honor is not honor”
+25:27	h7jf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ⁠חֵ֖קֶר	1	In this verse, Solomon compares eating **much honey** to**searching out** one’s own **honor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly: Alternate translation: “and similarly, the searching out of”\n
+25:27	x2kl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠חֵ֖קֶר כְּבֹדָ֣⁠ם	1	Here, Solomon speaks of someone trying to get other people to **honor** him as if **honor** were an object that a person could search for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and trying to make other people honor you”\n
+25:28	qm3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	עִ֣יר פְּ֭רוּצָה אֵ֣ין חוֹמָ֑ה אִ֝֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר אֵ֖ין מַעְצָ֣ר לְ⁠רוּחֽ⁠וֹ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “A man who has no restraint for his spirit is a breached city without a wall”
+25:28	gl3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עִ֣יר פְּ֭רוּצָה אֵ֣ין חוֹמָ֑ה	1	In this verse, Solomon speaks of **a man who has no restraint for his spirit** being defenseless or unprotected as if that person were **A breached city without a wall**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Very defenseless” or “Like a breached city without a wall”
+25:28	jh45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עִ֣יר פְּ֭רוּצָה אֵ֣ין חוֹמָ֑ה	1	Here, Solomon implies that there is no **wall** because it was broken down when people **breached** the **city**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A city whose walls an army has knocked down”
+25:28	mzfn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אִ֝֗ישׁ & לְ⁠רוּחֽ⁠וֹ	1	Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “is a person … for that person’s spirit”\n
+25:28	jkwi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲשֶׁ֤ר אֵ֖ין מַעְצָ֣ר לְ⁠רוּחֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, Solomon refers to someone who lacks self-control as if that person were not able to restrain **his spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has no self-control”
+26:intro	juh9				0	# Proverbs 26 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n\n6. Hezekiah’s proverbs from Solomon (25:1–29:27)\n    * Warnings and admonitions (25:1–27:27)\n    * Contrastive wise sayings (28:1–29:27)\n\nChapter 26 continues the section of the book containing proverbs written by Solomon that were copied by scribes during the reign of Hezekiah. This section contains two parts, the first part in [25:1](../25/01.md)–[27:27](../27/27.md) mostly contains proverbs that warn or admonish.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 25–27 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 26 contains only this type of parallelism. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n\n### Similes\n\nSolomon uses many different similes in this chapter to warn his readers against acting unwisely. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+26:1	twld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כַּ⁠שֶּׁ֤לֶג ׀ בַּ⁠קַּ֗יִץ וְ⁠כַ⁠מָּטָ֥ר בַּ⁠קָּצִ֑יר כֵּ֤ן לֹא־נָאוֶ֖ה לִ⁠כְסִ֣יל כָּבֽוֹד	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Honor is not suitable for a stupid one, like the snow in the summer and like the rain in the harvest”
+26:1	emii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	כַּ⁠שֶּׁ֤לֶג ׀ בַּ⁠קַּ֗יִץ וְ⁠כַ⁠מָּטָ֥ר בַּ⁠קָּצִ֑יר & לִ⁠כְסִ֣יל	1	Here, **the snow**, **the summer**, **the rain**, **the harvest**, and **a stupid one**, refer to these things and type of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **a stupid one** in [10:18](../10/18.md). Alternate translation: “Like any snow in any summer and like any rain in any harvest … for any stupid person”
+26:1	w8yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כַּ⁠שֶּׁ֤לֶג ׀ בַּ⁠קַּ֗יִץ וְ⁠כַ⁠מָּטָ֥ר בַּ⁠קָּצִ֑יר	1	The words **Like** and **so** in this verse indicate that Solomon is comparing **snow in the summer** and **rain in the harvest** with **honor** **for a stupid one**. The point is that all three of these are **not suitable** or inappropriate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “Just as the snow in the summer or the rain in the harvest are not suitable”
+26:1	k6hw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	כָּבֽוֹד	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **honor** in [3:16](../03/16.md).
+26:2	fir3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כַּ⁠צִּפּ֣וֹר לָ֭⁠נוּד כַּ⁠דְּר֣וֹר לָ⁠ע֑וּף כֵּ֥ן קִֽלְלַ֥ת חִ֝נָּ֗ם לא תָבֹֽא	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “A curse without cause does not come, like the bird for fluttering, like the swallow for flying”
+26:2	seaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	כַּ⁠צִּפּ֣וֹר לָ֭⁠נוּד כַּ⁠דְּר֣וֹר לָ⁠ע֑וּף כֵּ֥ן קִֽלְלַ֥ת	1	Here, **the bird**, **the swallow**, and **a curse** refer to these things in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Like any bird for fluttering, and like any swallow for flying, so any curse”
+26:2	rn2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כַּ⁠צִּפּ֣וֹר לָ֭⁠נוּד כַּ⁠דְּר֣וֹר לָ⁠ע֑וּף	1	The words **As** and **so** in this verse indicate that Solomon is comparing **the bird for fluttering** and **the swallow for flying** with **a curse without cause**. The point is that **a curse** does not affect a person who does not deserve it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “Just like the fluttering bird and the flying swallow do not land”
+26:2	dj56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	כַּ⁠צִּפּ֣וֹר לָ֭⁠נוּד כַּ⁠דְּר֣וֹר לָ⁠ע֑וּף	1	The phrases **the bird for fluttering** and **the swallow for flying** mean similar things. Solomon is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “As birds that are flying around”
+26:2	kwky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כַּ⁠דְּר֣וֹר	1	A **swallow** is a small bird that quickly flies back and forth. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “as the quickly moving small bird”
+26:2	c635		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לא תָבֹֽא	1	Here, Solomon speaks of a person not being affected by **a curse** as if that **curse** were a person who **does not come**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not occur”\n
+26:3	m4tl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	שׁ֣וֹט לַ֭⁠סּוּס מֶ֣תֶג לַ⁠חֲמ֑וֹר וְ֝⁠שֵׁ֗בֶט לְ⁠גֵ֣ו כְּסִילִֽים	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “A whip is for the horse, a bridle is for the donkey, and a rod is for the back of stupid ones”
+26:3	ikbu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	שׁ֣וֹט לַ֭⁠סּוּס מֶ֣תֶג לַ⁠חֲמ֑וֹר וְ֝⁠שֵׁ֗בֶט לְ⁠גֵ֣ו כְּסִילִֽים	1	**A whip**, **the horse**, **a bridle**, **the donkey**, **a rod**, and **the back** refer to these things and animals in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Whips are for horses, bridles are for donkeys, and rods are for backs of stupid ones”
+26:3	v3b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ֝⁠שֵׁ֗בֶט	1	Here, **and** indicates that Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous clause. Solomon is saying that people must hit **stupid ones** with **a rod** in order to control them, just like they must use a **whip** to control horses and a **bridle** to control donkeys. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way a rod”\n
+26:3	le7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ֝⁠שֵׁ֗בֶט לְ⁠גֵ֣ו	1	See how you translated the same use of **rod for the back** in [10:13](../10/13.md).
+26:4-5	c6ut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַל־תַּ֣עַן כְּ֭סִיל כְּ⁠אִוַּלְתּ֑⁠וֹ & עֲנֵ֣ה כְ֭סִיל כְּ⁠אִוַּלְתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	These two proverbs appear to contradict each other. However, it is best to understand the command in [24:4](../24/04.md) to apply in some situations and the command in [24:5](../24/05.md) to apply in other situations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In some situations, do not answer a stupid one according to his folly … In other situations, answer a stupid one according to his folly”
+26:4	yggv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	כְּ֭סִיל כְּ⁠אִוַּלְתּ֑⁠וֹ & לּ֥⁠וֹ	1	Here, **a stupid one**, **his**, and **him** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **a stupid one** in [10:18](../10/18.md). Alternate translation: “any stupid person according to that person’s folly … that person”
+26:4	lbl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כְּ⁠אִוַּלְתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	This could mean: (1) **according to** the reasoning of **a stupid one**. Alternate translation: “according to his foolish reasoning” (2) in the same manner as **a stupid one**. Alternate translation: “in a foolish manner”
+26:4	fy59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	כְּ⁠אִוַּלְתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md).
+26:4	o2q4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	תִּשְׁוֶה & גַם־אָֽתָּה	1	Solomon uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how important it is to not **become like** **a stupid one**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “even you become like”
+26:5	x5nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	כְ֭סִיל כְּ⁠אִוַּלְתּ֑⁠וֹ פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֖ה חָכָ֣ם בְּ⁠עֵינָֽי⁠ו	1	Here, **a stupid one**, **his**, and **he** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **a stupid one** in [10:18](../10/18.md). Alternate translation: “any stupid person according to that person’s folly, lest that person become wise in that person’s own eyes”
+26:5	vfqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כְ֭סִיל כְּ⁠אִוַּלְתּ֑⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
+26:5	q48w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	חָכָ֣ם בְּ⁠עֵינָֽי⁠ו	1	See how you translated the same use of **eyes** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
+26:6	yi5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מְקַצֶּ֣ה רַ֭גְלַיִם חָמָ֣ס שֹׁתֶ֑ה שֹׁלֵ֖חַ דְּבָרִ֣ים בְּ⁠יַד־כְּסִֽיל	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “One who sends words by the hand of a stupid one is one who cuts off feet, one who drinks violence”
+26:6	d764		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מְקַצֶּ֣ה רַ֭גְלַיִם חָמָ֣ס שֹׁתֶ֑ה שֹׁלֵ֖חַ דְּבָרִ֣ים בְּ⁠יַד־כְּסִֽיל	1	**One who cuts off**, **one who drinks**, **one who sends**, **the hand**, and **a stupid one** refer to types of people and hands in general, not specific people or a specific **hand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **a stupid one** in [10:18](../10/18.md). Alternate translation: “Any person who cuts off feet, any person who drinks violence, is any person who sends words by any hand of any stupid person”
+26:6	ra9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מְקַצֶּ֣ה רַ֭גְלַיִם חָמָ֣ס שֹׁתֶ֑ה	1	Here, Solomon implies that a person **cuts off** his own **feet** and **drinks violence** against himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “One who cuts off his own feet, one who drinks violence against himself”
+26:6	ky7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מְקַצֶּ֣ה רַ֭גְלַיִם חָמָ֣ס שֹׁתֶ֑ה	1	Here, Solomon refers to someone who does something that harms himself as if that person **cuts off** his own **feet** and **drinks violence**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “One who harms himself” or “Like one who cuts off feet or drinks violence”
+26:6	pxmq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	מְקַצֶּ֣ה רַ֭גְלַיִם חָמָ֣ס שֹׁתֶ֑ה	1	The phrases **One who cuts off feet** and **one who drinks violence** mean similar things. Solomon is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “One who does great harm to himself”
+26:6	ang1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שֹׁלֵ֖חַ דְּבָרִ֣ים	1	Here, Solomon refers to a message that is communicated by using **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is one who sends a message”
+26:6	d82z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בְּ⁠יַד־כְּסִֽיל	1	Here, **hand** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by a stupid one”\n
+26:7	ocoe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	דַּלְי֣וּ	1	Here, Solomon implies that these **Legs dangle** uselessly because the legs of **a lame one** do not function. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “dangle uselessly”
+26:7	uz3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וּ֝⁠מָשָׁ֗ל	1	Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and a proverb dangles”
+26:7	yhaq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וּ֝⁠מָשָׁ֗ל	1	Here, **and** indicates that Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous clause. Solomon is saying that **a proverb in the mouth of stupid ones** is like the **Legs** of **a lame one** because it is useless. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way a proverb”\n
+26:7	m6mr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וּ֝⁠מָשָׁ֗ל בְּ⁠פִ֣י	1	Here, **a proverb** and **the mouth** refer to proverbs and mouths in general, not a specific **proverb** or **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any proverb in the mouths of”
+26:7	nq9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ֝⁠מָשָׁ֗ל בְּ⁠פִ֣י	1	Here, **mouth** refers to what a person says by using his **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and a proverb spoken by”\n
+26:8	u6gq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כִּ⁠צְר֣וֹר אֶ֭בֶן בְּ⁠מַרְגֵּמָ֑ה כֵּן־נוֹתֵ֖ן לִ⁠כְסִ֣יל כָּבֽוֹד	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “One who gives honor to a stupid one is like tying a stone in a sling”
+26:8	ltlz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כִּ⁠צְר֣וֹר אֶ֭בֶן בְּ⁠מַרְגֵּמָ֑ה	1	The words **Like** and **so** in this verse indicate that Solomon is comparing **tying a stone in a sling** with giving **honor to a stupid one**. The point is that both of these are useless. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “Just as tying a stone in a sling is useless”
+26:8	rxau		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כִּ⁠צְר֣וֹר אֶ֭בֶן בְּ⁠מַרְגֵּמָ֑ה	1	A **sling** is a weapon used to throw **a stone** at someone. This means that **tying a stone in a sling** would make that **sling** useless. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of weapon, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “Like tying an arrow to a bow” or “Like a weapon that cannot hurt anyone”
+26:8	fy3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נוֹתֵ֖ן & כָּבֽוֹד	1	Here, Solomon refers to honoring someone as if **honor** were an object that someone **gives** to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is one who honors”
+26:8	ab0k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	לִ⁠כְסִ֣יל	1	See how you translated **a stupid one** in [10:18](../10/18.md).
+26:9	z794		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ח֭וֹחַ עָלָ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־שִׁכּ֑וֹר	1	This could refer to: (1) a thorn pricking the hand of **a drunkard**. Alternate translation: “A thorn pricking the hand of a drunkard” (2) **a drunkard** picking up a thorn bush to swing it at people, in which case the word translated at **thorn** would refer to a thorn bush. Alternate translation: “A thorn bush waved around in the hand of a drunkard”
+26:9	tx2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וּ֝⁠מָשָׁ֗ל	1	Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and a proverb goes up”
+26:9	l82z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וּ֝⁠מָשָׁ֗ל	1	Here, **and** indicates that Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous clause. Solomon is saying that **a proverb in the mouth of stupid ones** is like **A thorn** that **goes up into the hand of a drunkard** because it is harmful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way a proverb is harmful”
+26:9	dqtz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וּ֝⁠מָשָׁ֗ל בְּ⁠פִ֣י כְסִילִֽים	1	See how you translated this clause in [26:7](../26/07.md).
+26:10	y3xb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	רַ֥ב מְחֽוֹלֵֽל־כֹּ֑ל וְ⁠שֹׂכֵ֥ר כְּ֝סִ֗יל וְ⁠שֹׂכֵ֥ר עֹבְרִֽים	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “One who hires a stupid one and hires those passing by is like an archer who pierces everyone”
+26:10	iy1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מְחֽוֹלֵֽל־כֹּ֑ל	1	Here, Solomon implies that the **archer** shoots arrows at **everyone** and those arrows pierce them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who shoots arrows at everyone that pierce them”
+26:10	a082		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ⁠שֹׂכֵ֥ר כְּ֝סִ֗יל וְ⁠שֹׂכֵ֥ר עֹבְרִֽים	1	The word **so** here indicates that Solomon is comparing **An archer who pierces everyone** with **one who hires a stupid one and hires those passing by**. The point is that both of these are dangerous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “so one who hires a stupid one and hires those passing by is dangerous”
+26:10	lu8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠שֹׂכֵ֥ר כְּ֝סִ֗יל	1	Here, **one who hires** and **a stupid one** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **a stupid one** in [10:18](../10/18.md). Alternate translation: “so is any person who hires any stupid person”
+26:11	adrz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כְּ֭⁠כֶלֶב שָׁ֣ב עַל־קֵא֑⁠וֹ כְּ֝סִ֗יל שׁוֹנֶ֥ה בְ⁠אִוַּלְתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “A stupid one who repeats his folly is like a dog that returns to its vomit”
+26:11	dgd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	כְּ֭⁠כֶלֶב שָׁ֣ב עַל־קֵא֑⁠וֹ כְּ֝סִ֗יל שׁוֹנֶ֥ה בְ⁠אִוַּלְתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **a dog**, **its**, **a stupid one**, and **his** refer to dogs and a type of people in general, not a specific **dog** or person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **a stupid one** in [10:18](../10/18.md). Alternate translation: “Like any dog that returns to that dog’s vomit is any stupid person who repeats that person’s own folly”
+26:11	xyjx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כְּ֭⁠כֶלֶב	1	A **dog** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, comparing someone to a dog is insulting. If dogs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead.\n
+26:11	ioau		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שָׁ֣ב עַל־קֵא֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, Solomon implies that the **dog** **returns to its vomit** in order to eat it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that returns to eat its vomit”
+26:11	fjtm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְ⁠אִוַּלְתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md).
+26:12	cxr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	רָאִ֗יתָ אִ֭ישׁ חָכָ֣ם בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	Although the Hebrew text is not worded like a question, many translations make this clause into a rhetorical question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a question. See how you translated the similar use of **You see** in [22:29](../22/29.md). Alternate translation: “Have you seen a man wise in his eyes?”
+26:12	h6la		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אִ֭ישׁ חָכָ֣ם בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו & לִ⁠כְסִ֣יל מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ	1	Here, **a man**, **his**, **a stupid one**, and **him** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **a stupid one** in [10:18](../10/18.md). Alternate translation: “any person wise in that person’s eyes … for any stupid person than that person”
+26:12	zcjq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	חָכָ֣ם בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	Here, Solomon implies that this **man** is not actually **wise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “wise in his eyes who is not really wise”
+26:12	tobk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	See how you translated the same use of **eyes** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
+26:12	n43z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	תִּקְוָ֖ה	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **hope** in [10:28](../10/28.md).
+26:13	y1yv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עָ֭צֵל	1	See how you translated this phrase in [13:4](../13/04.md).\n\n
+26:13	yx1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אָמַ֣ר & שַׁ֣חַל בַּ⁠דָּ֑רֶךְ אֲ֝רִ֗י בֵּ֣ין הָ⁠רְחֹבֽוֹת	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. See how you translated the similar phrases in [22:13](../22/13.md). Alternate translation: “says that a lion is on the road and a lion is between the open areas”
+26:13	xyz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אָמַ֣ר	1	In this verse, Solomon implies that what the **lazy one** says is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “says falsely”
+26:14	bfi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ֭⁠דֶּלֶת תִּסּ֣וֹב עַל־צִירָ֑⁠הּ	1	A **hinge** is a metal piece attached to a **door** in order to allow the **door** to swing back and forth. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of item, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “The door swings back and forth” or “The door swings open and shut”
+26:14	xvjb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ֝⁠עָצֵ֗ל עַל־מִטָּתֽ⁠וֹ	1	Solomon is leaving out a word that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply this word from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and a lazy one turns on his bed”
+26:14	xz8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ֝⁠עָצֵ֗ל עַל־מִטָּתֽ⁠וֹ	1	See how translated **a lazy one** and **his** in [13:4](../13/04.md).
+26:14	uv1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ֝⁠עָצֵ֗ל	1	Here, **and** indicates that Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous clause. Solomon is saying that **a lazy one on his bed** is like a **door** that **turns on its hinge** because both move without going anywhere. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way a lazy one”\n
+26:15	j4ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	טָ֘מַ֤ן עָצֵ֣ל יָ֭ד⁠וֹ בַּ⁠צַּלָּ֑חַת נִ֝לְאָ֗ה לַֽ⁠הֲשִׁיבָ֥⁠הּ אֶל־פִּֽי⁠ו	1	See how you translated the nearly identical sentence in [19:24](../19/24.md).
+26:16	iovd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עָצֵ֣ל בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	See how you translated **A lazy one** and **his** in the previous verse.
+26:16	mv3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	חָכָ֣ם & בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	Here, Solomon implies that **A lazy one** is not actually wise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is erroneously wiser in his eyes”
+26:16	e6pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו	1	See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [26:12](../26/12.md).
+26:16	rwo1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	מִ֝⁠שִּׁבְעָ֗ה	1	Solomon is using the adjective **seven** as a noun to mean **seven** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “seven people”
+26:16	jlcm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ֝⁠שִּׁבְעָ֗ה	1	Here, **seven** is used to refer to multiple people, not specifically **seven**. In Hebrew, **seven** often symbolizes the idea of completion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “numerous people”
+26:16	d2ba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מְשִׁ֣יבֵי טָֽעַם	1	Here, Solomon refers to people speaking a reply with **discretion** to someone else as if they were returning **discretion**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of “returns” in [24:26](../24/26.md). Alternate translation: “who speak a discreet reply”\n
+26:16	uw82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	טָֽעַם	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **discretion** in [1:4](../01/04.md).
+26:17	ui2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מַחֲזִ֥יק בְּ⁠אָזְנֵי־כָ֑לֶב עֹבֵ֥ר מִ֝תְעַבֵּ֗ר עַל־רִ֥יב לֹּֽא־לֽ⁠וֹ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “One who infuriates himself over a dispute not for him is one who grabs the ears of a dog passing by”\n
+26:17	xh36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מַחֲזִ֥יק בְּ⁠אָזְנֵי־כָ֑לֶב עֹבֵ֥ר	1	In this verse, Solomon refers to someone **who infuriates himself over a dispute not for him** as if that person were **One who grabs the ears of a dog passing by**. Both clauses are examples of a reckless or foolish act. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “One who foolishly harms himself” or “Like one who grabs the ears of a dog passing by”\n
+26:17	z69e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַחֲזִ֥יק בְּ⁠אָזְנֵי־כָ֑לֶב עֹבֵ֥ר	1	Here, Solomon implies that grabbing **the ears of a dog** is a reckless or foolish act because the the dog will react by biting the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “One who foolishly causes a dog to bite him by grabbing its ears”
+26:17	un3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כָ֑לֶב	1	See how you translated **dog** in [26:11](../26/11.md).
+26:17	ul2w			עֹבֵ֥ר מִ֝תְעַבֵּ֗ר	1	The word translated as **passing by** can also mean “one passing by,” in which case it would refer to **one who infuriates** and be part of the second clause. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. Alternate translation (preceded by a comma): “is one passing by who infuriates himself”\n
+26:17	xrkx			לֹּֽא־לֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “not about him” or “that he has nothing to do with”
+26:18-19	ubml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge		1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [26:18](../26/18.md) and [26:19](../26/19.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to keep this sentence together.
+26:18-19	spv0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כְּֽ֭⁠מִתְלַהְלֵהַּ הַ⁠יֹּרֶ֥ה זִקִּ֗ים חִצִּ֥ים וָ⁠מָֽוֶת׃ & כֵּֽן־אִ֭ישׁ רִמָּ֣ה אֶת־רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ וְ֝⁠אָמַ֗ר הֲֽ⁠לֹא־מְשַׂחֵ֥ק אָֽנִי׃	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “A man who deceives his neighbor and says, ‘Was I not joking?’ is like an insane one who shoots firebrands, arrows, and death”
+26:18	whlp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּֽ֭⁠מִתְלַהְלֵהַּ הַ⁠יֹּרֶ֥ה זִקִּ֗ים חִצִּ֥ים וָ⁠מָֽוֶת	1	**Like** in this verse and **so** in the next verse indicate that Solomon is comparing **an insane one who shoots arrows, firebrands, and death** with **a man who deceives his neighbor and says, “Was I not joking?”** The point is that these are harmful and dangerous acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “Just as an insane one who shoots firebrands, arrows, and death is reckless”\n
+26:18	xy32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	חִצִּ֥ים וָ⁠מָֽוֶת	1	The two words **arrows** and **death** express a single idea. The word **death** describes a characteristic of the **arrows**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “and arrows that kill”
+26:19	id5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אִ֭ישׁ & רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using these words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “is a person … that person’s neighbor”\n
+26:19	g1qd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ֝⁠אָמַ֗ר הֲֽ⁠לֹא־מְשַׂחֵ֥ק אָֽנִי	1	Here, **a man who deceives** is using this question to emphasize that he was **joking**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “and says, ‘Just kidding!’”
+26:19	picc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ֝⁠אָמַ֗ר הֲֽ⁠לֹא־מְשַׂחֵ֥ק אָֽנִי	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and say that you were joking”\n
+26:20	ivv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠אֶ֣פֶס	1	Here, **end** refers to a lack of **wood pieces**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated the similar use of **With the end of** in [14:28](../14/28.md). Alternate translation: “With the lack of”\n
+26:20	von8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וּ⁠בְ⁠אֵ֥ין	1	Here, **and** indicates that Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous clause. In the same way that **a fire goes out** when there are no **wood pieces**, **a quarrel** stops when there is no **murmerer**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “similarly, when there is no”\n
+26:20	jlco		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	יִשְׁתֹּ֥ק מָדֽוֹן	1	Here, Solomon speaks of **a quarrel** ceasing as if it were a person who **becomes silent**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a quarrel ceases”\n
+26:20	hk7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מָדֽוֹן	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **quarrel** in [15:18](../15/18.md).
+26:21	l2ug		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	פֶּחָ֣ם לְ֭⁠גֶחָלִים וְ⁠עֵצִ֣ים לְ⁠אֵ֑שׁ	1	Solomon assumes that his readers will understand that **Charcoal** helps **burning coals** burn and **wood** helps **fire** burn. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Charcoal helps coals burn and wood helps fire burn”
+26:21	bl4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ⁠אִ֥ישׁ מדונים	1	Here, **so** indicates that Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous clause. In the same way that **Charcoal** helps **burning coals** burn and **wood** helps **fire** burn, **a man of quarrels** produces disputes among other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way, a man of quarrels”\n
+26:21	vqtp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠אִ֥ישׁ מדונים & רִֽיב	1	Here, **a man of quarrels** and **a dispute** refer to a type of people and disputes in general, not a specific **man** or **dispute**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “and any person of quarrels … any dispute”
+26:21	yxin		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠אִ֥ישׁ מדונים	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **quarrels**. See how you translated “a woman of quarrels” in [21:9](../21/09.md).
+26:21	ud8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠חַרְחַר־רִֽיב	1	Here, Solomon refers to causing a **dispute** to continue as if it were a fire that someone keeps **kindling**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is to causing people to keep disputing”
+26:21	gw82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רִֽיב	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **dispute** in [15:18](../15/18.md).
+26:22	ye74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	דִּבְרֵ֣י נִ֭רְגָּן כְּ⁠מִֽתְלַהֲמִ֑ים וְ֝⁠הֵ֗ם יָרְד֥וּ חַדְרֵי־בָֽטֶן	1	See how you translated the identical sentence in [18:8](../18/08.md).
+26:23	xdr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כֶּ֣סֶף סִ֭יגִים מְצֻפֶּ֣ה עַל־חָ֑רֶשׂ שְׂפָתַ֖יִם דֹּלְקִ֣ים וְ⁠לֶב־רָֽע	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Burning lips and a heart of evil are silver of dross overlaid on a clay vessel”\n
+26:23	xpc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כֶּ֣סֶף סִ֭יגִים מְצֻפֶּ֣ה עַל־חָ֑רֶשׂ	1	Here, Solomon refers to **burning lips and a heart of evil** as if they are **Silver of dross overlaid on a clay vessel**. The point is that both are deceptive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Very deceptive” or “Like silver of dross overlaid on a clay vessel”\n
+26:23	luyq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	כֶּ֣סֶף סִ֭יגִים	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **dross** that is removed from **silver** when someone refines it. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Dross from silver”
+26:23	pe1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מְצֻפֶּ֣ה	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone has overlaid”
+26:23	uslg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שְׂפָתַ֖יִם דֹּלְקִ֣ים וְ⁠לֶב־רָֽע	1	Here, **and** indicates that someone has both **burning lips and a heart of evil** at the same time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are burning lips with a heart of evil”
+26:23	u5wy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שְׂפָתַ֖יִם דֹּלְקִ֣ים	1	See how you translated the same use of **lips** in [10:18](../10/18.md).
+26:23	w4s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דֹּלְקִ֣ים	1	Here, Solomon refers to something emotional and fervent as if it were **burning**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “passionate”
+26:23	y2n7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠לֶב־רָֽע	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **heart** that is characterized by **evil**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “and an evil heart”
+26:23	p5hf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֶב	1	See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).
+26:24	qyht		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בִּ֭שְׂפָתָיו יִנָּכֵ֣ר שׂוֹנֵ֑א וּ֝⁠בְ⁠קִרְבּ֗⁠וֹ יָשִׁ֥ית מִרְמָֽה	1	Here, **his**, **one who hates**, **himself**, **him**, and **he** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “With the lips of any person who hates, that person disguises himself, but that person sets deceit within that person”
+26:24	mbaz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בִּ֭שְׂפָתָיו	1	See how you translated the same use of **lips** in the previous verse.
+26:24	hqop		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִנָּכֵ֣ר & וּ֝⁠בְ⁠קִרְבּ֗⁠וֹ	1	Here, **himself** and **within him** refer to what the **one who hates** is thinking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “disguises what he is thinking, but in his mind”
+26:24	qu8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יָשִׁ֥ית מִרְמָֽה	1	Here, Solomon speaks of the **one who hates** planning how to deceive someone as if **deceit** were an object that **he sets** **within him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he secretly plans to deceive”
+26:24	qn7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִרְמָֽה	1	Here, Solomon implies that the **one who hates** plans to deceive the person he **hates**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “deceit for the one he hates”
+26:25	due1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	יְחַנֵּ֣ן ק֭וֹל⁠וֹ & בּ֑⁠וֹ & בְּ⁠לִבּֽ⁠וֹ	1	In this verse, **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the type of person “who hates,” as stated in the previous verse. See how you translated these words in the previous verse.
+26:25	f4gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ק֭וֹל⁠וֹ	1	Here, **voice** refers to what the person says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he says”
+26:25	q7ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שֶׁ֖בַע תּוֹעֵב֣וֹת	1	Here, Solomon uses **seven** to refer to multiple **abominations**, not specifically **seven**. See how you translated **seven abominations** in [6:16](../06/16.md).
+26:25	ji1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תּוֹעֵב֣וֹת	1	As in the rest of Proverbs, **abominations** here refers to what Yahweh considers to be **abominations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what is abominable to Yahweh”
+26:25	opc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠לִבּֽ⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated **in his heart** in [6:14](../06/14.md).
+26:26	iv6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תִּכַּסֶּ֣ה שִׂ֭נְאָה בְּ⁠מַשָּׁא֑וֹן	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Guile covers hatred”
+26:26	yroj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	שִׂ֭נְאָה בְּ⁠מַשָּׁא֑וֹן	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **Hatred** and **guile**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. See how you translated the abstract noun **hatred** in [10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: “Hating someone … by deceiving others”
+26:26	mi17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שִׂ֭נְאָה	1	Solomon implies that this **Hatred** belongs to the person with “a heart of evil,” who is described in [26:23](../26/23.md)–[26](../26/26.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His hatred”
+26:26	k29q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תִּכַּסֶּ֣ה & תִּגָּלֶ֖ה	1	Here, Solomon refers to **Hatred** being concealed as if it were an object that **is covered** and **evil** being revealed as if it were an object that is **uncovered**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of “covers” in [10:6](../10/06.md). Alternate translation: “is concealed … will be revealed”\n
+26:26	ui66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	תִּגָּלֶ֖ה רָעָת֣⁠וֹ בְ⁠קָהָֽל	1	This clause is a strong contrast to the previous clause. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “however, his evil will be uncovered in the assembly”
+26:26	u8yo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תִּגָּלֶ֖ה רָעָת֣⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will discover his evil”
+26:26	d99d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רָעָת֣⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **evil** in [1:16](../01/16.md).
+26:27	gs4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כֹּֽרֶה־שַּׁ֭חַת בָּ֣⁠הּ יִפֹּ֑ל	1	Here, Solomon uses **One who digs a pit** to refer to anyone who tries to harm another person and **fall into it** to refer to that person being harmed as a result. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning carefully or use a simile. Alternate translation: “One who tries to harm someone will be harmed instead” or “One who tries to harm someone is like one who digs a pit and falls into it”
+26:27	srdw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כֹּֽרֶה־שַּׁ֭חַת בָּ֣⁠הּ יִפֹּ֑ל	1	Here, Solomon implies that the person **digs a pit** in order to trap someone in it, but then ends up falling **into** that pit himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “One who digs a pit to trap someone will fall into that pit”
+26:27	hbz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	כֹּֽרֶה־שַּׁ֭חַת & וְ⁠גֹ֥לֵ֥ל אֶ֝בֶן אֵלָ֥י⁠ו	1	**One who digs a pit**, **one who rolls a stone**, and **him** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who digs a pit … and any person who rolls a stone … to that person”
+26:27	t2t1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠גֹ֥לֵ֥ל אֶ֝בֶן אֵלָ֥י⁠ו תָּשֽׁוּב	1	Here, Solomon uses **one who rolls a stone** to refer to anyone who tries to harm another person and **come back to him** to refer to that person being harmed as a result. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning carefully or use a simile. Alternate translation: “and one who tries to harm someone will be harmed instead” or “One who tries to harm someone is like one who rolls a stone and the stone comes back to him”
+26:27	nj1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠גֹ֥לֵ֥ל אֶ֝בֶן	1	Here, Solomon implies that the person pushed a large **stone** up a hill so that it would roll down and crush someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and one who rolls a stone up a hill so that it will roll down and crush someone”
+26:27	op14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֵלָ֥י⁠ו תָּשֽׁוּב	1	Here, Solomon implies that the person will be crushed by the **stone** that he rolled up a hill. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it will roll down and crush him”
+26:28	wvw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	לְֽשׁוֹן־שֶׁ֭קֶר	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **tongue** that is characterized by **falsehood**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. See how you translated the similar use of this phrase in [6:17](../06/17.md). Alternate translation: “A false tongue”
+26:28	cbvf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לְֽשׁוֹן & דַכָּ֑י⁠ו	1	Here, **tongue** and **its** refers to the person who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A person speaking with … that person’s oppressed ones”\n
+26:28	dqyc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וּ⁠פֶ֥ה חָ֝לָ֗ק	1	Here, **mouth** refers to the person who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of **mouth** in [4:5](../04/05.md). Alternate translation: “and a person who speaks smoothly”
+26:28	qdpg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	חָ֝לָ֗ק	1	Here, Solomon speaks of this person speaking flatteringly as if he were making what he says **smooth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “flattering”\n
+26:28	gk1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מִדְחֶֽה	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **calamity** in [1:26](../01/26.md).
+27:intro	ec7g				0	# Proverbs 27 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. Hezekiah’s proverbs from Solomon (25:1–29:27)\n    * Warnings and admonitions (25:1–27:27)\n    * Contrastive wise sayings (28:1–29:27)\n\nChapter 27 continues the section of the book containing proverbs written by Solomon that were copied by scribes during the reign of Hezekiah. This section contains two parts, the first part in [25:1](../25/01.md)–[27:27](../27/27.md) mostly contains proverbs that warn or admonish.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nChapters 25–27 mostly contain proverbs in which the second of two parallel clauses completes, emphasizes, or qualifies the idea of the first clause. Chapter 27 also contains contrasting parallelism ([27:3](../27/03.md), [27:4](../27/04.md), [6](../27/06.md), [7](../27/07.md), [12](../27/12.md)) and parallelism in which both clauses have the same meaning for emphasis ([27:2](../27/02.md), [23](../27/23.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n\n### Similes\n\nSolomon uses many different similes in this chapter to warn his readers against acting unwisely. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+27:1	t368		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יֵּ֥לֶד יֽוֹם	1	Here, Solomon refers to what will happen on a certain **day** as if that **day** were a person who brings **forth** that event. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what will occur on a day”
+27:2	cyj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	יְהַלֶּלְ⁠ךָ֣ זָ֣ר וְ⁠לֹא־פִ֑י⁠ךָ נָ֝כְרִ֗י וְ⁠אַל־שְׂפָתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words in the second clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “Let a stranger praise you and not your mouth, let a foreigner praise you and not your lips”\n
+27:2	jhl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	יְהַלֶּלְ⁠ךָ֣ זָ֣ר וְ⁠לֹא־פִ֑י⁠ךָ נָ֝כְרִ֗י וְ⁠אַל־שְׂפָתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Let a stranger praise you and not your mouth, yes, let a foreigner praise you and not your lips”\n
+27:2	yy2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	זָ֣ר & נָ֝כְרִ֗י	1	Here, **a stranger** and **a foreigner** refer to unfamiliar people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any stranger … any foreigner” or “any other person … any outsider”\n
+27:2	zgaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	פִ֑י⁠ךָ & שְׂפָתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	In this verse, **mouth** and **lips** refer to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **mouth** in [4:5](../04/05.md) and **lips** in [23:16](../23/16.md).
+27:3	lqz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	כֹּֽבֶד־אֶ֭בֶן וְ⁠נֵ֣טֶל הַ⁠ח֑וֹל	1	Here, Solomon uses the possessive form to state that **a stone** is heavy and **sand** is weighty. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A stone is heavy and sand is weighty”
+27:3	snl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠כַ֥עַס אֱ֝וִ֗יל כָּבֵ֥ד מִ⁠שְּׁנֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	Here, Solomon refers to how vexing fools are to other people as if that **vexation** were **heavier than** the weight of **a stone** or **sand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “yet the vexation of a fool is harder to tolerate than lifting either of them” or “yet the vexation of a fool is like something heavier than the two of them”
+27:3	wtng		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠כַ֥עַס אֱ֝וִ֗יל	1	Here, Solomon uses the possessive form to describe **the vexation** that is caused by **a fool**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “yet how vexing a fool is”
+27:4	l3ui			אַכְזְרִיּ֣וּת חֵ֭מָה וְ⁠שֶׁ֣טֶף אָ֑ף	1	Here, Solomon uses the possessive form to describe **heat** that is characterized by **Cruelty** and **nose** that is characterized by **a flood**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Heat is cruel and nose is a flood”
+27:4	shgm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חֵ֭מָה & אָ֑ף	1	Here, **heat** and **nose** refer to anger. See how you translated the same use of **heat** and **nose** in [15:1](../15/01.md).
+27:4	r9wp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שֶׁ֣טֶף אָ֑ף	1	Here, Solomon speaks of the destructive power of anger as if it were **a flood**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and anger destroys like a flood”
+27:4	nh38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וּ⁠מִ֥י יַ֝עֲמֹד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י קִנְאָֽה	1	Solomon is using the question form to emphasize how dangerous **jealousy** is. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “but surely no one can stand before the face of jealousy!”
+27:4	pjny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יַ֝עֲמֹד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י	1	Here, **stand before the face of** means “resist.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can succeed against”
+27:4	inj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	קִנְאָֽה	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **jealousy** in [6:34](../06/34.md).
+27:5	pz3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מְגֻלָּ֑ה & מְסֻתָּֽרֶת	1	Here, **open** refers to a **rebuke** that someone notices, while **hidden** refers to **love** that someone does not notice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “noticeable … unnoticeable”
+27:5	yva8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	תּוֹכַ֣חַת & מֵֽ⁠אַהֲבָ֥ה	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **rebuke** in [1:23](../01/23.md) and **love** in [10:12](../10/12.md).
+27:6	t884		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	נֶ֭אֱמָנִים פִּצְעֵ֣י אוֹהֵ֑ב	1	Here, Solomon speaks of the faithfulness of the **one who loves** as if the **wounds** he causes were a **Faithful** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The wounds of one who loves show his faithfulness” or “The wounds of one who loves show how faithful he is”
+27:6	lswh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	פִּצְעֵ֣י אוֹהֵ֑ב	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **wounds** that are caused by **one who loves**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “are the wounds caused by one who loves”
+27:6	d5v5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	פִּצְעֵ֣י אוֹהֵ֑ב	1	Here, Solomon speaks of the sadness that a person feels when **one who loves** rebukes that person as if it were **wounds**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sadness caused by one who loves and rebukes”
+27:6	hu2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אוֹהֵ֑ב & שׂוֹנֵֽא	1	Here, **one who loves** and **one who hates** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any person who loves … any person who hates”
+27:6	q38c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ֝⁠נַעְתָּר֗וֹת נְשִׁיק֥וֹת שׂוֹנֵֽא	1	Here, Solomon speaks of the deceptiveness of the **one who hates** as if the **kisses** he gives were a **deceptive** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but the kisses of one who hates show his deceptiveness” or “but the kisses of one who hates show how deceptive he is”
+27:6	upw5			וְ֝⁠נַעְתָּר֗וֹת	1	The word translated as **deceptive** can also mean “excessive.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.\n
+27:6	f1f8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	נְשִׁיק֥וֹת שׂוֹנֵֽא	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **kisses** that are given by **one who hates**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “are the kisses given by one who hates”
+27:6	wzd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	נְשִׁיק֥וֹת	1	Here, **kisses** is a symbolic action to show true friendship and loyalty. See how you translated the same use of the word in [24:26](../24/26.md).
+27:7	cebd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	נֶ֣פֶשׁ שְׂ֭בֵעָה & וְ⁠נֶ֥פֶשׁ רְ֝עֵבָ֗ה	1	**A satiated appetite** and **the appetite of a hungry one** refers to these appetites in general, not specific appetites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any satiated appetite … but for any appetite of any hungry person”
+27:7	diy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	נֶ֣פֶשׁ שְׂ֭בֵעָה	1	Here, **appetite** refers to the whole **satiated** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A person who is satisfied” or “A person who has eaten enough to be full”
+27:7	wr1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	נֶ֣פֶשׁ & וְ⁠נֶ֥פֶשׁ	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **appetite** in [6:30](../06/30.md).
+27:7	y8b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תָּב֣וּס נֹ֑פֶת & מָתֽוֹק	1	Here, Solomon implies that the **satiated** person **tramples fresh honey** because he is not hungry and does not want to eat it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tramples fresh honey because he is not hungry”
+27:7	pha3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠נֶ֥פֶשׁ רְ֝עֵבָ֗ה	1	Here, **appetite** refers to the whole **hungry one**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but a person who is hungry”
+27:7	aj75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל־מַ֥ר מָתֽוֹק	1	Here, **bitter** and **sweet** refer to how things taste. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everything that tastes bitter seems to taste sweet”
+27:8	szf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כְּ֭⁠צִפּוֹר נוֹדֶ֣דֶת מִן־קִנָּ֑⁠הּ כֵּֽן־אִ֝֗ישׁ נוֹדֵ֥ד מִ⁠מְּקוֹמֽ⁠וֹ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Like a man who wanders from his place, so is a bird wandering from her nest”\n
+27:8	u3ew		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אִ֝֗ישׁ & מִ⁠מְּקוֹמֽ⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the same use of **a man** and **his** in [6:27](../06/27.md).
+27:9	nbzh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שֶׁ֣מֶן וּ֭⁠קְטֹרֶת	1	**Oil and incense** here refers to pleasant-smelling substances that are put on a person’s skin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pleasant-smelling oils and perfumes”
+27:9	hute		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	יְשַׂמַּֽח־לֵ֑ב	1	Here, Solomon speaks of a person feeling glad as if that persons **heart** were a person who could be gladdened. If it would be helpful in you language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “make a person happy”\n
+27:9	mg4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וּ⁠מֶ֥תֶק	1	Here, **and** indicates that Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous clause. In the same way that **Oil and incense gladden the heart**, **the sweetness of his friend is from the counsel of the soul**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “similarly, the sweetness of”\n
+27:9	fa3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מֶ֥תֶק	1	Here, Solomon speaks of the kindness of a **friend** as if it were **sweetness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and the kindness of”
+27:9	pmcx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	רֵ֝עֵ֗⁠הוּ	1	Although **his** is masculine, here it refers to a person in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “any person’s friend”\n
+27:9	u0uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מֵֽ⁠עֲצַת־נָֽפֶשׁ	1	The phrase **counsel of the soul** refers to sincere advice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is from sincere counsel”
+27:10	c6gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רֵֽעֲ⁠ךָ֨ וְרֵ֪עַ & וּ⁠בֵ֥ית אָחִ֗י⁠ךָ אַל־תָּ֭בוֹא & שָׁכֵ֥ן קָ֝ר֗וֹב מֵ⁠אָ֥ח רָחֽוֹק	1	Here, **friend**, **house**, **brother**, **a nearby inhabitant**, and **a distant brother** represent these things and people in general, not specific things or people. In this verse, **brother** refers to relatives in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any friend of yours and any friend of … and do not enter any house of any relative of yours … is any nearby inhabitant than any distant relative”
+27:10	a4vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠י֣וֹם	1	Here, **day** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 24-hour length of time. See how you translated the same use of **day** in [21:31](../21/31.md).
+27:10	sg3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אֵידֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **calamity** in [1:26](../01/26.md).\n
+27:10	djmi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ט֥וֹב שָׁכֵ֥ן קָ֝ר֗וֹב מֵ⁠אָ֥ח רָחֽוֹק	1	Here, Solomon implies that this situation is true **in the day of your calamity**, as mentioned in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you need help, a nearby inhabitant is better than a distant brother”
+27:11	gm95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בְּ֭נִ⁠י	1	See how you translated the same use of **son** in [10:1](../10/01.md).\n
+27:11	v2t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לִבִּ֑⁠י	1	Here, **heart** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [14:10](../14/10.md).\n
+27:11	dbcf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אָשִׁ֖יבָה & דָבָֽר	1	Here, Solomon refers to replying to someone as if the **word** spoken were an object that one returns to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I shall reply with a word”\n
+27:11	zblc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אָשִׁ֖יבָה	1	Here, and introduces the result of the **son** being **wise**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “As a result, I shall return”\n
+27:11	roze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	דָבָֽר	1	See how you translated the similar use of **word** in [12:25](../12/25.md).\n
+27:11	e4u1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	חֹרְפִ֣⁠י	1	Here, **one who reproaches me** represents a person in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “to any person who reproaches me”\n
+27:12	y47t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עָר֤וּם רָאָ֣ה רָעָ֣ה נִסְתָּ֑ר פְּ֝תָאיִ֗ם עָבְר֥וּ נֶעֱנָֽשׁוּ	1	See how you translated the nearly identical sentence in [22:3](../22/03.md).
+27:13	l1r3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	קַח־בִּ֭גְד⁠וֹ כִּי־עָ֣רַב זָ֑ר וּ⁠בְעַ֖ד נָכְרִיָּ֣ה חַבְלֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	See how you translated the identical sentence in [20:16](../20/16.md).
+27:14	xjs1			מְבָ֘רֵ֤ךְ רֵעֵ֨⁠הוּ & בַּ⁠בֹּ֣קֶר הַשְׁכֵּ֑ים & לֽ⁠וֹ	1	**One who blesses**, **his neighbor**, **the rising morning**, and **him** represent types of people and mornings in general, not a specific people or **morning**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any person who blesses any neighbor … in any rising morning … to that neighbor”\n
+27:14	xlwx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל גָּ֭דוֹל	1	Here, **great** refers to the **voice** being loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with a loud voice”
+27:14	ckpj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בַּ⁠בֹּ֣קֶר הַשְׁכֵּ֑ים	1	Here, Solomon refers to the early **morning** as if it were **rising** because the Sun appears to rise on the horizon in the **morning**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at dawn”
+27:14	z5ga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	קְ֝לָלָ֗ה תֵּחָ֥שֶׁב לֽ⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that neighbor will consider it to be a curse”
+27:15	caj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	דֶּ֣לֶף ט֭וֹרֵד בְּ⁠י֣וֹם סַגְרִ֑יר וְ⁠אֵ֥שֶׁת מדונים נִשְׁתָּוָֽה	1	Here, **alike** indicates that Solomon is comparing **a woman of quarrels** to continually **dripping** water on a rainy **day** because it is annoying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar use of **dripping** in [19:13](../19/13.md). Alternate translation: “Bothersome like a continual dripping on a day of steady rain is a woman of quarrels” or “As annoying as a continual dripping of water on a rainy is a woman of quarrels”\n
+27:15	bh2v			וְ⁠אֵ֥שֶׁת מדונים	1	See how you translated **a woman of quarrels** in [21:9](../21/09.md).
+27:16	emob			צֹפְנֶ֥י⁠הָ צָֽפַן	1	The word translated as **hides** in this verse is considered by some scholars to also mean “restrains.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.\n
+27:16	tnhs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	צֹפְנֶ֥י⁠הָ	1	Here, **her** refers to “a woman of quarrels” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one who hides a woman of quarrels”
+27:16	tfg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	צֹפְנֶ֥י⁠הָ & יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ	1	**The one who hides** and **his** represent any man with a quarrelsome wife in general, not a specific man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who hides her … that person’s right hand”
+27:16	z86v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	צָֽפַן־ר֑וּחַ וְ⁠שֶׁ֖מֶן יְמִינ֣⁠וֹ יִקְרָֽא	1	Here, Solomon speaks of hiding a quarrelsome woman as if one were trying to hide **the wind** or grasp **oil** in his hand, all of which are impossible tasks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “is doing something impossible” or “is like one who tries to hide the wind or grasp oil in his right hand”
+27:16	vt8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִקְרָֽא	1	Here, the word translated as **meets** refers to trying to grasp or hold on to something in a hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “grasps”
+27:17	w3va		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	בַּרְזֶ֣ל בְּ⁠בַרְזֶ֣ל יָ֑חַד וְ֝⁠אִ֗ישׁ יַ֣חַד פְּנֵֽי־רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	Here, **and** indicates that Solomon is comparing what he says in the second clause to what he says in the first clause. In the same way that **Iron sharpens against iron**, **a man sharpens the face of his neighbor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Iron sharpens against iron; similarly, a man sharpens the face of his neighbor”\n
+27:17	vkrx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בַּרְזֶ֣ל בְּ⁠בַרְזֶ֣ל יָ֑חַד וְ֝⁠אִ֗ישׁ יַ֣חַד פְּנֵֽי־רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “A man sharpens the face of his neighbor like iron sharpens against iron”\n
+27:17	a75j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	וְ֝⁠אִ֗ישׁ & רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	Although **a man** and **his** are masculine, Solomon is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “and a person … that person’s neighbor”\n
+27:17	tka6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יַ֣חַד	1	Here, Solomon uses **sharpens** to refer to developing or improving someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helps to improve”
+27:17	jsvp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	פְּנֵֽי	1	Here, Solomon uses **face** to refer to a person’s character or how a person thinks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the character of”
+27:18	gbr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	נֹצֵ֣ר תְּ֭אֵנָה יֹאכַ֣ל פִּרְיָ֑⁠הּ וְ⁠שֹׁמֵ֖ר אֲדֹנָ֣י⁠ו	1	**One who guards**, **a fig tree**, **its**, **one who protects**, and **his** represent fig trees and types of people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who guards any fig tree will eat the fruit of that tree, and any person who protects that person’s masters”
+27:18	ywjy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ⁠שֹׁמֵ֖ר	1	Here, **and** indicates that Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous clause. Solomon is saying that **one who protects his masters** is like **One who guards a fig tree** because both receive a reward for their work. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way one who protects”\n
+27:18	d71d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יְכֻבָּֽד	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those masters will honor”
+27:19	kla0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	כַּ֭⁠מַּיִם הַ⁠פָּנִ֣ים לַ⁠פָּנִ֑ים כֵּ֤ן לֵֽב־הָ֝⁠אָדָ֗ם לָ⁠אָדָֽם	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “As the water reflects the face to the face, so the heart of the man reflects to the man”
+27:19	bvj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כַּ֭⁠מַּיִם הַ⁠פָּנִ֣ים לַ⁠פָּנִ֑ים כֵּ֤ן לֵֽב־הָ֝⁠אָדָ֗ם לָ⁠אָדָֽם	1	The words **As** and **so** in this verse indicate that Solomon is comparing **water** with **the heart of a man**. The point is that both reveal what someone really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “Just like the water shows the face to the face, so the heart of a man shows to the man {who he really is}”
+27:19	tpu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	כַּ֭⁠מַּיִם הַ⁠פָּנִ֣ים לַ⁠פָּנִ֑ים כֵּ֤ן לֵֽב־הָ֝⁠אָדָ֗ם לָ⁠אָדָֽם	1	Here, **the water**, **the face**, **the heart**, and **the man** refer to things and people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “As water reflects any face to itself, so any person’s heart reflects to that person”
+27:19	z68a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֵֽב	1	See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [2:2](../02/02.md).\n
+27:20	nv5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	שְׁא֣וֹל וַ֭אֲבַדּוֹ	1	See how you translated this phrase in [15:11](../15/11.md).
+27:20	c28l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֣א תִשְׂבַּ֑עְנָה & לֹ֣א תִשְׂבַּֽעְנָה	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one can satisfy … no one can satisfy”
+27:20	tloq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	לֹ֣א תִשְׂבַּ֑עְנָה	1	Here, Solomon speaks of **Sheol and Abaddon** never lacking room for more dead people are if they were people who **are not satisfied**. He means that people never stop dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “never lack space”
+27:20	vzio		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ֝⁠אָדָ֗ם לֹ֣א תִשְׂבַּֽעְנָה	1	Here, **and** indicates that Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous clause. In the same way that **Sheol and Abaddon are not satisfied**, **the eyes of the man are not satisfied**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “similarly, the eyes of the man are not satisfied”\n
+27:20	q6ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ֝⁠אָדָ֗ם לֹ֣א תִשְׂבַּֽעְנָה	1	Here **the eyes** refers to desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the desires of the man are not satisfied”
+27:20	m6bk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ֝⁠אָדָ֗ם לֹ֣א תִשְׂבַּֽעְנָה	1	Here, Solomon speaks of **the man** never ceasing to desire as if *his **eyes** were people who **are not satisfied**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and a man never stops desiring”
+27:20	fxne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	הָ֝⁠אָדָ֗ם	1	Although the term **man** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person” or “any person”\n
+27:21	twg0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַצְרֵ֣ף לַ֭⁠כֶּסֶף וְ⁠כ֣וּר לַ⁠זָּהָ֑ב	1	See how you translated the identical clause in [17:3](../17/03.md).
+27:21	eza1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ֝⁠אִ֗ישׁ	1	Here, **so** indicates that Solomon is comparing what follows to what he said in the previous clause. In the same way that the **smelting-pot** reveals the impurities in **silver** and the **furnace** reveals the impurities in **gold**, the character of **a man** is revealed by how he responds to **the mouth of one who praises him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way, a man of”\n
+27:21	b7qd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ֝⁠אִ֗ישׁ לְ⁠פִ֣י מַהֲלָלֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **a man** and **one who praises him** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “so is any person for the mouth of any person who praises that person”
+27:21	vnq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠פִ֣י מַהֲלָלֽ⁠וֹ	1	Solomon implies that **a man** is tested by **the mouth of one who praises him**, just as **silver** and **gold** are tested by someone melting them in a **smelting-pot** or **furnace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tested by the mouth of one who praises”
+27:21	prc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	לְ⁠פִ֣י	1	Here, **mouth** refers to what the person says **who praises him**. See how you translated the same use of **mouth** in [10:6](../10/06.md).
+27:22	gkkq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	אִ֥ם תִּכְתּֽוֹשׁ־אֶת־הָ⁠אֱוִ֨יל ׀ בַּֽ⁠מַּכְתֵּ֡שׁ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הָ֭⁠רִיפוֹת בַּֽ⁠עֱלִ֑י	1	Solomon uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain how futile it is to stop **a fool** from being foolish. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose you were to pound a fool in a mortar with a pestle in the midst of ground grains”
+27:22	ir3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	תִּכְתּֽוֹשׁ־אֶת־הָ⁠אֱוִ֨יל ׀ בַּֽ⁠מַּכְתֵּ֡שׁ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הָ֭⁠רִיפוֹת בַּֽ⁠עֱלִ֑י	1	The terms **mortar** and **pestle** refer to hard tools that are used together to crush **grains**. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tools, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “you pound a fool with tools used for crushing grain”
+27:22	wkql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	הָ⁠אֱוִ֨יל & מֵ֝⁠עָלָ֗י⁠ו אִוַּלְתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **a fool**, **his**, and **him** refer to fools in general, not one particular **fool**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any fool … that fool’s folly … from on that fool”
+27:22	q3vd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	לֹא־תָס֥וּר מֵ֝⁠עָלָ֗י⁠ו אִוַּלְתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of a person being unable to stop behaving foolishly as if **his folly** were a person who **will not turn away from on him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will not stop his folly”\n
+27:22	szvb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אִוַּלְתּֽ⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **folly** in [5:23](../05/23.md).
+27:23	ixh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	יָדֹ֣עַ תֵּ֭דַע פְּנֵ֣י צֹאנֶ֑⁠ךָ שִׁ֥ית לִ֝בְּ⁠ךָ֗ לַ⁠עֲדָרִֽים	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Know well the faces of your flock, yes, set your heart to the herds”
+27:23	de7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	פְּנֵ֣י	1	Here, **faces** refers to what the animals in the **flock** look like, which would indicate the condition of their health. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the condition of”
+27:23	m9rs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	צֹאנֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	In this verse, the word **flock** is singular in form, but it refers to all sheep or goats as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “your group of sheep”
+27:23	b9bu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שִׁ֥ית לִ֝בְּ⁠ךָ֗	1	See how you translated this phrase in [22:17](../22/17.md).
+27:23	fwhi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לַ⁠עֲדָרִֽים	1	The parallelism with the previous clause indicates that Solomon is referring to the condition of **the herds**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the condition of the herds”
+27:24	gu92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	נֵ֝֗זֶר	1	Here, **crown** refers to a king’s rule over his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a king’s rule”
+27:24	d07y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠ד֣וֹר וָדֽוֹר	1	This is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.
+27:25-26	sq5k				1	These two verses are one conditional sentence. If the conditions in [27:25](../27/25.md) are met, then the situation in [27:26](../27/26.md) will occur. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate conditional statements.
+27:25	qn5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	גָּלָ֣ה חָ֭צִיר	1	Here, Solomon implies that the **grass disappears** because the farmer harvested it in order to feed it to livestock. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then grass disappears when you harvest it”
+27:25	cvdy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠נִרְאָה־דֶ֑שֶׁא	1	The word translated **and** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the event described in the previous phrase. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the next event in a series of events. Alternate translation: “and next, fresh grass is seen”
+27:25	bk4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִרְאָה־דֶ֑שֶׁא וְ֝⁠נֶאֶסְפ֗וּ עִשְּׂב֥וֹת הָרִֽים	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you see fresh grass, and you gather the herbs of the mountains”
+27:25	m5ji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	עִשְּׂב֥וֹת הָרִֽים	1	Here, Solomon uses the possessive form to describe **the herbs** that grow on **the mountains**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the herbs that grow on the mountains”
+27:26	ra5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כְּבָשִׂ֥ים לִ⁠לְבוּשֶׁ֑⁠ךָ	1	Here, Solomon implies that the **lambs** will provide the wool that is used to make **clothing**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “lambs will provide the wool for your clothing”
+27:26	j2vp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠מְחִ֥יר שָׂ֝דֶ֗ה עַתּוּדִֽים	1	Here, Solomon implies that the **male goats** will be sold for an amount of money that will be enough to buy **a field**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and selling your goats will provide enough money to pay the price for a field”
+27:27	q28m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ֝⁠חַיִּ֗ים לְ⁠נַעֲרוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Here, Solomon implies that there will also be enough **milk of female goats** to provide **life for your young women**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and there will be enough goat’s milk to sustain the life of your young women”
+27:27	xjw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ֝⁠חַיִּ֗ים	1	Here, **life** refers to the nourishment needed to sustain **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and nourishment”
+28:intro	g91u				0	# Proverbs 28 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. Hezekiah’s proverbs from Solomon (25:1–29:27)\n    * Warnings and admonitions (25:1–27:27)\n    * Contrastive wise sayings (28:1–29:27)\n\nChapter 28 begins the second part of this section of the book that contains proverbs written by Solomon that were copied by scribes during the reign of Hezekiah. This part in [28:1](../28/01.md)–[29:27](../29/27.md) mostly contains general proverbs that use contrastive parallelism.\n
+28:1	nri8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	רָשָׁ֑ע	1	Solomon is using the adjective **wicked** as a noun to mean **wicked** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The wicked ones”\n
+28:1	gy6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠אֵין־רֹדֵ֣ף	1	Here, **and** indicates a contrast between the previous phrase and the next phrase. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “despite their being no pursuer”
+28:2	wie4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	בְּ⁠פֶ֣שַֽׁע אֶ֭רֶץ רַבִּ֣ים שָׂרֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	**By** here indicates that having **transgression** is one reason why **a land** has **many** **rulers**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Transgression is one reason why a land has many rulers”
+28:2	qks4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠פֶ֣שַֽׁע	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **transgression** in [10:19](../10/19.md).
+28:2	zvxb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֶ֭רֶץ & שָׂרֶ֑י⁠הָ & יַאֲרִֽיךְ	1	Here, **land**, **its**, and **it** refer to the people that live in a **land**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in a land … are their rulers … those people will endure”
+28:2	ivf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠בְ⁠אָדָ֥ם	1	Here, Solomon implies that **a man** is a ruler. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but by a ruler”
+28:2	rbza		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	מֵבִ֥ין יֹ֝דֵ֗עַ	1	The words **understands** and **knows** mean the same thing. Solomon is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “who really understands”
+28:3	tx2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	גֶּ֣בֶר	1	**A man** here refers to this type of person in general, not a specific **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any person”
+28:3	p3oh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דַּלִּ֑ים	1	See how you translated the same use of **lowly** in [10:15](../10/15.md).\n
+28:3	pb4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מָטָ֥ר סֹ֝חֵ֗ף וְ⁠אֵ֣ין לָֽחֶם	1	Here, Solomon refers to **A man who is poor and who oppresses the lowly ones** as if that person were **a rain that washes away**. The point is that both are destructive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “is very destructive” or “is like rain that washes away and there is no bread”\n
+28:3	rw37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	סֹ֝חֵ֗ף	1	Here, Solomon implies that the **rain** **washes away** all the crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that washes all the crops away”
+28:3	s74i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין	1	Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. Alternate translation: “and results in their being no”
+28:3	hskj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לָֽחֶם	1	See how you translated the same use of **bread** in [9:5](../09/05.md).
+28:4	z1ah		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	עֹזְבֵ֣י	1	See how you translated the same use of **forsake** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
+28:4	u914		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	ת֭וֹרָה & ת֝וֹרָ֗ה	1	Here, the word **law** is singular in form, but it refers to several laws as a group. In this verse, **law** could refer to: (1) Yahweh’s laws. Alternate translation: “the laws of Yahweh … his laws” (2) wise instruction in general. Alternate translation: “wise instructions … those instructions”\n
+28:4	jyfa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רָשָׁ֑ע	1	See how you translated **a wicked one** in [9:7](../09/07.md).
+28:4	j98f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שֹׁמְרֵ֥י	1	Here, Solomon speaks of obeying **the law** as if it were an object that someone can **keep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST.\n
+28:4	whf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	בָֽ⁠ם	1	Here, **them** refers to **wicked** people, who are called **a wicked one** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “against those wicked people”
+28:5	blnd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אַנְשֵׁי־רָ֭ע	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **men** who are characterized by **evil**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Evil men”
+28:5	pi7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אַנְשֵׁי	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “People of”\n
+28:5	t38q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מִשְׁפָּ֑ט	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **justice** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+28:5	k5mh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מְבַקְשֵׁ֥י	1	Here, Solomon refers to trying to know and please **Yahweh** as if he were an object that people can seek. See how you translated the similar use of “seeks” in [11:27](../11/27.md). Alternate translation: “but people who try to please”
+28:5	ru6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כֹֽל	1	Here, Solomon implies that the people **understand everything** about **justice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “completely understand what is just”
+28:6	q4ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רָ֭שׁ הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בְּ⁠תֻמּ֑⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עִקֵּ֥שׁ דְּ֝רָכַ֗יִם וְ⁠ה֣וּא	1	Here, **one who is poor**, **his**, **one crooked of ways**, and **he** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any person who is poor who walks in that person’s integrity than any person who is crooked of ways, yet that person”
+28:6	pfi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הוֹלֵ֣ךְ בְּ⁠תֻמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, **walks** refers to how a person behaves, in this case behaving with **integrity**. See how you translated the similar use of “walk” in [3:23](../03/23.md). Alternate translation: “who behaves with integrity”
+28:6	w2cr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠תֻמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **integrity** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+28:6	jdf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מֵ⁠עִקֵּ֥שׁ	1	See how you translated the same use of **crooked** in [2:15](../02/15.md).
+28:6	gq3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דְּ֝רָכַ֗יִם	1	See how you translated the same use of **ways** in [3:6](../03/06.md).
+28:7	b5pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	נוֹצֵ֣ר & וְ⁠רֹעֶה & אָבִֽי⁠ו	1	**One who guards**, **one who associates**, and **his** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who guards … but any person who associates with … that person’s father”
+28:7	rh6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נוֹצֵ֣ר	1	Here, Solomon speaks of obeying **the law** as if it were an object that someone **guards**. See how you translated the same use of “keep” in [28:4](../28/04.md).
+28:7	mmgd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	תּ֭וֹרָה	1	See how you translated the same use of **the law** in [28:4](../28/04.md).
+28:7	pi9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בֵּ֣ן	1	See how you translated the same use of **son** in [10:1](../10/01.md).
+28:8	uef7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מַרְבֶּ֣ה ה֭וֹנ⁠וֹ & לְ⁠חוֹנֵ֖ן	1	**One who increases**, **his**, and **one who shows favor** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who increases that person’s own wealth … for any person who shows favor”
+28:8	i36g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	בְּ⁠נֶ֣שֶׁךְ וְתַרְבִּ֑ית	1	The two words **interest** and **usury** express a single idea. The word **usury** indicates that this person is charging an unreasonably large amount of **interest** to those who borrow money from him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “by charging extra money to borrow”
+28:8	vw0h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִקְבְּצֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	Here, Solomon implies that the **One who increases his wealth** unknowingly **gathers** his **wealth** for someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “unknowingly gathers it”
+28:8	tj5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠חוֹנֵ֖ן	1	See how you translated the same use of **shows favor** in [14:21](../14/21.md).
+28:8	xz6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דַּלִּ֣ים	1	See how you translated the same use of **lowly** in [10:15](../10/15.md).
+28:9	spld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מֵסִ֣יר אָ֭זְנ⁠וֹ & תְּ֝פִלָּת֗⁠וֹ	1	**One who turns away** and **his** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any person who turns away that person’s own ear … that person’s prayer”
+28:9	s7cf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מֵסִ֣יר אָ֭זְנ⁠וֹ מִ⁠שְּׁמֹ֣עַ	1	The phrase **turns away his ear** is an idiom that refers to refusing to listen to what someone is saying as if the listener were turning **his ear** **away** from the person speaking. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “One who refuses to listen to”\n
+28:9	jdtt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	תּוֹרָ֑ה	1	See how you translated the same use of **the law** in [28:4](../28/04.md).
+28:9	htkq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תּוֹעֵבָֽה	1	As in the rest of Proverbs, **abomination** here refers to what Yahweh considers to be an **abomination**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is what is abominable to Yahweh”
+28:9	a3bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	תּוֹעֵבָֽה	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **abomination** in [3:32](../03/32.md).
+28:10	pv8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מַשְׁגֶּ֤ה יְשָׁרִ֨ים & בִּ⁠שְׁחוּת֥⁠וֹ הֽוּא־יִפּ֑וֹל	1	**One who leads**, **his**, **he**, and **himself** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any person who leads upright ones astray … into that person’s own pit that person will fall”
+28:10	hgy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מַשְׁגֶּ֤ה יְשָׁרִ֨ים ׀ בְּ⁠דֶ֥רֶךְ רָ֗ע	1	Here, Solomon refers to someone causing **upright ones** to behave in a manner that is **evil** as if he were leading those people down a path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the same use of “lead them astray” in [12:26](../12/26.md) and **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “One who causes upright ones to behave in an evil manner”\n
+28:10	nxid		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠דֶ֥רֶךְ רָ֗ע	1	See how you translated **way of evil** in [2:12](../02/12.md).
+28:10	tw7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בִּ⁠שְׁחוּת֥⁠וֹ הֽוּא־יִפּ֑וֹל	1	Here, Solomon refers to a person destroying themselves by trying to harm someone else as if that person falls **into his pit** that he had dug to trap someone else. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will end up destroying himself by his behavior”
+28:10	um6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ֝⁠תְמִימִ֗ים	1	See how you translated **blameless ones** in [2:21](../02/21.md).
+28:10	w756		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִנְחֲלוּ־טֽוֹב	1	Here, Solomon speaks of **blameless ones** receiving many **good** things as if **good** were property or wealth that they could **inherit** from a family member. See how you translated the same use of **inherit** in [3:35](../03/35.md).\n
+28:10	g3pd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	טֽוֹב	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **good** in [11:27](../11/27.md).
+28:11	prjd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בְּ֭⁠עֵינָי⁠ו אִ֣ישׁ עָשִׁ֑יר וְ⁠דַ֖ל & יַחְקְרֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	**A rich man**, **his**, **a lowly one**, and **him** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any rich person … in that person’s eyes, but any lowly one … will search that person out”
+28:11	eg7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	חָכָ֣ם בְּ֭⁠עֵינָי⁠ו	1	See how you translated **wise in his eyes** in [26:5](../26/05.md).
+28:11	pj9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠דַ֖ל	1	See how you translated the same use of **lowly** in [10:15](../10/15.md).
+28:11	ynr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יַחְקְרֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	The phrase means that **a lowly one** will be able to investigate and determine that **A rich man** is not really **wise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will determine that he is not truly wise”
+28:12	qew3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רַבָּ֣ה תִפְאָ֑רֶת	1	Here, **splendor** could refer to: (1) people rejoicing or celebrating that **righteous ones** have become powerful. Alternate translation: “there is great celebration” (2) the rule of the **righteous ones** being glorious. Alternate translation: “it is very glorious”
+28:12	gtfk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּ⁠עֲלֹ֣ץ צַ֭דִּיקִים	1	Here, Solomon implies that **wicked ones exult** because they have become prosperous or powerful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When righteous ones become prosperous”
+28:12	zkn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠בְ⁠ק֥וּם רְ֝שָׁעִ֗ים	1	Here, Solomon speaks of **wicked ones** becoming powerful as if they were objects that could **arise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but when wicked ones become prosperous”\n
+28:12	zux2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יְחֻפַּ֥שׂ אָדָֽם	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people search for a man”
+28:12	egmh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	יְחֻפַּ֥שׂ אָדָֽם	1	Here, **a man** refers to people in general, not a specific **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any person is searched for”
+28:12	g949		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יְחֻפַּ֥שׂ אָדָֽם	1	Here, Solomon implies that **a man is searched for** because everyone has hidden themselves to escape from the powerful **wicked ones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone hides from them”
+28:13	e7kw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מְכַסֶּ֣ה פְ֭שָׁעָי⁠ו & וּ⁠מוֹדֶ֖ה	1	**One who covers**, **his**, and **one who confesses** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who covers that person’s own transgressions … but any person who confesses”
+28:13	h8gm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מְכַסֶּ֣ה	1	Here, Solomon refers to someone concealing **his transgressions** as if **transgressions** were objects that someone **covers**. See how you translated the same use of **covers** in [10:6](../10/06.md).
+28:13	gqdj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	פְ֭שָׁעָי⁠ו	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **transgressions** in [10:12](../10/12.md).
+28:13	wef9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וּ⁠מוֹדֶ֖ה וְ⁠עֹזֵ֣ב	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but one who confesses and forsakes his transgressions”
+28:13	m9fz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יְרֻחָֽם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will show mercy to”
+28:14	ijf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אָ֭דָם & וּ⁠מַקְשֶׁ֥ה לִ֝בּ֗⁠וֹ	1	Here, **a man**, **one who hardens**, and **his** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “is any person … but any person who hardens that person’s own heart”
+28:14	lmxv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מְפַחֵ֣ד תָּמִ֑יד	1	Here, **in terror continually** refers to reverently fearing Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is in terror of Yahweh continually”
+28:14	ymm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מַקְשֶׁ֥ה לִ֝בּ֗⁠וֹ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of a person being stubbornly opposed to Yahweh as if he made **his heart** hard. The word **heart** here refers to a person’s mind and will, as in [2:2](../02/02.md). If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. If a translation is available in your language, see how it translated a similar expression in [Exodus 7:3](../exo/07/03.md). Alternate translation: “but one who is stubborn against Yahweh”\n
+28:14	l7ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִפּ֥וֹל בְּ⁠רָעָֽה	1	See how you translated the nearly identical phrase “falls into evil” in [13:17](../13/17.md).
+28:15	oeeu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אֲרִי־נֹ֭הֵם וְ⁠דֹ֣ב שׁוֹקֵ֑ק מֹשֵׁ֥ל רָ֝שָׁ֗ע עַ֣ל עַם־דָּֽל	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “A wicked ruler over a lowly people is a lion growling and a bear charging”\n
+28:15	z8ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲרִי־נֹ֭הֵם וְ⁠דֹ֣ב שׁוֹקֵ֑ק	1	In this verse, Solomon speaks of **a wicked ruler over a lowly people** being frightening and dangerous as if he were **A lion growling and a bear charging**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Very dangerous” or “Like a lion growling or a bear charging”\n
+28:15	x5l1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מֹשֵׁ֥ל רָ֝שָׁ֗ע עַ֣ל עַם־דָּֽל	1	Here, **a wicked ruler** and **a lowly people** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “is any wicked ruler over any lowly people”
+28:15	sbb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דָּֽל	1	See how you translated the same use of **lowly** in [10:15](../10/15.md).
+28:15	c8mt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	עַם	1	See how you translated the same use of **people** in [11:14](../11/14.md).
+28:16	rcu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	נָגִ֗יד & שֹׂ֥נֵא	1	**A leader** and **one who hates** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any leader … any person who hates”
+28:16	et9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	תְּ֭בוּנוֹת	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **understanding** in [1:2](../01/02.md).\n\n
+28:16	ofeu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠רַ֥ב מַעֲשַׁקּ֑וֹת	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe an **abundant** amount of oppressive acts. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “does many oppressive acts”
+28:16	kufg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	שֹׂ֥נֵא	1	This clause is a strong contrast to the previous clause. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “however, one who hates”\n
+28:16	az95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בֶ֝֗צַע	1	See how you translated this phrase in [1:19](../01/19.md).
+28:16	eae9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יַאֲרִ֥יךְ יָמִֽים	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “length of days” in [3:2](../03/02.md).
+28:17	izx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אָ֭דָם & נָפֶשׁ & בּ֥וֹר & בֽ⁠וֹ	1	**A man**, **a life**, **a pit**, and **him** refer to a type of person and these things in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person … any life … any pit … that person”
+28:17	p6a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	עָשֻׁ֣ק בְּ⁠דַם־נָפֶשׁ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the blood of a life oppresses”
+28:17	zx10		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עָשֻׁ֣ק בְּ⁠דַם־נָפֶשׁ	1	Here, **oppressed** refers to a person being guilty for murdering someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “guilty for the blood of a life”
+28:17	rm8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠דַם	1	Here, **blood** refers to violently murdering someone, which usually causes **blood** to come out of the person who is murdered. See how you translated the same use of **blood** in [1:11](../01/11.md).\n
+28:17	qv18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	נָפֶשׁ	1	Here, **life** refers to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person”
+28:17	usng		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יָ֝נ֗וּס	1	Here, **flee** implies that the murderer is fleeing from punishment for what he has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will flee punishment” or “will flee those who want to punish him”
+28:17	lija		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בּ֥וֹר	1	Here, **pit** could refer to: (1) death, which is when that person would be buried in **a pit**. Alternate translation: “the grave” or “death” (2) a deep hole or well where the murder would try to hide. Alternate translation: “a pit to hide in”
+28:17	d5fw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	אַל־יִתְמְכוּ	1	Here, **them** refers to any people in general who may think about helping the murderer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “let no one support” or “let any people not support”
+28:18	u4m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	הוֹלֵ֣ךְ & וְ⁠נֶעְקַ֥שׁ	1	**One who walks** and **one who is crooked** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who walks … but any person who is crooked”
+28:18	hpqv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הוֹלֵ֣ךְ תָּ֭מִים	1	Here, Solomon refers to someone behaving in a blameless manner as if that person **walks blameless**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar use of “walk” in [3:23](../03/23.md). Alternate translation: “One who conducts his life in a blameless manner”\n
+28:18	nhr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִוָּשֵׁ֑עַ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will save”
+28:18	kvc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נֶעְקַ֥שׁ דְּ֝רָכַ֗יִם	1	See how you translated **one crooked of ways** in [28:6](../28/06.md).
+28:18	x79a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִפּ֥וֹל	1	See how you translated the same use of **fall** in [11:5](../11/05.md).
+28:18	z5dm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠אֶחָֽת	1	Here, **in one** could refer to: (1) falling **in one** moment, which emphasizes the suddenness of falling. Alternate translation: “at once” (2) falling into **one** of this person’s **crooked** **ways**. Alternate translation: “into one of those ways”
+28:19	dlk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֹבֵ֣ד אַ֭דְמָת⁠וֹ יִֽשְׂבַּֽע־לָ֑חֶם	1	See how you translated the identical clause in [12:11](../12/11.md).
+28:19	t64p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מְרַדֵּ֥ף רֵ֝קִ֗ים	1	See how you translated the identical phrase in [12:11](../12/11.md).
+28:19	b8y8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	יִֽשְׂבַּֽע־רִֽישׁ	1	Here Solomon is using irony. By doing so, Solomon actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. The **one who pursues empty things** is spoken of as being **satisfied with poverty**, but **poverty** is not satisfying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will only have poverty”
+28:19	u8pc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רִֽישׁ	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **poverty** in [6:11](../06/11.md).
+28:20	dolw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אִ֣ישׁ אֱ֭מוּנוֹת & וְ⁠אָ֥ץ	1	**A man of faithfulness** and **one who hurries** refer to these types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person of faithfulness … but any person who hurries”
+28:20	wndc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אִ֣ישׁ אֱ֭מוּנוֹת	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **faithfulness**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A faithful man”
+28:20	tmi5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רַב	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **abundance** in [5:23](../05/23.md).
+28:20	ix4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹ֣א יִנָּקֶֽה	1	See how you translated this phrase in [6:29](../06/29.md).
+28:21	x9c3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַֽכֵּר־פָּנִ֥ים	1	See how you translated this phrase in [24:23](../24/23.md).
+28:21	e3d6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹא־ט֑וֹב	1	See how you translated the same use of **not good** in [16:29](../16/29.md).
+28:21	kg9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עַל־פַּת־לֶ֝֗חֶם	1	Here, **a bit of bread** could refer to: (1) a small amount of food. Alternate translation: “yet for a small amount of food” (2) a small bribe. Alternate translation: “yet for a small bribe”
+28:21	oles		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	גָּֽבֶר	1	Although the term **man** is masculine, Solomon is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person”\n
+28:21	qli6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יִפְשַׁע	1	Here, Solomon implies that this person **will transgress** by recognizing **faces**, as mentioned in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will transgress by recognizing faces” or “will transgress by favoring someone”
+28:22	jo74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	נִֽבֳהָ֥ל & אִ֭ישׁ & וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵ֝דַע & יְבֹאֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	**One who hurries**, **a man**, **he**, and **him** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who hurries … is a person of … but that person does not know … will come to that person”
+28:22	xe3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נִֽבֳהָ֥ל לַ⁠ה֗וֹן	1	Here, Solomon implies that this person **hurries to** obtain **wealth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated the similar phrase “one who hurries to become rich” in [28:20](../28/20.md). Alternate translation: “One who hurries to gain wealth”
+28:22	f7a8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אִ֭ישׁ רַ֣ע עָ֑יִן	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “one evil of eye” in [23:6](../23/06.md).
+28:22	mz2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	חֶ֥סֶר	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **lack** in [6:11](../06/11.md).
+28:22	b0nt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	חֶ֥סֶר יְבֹאֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of experiencing **lack** as if it were a person who can **come** to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will experience lack”\n
+28:23	sr8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מ֘וֹכִ֤יחַ אָדָ֣ם & מִֽ⁠מַּחֲלִ֥יק לָשֽׁוֹן	1	**One who rebukes**, **a man**, **one who makes** and **the tongue** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who rebukes any other person … more than any person who makes that person’s own tongue smooth”
+28:23	rv7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִמְצָ֑א	1	See how you translated the same use of **find** in [16:20](../16/20.md).
+28:23	n9j6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	חֵ֣ן	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **favor** in [3:4](../03/04.md).
+28:23	qurb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	חֵ֣ן	1	Here, Solomon implies that **One who rebukes** **will find favor** with the person whom he rebukes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “favor with the one he rebukes”
+28:23	dux2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִֽ⁠מַּחֲלִ֥יק לָשֽׁוֹן	1	Here, Solomon refers to someone speaking flatteringly as if that person **makes** his **tongue smooth**. Here, **tongue** refers to speaking, as in [6:17](../06/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more than one who flatters by what he says”
+28:24	xcp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	גּוֹזֵ֤ל ׀ אָ֘בִ֤י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֗⁠וֹ & ה֝֗וּא לְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ מַשְׁחִֽית	1	**One who robs**, **his**, **he**, and **a man** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who robs that person’s own mother and father … that person … of a person of destruction”
+28:24	qt94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ⁠אֹמֵ֥ר אֵֽין־פָּ֑שַׁע	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and says that there is no transgression”\n
+28:24	r4n0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	פָּ֑שַׁע	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **transgression** in [10:19](../10/19.md).
+28:24	ie7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	חָבֵ֥ר & לְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ מַשְׁחִֽית	1	Here, **companion** refers to being just like **a man of destruction**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is the same kind of person as a man of destruction”
+28:24	myoh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ מַשְׁחִֽית	1	The phrase **man of destruction** refers to a person who destroys other people, which is a murderer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a murderer”
+28:25	e3ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רְחַב־נֶ֭פֶשׁ & וּ⁠בוֹטֵ֖חַ	1	**One wide of appetite** and **one who trusts** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person wide of appetite … but any person who trusts”
+28:25	jq7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	רְחַב־נֶ֭פֶשׁ	1	The phrase **wide of appetite** refers to being greedy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A greedy one”
+28:25	tvtf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יְגָרֶ֣ה	1	Here, Solomon refers to starting **strife** as if it were something that a person **stirs up**. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [15:18](../15/18.md).
+28:25	bkj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מָד֑וֹן	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **strife** in [16:28](../16/28.md).
+28:25	j6m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יְדֻשָּֽׁן	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will fatten”
+28:25	z9z2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יְדֻשָּֽׁן	1	See how you translated the same use of **fattened** in [11:25](../11/25.md).
+28:26	g7iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	בּוֹטֵ֣חַ בְּ֭⁠לִבּ⁠וֹ ה֣וּא כְסִ֑יל וְ⁠הוֹלֵ֥ךְ בְּ֝⁠חָכְמָ֗ה ה֣וּא יִמָּלֵֽט	1	**One who trusts**, **his**, **he**, **a stupid one**, **one who walks**, and **himself** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who trusts in that person’s own heart, that person is stupid, but any person who walks in wisdom, that person will flee”
+28:26	pnc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בְּ֭⁠לִבּ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **heart** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **heart** in [14:10](../14/10.md).
+28:26	dyj3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הוֹלֵ֥ךְ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of a person behaving with **wisdom** as if **wisdom** were a place that person **walks in**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar use of “walk” in [3:23](../03/23.md). Alternate translation: “who behaves with wisdom”
+28:26	g7hy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ֝⁠חָכְמָ֗ה	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+28:26	xhja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ה֣וּא יִמָּלֵֽט	1	Solomon uses the word **himself** to emphasize the kind of person who **will flee**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “that very person will flee”
+28:26	voq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ה֣וּא יִמָּלֵֽט	1	Here, Solomon implies that this person **will flee** from danger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he himself will flee from danger”\n
+28:27	yhn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	נוֹתֵ֣ן לָ֭⁠רָשׁ & וּ⁠מַעְלִ֥ים עֵ֝ינָ֗י⁠ו	1	**One who gives**, **the one who is poor**, **one who hides**, and **his** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who gives to any person who is poor … but any person who hides that person’s own eyes”
+28:27	iwx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	אֵ֣ין מַחְס֑וֹר	1	Solomon is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “has plenty”
+28:27	iay1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מַחְס֑וֹר & רַב	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns lack in [6:11](../06/11.md) and **abundance** in [5:23](../05/23.md).
+28:27	u72f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠מַעְלִ֥ים עֵ֝ינָ֗י⁠ו	1	Here, Solomon implies that this person **hides his eyes** from seeing **the one who is poor** mentioned in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one who hides his eyes so that he does not see the poor” or “but one who hides his eyes from seeing the poor”
+28:27	x8x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠מַעְלִ֥ים עֵ֝ינָ֗י⁠ו	1	Here, **hides his eyes** refers to ignoring the needs of poor people as if one closes his **eyes** to avoid seeing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but one who refuses to notice”
+28:28	ku38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠ק֣וּם רְ֭שָׁעִים	1	See how you translated the same use of **arise** in [28:12](../28/12.md).
+28:28	rpik		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	יִסָּתֵ֣ר אָדָ֑ם	1	Here, **a man** and **himself** refer to people in general, not a specific **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any person will hide”
+29:intro	pkl4				0	# Proverbs 29 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n6. Hezekiah’s proverbs from Solomon (25:1–29:27)\n    * Warnings and admonitions (25:1–27:27)\n    * Contrastive wise sayings (28:1–29:27)\n\nChapter 29 finishes the second part of this section of the book that contains proverbs written by Solomon that were copied by scribes during the reign of Hezekiah. This part in [28:1](../28/01.md)–[29:27](../29/27.md) mostly contains general proverbs that use contrastive parallelism.
+29:1	vinf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אִ֣ישׁ תּ֭וֹכָחוֹת	1	**A man of rebukes** here represents a type of person in general, not one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “Any person of rebukes”\n
+29:1	qhhd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אִ֣ישׁ תּ֭וֹכָחוֹת	1	Here, Solomon uses the possessive form to describe **A man** who has received many **rebukes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “A man who has received rebukes”
+29:1	rl7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מַקְשֶׁה־עֹ֑רֶף	1	Here, Solomon speaks of a person becoming stubborn as if that person **stiffens** his **neck**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who becomes stubborn”
+29:1	nb5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	פֶּ֥תַע יִ֝שָּׁבֵ֗ר וְ⁠אֵ֣ין מַרְפֵּֽא	1	See how you translated the same clause in [6:15](../06/15.md).
+29:2	jt34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בִּ⁠רְב֣וֹת צַ֭דִּיקִים	1	Here, **increase** could refer to: (1) the amount of **righteous ones** increasing. Alternate translation: “When righteous ones increase in number” or “When righteous ones multiply greatly” (2) the **righteous ones** increasing their power or authority. Alternate translation: “When righteous ones increase in power” or “When righteous ones become more powerful”
+29:2	w7r2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	הָ⁠עָ֑ם & עָֽם	1	In this verse, the word **people** is singular in form, but it refers to multiple **people** as a group. See how you translated the same use of **people** in [11:14](../11/14.md).
+29:2	q5gp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רָ֝שָׁ֗ע	1	See how you translated **a wicked one** in [9:7](../09/07.md).
+29:2	s76g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יֵאָ֥נַֽח	1	Here, **groans** refers to the sound **people** make to express that they are miserable, which is the opposite of **rejoice** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “groans in misery”
+29:3	akr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אִֽישׁ & אָבִ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠רֹעֶ֥ה	1	**A man**, **his**, and **one who associates** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person … that person’s father, but any person who associates with”
+29:3	tqol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	חָ֭כְמָה	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md).
+29:3	kbyg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠רֹעֶ֥ה	1	Solomon is referring to a person having sex with **prostitutes** in a polite way by using the phrase **associates with**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “but one who sleeps with” or “but one who has sexual relations with”
+29:3	q2j6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יְאַבֶּד־הֽוֹן	1	Here, **destroys wealth** implies that this person has wasted all his money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “squanders his wealth”
+29:4	nanx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מֶ֗לֶךְ & וְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ תְּרוּמ֣וֹת	1	**A king** and **a man of contributions** refer to a types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any king is one who scatters … but any man of contributions”\n
+29:4	v6du		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ֭⁠מִשְׁפָּט	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **justice** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+29:4	vug3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אָ֑רֶץ & יֶֽהֶרְסֶֽ⁠נָּה	1	Here, **land** and **it** refer to the people who live in a **land**. See how you translated the same use of these words in [28:2](../28/02.md).\n
+29:4	vin5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יַעֲמִ֣יד אָ֑רֶץ	1	Here, Solomon refers to the people of **the land** being successful as if they would continue **to stand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes the land to be successful”\n
+29:4	ap9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ תְּרוּמ֣וֹת	1	This could refer to: (1) someone who demands bribes. Alternate translation: “but a man who demands bribes” (2) a ruler who demands excessive taxes from the people he rules over. Alternate translation: “but a man who demands tribute” or “but a man who extorts his land”
+29:4	uur9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ	1	The parallelism between the two clauses in this verse indicates that the phrase **a man** here refers to a **king** or leader in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but a ruler of”
+29:4	v712		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יֶֽהֶרְסֶֽ⁠נָּה	1	Here, Solomon refers to the people of **the land** failing as if someone **tears** them **down**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes the land to fail”
+29:5	vgfb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	גֶּ֭בֶר & רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ & פְּעָמָֽי⁠ו	1	**A man** and **his** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person … that person’s neighbor … that person’s feet”
+29:5	x5x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מַחֲלִ֣יק עַל־רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of someone speaking flatteringly as if that person were making what he says **smooth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who flatters his neighbor”\n
+29:5	udx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	רֶ֝֗שֶׁת פּוֹרֵ֥שׂ עַל־פְּעָמָֽי⁠ו	1	Here Solomon refers to deceiving a person as if someone were spreading **out a net** in order to trap that person by the **feet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “deceives that person” or “is like someone who spreads out a net to catch his neighbor”
+29:5	odv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	פְּעָמָֽי⁠ו	1	Here, **feet** refers to the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **feet** in [7:11](../07/11.md).
+29:6	lg1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠פֶ֤שַֽׁע	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **transgression** in [10:19](../10/19.md).
+29:6	hg0h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אִ֣ישׁ רָ֣ע & וְ֝⁠צַדִּ֗יק	1	Here, **an evil man** and **a righteous one** represent types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **a righteous one** in [9:9](../09/09.md). Alternate translation: “any evil person … but any righteous person”
+29:6	pqir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מוֹקֵ֑שׁ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of a person causing his life to be in danger as if he were an animal that gets caught in **a snare**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **snare** in [22:25](../22/25.md). Alternate translation: “he endangers his life” or “there is danger”
+29:7	hy5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	צַ֭דִּיק & רָ֝שָׁ֗ע	1	See how you translated **A righteous one** in [9:9](../09/09.md) and **a wicked one** in [9:7](../09/07.md).
+29:7	iq6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יֹדֵ֣עַ & דָּֽעַת	1	In this verse, **knows** and **knowledge** refer to having concern for **the legal claim of lowly ones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are concerned about … concern”
+29:7	wf9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	דִּ֣ין	1	Here, **legal claim** refers to the legal rights of **lowly ones**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “justice for”
+29:7	dm8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דַּלִּ֑ים	1	See how you translated the same use of **lowly** in [10:15](../10/15.md).
+29:7	p25u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	רָ֝שָׁ֗ע	1	This clause is a strong contrast with the previous clause. In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by contrast, a wicked one”\n
+29:8	vcyo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אַנְשֵׁ֣י לָ֭צוֹן	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **Men** who are characterized by **mockery**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Men who are mockers”
+29:8	t3gq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יָפִ֣יחוּ	1	Here, Solomon refers to people causing the people in **a city** to become angry and violent as if they were setting the **city** on fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “enrage” or “are like those who ignite”
+29:8	g91s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	קִרְיָ֑ה	1	Here, **city** refers to the people who live in a **city**. See how you translated the same use of **city** in [11:10](../11/10.md).
+29:8	vcu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	יָשִׁ֥יבוּ אָֽף	1	Here, Solomon refers to people ceasing to feel angry as if they were turning their noses away from the person they are angry with. See how you translated the similar phrase “turns away his nose” in [24:18](../24/18.md).\n
+29:9	p8q7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אִֽישׁ־חָכָ֗ם & אֶת־אִ֣ישׁ אֱוִ֑יל וְ⁠רָגַ֥ז	1	**A wise man**, **a foolish man**, and **he** represent types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **A wise man** in [16:14](../16/14.md). Alternate translation: “Any wise person … with any foolish person, but that foolish person trembles”
+29:9	el5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נִ֭שְׁפָּט	1	Here, **goes to judgment** refers to starting a legal dispute with someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “goes to court” or “begins a lawsuit”
+29:9	tzx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠רָגַ֥ז	1	Here, **trembles** refers to the **foolish** person gesturing violently because he were angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but he gestures violently”
+29:9	txlw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ֝⁠שָׂחַ֗ק	1	Here, **laughs** refers to laughing in a mocking manner, not joyful laughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and laughs mockingly”
+29:9	qmv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אֵ֣ין נָֽחַת	1	This could mean: (1) there will be no resolution to the **judgment**. Alternate translation: “and they will not be able to settle the problem” (2) the **foolish** person will not be quiet. Alternate translation: “and will not stop doing so”
+29:10	mzfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אַנְשֵׁ֣י דָ֭מִים	1	Here, Solomon uses the possessive form to refer to **Men** who shed the blood of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Men who shed the blood of others” or “Men who kill others”
+29:10	lwur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	תָ֑ם	1	See how you translated this phrase in [11:5](../11/05.md) and “blameless ones” in [2:21](../02/21.md).
+29:10	jbu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וִֽ֝⁠ישָׁרִ֗ים יְבַקְשׁ֥וּ נַפְשֽׁ⁠וֹ	1	Here, the phrase **seek his life** could refer to: (1) **upright ones** desiring to protect the **life** of **a blameless one**. Alternate translation: “want to protect his life” (2) **Men of bloodshed** desiring to kill **upright ones**, in which case singular **his** would refer to plural **upright ones**. Alternate translation: “and they want to kill upright ones”
+29:11	pob1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	כְסִ֑יל וְ֝⁠חָכָ֗ם	1	See how you translated **A stupid one** in [10:18](../10/18.md) and **a wise one** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
+29:11	q36k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כָּל־ר֭וּח⁠וֹ יוֹצִ֣יא	1	Here, Solomon refers to a person openly expressing **all** of his emotions as if his emotions were a **spirit** that he **brings out** of himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “openly expresses all his emotions”
+29:11	izlu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠אָח֥וֹר יְשַׁבְּחֶֽ⁠נָּה	1	Here, Solomon refers to a person controlling the expression of his emotions as if he **soothes** those emotions so that they go **backward** into him. The meaning of this phrase is the opposite of the meaning of **brings out all his spirit** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “restrains himself from openly expressing his emotions”
+29:12	aj3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מֹ֭שֵׁל & דְּבַר־שָׁ֑קֶר & מְשָׁרְתָ֥י⁠ו	1	**A ruler**, **a word of falsehood**, and **his** refer to people and false words in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use different more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any ruler … any word of falsehood … that person’s servants”
+29:12	b9es		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַקְשִׁ֣יב עַל	1	Here, **listens attentively** implies that this **ruler** believes what he **listens** to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who believes”
+29:12	a20q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	דְּבַר־שָׁ֑קֶר	1	See how you translated this phrase in [13:5](../13/05.md).
+29:13	f56w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	רָ֤שׁ וְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ תְּכָכִ֣ים	1	**One who is poor** and **a man of oppression** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use different more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who is poor and any man of oppression”
+29:13	kzm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ תְּכָכִ֣ים	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by oppressing other people. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a man who oppresses others”
+29:13	ymnj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נִפְגָּ֑שׁוּ	1	See how you translated the same use of **meet together** in [22:2](../22/02.md).
+29:13	psq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מֵ֤אִיר־עֵינֵ֖י שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֣ם	1	Here, **enlightens the eyes** is an idiom that means “enables someone to live” or “makes someone alive” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who enables both of them to live”
+29:14	sx9w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מֶ֤לֶךְ & כִּ֝סְא֗⁠וֹ	1	**A king** and **his** refer to kings in general, not a specific **king**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **A king** in [29:4](../29/04.md). Alternate translation: “Any king … that king’s throne”
+29:14	fu0h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דַּלִּ֑ים	1	See how you translated the same use of **lowly** in [10:15](../10/15.md).
+29:14	ywpt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בֶּֽ⁠אֱמֶ֣ת	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **truth** in [8:7](../08/07.md).
+29:14	x486		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כִּ֝סְא֗⁠וֹ & יִכּֽוֹן	1	See how you translated this phrase in [25:5](../25/05.md).
+29:14	vakd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	לָ⁠עַ֥ד	1	Solomon says **to perpetuity** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for a very long time”
+29:15	zlkv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	שֵׁ֣בֶט וְ֭⁠תוֹכַחַת יִתֵּ֣ן חָכְמָ֑ה	1	Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the next clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “A rod and rebuke give a boy wisdom”
+29:15	ybi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	שֵׁ֣בֶט וְ֭⁠תוֹכַחַת יִתֵּ֣ן חָכְמָ֑ה	1	Here, Solomon speaks of people using a **rod and rebuke** to make someone wiser as if a **rod and rebuke** were people who could **give** something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Using a rod and rebuke can give a boy wisdom”
+29:15	p19z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שֵׁ֣בֶט	1	See how you translated the same use of **rod** in [10:13](../10/13.md) and [13:24](../13/24.md).
+29:15	krbs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ֭⁠תוֹכַחַת & חָכְמָ֑ה & מֵבִ֥ישׁ	1	See how you translated the abstract nouns **rebuke** in [1:25](../01/25.md), **wisdom** in [1:2](../01/02.md), and **shame** in [6:33](../06/33.md).
+29:15	r3t3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠נַ֥עַר & אִמּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, **a boy** and **his** refer to children in general, not a specific **boy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “but any child … that child’s mother”\n
+29:15	gk9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מְ֝שֻׁלָּ֗ח	1	Here, **sent away** is an idiom that refers to letting someone do whatever that person wants to do. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is left to himself” or “who is allowed to do whatever he wants to do”
+29:15	qpkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מְ֝שֻׁלָּ֗ח	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom his parents sent away” or “whom his parents do not discipline”
+29:16	aom5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בִּ⁠רְב֣וֹת רְ֭שָׁעִים	1	Here, **increase** could refer to: (1) the amount of **wicked ones** increasing. Alternate translation: “When wicked ones increase in number” or “When wicked ones multiply greatly” (2) the **wicked ones** increasing their power or authority. Alternate translation: “When wicked ones increase in power”
+29:16	th5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	פָּ֑שַׁע	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **transgression** in [10:19](../10/19.md).
+29:16	a429		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּֽ⁠מַפַּלְתָּ֥⁠ם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **downfall**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “them falling down”
+29:16	ha78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּֽ⁠מַפַּלְתָּ֥⁠ם	1	Here, **downfall** could refer to: (1) the destruction of **wicked ones**, in which case **downfall** would have a meaning similar to “fall” in [11:5](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “their destruction” (2) the **wicked ones** losing their power or authority. Alternate translation: “their loss of power”
+29:17	kz21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בִּ֭נְ⁠ךָ	1	Although the term **son** is masculine, the writer is using this word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how you translated the same use of **son** in [10:1](../10/01.md).\n
+29:17	xzqd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וִֽ⁠ינִיחֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	Here, **and** introduces the result of disciplining one’s **son**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate result. You may need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will cause you to rest”\n
+29:17	evuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠יִתֵּ֖ן מַעֲדַנִּ֣ים לְ⁠נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of a **son** causing his parents to feel delighted as if **delights** were objects that he can **give** to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translate: “and he will delight your being”
+29:17	a7i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לְ⁠נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	See how you translated the same use of **soul** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
+29:18	m7wo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	חָ֭זוֹן	1	Here, **vision** refers specifically to information that Yahweh reveals to prophets so that they can tell it to **the people**. It is also called prophecy or divine revelation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “prophecy” or “revelation”
+29:18	xl3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	עָ֑ם	1	See how you translated the same use of **people** in [11:14](../11/14.md).
+29:18	nr4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִפָּ֣רַֽע	1	Here Solomon refers to **people** acting disorderly or uncontrollably as if they were **let loose** from being restrained. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act disorderly” or “are out of control”
+29:18	b1ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	וְ⁠שֹׁמֵ֖ר תּוֹרָ֣ה אַשְׁרֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	Here, **one who keeps** and **he** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “but any person who keeps the law, happy is that person”
+29:18	vz5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שֹׁמֵ֖ר תּוֹרָ֣ה	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “keep the law” in [28:4](../28/04.md).
+29:19	x0g9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	עָ֑בֶד & יָ֝בִ֗ין	1	**A servant** and **he** refer to servants in general, not a specific **servant**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any servant … that person understands”
+29:19	kl1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹא־יִוָּ֣סֶר עָ֑בֶד	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will instruct a servant”
+29:19	egtn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בִּ֭⁠דְבָרִים	1	See how you translated the similar use of **words** in [1:23](../01/23.md).
+29:19	q0dg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מַעֲנֶֽה	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **answer** in [15:1](../15/01.md).
+29:20	qfr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	חָזִ֗יתָ אִ֭ישׁ אָ֣ץ בִּ⁠דְבָרָ֑י⁠ו	1	Although the Hebrew text is not worded like a question, many translations make this clause into a rhetorical question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a question. See how you translated the similar use of **You see** in [22:29](../22/29.md). Alternate translation: “Have you seen a man hurrying in his words?”
+29:20	wdmc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אִ֭ישׁ אָ֣ץ בִּ⁠דְבָרָ֑י⁠ו	1	See how you translated **a man** and **his** in [6:27](../06/27.md).
+29:20	dauq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אָ֣ץ בִּ⁠דְבָרָ֑י⁠ו	1	Here, **hurrying in his words** is an idiom that means “speaking before thinking about what to say.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “talking off the cuff” or “who speaks without thinking”
+29:20	vfxj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	תִּקְוָ֖ה לִ⁠כְסִ֣יל מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ	1	See how you translated this sentence in [26:12](../26/12.md).
+29:21	c3df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מְפַנֵּ֣ק & עַבְדּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, **one** and **his** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “If any person pampers that person’s own servant”
+29:21	k1j6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠נֹּ֣עַר	1	Here, Solomon implies that **youth** refers to the **youth** of the **servant**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that servant’s youth”
+29:21	nrvp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠נֹּ֣עַר	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **youth** in [2:17](../02/17.md).
+29:21	qas4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ֝⁠אַחֲרִית֗⁠וֹ	1	Here, **end** refers to the result. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated the same use of **end** in [14:12](../14/12.md).\n
+29:21	c32f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מָנֽוֹן	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insolence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “acting insolently”
+29:22	jpk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	אִֽישׁ־אַ֭ף יְגָרֶ֣ה מָד֑וֹן וּ⁠בַ֖עַל חֵמָ֣ה רַב־פָּֽשַׁע	1	Solomon is leaving out some words in the second clause that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the first clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “A man of nose stirs up strife, and an owner of heat stirs up much transgression”\n
+29:22	ju1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אִֽישׁ־אַ֭ף יְגָרֶ֣ה מָד֑וֹן וּ⁠בַ֖עַל חֵמָ֣ה רַב־פָּֽשַׁע	1	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second clause emphasizes the meaning of the first clause by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** that indicates that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “A man of nose stirs up strife, yes, an owner of heat stirs up much transgression”\n
+29:22	oeh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אִֽישׁ־אַ֭ף & וּ⁠בַ֖עַל חֵמָ֣ה	1	**A man of nose** and **an owner of heat** refer to a type of person in general, not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person of nose … and any owner of heat”
+29:22	mhqx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אִֽישׁ־אַ֭ף & וּ⁠בַ֖עַל חֵמָ֣ה	1	See how you translated the same use of **nose** and **heat** in [22:24](../22/24.md).
+29:22	s7ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יְגָרֶ֣ה מָד֑וֹן	1	See how you translated the same phrase in [15:18](../15/18.md).
+29:22	ad7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	פָּֽשַׁע	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **transgression** in [10:19](../10/19.md).
+29:23	y4uu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	גַּאֲוַ֣ת	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **pride** in [8:13](../08/13.md).
+29:23	apfd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אָ֭דָם תַּשְׁפִּילֶ֑⁠נּוּ וּ⁠שְׁפַל־ר֝֗וּחַ	1	Here, **a man**, **him**, and **one** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any person will make that person low, but any person lowly of spirit”
+29:23	aa1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תַּשְׁפִּילֶ֑⁠נּוּ	1	Here, **low** refers to being humiliated or ashamed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will make him ashamed”
+29:23	mm1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠שְׁפַל־ר֝֗וּחַ	1	Here, **lowly** refers to being humble. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but one humble of spirit”
+29:23	n3zr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ר֝֗וּחַ	1	Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude. See how you translated the same use of **spirit** in [18:14](../18/14.md).
+29:23	vb8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יִתְמֹ֥ךְ כָּבֽוֹד	1	See how you translated this phrase in [11:16](../11/16.md).
+29:24	f5xg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	חוֹלֵ֣ק עִם־גַּ֭נָּב שׂוֹנֵ֣א נַפְשׁ֑⁠וֹ אָלָ֥ה יִ֝שְׁמַ֗ע	1	**One who shares**, **a thief**, **his**, and **he** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “Any person who shares with any thief hates that person’s own life; that person will hear an oath”
+29:24	e77b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	חוֹלֵ֣ק עִם־גַּ֭נָּב	1	Here, **shares** implies that this person helps **a thief** and that **thief** gives him part of what he has stolen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “One who helps a thief and shares in his spoil” or “An accomplice of a thief”
+29:24	jpz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שׂוֹנֵ֣א	1	Here, Solomon refers to a person doing what is harmful to himself as if he hated himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “harms” or “acts as if he hates”
+29:24	em94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	נַפְשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, **life** refers to the person himself. See how you translated the same use of **life** in [8:36](../08/36.md).\n
+29:24	qxcl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אָלָ֥ה יִ֝שְׁמַ֗ע	1	Here, **oath** refers to the curse that would be spoken against someone who did not speak the truth or reveal important information in a criminal case, as described in [Leviticus 5:1–6](../lev/05/01.md). The witness who hears this **oath** knows that Yahweh will punish him if he does not speak the truth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will hear the curse spoken against those who keep silent about the crime” or “he will hear and know that he will be cursed if he does not say anything”
+29:24	vyf0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַגִּֽיד	1	Here, Solomon implies that this person **will not tell** anything about the crime that he knows the **thief** has committed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but will not say what the thief did”
+29:25	t7d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	חֶרְדַּ֣ת	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **anxiety** in [15:16](../15/16.md).
+29:25	z4h0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אָ֭דָם & וּ⁠בוֹטֵ֖חַ	1	Here, **a man** and **one who trusts** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any person … but any person who trusts”
+29:25	k5l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	יִתֵּ֣ן מוֹקֵ֑שׁ	1	Here, Solomon speaks of someone causing trouble for himself as if his **anxiety** were a person who **sets a snare** that traps him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causes him to get into trouble” or “is like someone who sets a trap”
+29:25	t3gk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יְשֻׂגָּֽב	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will set him on high”
+29:25	lxo6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יְשֻׂגָּֽב	1	See how you translated the same use of **set on high** in [18:10](../18/10.md).
+29:26	gz2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מְבַקְשִׁ֣ים פְּנֵי־מוֹשֵׁ֑ל	1	Here, Solomon implies that these people **seek the face of a ruler** in order to ask him to help them in some way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are those who seek the face of a ruler to ask for his help”
+29:26	yi5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מְבַקְשִׁ֣ים	1	Here, Solomon speaks of people trying to meet **a ruler** as if the ruler’s **face** were an object that people **seek** to find. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are those who try to meet”\n
+29:26	g8ul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	פְּנֵי	1	Here, **face** refers to being in the presence of the whole person. See how you translated the same use of **face** in [7:15](../07/15.md).\n
+29:26	a948		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	מוֹשֵׁ֑ל & אִֽישׁ	1	Here, **a ruler** and **a man** refer to rulers and other people in general, not a specific **ruler** or **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. Alternate translation: “any ruler … any person”
+29:26	i4rs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִשְׁפַּט־אִֽישׁ	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe **justice** that is for the benefit of **a man**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is justice for a man” or “is justice on behalf of a man”
+29:26	w96b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מִשְׁפַּט	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **justice** in [1:3](../01/03.md).
+29:27	k35v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת & וְ⁠תוֹעֲבַ֖ת	1	See how you translated the abstract noun **abomination** in [3:32](../03/32.md).
+29:27	ds6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אִ֣ישׁ עָ֑וֶל וְ⁠תוֹעֲבַ֖ת רָשָׁ֣ע יְשַׁר־דָּֽרֶךְ	1	Here, **a man of injustice**, **a wicked one**, and **one upright of way** refer to types of people in general, not specific people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use more natural expressions. See how you translated **a wicked one** in [9:7](../09/07.md). Alternate translation: “is any person of injustice, but an abomination to any wicked person is a person upright of way”
+29:27	du2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אִ֣ישׁ עָ֑וֶל	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who is characterized by **injustice**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is an unjust man”
+29:27	u4xh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	יְשַׁר־דָּֽרֶךְ	1	Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **way** that is characterized by being **upright**. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is one whose way is upright”
+29:27	fcfv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דָּֽרֶךְ	1	Here, Solomon uses **way** to refer to how people behave. See how you translated this use of **way** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
 30:intro	aud8				0	# Proverbs 30 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nChapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Agur\n\nHis full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.\n\n### Three things and four\n\nFrom verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])\n\n### Themes\n\nThere are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
 30:1	u8l9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Agur … Jakeh … Ithiel … Ucal	0	These are the names of men.
 30:1	ic3d			the utterance	0	Alternate translation: “the message”
@@ -3191,7 +3850,7 @@ front:intro	spe4				0	# Introduction to Proverbs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduct
 31:31	ef6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	let her works praise her in the gates	0	She will be praised for her works, not by her works. Those “in the gates” are the important people of the city who conduct business and legal affairs near the gates of the city. Alternate translation: “may the important people of the city praise her because of the works she has done”
 9:3	ugn5			her maids	0	
 14:2	c17i			in his ways despises him		The word “his” refers to the dishonest man and “him” refers to Yahweh.
-25:3	jtp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Like the heavens are for height and the earth is for depth, so the heart of kings is unsearchable		The hearts of kings are compared to the size of the heavens and the earth. Alternate translation: “Just as no one can measure the height of the heavens or the depth of the earth, even so no one can understand the heart of kings”
 17:3	fh66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	The crucible is for silver and the furnace is for gold	0	
-29:6	k8iq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		0	When an evil person sins, it is as if he is stepping into a trap. He desires to do evil to other people, but God will use what he does to punish him.
 18:2	yp8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	what is in his own heart	0	
+24:11	kl46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	the slaughter	0	
+27:4	srl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	the flood of anger	0	

tn_PSA.tsv

@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ front:intro	rx9u				0	# Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
 5:11	jnt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֹהֲבֵ֥י שְׁמֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	Yahweh’s name represents his reputation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “lovers of your good reputation”
 5:12	t1zz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כַּ֝⁠צִּנָּ֗ה רָצ֥וֹן תַּעְטְרֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	Yahweh’s favor is spoken of as if it were a shield. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will favor them and protect them as a soldier protects himself with his shield” or “because you are kind to them, you will protect them”
 5:12	g6la			תַּעְטְרֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	Alternate translation: “you crown him”
-6:intro	gpl3				0	# Psalm 6 General Notes\n\n## Outline:\n\n- Superscription\n- verses 1–5 Plea\n- verses 6–7 Death\n- verses 8–10 Answer\n\nThe Psalm divides neatly in half between verses 5 & 6 with 34 words in each. The first half divides in two parts, verses 1–2 & verses 4–5, which parallel each other in structure and content. \n\n## About the Psalm\n\n**Purpose:** to plead for mercy and healing\n\n**Content:** Yahweh have mercy and heal me, because I am near death, and no one can praise you in death.\n\n**Message:** Yahweh’s loyalty to David is stronger than sin and death ([Psalm 30:6](../30/06.md).)\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n\n- The first section (verses 1–3) and the last section (verses 8–10) are parallel. Not only are they the same length (3 verses, 6 lines), but they are also similar in content and sounds. Structurally, the first section and the last section stand in symmetrical relationship to one another. The parallels help to define the structure of the Psalm.\n- The effect of the repetition in the last section is to highlight the complete resolution and reversal of the situation. David’s prayer has been heard, his question of **how long?** has been answered ("in an instant!"), and the deep dismay that he experienced is now imparted to his enemies on whom Yahweh’s punishment rightfully falls.\n\n\n- The second section (verses 6–7) stands out in a number of ways, including figurative language, line structure, use of rare words, alliteration, delay of information, word repetition, and use of similar sounding words. The effect is to draw attention to this section of the poem, wherein David, on the brink of death, reaches to the heights of poetic/rhetorical technique in order to express the depths of his suffering in a last-ditch effort to persuade Yahweh to rescue him.\n\n- Yahweh’s name appears eight times throughout the psalm, but it is conspicuously absent from the second section (verses 6–7), which follows the Psalmist's statement that "there is no commemoration of Yahweh in the world of the dead" (verse 5a). \n**CHECK ULT**\n In verses 6–7, it is as though David has descended into the world of the dead, the place where Yahweh is neither named or praised. It is a place of darkness (**night**) and associated with watery chaos (**tears/float/dissolve**). **CHECK ULT** In the last section (verses 8–10), David regains energy, confidence, and authority, and he proclaims Yahweh’s name three times, as though he has come back from the dead.\n\n- Almost every verse in this psalm displays parallelism. Verse 2 and the first line of verse 3 are a three-part parallel while the last line of verse 3 and the first line of verse 4 seem to be the only lines not in a parallelism construction. While all these phrases mean basically the same thing with the second emphasizing the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words, Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]].)\n\n### CCBYSA\n\n\nSignificant portions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 6](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_6) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/)\n
+6:intro	gpl3				0	# Psalm 6 General Notes\n\n## Outline:\n\n- Superscription\n- verses 1–5 Plea\n- verses 6–7 Death\n- verses 8–10 Answer\n\nThe Psalm divides neatly in half between verses 5 & 6 with 34 words in each. The first half divides in two parts, verses 1–2 & verses 4–5, which parallel each other in structure and content. \n\n## About the Psalm\n\n**Purpose:** to plead for mercy and healing\n\n**Content:** Yahweh have mercy and heal me, because I am near death, and no one can praise you in death.\n\n**Message:** Yahweh’s loyalty to David is stronger than sin and death ([Psalm 30:6](../30/06.md).)\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n\n- The first section (verses 1–3) and the last section (verses 8–10) are parallel. Not only are they the same length (3 verses, 6 lines), but they are also similar in content and sounds. Structurally, the first section and the last section stand in symmetrical relationship to one another. The parallels help to define the structure of the Psalm.\n- The effect of the repetition in the last section is to highlight the complete resolution and reversal of the situation. David’s prayer has been heard, his question of **how long?** has been answered ("in an instant!"), and the deep dismay that he experienced is now imparted to his enemies on whom Yahweh’s punishment rightfully falls.\n\n\n- The second section (verses 6–7) stands out in a number of ways, including figurative language, line structure, use of rare words, alliteration, delay of information, word repetition, and use of similar sounding words. The effect is to draw attention to this section of the poem, wherein David, on the brink of death, reaches to the heights of poetic/rhetorical technique in order to express the depths of his suffering in a last-ditch effort to persuade Yahweh to rescue him.\n\n- Yahweh’s name appears eight times throughout the psalm, but it is conspicuously absent from the second section (verses 6–7), which follows the Psalmist's statement that “in death, there is no remembrance of you” (verse 5a). \n\n In verses 6–7, it is as though David has descended into the world of the dead, the place where Yahweh is neither named or praised. It is a place of darkness (**night**) and associated with watery chaos (**tears/swim/melt**). In the last section (verses 8–10), David regains energy, confidence, and authority, and he proclaims Yahweh’s name three times, as though he has come back from the dead.\n\n- Almost every verse in this psalm displays parallelism. Verse 2 and the first line of verse 3 are a three-part parallel while the last line of verse 3 and the first line of verse 4 seem to be the only lines not in a parallelism construction. While all these phrases mean basically the same thing with the second emphasizing the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words, Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]].)\n\n### CCBYSA\n\nSignificant portions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 6](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_6) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/)\n
 6:front	p2j3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עַֽל־הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗ית	1	The meaning of the word translated as **eighth** is unknown. It may refer to (1) a style of music, (2) a style of instrument. Alternate translation: “set to the Sheminith style”
 6:1	xhs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אַל־בְּ⁠אַפְּ⁠ךָ֥ תוֹכִיחֵ֑⁠נִי וְֽ⁠אַל־בַּ⁠חֲמָתְ⁠ךָ֥ תְיַסְּרֵֽ⁠נִי	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “do not rebuke or discipline me when you are angry”
 6:1	klpg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠אַפְּ⁠ךָ֥	1	Here, the **nose** represents anger. If you have a body part in your culture that is associated with being angry you could use that here. Alternate translation: “in your anger”
@@ -156,89 +156,148 @@ front:intro	rx9u				0	# Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
 6:8–9	mlg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יְ֝הוָ֗ה & יְ֭הוָה & יְ֝הוָ֗ה	1	**Yahweh** is mentioned three times in these verses to focus the audience on who has changed the author’s circumstances. However, if repeating a name like this in your culture would not create a similar focus effect you could substitute some with pronouns as in the UST.
 6:9	j23z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	תְּחִנָּתִ֑⁠י	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “my appeal for him to be merciful”
 6:9	dq36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יְ֝הוָ֗ה תְּֽפִלָּתִ֥⁠י יִקָּֽח	1	Being willing to do what the author prayed for is spoken of as if his **prayer** was something that **Yahweh accepts** from him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will respond to my prayer”
-7:intro	zey1				0	# Psalm 07 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 7 is a deliverance psalm. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s protection\n\nThe author had not wronged anyone, yet his enemy was trying to attack him. But he knew that God would protect him.\n\n### Cush the Benjamite\n\nNote the superscription and the specific circumstances. There is no other reference to this incident in the Scriptures. But there are references to David being opposed by those of the tribe of Benjamin during the time he was serving King Saul.
-7:1	wzv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-7:1	v239			A musical composition of David	0	Alternate translation: “This is a song that David wrote”
-7:1	huv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	take refuge in you!	0	Going to Yahweh for protection is spoken of as taking refuge in him. Alternate translation: “go to you for protection!”
-7:2	rzk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	they will rip me apart like a lion, tearing me in pieces	0	David speaks of his enemies attacking him as if they would rip his body apart and tear it in pieces as a lion would. Alternate translation: “they will violently kill me like a lion ripping apart its victim’s body and tearing it in pieces” or “they will violently kill me”
-7:2	x9fh			with no one else able to bring me to safety	0	Alternate translation: “and no one else will be able to save me”
-7:5	ej18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	my life	0	The life represents the person. Alternate translation: “me”
-7:5	us9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	overtake me	0	This represents capturing him. Alternate translation: “capture me”
-7:5	txr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	let him trample my life to the ground	0	Here “my life” represents the writer. Alternate translation: “allow him to destroy me”
-7:5	hav6			lay my honor in the dust	0	This refers to lying dead and unburied in disgrace.
-7:6	phd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Arise, Yahweh, in your anger	0	Arising represents doing something or taking action. Alternate translation: “Do something in your anger” or “Be angry at my enemies and take action:
-7:6	a9lp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	stand up against the rage of my enemies	0	Fighting against people is spoken of as standing up against them. Alternate translation: “fight against the rage of my enemies” or “attack my enemies who rage against me”
-7:6	q1qt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the rage of my enemies	0	Their rage represents their attacks. Alternate translation: “the attacks of my enemies” or “my enemies who attack me”
-7:6	x2us		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	wake up	0	Waking up represents starting to do something or take action. Alternate translation: “Take action” or “Do something”
-7:6	sml1			for my sake	0	Alternate translation: “for me” or “to help me”
-7:7	pk8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	The countries are assembled	0	Here the word “countries” represents all of the armies that have gathered to attack.
-7:7	rb6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	take once more your rightful place over them	0	Ruling people is spoken of as being over them. Yahweh’s rightful place refers either to heaven or to ruling in general. Alternate translation: “Rule over them from heaven” or “Rule over them”
-7:8	e8kb			vindicate me	0	Alternate translation: “show them that I am not guilty”
-7:9	pw1n			establish the righteous people	0	Alternate translation: “make the righteous people strong” or “make the righteous people prosper”
-7:9	zql9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	you who examine hearts and minds	0	The hearts and minds represent people’s desires and thoughts. Alternate translation: “you who know our inner thoughts”
-7:10	c7u4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	My shield comes from God	0	The word “shield” represents God’s protection.
-7:11	j5zn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	a God who is indignant each day	0	Who God is angry with can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “a God who is angry with the wicked every day”
-7:12	y4zk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	God will sharpen his sword and will prepare his bow for battle	0	In verses 12 and 13, David speaks of God deciding to punish the wicked as if God were a warrior preparing to fight against them with weapons. Alternate translation: “God will take action against him like a warrior who sharpens his sword and prepares his bow for battle”
-7:14	l54a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	one who is pregnant with wickedness & conceives destructive plans & gives birth to harmful lies	0	David speaks of the things that a wicked person does as if the person were pregnant and wickedness was the baby. Alternate translation: “the wicked person. He makes plans to destroy people and produces harmful lies”
-7:16	p524		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	His own destructive plans return to his own head, for his violence comes down on his own head	0	Destruction and violence are spoken of as if they hit a person’s head or fall down on it. Alternate translation: “His own destructive plans destroy him, for his violence attacks him” or “When he plans to destroy others, others destroy him; when he attacks others, others attack him”
-8:intro	rs24				0	# Psalm 08 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 8 is a psalm of worship and praise to God. This was to be sung by a choir.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s creation\n\nGod has made awesome things in the universe and has exalted humans to be rulers over this creation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])\n\n### A Little Lower than the Heavenly Beings\n\n[Psalms Psalm 8:4–6](./003.md) is quoted in [Hebrews 2:6–8](../../heb/02/06.md), where it is applied to Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
-8:1	lk7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-8:1	i9hb			For the chief musician	0	Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
-8:1	ye1p			set to the gittith style	0	This may refer to a style of music.
-8:1	hn59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	how magnificent is your name in all the earth	0	God’s “name” represents his whole being. Alternate translation: “people all over the world know that you are very great”
-8:2	u11e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Out of the mouth of babies and infants you have established praise	0	This could mean: (1) praise is spoken of as a solid object that God takes out of babies’ mouths and sets up as a defensive wall or (2) God has created the world so that true praise comes to him from babies. Alternate translation: “You have given babies and infants the ability to praise you” or “It is babies and infants who truly praise you”
-8:3	uj2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	your heavens, which your fingers have made	0	God’s fingers represent him. Alternate translation: “the heavens which you have made”
-8:4	yhh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Of what importance is the human race that you notice them, or mankind that you pay attention to them?	0	These remarks have been expressed in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “It is amazing that you think about people and are concerned about them!”
-8:4	k9i2			the human race & mankind	0	Both of these phrases refer to people in general.
-8:5	sr48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	have crowned them with glory and honor	0	Glory and honor are spoken of as if they were crowns. The words “glory” and “honor” are similar in meaning. Alternate translation: “have given them glory and honor” or “have caused them to be like kings” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-8:6	x6z3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	You make him to rule over the works & you have put all things under his feet	0	These two clauses express similar meanings.
-8:6	rc4e			You make him & under his feet	0	“you make them … under their feet.” The words “him” and “his” here refer to people.
-8:6	xti1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	the works of your hands	0	The hands represent what God has done. Alternate translation: “the things that you made”
-8:6	py2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	you have put all things under his feet	0	Having authority to rule others or control things is spoken of as having them under one’s feet. This means God gave people authority over all that he created. Alternate translation: “you have given him authority over all things”
-8:9	y339		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	how magnificent is your name in all the earth	0	With this exclamation, David shows his joy and awe about how great God is. Alternate translation: “your name is wonderfully magnificent in all the earth” or “people in all the earth know how magnificent you are”
-8:9	dvi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	your name	0	God’s “name” represents him or his reputation. Alternate translation: “your reputation”
-8:9	bf2u			magnificent	0	excellent, great
-9:intro	zq96				0	# Psalm 09 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 9 is a psalm of praise.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s protection\n\nGod is a protector. He is all-powerful and his enemies cannot withstand him.\n\n### Acrostic Psalm\n\nThis psalm along with Psalm 10 form an acrostic. Which means that each unit begins with a successive letter of the Hebrew alphabet.\n\n### One Psalm or two\n\nThis psalm has a superscription but Psalm 10 doesn’t. This fact and the acrostic nature of the two psalms has lead some scholars to believe these two psalms may have originally been written as one psalm.
-9:1	xxu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-9:1	w9iy			For the chief musician	0	Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
-9:1	nqw5			set to Muth Labben	0	This may refer to a style of music.
-9:1	lr4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	I will give thanks to Yahweh with my whole heart	0	Since this song is addressed to Yahweh, Yahweh can be referred to as “you.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh, I will give thanks to you with all my heart”
-9:1	f4r1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	all your marvelous deeds	0	The noun “deeds” can be expressed with the verb “do.” Alternate translation: “all the marvelous things you do” or “all the marvelous things you have done”
-9:2	vh6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	I will sing praise to your name	0	Here God’s name represents God. Alternate translation: “I will sing praise to you”
-9:3	j685			turn back	0	Alternate translation: “retreat” or “flee in fear”
-9:4	nvz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	you sit on your throne, a righteous judge	0	Kings had authority to judge people, and they would sit on their throne when they judged. David speaks as if God were an earthly king. Alternate translation: “you judge like a king who sits on his throne, and you are righteous”
-9:5	cw1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	you have blotted out their name forever and ever	0	Causing people to be forgotten is spoken of as blotting out their name. Alternate translation: “you have caused them to be forgotten as if their name was blotted out” or “no one will ever remember them again”
-9:5	bs94			blotted out	0	Alternate translation: “erased”
-9:6	dj3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	The enemy crumbled like ruins	0	The enemy is spoken of as if it were a city full of broken down buildings. Alternate translation: “Our enemies were destroyed”
-9:6	b9n1			when you overthrew their cities	0	Alternate translation: “when you destroyed their cities”
-9:6	pi7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	All remembrance of them has perished	0	Here “remembrance” is spoken of as if it were a living being that could die. Alternate translation: “All remembrance of them has stopped” or “There is no longer any remembrance of them”
-9:6	c6yp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	All remembrance of them has perished	0	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **remembrance**, you could express the same idea with the verb “remember.” Alternate translation: “No one remembers them at all”
-9:7	x7xg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Yahweh remains forever	0	“Remain” probably represents sitting on the throne as king. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sits on his throne forever” or “Yahweh rules forever”
-9:7	h8nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	he has established his throne for justice	0	The phrase “his throne” represents God’s rule. This could mean: (1) “He rules in order to judge people” or (2) “He rules over people justly”
-9:8	pgg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	He will judge the world with righteousness & he will execute judgment for the nations with fairness	0	These two clauses express the same meaning.
-9:8	dz3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	He will judge the world with righteousness	0	Here “the world” refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “He will judge all the people of the world righteously”
-9:9	y7hd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Yahweh also will be a stronghold for the oppressed	0	God is spoken of as if he were a place that people could go to for safety. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will also protect the oppressed” or “Yahweh will also provide safety for those who are oppressed”
-9:10	mb1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Those who know your name	0	Here the words “your name” represent God. Alternate translation: “Those who know you”
-9:10	dj61			do not abandon	0	Alternate translation: “do not forsake” or “do not leave”
-9:11	nb7x			who rules in Zion	0	Alternate translation: “who lives in Jerusalem”
-9:11	i7js		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	tell the nations	0	Here “the nations” represents the people of the nations.
-9:12	lcs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	For the God who avenges bloodshed remembers	0	What he remembers can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “For the God who avenges bloodshed remembers those who were killed” or “For God remembers those who were killed and he punishes the killers”
-9:12	wk9a			he does not forget the cry	0	Alternate translation: “He does not ignore the cry”
-9:13	j8i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	see how I am oppressed by those who hate me	0	This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “see how those who hate me oppress me” or “see how badly my enemies treat me”
-9:13	p41p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	you who can snatch me from the gates of death	0	Death is spoken of as if it were a city that had gates through which people enter it. If someone is near the gates of death, it means that he will die soon. Keeping someone from dying is spoken of as taking him away from the gates of that city. Alternate translation: “you who can rescue me from death” or “you who can keep me from dying”
-9:15	re95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	The nations have sunk down into the pit that they made	0	People dig pits so they can catch animals that fall into them. Here digging a pit represents making plans to destroy people. Alternate translation: “The nations are like people who dig a pit for others and then fall into it”
-9:15	g4gq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	their feet are caught in the net that they hid	0	People hide nets so they can catch animals that get caught in them. Here hiding a net represents making plans to destroy people. Alternate translation: “they are like people who hide a net and get trapped in it”
-9:16	fy3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	the wicked is ensnared by his own actions	0	Here “wicked” is a nominal adjective that refers to any wicked person. A wicked person acting to harm other people is spoken of as if the wicked person had made a trap and then fallen into it and been unable to escape. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when a wicked person tries to harm other people, his actions will end up harming him” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-9:16	z41t			is ensnared	0	Alternate translation: “is trapped”
-9:17	bw3u			turned back	0	Alternate translation: “rejected”
-9:17	wmb4			all the nations that forget God	0	This refers to “the wicked.”
-9:18	f28n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	For the needy will not always be forgotten	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not always forget the needy” or “God will remember the needy”
-9:18	ln7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	nor will the hope of the oppressed be forever dashed	0	Hopes are spoken of as if they were objects that could be broken or destroyed. Hopes being destroyed represents the things that people hope for never happening. Alternate translation: “and the oppressed will not hope forever without results” or “and someday what the oppressed hope for will happen”
-9:19	zrv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Arise	0	Getting up represents starting to do something. Alternate translation: “Do something” or “Take action”
-9:19	dw6d			man	0	people
-9:19	f879		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	be judged	0	Here judging represents punishing. Alternate translation: “be punished”
-9:19	dca3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	in your sight	0	Here sight represents presence. Alternate translation: “in your presence”
-9:19	xin9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	may the nations be judged in your sight	0	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “judge the nations in your presence” or “take the nations into your presence and punish them”
+7:intro	zey1				0	# Psalm 07 General Notes\n\n## Outline:\n\n\n- Superscription\n\n- verses 1–5 Injustice Rejected\n- verses 6–9 Justice Requested\n- verses 10–16 Justice Expected\n- verse 17 Justice Praised\n\n## About the Psalm\n\n**Purpose:** to invoke justice from Yahweh towards both the righteous (specifically, himself) and the wicked (false accusers).\n\n**Content:** God is a righteous judge. He saves the upright, and he brings the end to the wicked’s violence.\n\n**Message:** King Yahweh will see to it that the wicked receive their punishment and that the righteous are vindicated.\n\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n### Heights and Depths\nProvides the structure of the Psalm.\n1. The Psalmist is brought down (vv. 1-5)\n2. Yahweh goes up to the highest place (vv. 6-9)\n3. The enemies are brought down (vv.10-16)\n4. Praise to the Most High God (v.17)\n\n\n### Other\n- There are a number of explicit and implicit references to Yahweh as both warrior and judge, which are both important functions of a king, especially King Yahweh—a metaphor that runs throughout the Psalms.\n- The subject in verses 12-16 is ambiguous, only the pronoun “he” is used (but it must be the wicked in verses 14-16). The psalmist might have chosen to leave the participants grammatically ambiguous in this entire section to create tension in what is a prominent section of the psalm (which is it, Yahweh or the wicked?!), as well as to teach an important lesson in line with the meaning of this psalm: to be wicked is to bring death upon oneself; but Yahweh is the one who ensures the destruction. In the UST and notes, the most likely persons are identified.\n\n### Cush the Benjamite\n\nNote the superscription and the specific circumstances. There is no other reference to this incident in the Scriptures. But there are references to David being opposed by those of the tribe of Benjamin during the time he was serving King Saul.\n\n\n### CCBYSA\n\nPortions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 7](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_7) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/)
+7:front	v239			A musical composition of David	0	Alternate translation: “This is a song that David wrote”
+7:1	huv1			בְּ⁠ךָ֣ חָסִ֑יתִי	1	Here, the author is speaking of going to Yahweh for protection as taking refuge **in him**, as if Yahweh were something strong or safe he could hide inside of. Alternate translation: “I always go to you for protection”
+7:2	rzk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	יִטְרֹ֣ף כְּ⁠אַרְיֵ֣ה נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י	1	The author is saying that his enemy is **like a lion** because they would both rip his body apart and tear it in pieces. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they will violently kill me like a lion ripping apart its victim’s body and tearing it in pieces” or “they will violently kill me”
+7:3-5	dpor		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry		0	In some languages, translating verses 3-5 might require a significant rearrangement to make the meaning clear. This section presents a hypothetical situation where the author calls a potential curse onto himself. You might have to connect each hypothetical situation in verses 3-4 with a consequence in verse 5, or even put verse 5 before the hypotheticals.\r\n\r\nHowever, it's important to notice that both verses 3-4 and verse 5 build up to a greater level of tension, with the peak of this tension at the end of verse 5. As you translate, try to capture this growing sense of hypothetical sin and its consequences, doing so in a way that feels natural to the poetic style of your language.
+7:3-4	x9fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	אִם־עָשִׂ֣יתִי זֹ֑את אִֽם־יֶשׁ־עָ֥וֶל בְּ⁠כַפָּֽ⁠י & אִם־עָשִׂ֣יתִי זֹ֑את אִֽם־יֶשׁ־עָ֥וֶל בְּ⁠כַפָּֽ⁠י	1	The author presents a statement that may seem hypothetical, but in reality, he is sure that the condition he describes is not true. He’s making the case that he’s not guilty.\n\nWhen translating, use a form in your language that introduces a condition the speaker doesn’t believe is true (similar to how it’s done in the UST).\n\nBe careful, though: if you choose to translate it as a statement of the opposite, as seen in an alternate translation, you’ll need to also change the wording in verse 5 to reflect this negation, as shown at the end of the provided example. \n\n\nAlternate translation: “since I have not done this, and since there is no wrong on my hands, since I have not repaid evil to one who was at peace with me, or senselessly rescued my adversary, then do not”
+7:3	nbkj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אִֽם־יֶשׁ־עָ֥וֶל בְּ⁠כַפָּֽ⁠י	1	Here the author is speaking of **wrong** as if it was something that could be held in someone's hands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if I have done something wrong with my hands” or “if I have treated someone wrongly”
+7:3	ry5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אִֽם־יֶשׁ־עָ֥וֶל בְּ⁠כַפָּֽ⁠י	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrong**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “if I have wronged someone”
+7:4	qu90		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	גָּ֭מַלְתִּי שֽׁוֹלְמִ֥⁠י רָ֑ע	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I have acted evilly to one who was at peace with me”
+7:4	dxz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	שֽׁוֹלְמִ֥⁠י	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to my friend” or “to my peaceful neighbor”
+7:4	wph2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וָ⁠אֲחַלְּצָ֖⁠ה צוֹרְרִ֣⁠י רֵיקָֽם	1	This could mean: (1) being an unfaithful friend by saving a person who is the author’s and his ally’s enemy. Alternate translation: “or saved my enemy for no reason” (2) not attacking even an enemy without immediate cause (in this case the verb translated rescue could be taken as plunder). Alternate translation: “or plundered my enemy without cause” (3) not only not doing evil to friends, but even doing good to enemies. In this case the phrase would be less logically connected to the previous one. Alternate translation: “. And I even rescue one who is my enemy without reason.”
+7:5	ej18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	נַפְשִׁ֡⁠י & חַיָּ֑⁠י & וּ⁠כְבוֹדִ֓⁠י	1	Here, **my soul**, **my life**, and **my honor** represent the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me”
+7:5	hav6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠כְבוֹדִ֓⁠י ׀ לֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר יַשְׁכֵּ֣ן	1	This refers to lying dead and unburied in disgrace. (This is the same word for dust as in [Genesis 3:19](../gen/03/19.md)) If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and throw my dead body on a dirt pile”
+7:6	phd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ק֘וּמָ֤⁠ה	1	**Arise** represents doing something or taking action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do something” or “Take action”
+7:6	qdvw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠אַפֶּ֗⁠ךָ 	1	Here, **in your nose** is an idiom meaning that **Yahweh** is angry. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because you are angry”
+7:6	a9lp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הִ֭נָּשֵׂא	1	Here, **be lifted** represents overcoming or conquering people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “overcome”
+7:6	q1qt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠עַבְר֣וֹת צוֹרְרָ֑⁠י	1	The **adversaries**’ **rage** represents their attacks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “against the attacks of my adversaries” or “against my adversaries who attack me”
+7:6	x2us		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠ע֥וּרָ⁠ה 	1	The author is speaking to **Yahweh** as if he was asleep and needed to  **wake up**. Here, waking up represents starting to do something or take action. It does not imply that the author thinks Yahweh is asleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Take action” or “Start to do this”
+7:6	lvmj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	מִשְׁפָּ֥ט צִוִּֽיתָ	1	This wording serves a dual function: it both justifies the demands made earlier in this verse and sets the stage for the expectations expressed in the following verses. When translating, consider how to maintain this two-fold connection in your language, ensuring that it aligns with the logical and emotional flow of the text.
+7:7	pk8y			וַ⁠עֲדַ֣ת לְ֭אֻמִּים תְּסוֹבְבֶ֑⁠ךָּ	1	Alternate translation: “And let an assembly of peoples surround you”
+7:7	rb6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ֝⁠עָלֶ֗י⁠הָ לַ⁠מָּר֥וֹם שֽׁוּבָ⁠ה	1	Yahweh ruling the **assembly of people** from heaven is spoken of as being **over it … on high**.  Alternate translation: “rule over them from heaven” or “rule over them”
+7:8	e8kb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	יְהוָה֮ יָדִ֪ין עַ֫מִּ֥ים שָׁפְטֵ֥⁠נִי יְהוָ֑ה	1	The word **adjudicate** is used to show that in the original two different words meaning judge are used. If you have two terms in your language you can use two, if not, you can use the same term twice. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, judge the peoples! Judge me, Yahweh”
+7:8	b8v5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שָׁפְטֵ֥⁠נִי	1	The implication is that Yahweh will find the author innocent. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Judge me innocent”
+7:8	n8vq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	כְּ⁠צִדְקִ֖⁠י וּ⁠כְ⁠תֻמִּ֣⁠י	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness** and **integrity**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “according to how I live rightly and according to how I live honestly”
+7:8	a1l0			עָלָֽ⁠י	1	This could be: (1) a title for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “O you, Above All” (2) a clause locating the author’s righteousness and integrity in himself. Alternate translation: “which is in me”
+7:9	dadj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	וּ⁠בֹחֵ֣ן לִ֭בּ֗וֹת וּ⁠כְלָי֗וֹת אֱלֹהִ֥ים צַדִּֽיק	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could move the last clause in this verse to the beginning as in the UST. 
+7:9	pw1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רַ֨ע	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things”
+7:9	zql9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ֭בּ֗וֹת וּ⁠כְלָי֗וֹת	1	The **hearts and kidneys** are internal organs that represent people’s thoughts and desires in the author’s culture. If these body parts do not have that meaning in your language, you could use body parts from your language that do have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thoughts and motives”
+7:10	c7u4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מָֽגִנִּ֥⁠י עַל־אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	The word **shield** represents God’s protection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God protects me”
+7:10	szni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יִשְׁרֵי־לֵֽב	1	Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts and motives. If the heart does not have that meaning in your language, you could use a body part from your language that has that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whose thoughts and motives are upright”
+7:11	j5zn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ֝⁠אֵ֗ל זֹעֵ֥ם בְּ⁠כָל־יֽוֹם	1	The author assumes that his readers will understand that God is indignant with the wicked. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and a God who is angry with evil people every day”
+7:11	cuf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בְּ⁠כָל־יֽוֹם	1	Here, **on every day** represents a constant state, God is angry with the wicked all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time”
+7:12	c9l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יָ֭שׁוּב חַרְבּ֣⁠וֹ יִלְט֑וֹשׁ קַשְׁתּ֥⁠וֹ דָ֝רַ֗ךְ	1	The first **he** in this verse refers to the wicked. After the word **repent** all the **he** and **his** refer to Yahweh.
+7:12-13	y4zk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	חַרְבּ֣⁠וֹ יִלְט֑וֹשׁ	1	In verses 12 and 13, David speaks of God deciding to punish the wicked as if God were a warrior preparing to fight against them with weapons. If it would be helpful in your language you could translate this as a simile (as in the UST) or state it plainly. Alternate translation: “God will prepare the punish him like a warrior prepares to fight by sharpening his sword”
+7:13	j4bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	וְ֭⁠ל⁠וֹ	1	This could mean: (1) for the wicked, that is, God has prepared to use these weapons against the wicked. Alternate translation: “and for the wicked” (2) for himself, that is, God has prepared the weapons for his own use. Alternate translation: “and for himself”
+7:14	boou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	יְחַבֶּל־אָ֑וֶן וְ⁠הָרָ֥ה עָ֝מָ֗ל וְ⁠יָ֣לַד שָֽׁקֶר	1	These three phrases mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the later phrases are repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he who is pregnant with wickedness, who also conceives trouble, who even births lies”
+7:14	l54a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יְחַבֶּל־אָ֑וֶן וְ⁠הָרָ֥ה עָ֝מָ֗ל וְ⁠יָ֣לַד שָֽׁקֶר	1	nThe author speaks of the things that a wicked person does as if the person were **pregnant** and **wickedness**, **trouble**, and **lies** are the baby.  If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Just as a woman conceives a child, carries it to term, and gives birth to it, So evil people think of wrong things to do, they do those wrong things, and then they lie about what they have done.” or “the person ready to do wicked things. He makes plans for trouble and produces lies”
+7:14	hkfd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	יְחַבֶּל	1	Here the subject switches from God back to the evil person. Alternate translation: “the wicked person is pregnant”
+7:14	ssls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	יְחַבֶּל־אָ֑וֶן וְ⁠הָרָ֥ה עָ֝מָ֗ל וְ⁠יָ֣לַד שָֽׁקֶר	1	Here, **he** represents evil people in general. It may be strange in some languages to use a masculine pronoun when talking about someone being pregnant or giving birth, even in a figure of speech.  If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “the person pregnant with wickedness, who conceives trouble, who births lies”
+7:16	p524		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יָשׁ֣וּב עֲמָל֣⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַ֥ל קָ֝דְקֳד֗⁠וֹ חֲמָס֥⁠וֹ יֵרֵֽד	1	Here, **trouble** and **violence** are spoken of as if they hit a person’s head or fall down on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “His own destructive plans destroy him, for his violence attacks him” or “When he plans to trouble others, others trouble him; when he attacks others, others attack him”
+7:16	gjs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	יָשׁ֣וּב עֲמָל֣⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַ֥ל קָ֝דְקֳד֗⁠וֹ חֲמָס֥⁠וֹ יֵרֵֽד	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **trouble** and **violence**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “His troubling others returns on his head, and his violently attacking others comes down on the top of his head”
+7:17	v8ss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	כְּ⁠צִדְק֑⁠וֹ & וַ֝⁠אֲזַמְּרָ֗ה 	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness** and **praise**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “because he is righteous … and sing a praise song”
+7:17	nxd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שֵֽׁם־יְהוָ֥ה	1	Here, **name** represents reputation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s reputation”
+8:intro	rs24				0	# Psalm 08 General Notes\n\n## Outline:\n\n- Superscription\n- verses 1–2 Introduction\n- verses 3–4 Question\n- verses 5–8 Answer\n- verse 9 Closing\n\n## About the Psalm\n\n**Purpose:** to praise Yahweh for his majesty throughout all the earth.\n\n**Content:** Your name is majestic in all the earth! You bestow your glory on the heavens above, and you bestow glory on weak humans below.\n\n**Message:** Yahweh’s majesty is revealed in weakness.\n\n## Poetic Elements (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]):\n- The psalm begins and ends with the exact same exclamation - this serves to point out the purpose of the psalm.\n\n- The psalm progresses from top to bottom several times. In verse 1b-2 it goes from the heavens down to the weakest of humans. Verses 3-4 again go down from the heavens to man. Verses 5-8 move from the heavenly beings through man, who is exalted and crowned with glory as Yahweh’s representative ruler of all creation and down and out into creation in circles moving away from man’s primary spheres of dominion (domestic animals) progressively outward.\n- There are many echoes of Genesis 1. References include: the heavens as created by Yahweh’s fingers (verse 3), the animals as made by his hands (verse 6), the dominion of man over creation (verses 6-8, see also Genesis 1:26).\n- Magnificent, Majesty, Splendor, Glory: Yahweh gives his weak representative (humans) many of his glorious attributes and humans rule for Yahweh.\n\n\n### CCBYSA\n\nPortions of the ULT, UST, and TNs for this psalm are derivative from [“Psalms, Layer by Layer”](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Welcome), [Psalm 8](https://psalms.cdbr.org/w/Psalm_8) by Cambridge Digital Bible Research, Katie Frost, Meaghan Smith, Nikki Mustin et al, used under [CC BY](https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/) \n\nSee their [top three exegetical issues in Psalm 8 video](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L5-NpONilOs) for discussion of verses 1, 2, and 5 and their [top three poetic features of Psalm 8 video](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XcRob_g2g2Q) on YouTube.
+8:front	i9hb			For the chief musician	0	Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
+8:front	ye1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עַֽל־הַ⁠גִּתִּ֗ית	1	This may refer to a style of music.
+8:1	hn59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שִׁ֭מְ⁠ךָ	1	Yahweh’s “name” represents his reputation.  If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your reputation” or “your fame”
+8:1	iycd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠כָל־ הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Here, **earth** represents all the people in the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people”
+8:1	s2nw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֥ר תְּנָ֥⁠ה ה֝וֹדְ⁠ךָ֗ עַל־הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you who bestow your splendor on the heavens”
+8:1	xzkw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אֲשֶׁ֥ר תְּנָ֥⁠ה ה֝וֹדְ⁠ךָ֗ עַל־הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **splendor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you show in the heavens how splendid you are”
+8:2	tiix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	מִ⁠פִּ֤י עֽוֹלְלִ֨ים ׀ וְֽ⁠יֹנְקִים֮	1	**Out of the mouth of children and nursing ones** is placed at the front of the sentence here to help create a strong sense of surprise that this weak thing would be the means that Yahweh uses to establish **strength**. Consider using a poetic method in your language to make the connection of the weak and strong surprising.
+8:2	sjrb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	מִ⁠פִּ֤י עֽוֹלְלִ֨ים ׀ וְֽ⁠יֹנְקִים֮ יִסַּ֪דְתָּ֫ עֹ֥ז לְמַ֥עַן צוֹרְרֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of your adversaries you have established strength out of the mouth of children and nursing ones” 
+8:2	psmo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פִּ֤י	1	Here, **mouth** represents the babies’ crying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From the crying of”
+8:2	zvjj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	עֽוֹלְלִ֨ים ׀ וְֽ⁠יֹנְקִים֮	1	The two words translated **children** and **nursing ones** may express a single idea. The word **nursing** further describes the age or state of the**children**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “nursing babies”
+8:2	gmb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	עֹ֥ז	1	The Hebrew reads “strength.” The ULT follows that reading. The ancient Greek translation reads “praise.” The Greek version is quoted in [Matthew 21:16](../mat/21/16.md). If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
+8:2	undk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עֹ֥ז	1	Because the word translated **established** is strongly associated with making a building, here, **strength** probably represents a fortress (a strong building that can be defended easily). Kings or Lords, as Yahweh is depicted in verse 1, often built fortresses to protect their domains and people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a building that is easy to defend”
+8:2	x1wp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	עֽוֹלְלִ֨ים ׀ וְֽ⁠יֹנְקִים֮	1	Because of the parallelism between verse 2 and verse 4, **children and nursing ones** may represent all of humanity (as weak and helpless people needing Yahweh’s protection). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even the weakest humans”
+8:2	pedt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠הַשְׁבִּ֥ית א֝וֹיֵ֗ב וּ⁠מִתְנַקֵּֽם	1	Here, **to** marks **cause the enemy and avenger to end** as the goal or purpose of establishing **strength**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
+8:2	ph2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	א֝וֹיֵ֗ב וּ⁠מִתְנַקֵּֽם	1	The two words **enemy** and **avenger** may express a single idea. The word **avenger** further describes the **enemy**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “vengeful enemy”
+8:3	uj2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מַעֲשֵׂ֣י אֶצְבְּעֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	Yahweh’s **fingers** represent his capability. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the work of your power”
+8:3	gd7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַעֲשֵׂ֣י אֶצְבְּעֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	Here, **work of your fingers** represent what Yahweh has created. Alternate translation: “the things that you made”
+8:4	yhh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מָֽה־אֱנ֥וֹשׁ כִּֽי־תִזְכְּרֶ֑⁠נּוּ וּ⁠בֶן־אָ֝דָ֗ם כִּ֣י תִפְקְדֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	The author is using the question form to express surprise. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. These remarks have been expressed in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “It is amazing that you are concerned for people and are care about them!”
+8:4	scp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	מָֽה־אֱנ֥וֹשׁ כִּֽי־תִזְכְּרֶ֑⁠נּוּ וּ⁠בֶן־אָ֝דָ֗ם כִּ֣י תִפְקְדֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “What is mankind that you remember him? I say again, what is the son of man that you pay attention to him” or “What difference does the things that happen to humans make to you that you are concerned for them?”
+8:4	k9i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	אֱנ֥וֹשׁ & וּ⁠בֶן־אָ֝דָ֗ם	1	Both of these refer to people in general.
+8:5	j78w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	וַ⁠תְּחַסְּרֵ֣⁠הוּ	1	It is not entirely clear in what way humans **lack little from the heavenly beings**. It could be in their status somehow or in their perceived glory and majesty. Because of this ambiguity it would be best not to try to explain this **lack** in your translation.
+8:5	hx3s			מֵ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 	1	The Hebrew word here could mean: 1) **heavenly beings**. This generic term encompasses any sorts of supernatural beings in the heavens that humans are slightly less than (like the heavenly court in Job 1). 2) God. The most common translation for this word is God. However, the author is speaking to Yahweh in this psalm, so if he meant God here it would make more sense for him to say ‘from you.’  3) angels. The ancient Greek translation uses this option, but this Hebrew word does not seem to mean angels elsewhere. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.
+8:5	sr48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠כָב֖וֹד וְ⁠הָדָ֣ר תְּעַטְּרֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	Here, **glory and majesty** are spoken of as if they were crowns. Because kings wear crowns this means Yahweh is sharing his glory and majesty with humans like they were lesser kings under him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly.  Alternate translation: “and have given them glory and honor” or “and have caused them to be like kings”
+8:5	gr58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וְ⁠כָב֖וֹד וְ⁠הָדָ֣ר	1	The terms **glory** and **majesty** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and with great majesty”
+8:5	pk2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠כָב֖וֹד וְ⁠הָדָ֣ר	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **majesty**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “and gloriously and majestically”
+8:6	x6z3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	תַּ֭מְשִׁילֵ⁠הוּ בְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֣י יָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ כֹּ֝ל שַׁ֣תָּה תַֽחַת־רַגְלָֽי⁠ו	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “You made him rule over the works of your hands, in fact you have put everything under his feet” or “You made him the ruler over everything that you made”
+8:6	rc4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	תַּ֭מְשִׁילֵ⁠הוּ & רַגְלָֽי⁠ו	1	The words **him** and **his** here refer to humanity.
+8:6	piz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֣י יָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	Yahweh’s **hands** represent his capability. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the works of your power”
+8:6	xti1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֣י יָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	Here, **works of your hands** represent what Yahweh has created. Alternate translation: “the things that you made”
+8:6	py2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כֹּ֝ל שַׁ֣תָּה תַֽחַת־רַגְלָֽי⁠ו	1	Having authority to rule others or control things is spoken of as having them **under** one’s **feet**. This means Yahweh gave people authority over all that he created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you have given him authority over all things”
+8:9	y339				0	This verse is exactly the same as the first half of [verse 1](../08/01.md). See how you translated there. 
+9:intro	zq96				0	# Psalm 09 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 9 is a psalm of praise.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh’s protection\n\nGod is a protector. He is all-powerful and his enemies cannot withstand him.\n\n### Acrostic Psalm\n\nThis psalm along with Psalm 10 form an acrostic. Which means that each unit begins with a successive letter of the Hebrew alphabet.\n\n### One Psalm or two\n\nThis psalm has a superscription but Psalm 10 doesn’t. This fact and the acrostic nature of the two psalms has lead some scholars to believe these two psalms may have originally been written as one psalm.\n\n\n[overview](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VRQZ1eytMJ8)\n[exegetical 9](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MvT6YH3bkuI)\n[exegetical 10](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W4w8G32hfyI)\n[poetic](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=moXvQUAMudo)
+9:front	w9iy			For the chief musician	0	Alternate translation: “This is for the director of music to use in worship”
+9:front	nqw5			set to Muth Labben	0	This may refer to a style of music.
+9:1	lr4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בְּ⁠כָל־לִבִּ֑⁠י	1	Here, the **heart** represents the whole person. If another body part represents this in your culture you could use it or state the meaning clearly. Alternate translation: “with all my being” or “with my whole person”
+9:1	f4r1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	כָּל־נִפְלְאוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wonders**, you could express the same idea in another way.  Alternate translation: “all the marvelous things you do” or “all your marvelous actions”
+9:2	z258		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	אֶשְׂמְחָ֣ה וְ⁠אֶעֶלְצָ֣ה	1	The two words **rejoice** and **exult** may express a single idea. The word **exult** tells how the author is rejoicing. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “I will rejoice exuberantly”
+9:2	vh6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֲזַמְּרָ֖ה שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֣	1	Here, his **name** represents Yahweh: him, his reputation, and what he does. Alternate translation: “I will sing praise to you”
+9:3	j685		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from you”
+9:3-4	e4sg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ & כִּֽי	1	The last part of verse 3 (**from your face**) and the first line of verse 4 give the reason why the **enemies turn back … stumble and perish**. Make sure this connection presented in a way that is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “. They do this because of your angry presence, // because”
+9:4	ei1n			עָ֭שִׂיתָ	1	Alternate translation: “you have ruled on” or “you have declared” or “you have accomplished”
+9:4	xlh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	כִּֽי־עָ֭שִׂיתָ מִשְׁפָּטִ֣⁠י וְ⁠דִינִ֑⁠י & שׁוֹפֵ֥ט צֶֽדֶק	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **justice**, **claim** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “For you have answered me justly when I petitioned in your court … a righteous judge”
+9:4	bcg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	עָ֭שִׂיתָ מִשְׁפָּטִ֣⁠י וְ⁠דִינִ֑⁠י	1	The two words **justice** and **claim** may express a single idea. The word **justice** tells how Yahweh views the author’s legal **claim**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “you have ruled that my claim is just” or “you have answered my just claim”
+9:4	nvz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יָשַׁ֥בְתָּ לְ֝⁠כִסֵּ֗א	1	Here, **throne** represents kingship. Kings had authority to judge people, and they would sit on their throne when they judged. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are like a king who judged his people from his throne” or “you are a king”
+9:4	z3ft			יָשַׁ֥בְתָּ לְ֝⁠כִסֵּ֗א שׁוֹפֵ֥ט צֶֽדֶק	1	Alternate translation: “you are like a royal judge who always issues correct judgements from his throne” or “you sit on your judgment throne and judge righteously”
+9:5	cw1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שְׁמָ֥⁠ם מָ֝חִ֗יתָ לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם וָ⁠עֶֽד	1	This could mean 1) Yahweh caused these people to be forgotten. Alternate translation: “you have caused them to be forgotten as if their name was blotted out” or “no one will ever remember them again”, 2) Yahweh will not give these people eternal life (other parts of the Bible speak of this as blotting them out from the Book of Life). Alternate translation: “you send them to eternal punishment”. Interpretation one is favored because of the end of verse 6 which is parallel with this verse.
+9:5	bs94			מָ֝חִ֗יתָ	1	Alternate translation: “you erased”
+9:5	t5xj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם וָ⁠עֶֽד	1	The terms **forever** and **ever** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “eternally”
+9:6	bqzr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	הָֽ⁠אוֹיֵ֨ב ׀ תַּ֥מּוּ	1	In this verse, the word **enemy** is singular in form, but it refers to all enemies as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “The enemies are finished”
+9:6	pv0y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	חֳרָב֗וֹת לָ֫⁠נֶ֥צַח	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **desolation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they are made desolate forever” or “you make them desolate forever”
+9:6	b9n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עָרִ֥ים נָתַ֑שְׁתָּ	1	Here, **cities** is spoken of as if it were a plant that could be **pulled up**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you destroyed their cities”
+9:6	pi7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אָבַ֖ד זִכְרָ֣⁠ם הֵֽמָּה	1	Here, **remembrance** is spoken of as if it were a living being that could die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All remembrance of them has stopped” or “There is no longer any remembrance of them”
+9:6	c6yp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אָבַ֖ד זִכְרָ֣⁠ם הֵֽמָּה	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **remembrance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “No one remembers them at all”
+9:6	uumc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	הֵֽמָּה	1	The author ends this verse with an extra pronoun that creates an emphatic contrast between what happens to the **enemy** and Yahweh.  In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now speaking of the enemy”
+9:7	x7xg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֵשֵׁ֑ב	1	Here, to **sit** represents sitting on the throne as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh reigns forever” or “Yahweh is king forever”
+9:7	h8nu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כּוֹנֵ֖ן לַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֣ט כִּסְאֽ⁠וֹ	1	The phrase **his throne** represents God’s rule.  If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He rules in order to judge people” or “He rules over people justly”
+9:7	ndc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֣ט	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to do justly”
+9:8	pgg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠ה֗וּא יִשְׁפֹּֽט־תֵּבֵ֥ל בְּ⁠צֶ֑דֶק יָדִ֥ין לְ֝אֻמִּ֗ים בְּ⁠מֵישָׁרִֽים	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. Alternate translation: “as for him, he will judge the world with righteousness, yes, he will adjudicate for the peoples with fairness” or “as for him, he will judge the people of world with righteousness and fairness”
+9:8	dz3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	תֵּבֵ֥ל	1	Here, **the world** refers to all the people in the world.  If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “everyone in the world”
+9:8	timn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠צֶ֑דֶק & בְּ⁠מֵישָׁרִֽים	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness** and **fairness**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “righteously … fairly”
+9:9	y7hd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וִ֘⁠יהִ֤י יְהוָ֣ה מִשְׂגָּ֣ב לַ⁠דָּ֑ךְ מִ֝שְׂגָּ֗ב לְ⁠עִתּ֥וֹת בַּצָּרָֽה	1	Here, the author is speaking of **Yahweh** as if he were a place that people could go to for safety. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And may Yahweh protect the oppressed, may he protect them in times with distress” or “And may Yahweh provide safety for those who are oppressed, making them safe in times with distress”
+9:9	q41l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	לְ⁠עִתּ֥וֹת בַּצָּרָֽה	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distress**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for distressing times”
+9:10	mb1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יוֹדְעֵ֣י שְׁמֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	Here, **your name** represents Yahweh and his reputation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who know you” or “those who have heard what you do”
+9:10	dj61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	יוֹדְעֵ֣י & דֹרְשֶׁ֣י⁠ךָ 	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **knowers** and **seekers**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “people who know … people who seek you”
+9:11	nb7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יֹשֵׁ֣ב 	1	Here, being **the sitter** represents sitting on the throne as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the crown wearer” or “the king” or “the ruler”
+9:11	i7js		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	זַמְּר֗וּ לַ֭⁠יהוָה & עֲלִֽילוֹתָֽי⁠ו	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **praises** and **deeds**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh with a song … what he has done” or “Sing to praise Yahweh … the things he does”
+9:12	p3fv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	דֹרֵ֣שׁ דָּ֭מִים	1	Here, **the seeker** refers to the avenger of blood, who hunts down and kills a murderer. Yahweh is the avenger in this case. See Numbers 35 for more information.
+9:12	lcs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אוֹתָ֣⁠ם זָכָ֑ר	1	The implication is that the **seeker of vengeance** will remember to avenge for the murder of **them** (the victims calling for justice). You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “remembered to avenge those who were murdered”
+9:12	vrni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	דֹרֵ֣שׁ דָּ֭מִים אוֹתָ֣⁠ם	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **seeker, vengeance** and **bloodshed**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “the one who seeks to avenge anyone who was murdered”
+9:12	wk9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	לֹֽא־שָׁ֝כַ֗ח	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative idea of **forget**. Alternate translation: “he surely remembers” 
+9:12	zawk			עניים	1	Alternate translation: “the afflicted ones” or “the oppressed ones”
+9:13	qnky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	חָֽנְנֵ֬⁠נִי & עָ֭נְיִ⁠י מִ⁠שֹּׂנְאָ֑⁠י	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **mercy, affliction** and **haters**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “Be merciful to me … how I am afflicted by those who hate me”
+9:13	yj30		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	רְאֵ֣ה	1	The implication is that Yahweh will act, not just **see**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Take action because of”
+9:13	p41p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מְ֝רוֹמְמִ֗⁠י מִ⁠שַּׁ֥עֲרֵי מָֽוֶת	1	Here, **death** is spoken of as if it were a city that had **gates** through which people enter it. If someone is near the **gates of death**, it means that he will die soon. Keeping someone from dying is spoken of as lifting him away from the gates of that city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “O you who can rescue me from death” or “O you who can keep me from dying”
+9:14	v8b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְּ⁠שַֽׁעֲרֵ֥י	1	The **gate ** is the place of trade, business, justice, etc in the ancient city. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use the location where similar things happen in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in the central market” or “in the place of trade and settling legal disputes”
+9:14	e5o9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	תְּהִלָּ֫תֶ֥י⁠ךָ & בִּ⁠ישׁוּעָתֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **praise** and **salvation**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “your praiseworthy deeds … because you saved me” or “the reasons to praise you … because you are a savior”
+9:15	re95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	טָבְע֣וּ ג֭וֹיִם בְּ⁠שַׁ֣חַת עָשׂ֑וּ בְּ⁠רֶֽשֶׁת־ז֥וּ טָ֝מָ֗נוּ נִלְכְּדָ֥ה רַגְלָֽ⁠ם	1	People dig pits so they can catch animals that fall into them. They also hide nets to catch animals. Here digging a **pit** or hiding a **net** represents making plans to destroy people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The nations are like people who dig a pit for others and then fall into it or like people who hide a net to catch people and then get caught in it” or “The nations get caught in their own traps.”
+9:15	py2o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	טָבְע֣וּ ג֭וֹיִם בְּ⁠שַׁ֣חַת עָשׂ֑וּ בְּ⁠רֶֽשֶׁת־ז֥וּ טָ֝מָ֗נוּ נִלְכְּדָ֥ה רַגְלָֽ⁠ם	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Translate them according to the decisions your team has made regarding translating parallelism in Hebrew poetry. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information. 
+9:15-16	foe2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	נ֤וֹדַ֨ע ׀ יְהוָה֮ מִשְׁפָּ֪ט עָ֫שָׂ֥ה & נוֹקֵ֣שׁ רָשָׁ֑ע	1	Both the cause and the result of everything else in verses 15-16 are in the sentence **Yahweh has revealed himself, he has done justice**. The cause of the wicked nations being trapped by their own traps is Yahweh doing justice, the result is that he is revealed as being just. In your translation, use a structure that makes these connections clear. Alternate translation: “This happens because Yahweh is acting justly toward them. Yahweh reveals himself by justly causing the wicked to be ensnared”
+9:16	cp1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	נ֤וֹדַ֨ע	1	The word **himself** indicates that the object of the verb is the same as the subject of the verb. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate that the same person fills two roles in the sentence. Alternate translation: “has revealed Yahweh”
+9:16	oxtk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִשְׁפָּ֪ט	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things justly”
+9:16	s1zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠פֹ֣עַל כַּ֭פָּי⁠ו נוֹקֵ֣שׁ רָשָׁ֑ע	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wicked person harms himself by the wicked things he does”
+9:16	ug1o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠פֹ֣עַל כַּ֭פָּי⁠ו	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by what he does” or “by his own evil deeds”
+9:17	bw3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	יָשׁ֣וּבוּ	1	See how you translated the idea of **turn back** in [verse 3](../09/03.md), as this is likely connected.
+9:17	tdfs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שְׁכֵחֵ֥י אֱלֹהִֽים	1	Here, **forgetful of God** is an idiom that means “they forget or ignore God.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “dismiss God” or “forget to honor and worship God”
+9:17	wmb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	כָּל־גּ֝וֹיִ֗ם שְׁכֵחֵ֥י אֱלֹהִֽים	1	This phrase probably further describes the **wicked ones.**  If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “the wicked ones from all nations who are forgetful of God”
+9:17	ql0t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	כָּל־גּ֝וֹיִ֗ם	1	Here, **nations** represents the people in the nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people in every nation”
+9:17-18	qi1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry		0	Verses 17-18 form a poetic device called a chiasm where the inner two lines parallel each other and the outer two lines also parallel each other. In this case this artistic device creates a strong contrast between the verses by contrasting forgetting God with his not forgetting the needy, and contrasts the death of the wicked with the hope of the afflicted which does not die. If you language has a poetic structure than can make contrasts stand out markedly like this consider using it here.
+9:18	f28n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֣א לָ֭⁠נֶצַח יִשָּׁכַ֣ח אֶבְי֑וֹן	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not always forget the needy”
+9:18	xgsc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹ֣א לָ֭⁠נֶצַח יִשָּׁכַ֣ח אֶבְי֑וֹן	1	The figure of speech here expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “the needy will be remembered eventually”
+9:18	igk0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תִּקְוַ֥ת ענוים תֹּאבַ֥ד לָ⁠עַֽד	1	The negation in the first clause of this verse carries over to the second half. Translate this in a way that both halves of the verse are negated (but making a positive statement by litotes as the previous note explains). Alternate translation: “indeed, the hope of the afflicted will not perish forever” or “neither will the hope of the afflicted perish forever” or (assuming the first half is translated positively) “the hope of the afflicted lives on”
+9:18	ln7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	תִּקְוַ֥ת ענוים תֹּאבַ֥ד לָ⁠עַֽד	1	Here, **hope** is spoken of as if it was something that could perish. This would mean that what they hope for does not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “nor will the oppressed hope forever without results” or “someday what the afflicted hope for will happen”
+9:19	zrv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	קוּמָ֣⁠ה 	1	Getting up represents starting to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Take action”
+9:19	f879		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יִשָּׁפְט֥וּ ג֝וֹיִ֗ם	1	Here, judging includes punishing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let nations be judged and punished”
+9:19	dca3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עַל־פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Here, **on your face** represents in Yahweh’s presence, which can be considered in his courtroom (as in the UST). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In your presence”
+9:19	xin9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	יִשָּׁפְט֥וּ ג֝וֹיִ֗ם עַל־פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “judge the nations in your presence” or “take the nations into your presence and punish them”
+9:20	hsuv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שִׁ֘יתָ֤⁠ה יְהוָ֨ה ׀ מוֹרָ֗ה לָ֫⁠הֶ֥ם	1	Here, **terror** is spoken of as something that could be **put** to the wicked, meaning to cause them to feel **terror.** If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Make them be terrified Yahweh!” or “Terrify them Yahweh!”
+9:20	zejg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יֵדְע֥וּ גוֹיִ֑ם אֱנ֖וֹשׁ הֵ֣מָּה	1	Here the author is speaking of **nations** as if they were living **human**s. There are two points: 1) nations do not last forever, they pass away or are mortal like humans and 2) the leaders of nations are not gods, but humans who die. In both instances, they need to recognize that Yahweh is the supreme, never-ending power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May nations know they are temporary” or “May wicked human kings stop pretending to be eternal gods”
 10:intro	h366				0	# Psalm 010 General Notes\n\n## Type of psalm\n\nPsalm 10 is a psalm of deliverance. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/deliverer]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Evil people\n\nThe wicked people are prospering and think that God does not care. They think that he is not involved in these affairs. They destroy the innocent. The godly need God to come to their rescue and to punish the wicked people for the evil that they are doing to the good people. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/innocent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/good]])\n\n### Second half of Psalm 9\n\nAs noted in the intro to the last psalm, this one is part of an acrostic poem. This psalm covers the last half on the Hebrew alphabet. It also does not have a superscription to introduce it. However, the psalms do separate well on the subjects they address. One addresses thanksgiving and praise whereas Psalm 10 is a lament. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
 10:1	he97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 10:1	l729		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Why, Yahweh, do you stand far off? Why do you hide yourself in times of trouble?	0	The speaker uses these questions to express his distress that God has not helped him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, it seems as though you are far away from me and you hide from me whenever I am in trouble” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -5209,7 +5268,9 @@ front:intro	rx9u				0	# Introduction to Psalms\n\n## Part 1: General Introductio
 150:5	yat3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	cymbals	0	two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound
 150:6	c7iw			General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nThis verse is more than the end of this psalm. It is the closing statement for all of Book 5 of the Psalms, which starts at Psalm 107 and ends with Psalm 150.
 150:6	ht6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	everything that has breath	0	This is an exaggeration that calls on all people who are alive to praise God.
-	j2nn			he who protects you	0	God
+1:4	j2nn			he who protects you	0	God
 42:11	wp6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		0	The writer speaks of depression or discouragement as if it were his soul being bent over. See how you translated this in [Psalms 42:5](../042/005.md). Alternate translation: “discouraged”
 42:10	ae82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		0	The writer’s enemies use this question to mock him and to express that they do not see God helping him. Alternate translation: “Your God is not here to help you”
 42:9	b1ik				0	To “go mourning” is to perform customs related to being very sad.
+1:4	wzv4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	General Information:	0	# General Information:\n\nParallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+7:5	us9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	overtake me		This represents capturing him. Alternate translation: “capture me”

tn_SNG.tsv

@@ -1,29 +1,29 @@
 Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
-front:intro	an3g				0	# Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Song of Songs\n\n1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)\n1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)\n1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)\n1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)\n1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)\n1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)\n\n### What is the Song of Songs about?\n\nThe Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.\n\n### Who wrote the Song of Songs?\n\nThe first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThis book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?\n\nThe Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?\n\nThe two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.\n\nSome interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.\n\n### What are the lines about people speaking?\n\nThe Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.\n\nBefore each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.\n\n### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?\n\nReaders might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n\n### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?\n\nThere are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+front:intro	an3g				0	# Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Song of Songs\n\n1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)\n1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)\n1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)\n1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)\n1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)\n1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)\n\n### What is the Song of Songs about?\n\nThe Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.\n\n### Who wrote the Song of Songs?\n\nThe first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThis book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?\n\nThe Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?\n\nThe two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.\n\nSome interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.\n\n### What are the lines about people speaking?\n\nThe Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.\n\nBefore each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.\n\n### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?\n\nReaders might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n\n### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?\n\nThere are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### Translating terms of endearment\n\n\nThe terms “my beloved” and “my darling” appear frequently throughout this book. These terms should be translated the same consistently throughout the book.
 1:intro	xrm2				0	# Song of Songs 1 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Kisses\n\nThe kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Love and affection\n\nThis chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “I am dark”\nIn the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
 1:1	dsf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	שִׁ֥יר הַ⁠שִּׁירִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר לִ⁠שְׁלֹמֹֽה	1	This verse is the title of this book. Use whatever formatting convention is most natural in your language for indicating that something is the title of a poem or song. The ULT places this line further to the left than the other lines in this book to indicate that this verse is the title of the book.
 1:1	qbe2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	שִׁ֥יר הַ⁠שִּׁירִ֖ים	1	The possessive form is being used here to indicate a comparison with other **songs** and to show that this **song** is the best or greatest of all **songs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use another form to indicate this. Alternate translation: “The best song” or “The most excellent song” or “The greatest song”
 1:1	r5ns			לִ⁠שְׁלֹמֹֽה	1	The phrase **of Solomon** could mean: (1) Solomon wrote this song. Alternate translation: “Solomon wrote” (2) this song was dedicated to Solomon. Alternate translation: “is dedicated to Solomon” (3) this song was about Solomon. Alternate translation: “is about Solomon” 
 1:2-4	fna4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	יִשָּׁקֵ֨⁠נִי֙ מִ⁠נְּשִׁיק֣וֹת פִּ֔י⁠הוּ כִּֽי־טוֹבִ֥ים דֹּדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מִ⁠יָּֽיִן׃ לְ⁠רֵ֨יחַ֙ שְׁמָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ טוֹבִ֔ים שֶׁ֖מֶן תּוּרַ֣ק שְׁמֶ֑⁠ךָ עַל־כֵּ֖ן עֲלָמ֥וֹת אֲהֵבֽוּ⁠ךָ׃ 	1	These lines of poetry most likely indicate thoughts or words that the woman is speaking or thinking to herself while she is alone. Your language may have a way of indicating speech that is expressed toward a person who is not present to hear what is being said.
-1:2	j5xq				0	# General Information:\n\nThe first part of the book begins with this verse.
-1:2	tulv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	יִשָּׁקֵ֨⁠נִי֙ מִ⁠נְּשִׁיק֣וֹת	1	The author is using an emphatic form to indicate the fervor and intensity of the desired kisses. Consider using a natural way in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “Let him kiss me again and again with the kisses of” or “Let him cover my face with the kisses of”
+1:2	tulv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	יִשָּׁקֵ֨⁠נִי֙ מִ⁠נְּשִׁיק֣וֹת פִּ֔י⁠הוּ	1	The author is using an emphatic form to indicate the fervor and intensity of the desired kisses. Consider using a natural way in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “Let him kiss me again and again with the kisses of his mouth” or “Let him cover my face with the kisses of his mouth”
 1:2	d9mu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	דֹּדֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	In this book every occurrence of the words **you** and **your** are singular. Your language may require you to mark these forms.
-1:2	th64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	טוֹבִ֥ים דֹּדֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the way you love me is better” or “your loving is better”
+1:2	th64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	טוֹבִ֥ים דֹּדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מִ⁠יָּֽיִן	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or in another way. Alternate translation: “the way you love me is better than wine” or “your loving is better than wine”
 1:2	nze7			טוֹבִ֥ים דֹּדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מִ⁠יָּֽיִן	1	Alternate translation: “I enjoy having you near me more than I enjoy drinking wine” or “your love is more pleasant than wine”
 1:3	j5ka			לְ⁠רֵ֨יחַ֙	1	The Hebrew word which the ULT translates as **As for** could: (1) indicate reference, in which case it should be translated as the ULT translates it or with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “In reference to the smell of” or (2) indicate emphasis or be making an assertion. Alternate translation: “Truly, the smell of” or “Indeed, the smell of”  
-1:3	si36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שְׁמָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ טוֹבִ֔ים	1	Here, **oils** refers to colognes or perfumes. In the authors culture pleasant smelling spices were mixed into olive oil in order to make a pleasant smelling perfume which was then put on the skin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. If men do not use put pleasant smelling things on their skin in your culture you could say that the man being spoken of here smells pleasant. Alternate translation: “your colognes—they are good” or “your scented oils—they are good” or “your skin—it is good” or “your body—it is good”
+1:3	si36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שְׁמָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ טוֹבִ֔ים	1	Here, **oils** refers to colognes or perfumes. In the authors culture pleasant smelling spices were mixed into olive oil in order to make a pleasant smelling perfume which was then put on the skin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. If men do not put pleasant smelling things on their skin in your culture you could say that the man being spoken of here smells pleasant. Alternate translation: “your colognes—they are good” or “your scented oils—they are good” or “your skin—it is good” or “your body—it is good”
 1:3	z9t3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שֶׁ֖מֶן תּוּרַ֣ק שְׁמֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	The woman is describing the man she loves and his reputation by association with his **name**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “oil poured out is your reputation” or “oil poured out is the honor that people give to you”
 1:3	ijen		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שֶׁ֖מֶן תּוּרַ֣ק שְׁמֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	The woman makes a comparison between the man’s reputation (which she refers to as his **name**) and scented oil that is poured out after which the good smell of the oil spreads as the air moves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “your reputation spreads more and more like the scent of perfume which spreads after it has been poured out”
 1:3	pj62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	עַל־כֵּ֖ן	1	The words translated as **Therefore** indicate that what follows is a result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. Alternate translation: “As a result”
+1:3	vo1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עֲלָמ֥וֹת	1	The word translated as **marriageable women** refers to a young women who is old enough to be married or to a young woman who has recently been married but not yet given birth to a child. Your language and culture may have a term for a woman during this stage of life that you could use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term in the context as the ULT does or use a general phrase as modeled by the UST. 
 1:4	gec8			מָשְׁכֵ֖⁠נִי	1	Alternate translation: “Lead me”
 1:4	v83t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	אַחֲרֶ֣י⁠ךָ	1	The word **you** refers to the man and so is singular. Your language may require you to mark this form. In this book every occurrence of the words **you** and **your** are singular.
 1:4	ty2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נָּר֑וּצָה	1	The word **us** refers to the young woman and the man that she is addressing so **us** is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “let you and I run” 
-1:4	xpoe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נָּר֑וּצָה	1	Here, the woman uses **run** as a poetic way of expressing her desire that she and the man she loves hurry and go away together. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “let us hurry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 
+1:4	xpoe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נָּר֑וּצָה	1	Here, the woman uses **run** as a poetic way of expressing her desire that she and the man she loves hurry and go away together. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “let us hurry”
 1:4	vpdi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ	1	Here, the woman speaks of the man she loves as if he were **The king**. Here, the term **king** is a term of endearment and is an affectionate way for the woman to refer to the man she loves. The woman is not speaking of an actual king but rather this is a poetic way of speaking. The woman is still speaking of the same man that she was speaking of in [1:2-3](../01/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning by using a simile. Alternate translation: “He whom I love is like a king to me and” or “He who is like a king to me”
-1:4	ieqb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הֱבִיאַ֨⁠נִי הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ	1	The original language word which the ULT translates as **he has brought me** could be describing: (1) a request or wish that the woman has. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “May the king bring me” (2) an action that has already happened. Alternate translation: “The king brought me” 
+1:4	ieqb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הֱבִיאַ֨⁠נִי הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ	1	The original language word which the ULT translates as **he has brought me** could be describing: (1) a request or wish that the woman has. Alternate translation: “May the king bring me” (2) an action that has already happened. Alternate translation: “The king brought me” 
 1:4	aoaz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הֱבִיאַ֨⁠נִי	1	Your language may say “taken” rather than **brought** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “has taken me” 
 1:4	at7l			נָגִ֤ילָה וְ⁠נִשְׂמְחָה֙ בָּ֔⁠ךְ נַזְכִּ֤ירָה דֹדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מִ⁠יַּ֔יִן	1	The **us** in these two lines could: (1) be a group of young women speaking about the man. Alternate translation: “We will be glad and rejoice in you. We will profess your love more than wine” (2) be the woman continuing to speak to the man she loves and using **us** to refer to herself. Alternate translation: “May I be glad and rejoice in you. May I profess your love more than wine” (3) be the woman continuing to speak and using **us** to refer to herself and the man. Alternate translation: “Let you and I be glad and rejoice in you. Let you and I profess your love more than wine”\n 
-1:4	isr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נָּר֑וּצָה…נָגִ֤ילָה…נַזְכִּ֤ירָה	1	The word *us** is inclusive all three times that it occurs in this verse. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+1:4	isr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נָּר֑וּצָה…נָגִ֤ילָה…נַזְכִּ֤ירָה	1	The word **us** is inclusive all three times that it occurs in this verse. Your language may require you to mark these forms.
 1:4	ku0t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	נָגִ֤ילָה וְ⁠נִשְׂמְחָה֙	1	The terms **glad** and **rejoice** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Let us greatly rejoice” or “Let us rejoice greatly”
 1:4	geq4			נַזְכִּ֤ירָה	1	Alternate translation: “Let us praise”
 1:4	rc0e			מִ⁠יַּ֔יִן	1	The phrase **more than wine** could mean: (1) that the women would **profess** the man’s **love** as **more** delightful **than wine**. Alternate translation: “as being more delightful than wine” (2) that the women would **profess** the delightfulness of the man’s **love more than** they would **profess** the delightfulness of **wine**. Alternate translation: “more than we profess wine”  
@@ -32,85 +32,84 @@ front:intro	an3g				0	# Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General
 1:4	gxfw			אֲהֵבֽוּ⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “do they admire you” 
 1:4	ag8r			מֵישָׁרִ֖ים אֲהֵבֽוּ⁠ךָ	1	Alternate translation: “it is right that other young women adore you” or “no wonder other young women adore you” 
 1:5	ez2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שְׁחוֹרָ֤ה אֲנִי֙	1	Here, **I am black** means “My skin is black” or “My skin is very dark.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “My skin is black” or “My skin is very dark”
-1:5	jpj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְֽ⁠נָאוָ֔ה	1	Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. What follows the word **But** is in contrast to what was expected, because in the author’s culture it was not considered attractive for a woman to have skin that was dark as a result of much exposure to the sun. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “yet lovely” or “but still lovely” 
+1:5	jpj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְֽ⁠נָאוָ֔ה	1	Here, the word **but** is introducing a contrast. What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what was expected, because in the author’s culture it was not considered attractive for a woman to have skin that was dark as a result of much exposure to the sun. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “yet lovely” or “but still lovely” 
 1:5	ck9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּנ֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם	1	The woman is using the possessive form to poetically describe where the young women (whom she calls **daughters**) live. The phrase **daughters of Jerusalem** refers to the young women who were from the city of Jerusalem (These are probably the same women as the “marriageable women” in [1:3](../01/03.md) and the women referred to as “they” in [1:4](../01/04.md)). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could indicate the association between these young women and **Jerusalem** in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “daughters from Jerusalem” or “young women from Jerusalem” 
 1:5	rbb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠אָהֳלֵ֣י קֵדָ֔ר כִּ⁠ירִיע֖וֹת שְׁלֹמֹֽה	1	The Kedar were a tribe of people who used black goat skins to make their tents, thus their tents were dark in color. The woman is comparing her skin to these tents which were dark in color. The phrase **the curtains of Solomon** refers to the curtains in Solomon’s palace which were very beautiful. The point of the first comparison is that the woman’s skin was dark (referring back to and further describing the word **black**) and the point of the second comparison is that the woman was beautiful (referring back to and further describing the word **lovely**). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use equivalent comparisons from your culture or you could retain these similes and express these meanings as plainly as possible. Alternate translation: “like the dark color of the tents of the people of the tribe Kedar, like the curtains of Solomon’s palace” or “as dark as the color of the tents of Kedar, as beautiful as the curtains in Solomon’s palace” 
 1:6	avcq			אַל־ תִּרְא֨וּ⁠נִי֙	1	The phrase **Do not look at me** could mean: (1) that the woman does not want people to look at her with contempt. Alternate translation: “Do not look at me with contempt” or “Do not look down on me” or “Do not look at me disapprovingly” (2) that the woman does not want people to stare at her in admiration of her beauty. Alternate translation: “Do not stare at me because I am so beautiful”  
-1:6	gy5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	שֶׁ⁠אֲנִ֣י	1	The word **that** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because” 
+1:6	gy5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	שֶׁ⁠אֲנִ֣י	1	The word **that** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because I” 
 1:6	nqqb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שֶׁ⁠אֲנִ֣י שְׁחַרְחֹ֔רֶת	1	Here, **I am black** means “my skin is black” or “my skin is very dark” as it did in [1:5](../01/05.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that my skin is black” or “that my skin is very dark”
 1:6	im6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	שֶׁ⁠שֱּׁזָפַ֖תְ⁠נִי הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶשׁ	1	The word **that** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “because the sun scorched me” 
-1:6	thz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שֶׁ⁠שֱּׁזָפַ֖תְ⁠נִי הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶשׁ	1	The phrase **the sun scorched me** refers to sunlight shining on the skin and means “the sun burned me” or “the sun tanned my skin dark.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that the sun burned me” or “that the sun turned my skin brown” or “that the sun tanned my skin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 
+1:6	thz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שֶׁ⁠שֱּׁזָפַ֖תְ⁠נִי הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶשׁ	1	The phrase **the sun scorched me** refers to sunlight shining on the skin and means “the sun burned me” or “the sun tanned my skin dark.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that the sun burned me” or “that the sun turned my skin brown” or “that the sun tanned my skin”
 1:6	v86f			נֹטֵרָ֣ה אֶת־הַ⁠כְּרָמִ֔ים כַּרְמִ֥⁠י שֶׁ⁠לִּ֖⁠י לֹ֥א נָטָֽרְתִּי	1	Alternate translation: “as caretaker of the vineyards—my vineyard that is mine, I have not taken care of”
 1:6	w18k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כַּרְמִ֥⁠י שֶׁ⁠לִּ֖⁠י לֹ֥א נָטָֽרְתִּי	1	The woman is probably using the phrase **my vineyard** to refer to her complexion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my skin, I have not protected from the sun” or “my complexion, I have not protected from the sun” 
 1:7	f9hi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	שֶׁ֤⁠אָהֲבָה֙ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י	1	The woman is using one part of herself, her **soul**, to represent all of her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you whom I love” 
 1:7	mpbu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	אֵיכָ֣ה תִרְעֶ֔ה	1	The woman is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “where do you graze your flock” or “where do you graze your sheep”
 1:7	wsmm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֵיכָ֣ה תִרְעֶ֔ה אֵיכָ֖ה תַּרְבִּ֣יץ בַּֽ⁠צָּהֳרָ֑יִם	1	The phrase **where do you graze** and the phrase **Where do you make your flocks lie down at noontime** mean basically the same thing. The second phrase emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if saying very similar things twice might confuse your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Where do you pasture your flocks in the middle of the day”  
-1:7	v54w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	שַׁ⁠לָּ⁠מָ֤ה אֶֽהְיֶה֙ כְּ⁠עֹ֣טְיָ֔ה עַ֖ל עֶדְרֵ֥י חֲבֵרֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	The woman is not asking for information, but is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate her words as a statement, a request, or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I do not want to be like a woman who covers herself\nbeside the flocks of your companions” or “Please do not let me be like a woman who covers herself\nbeside the flocks of your companions” or “Tell me so that I will not be like a woman who covers herself\nbeside the flocks of your companions”
+1:7	v54w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	שַׁ⁠לָּ⁠מָ֤ה אֶֽהְיֶה֙ כְּ⁠עֹ֣טְיָ֔ה עַ֖ל עֶדְרֵ֥י חֲבֵרֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	The woman is not asking for information, but is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate her words as a statement, a request, or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I do not want to be like a woman who covers herself beside the flocks of your companions” or “Please do not let me be like a woman who covers herself beside the flocks of your companions” or “Tell me so that I will not be like a woman who covers herself beside the flocks of your companions”
 1:7	f5eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כְּ⁠עֹ֣טְיָ֔ה עַ֖ל עֶדְרֵ֥י חֲבֵרֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	The phrase **covers herself** means **covers herself with a veil** and the phrase **your companions** refers to the other shepherds who pastured their animals near the flocks of the man and were probably his friends. If it would help your readers, you could express these phrases explicitly. Alternate translation: “like a woman who covers herself with a veil beside the flocks of the other shepherds”
-1:7	v6rs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	שַׁ⁠לָּ⁠מָ֤ה אֶֽהְיֶה֙ כְּ⁠עֹ֣טְיָ֔ה עַ֖ל עֶדְרֵ֥י חֲבֵרֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	In the authors culture women who were prostitutes often covered their faces with a veil so that people would not recognize them. It would not be normal for a young unmarried woman to be wandering among shepherds and the woman did not want to be mistaken for a prostitute. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “Tell me where you pasture your flocks so that I will not need to wander around among the flocks of your companions like a prostitute when I am looking for you” or “For why should I be like a prostitute who covers herself with a veil and wanders about\nbeside the flocks of your companions”
+1:7	v6rs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	שַׁ⁠לָּ⁠מָ֤ה אֶֽהְיֶה֙ כְּ⁠עֹ֣טְיָ֔ה עַ֖ל עֶדְרֵ֥י חֲבֵרֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	In the authors culture women who were prostitutes often covered their faces with a veil so that people would not recognize them. It would not be normal for a young unmarried woman to be wandering among shepherds and the woman did not want to be mistaken for a prostitute. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “Tell me where you pasture your flocks so that I will not need to wander around among the flocks of your companions like a prostitute when I am looking for you” or “For why should I be like a prostitute who covers herself with a veil and wanders about beside the flocks of your companions”
 1:8	lc64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	אִם־ לֹ֤א תֵדְעִי֙ לָ֔⁠ךְ הַ⁠יָּפָ֖ה בַּ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים צְֽאִי־ לָ֞⁠ךְ	1	If it would help your readers to see that this is a conditional statement then you could supply a word like “then” in your translation. Alternate translation: “If you do not know, most beautiful among women, then go out”
 1:8	fu4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	אִם־ לֹ֤א תֵדְעִי֙ לָ֔⁠ךְ הַ⁠יָּפָ֖ה בַּ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים	1	If it would be more natural in your language you could begin this verse with the phrase **most beautiful among women**. Alternate translation: “Most beautiful among women, if you do not know”
 1:8	nky4			הַ⁠יָּפָ֖ה בַּ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים	1	Alternate translation: “you who are the most beautiful of all women”
 1:8	sy7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	צְֽאִי־ לָ֞⁠ךְ	1	Your language may say “come” rather than **go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “come out”
 1:8	al9c			וּ⁠רְעִי֙ אֶת־ גְּדִיֹּתַ֔יִ⁠ךְ	1	Alternate translation: “and let your young goats graze” or “and graze your young goats” 
-1:8	fis9			וּ⁠רְעִי֙ אֶת־ גְּדִיֹּתַ֔יִ⁠ךְ	1	Alternate translation: “graze your young goats” or “let your young goats eat”
-1:9	j8xv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠סֻסָתִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠רִכְבֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה דִּמִּיתִ֖י⁠ךְ רַעְיָתִֽ⁠	1	If it would be more natural in your language you could begin this verse with the phrase **my darling**. Alternate translation: “My darling, I liken you to a mare among the chariots of Pharaoh” 
+1:8	fis9			וּ⁠רְעִי֙ אֶת־ גְּדִיֹּתַ֔יִ⁠ךְ	1	Alternate translation: “and graze your young goats” or “and let your young goats eat”
+1:9	j8xv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְ⁠סֻסָתִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠רִכְבֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה דִּמִּיתִ֖י⁠ךְ רַעְיָתִֽ⁠י	1	If it would be more natural in your language you could begin this verse with the phrase **my darling**. Alternate translation: “My darling, I liken you to a mare among the chariots of Pharaoh” 
 1:9	gw76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	לְ⁠סֻסָתִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠רִכְבֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה דִּמִּיתִ֖י⁠ךְ	1	Here, it is implied that the man is comparing the woman to the beauty of a mare and not to other other qualities of a horse. The king of Egypt’s horses were known to be the best in the world and so they would have been very beautiful. If it would help your readers you could explain the point of this comparison. Alternate translation: “Your beauty is like the beauty of Pharaoh’s chariot horses” or “I compare your beauty to the beauty of Pharaoh’s chariot horses” 
 1:9	zyj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠רִכְבֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	The man is using the phrase **the chariots** to mean “the horses that pull the chariots.”  If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among the horses that pull Pharaoh’s chariots” or “among the horses that pull the chariots of Pharaoh”
 1:9	lnbo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	Here, the term **Pharaoh** does not refer to a specific Egyptian king but is a title used to designate the acting king of Egypt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king of Egypt”
-1:10	hrjd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ⁠תֹּרִ֔ים	1	The term the man uses, which the ULT translates as **earrings**, is a term which refers to strings of small ornaments or jewels which apparently hung down the side of one’s face. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of jewelry you could use a more general term and, if you are using footnotes, you could make a footnote explaining this type of jewelry. Alternate translation: “with neck ornaments” or “strings of jewels” 
-1:10	u7h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ⁠חֲרוּזִֽים	1	**necklaces** are a type of jewelry worn around the neck in order to make a person look more attractive. If your readers would not be familiar with **necklaces**, you could use the name of something similar in your area worn around the neck for the purpose of looking nice or you could use a more general term and, if it would help your readers, you could make a footnote explaining what a necklace is if you are using footnotes. Alternate translation: “with neck ornaments” or “strings of jewels” 
+1:10	hrjd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ⁠תֹּרִ֔ים	1	The term the man uses, which the ULT translates as **earrings**, is a term which refers to strings of small ornaments or jewels which apparently hung down the side of one’s face. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of jewelry you could use a more general term and, if you are using footnotes, you could make a footnote explaining this type of jewelry. Alternate translation: “with neck ornaments” or “with strings of jewels” 
+1:10	u7h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ⁠חֲרוּזִֽים	1	**necklaces** are a type of jewelry worn around the neck in order to make a person look more attractive. If your readers would not be familiar with **necklaces**, you could use the name of something similar in your area worn around the neck for the purpose of looking nice or you could use a more general term and, if it would help your readers, you could make a footnote explaining what a necklace is if you are using footnotes. Alternate translation: “with neck ornaments” or “with strings of jewels” 
 1:11	yuyp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	תּוֹרֵ֤י	1	See how you translated the term “earrings” in the previous verse.
-1:11	dza7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	נַעֲשֶׂה	1	The man speaks as if he were many people. Some versions change this to singular “I.” Other versions take these to be the words of the woman’s friends. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+1:11	dza7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	נַעֲשֶׂה	1	The man speaks as if he were many people. Some versions change this to singular “I.” Other versions take these to be the words of the woman’s friends.
 1:11	bp6l			עִ֖ם נְקֻדּ֥וֹת הַ⁠כָּֽסֶף	1	Alternate translation: “with beads of silver” or “that are decorated with silver”
 1:12	kec9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שֶׁ֤⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙	1	See how you translated the phrase “The king” in [1:4](../01/04.md) where it is used with the same meaning.
 1:12	zt7d			בִּ⁠מְסִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	The word which the ULT translates as **couch** could: (1) refer to a couch and be translated as **couch** as modeled by the ULT. (2) refer to a table. Alternate translation: “was at his table” 
-1:12	ur66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	נִרְדִּ֖⁠י	1	The term **nard** refers to pleasant smelling perfumed oil that was made from the roots of the **nard** plant. If your readers would not be familiar with *nard** plants, you could use a general expression or describe what **nard** is. Alternate translation: “my perfumed oil” or “my pleasant smelling perfume made from the nard plant”
+1:12	ur66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	נִרְדִּ֖⁠י	1	The term **nard** refers to pleasant smelling perfumed oil that was made from the roots of the **nard** plant. If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression or describe what **nard** is. Alternate translation: “my perfumed oil” or “my pleasant smelling perfume made from the nard plant”
 1:12	lp8f			נָתַ֥ן רֵיחֽ⁠וֹ	1	Alternate translation: “gave off its good smell” or “spread its pleasant smell” 
 1:13	vc5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	צְר֨וֹר הַ⁠מֹּ֤ר ׀ דּוֹדִ⁠י֙ לִ֔⁠י בֵּ֥ין שָׁדַ֖⁠י יָלִֽין	1	In the author’s culture women would sometimes place a small bag or pouch of myrrh on a necklace so it would hang on their neck and they could enjoy its pleasant smell. The woman makes a comparison between the enjoyable experience of having a bag of myrrh near her and the enjoyable experience of having the man she loves near her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a simile to show the comparison. Alternate translation: “I enjoy having my beloved near me throughout the night like I enjoy the smell of a bag of myrrh”
 1:13	d77b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠מֹּ֤ר	1	**myrrh** was a pleasant smelling incense that was made from resin taken from the bark of a certain kind of tree. One of the things it was used for was to make a person smell good. If your readers would not be familiar with **myrrh**, you could use the name of something pleasant smelling in your area that might be used for this purpose or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “pleasant smelling perfume”
 1:13	bzs7			דּוֹדִ⁠י֙	1	Alternate translation: “is my lover”
-1:13	f8y8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	אֶשְׁכֹּ֨ל הַ⁠כֹּ֤פֶר ׀ דּוֹדִ⁠י֙ לִ֔⁠י	1	If using the word **breasts** would offend your readers, you could use an appropriate euphemism for **breasts** or state the meaning of the phrase **between my breasts it stays** using a more general expression. Alternate translation: “My beloved stays very close to me during the night, like a bundle of myrrh hanging near my chest”
+1:13	f8y8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	צְר֨וֹר הַ⁠מֹּ֤ר ׀ דּוֹדִ⁠י֙ לִ֔⁠י בֵּ֥ין שָׁדַ֖⁠י יָלִֽין	1	If using the word **breasts** would offend your readers, you could use an appropriate euphemism for **breasts** or state the meaning of the phrase **between my breasts it stays** using a more general expression. Alternate translation: “My beloved stays very close to me during the night, like a bundle of myrrh hanging near my chest”
 1:13	bl0z			יָלִֽין	1	Here, the original language word that the ULT translates with the phrase **it stays** is ambiguous regarding what it is that **stays**. This word could: (1) indicate that the **bundle of myrrh** is what **stays**, in which case it should be translated as something similar to **it stays** as modeled by the ULT.  (2) mean that the man **stays**. Alternate translation: “he stays”  
 1:13	jw0u			יָלִֽין	1	Here, the word **stays** could: (1) refer to staying in one place for a prolonged period of time in which case you could translate this word with something similar to **stays** as modeled by the ULT. (2) refer to lying down. Alternate translation: “it lies”
 1:14	a6jk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠כֹּ֤פֶר	1	The phrase **henna blossoms** refers to **blossoms** from the **henna** plant which produces clusters of flower blossoms which have a pleasant smell. If your readers would not be familiar with this plant, you could use the name of a plant in your area that has a pleasant smell, you could explain in your translation that henna is a plant that produces fragrant blossoms, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “fragrant flowers” or “fragrant blossoms from the henna plant” 
-1:14	zh75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶשְׁכֹּ֨ל הַ⁠כֹּ֤פֶר ׀ דּוֹדִ⁠י֙ לִ֔⁠י בְּ⁠כַרְמֵ֖י עֵ֥ין גֶּֽדִי	1	Here, **vineyards of En Gedi** is probably a reference to the woman’s body because at that time **vineyards** were often used to convey a sexual meaning and because the phrase **in the vineyards of Engedi** is in parallel to phrase in the previous verse in which the woman refers to her body by saying that her “beloved” is like a “bundle of myrrh“ which “stays” (the night) “between” her “breasts.” In this verse the woman makes a comparison between the pleasurable experience of the smell of henna blossoms and her enjoyment of having the man she loves near her body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a simile to show the comparison. Because the woman describes her body in a poetic way with images, it is recommended that you either maintain these images or select images from your context and language that communicate the same concepts. Alternate translation: “I enjoy being near my beloved’s body like I enjoy the smell of the henna flowers in the vineyards of Engedi” or “I delight in my beloved being near my body like I enjoy the smell of the henna flowers in the vineyards of Engedi”
-1:14	nop3			עֵ֥ין גֶּֽדִי	1	
+1:14	zh75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶשְׁכֹּ֨ל הַ⁠כֹּ֤פֶר ׀ דּוֹדִ⁠י֙ לִ֔⁠י בְּ⁠כַרְמֵ֖י עֵ֥ין גֶּֽדִי	1	Here, **vineyards of En Gedi** is probably a reference to the woman’s body because at that time **vineyards** were often used to convey a sexual meaning and because the phrase **in the vineyards of Engedi** is in parallel to the phrase in the previous verse in which the woman refers to her body by saying that her “beloved” is like a “bundle of myrrh“ which “stays” (the night) “between” her “breasts.” In this verse the woman makes a comparison between the pleasurable experience of the smell of henna blossoms and her enjoyment of having the man she loves near her body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a simile to show the comparison. Because the woman describes her body in a poetic way with images, it is recommended that you either maintain these images or select images from your context and language that communicate the same concepts. Alternate translation: “I enjoy being near my beloved’s body like I enjoy the smell of the henna flowers in the vineyards of Engedi” or “I delight in my beloved being near my body like I enjoy the smell of the henna flowers in the vineyards of Engedi”
 1:15	tae6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation	הִנָּ֤⁠ךְ…הִנָּ֥⁠ךְ	1	The man is using the term **Behold** to focus attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation.  Alternate translation: “Look at you! … Look at you!”
 1:15	x2d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	הִנָּ֤⁠ךְ יָפָה֙ רַעְיָתִ֔⁠י הִנָּ֥⁠ךְ יָפָ֖ה עֵינַ֥יִ⁠ךְ יוֹנִֽים	1	The man uses the phrase **Behold you—you are beautiful** two times for emphasis.  If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one and provide emphasis in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Behold you—you are beautiful, my darling. Your eyes are doves”  
 1:15	m114			רַעְיָתִ֔⁠י	1	See how you translated the phrase **my darling** in [1:9](../01/09.md) 
 1:15	fb4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עֵינַ֥יִ⁠ךְ יוֹנִֽים	1	The man makes a comparison between the beauty and gentleness of doves and the woman’s eyes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a simile to show the comparison or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your eyes are like doves” or “your eyes are gentle and beautiful”
-1:16	sbi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation	הִנְּ⁠ךָ֨	1	The woman is using the term **Look** to focus attention on what she is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Behold!”
+1:16	sbi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation	הִנְּ⁠ךָ֨	1	The woman is using the term **Behold** to focus attention on what she is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Look at you”
 1:16	febl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הִנְּ⁠ךָ֨ יָפֶ֤ה דוֹדִ⁠י֙ אַ֣ף נָעִ֔ים אַף־ עַרְשֵׂ֖⁠נוּ רַעֲנָנָֽה	1	If it would be more natural in your language you could either begin or end this verse with the phrase **my beloved**. 
 1:16	x3pr			דוֹדִ⁠י֙ 	1	See how you translated the phrase **my beloved** in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “my lover”
 1:16	km29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	אַ֣ף נָעִ֔ים	1	The woman is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you are truly pleasant”
 1:16	q43e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַרְשֵׂ֖⁠נוּ	1	Here, **couch** does not refer to a literal couch but rather to the place where the couple would lie down in the forest. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where we lie down is” or “the place we lie down on like a bed is”
-1:16	xed8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	רַעֲנָנָֽה	1	Here, the original language word that the ULT translates as **leafy** refers to plants that are the green color. You could translate **leafy** in a general way such as “green” or if it would help your readers you could indicate specifically what vegetation the word **leafy** refers to. Here, **leafy** could refer to: (1) the grass that the couple layed down on. Alternate translation: “grass” (2) the branches above their meeting place in the forest. Alternate translation: “under the cover of branches” or “shaded by branches”
-1:17	v14z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	קֹר֤וֹת בָּתֵּ֨י⁠נוּ֙ אֲרָזִ֔ים רַהִיטֵ֖נוּ בְּרוֹתִֽים	1	Here the woman is speaking of the forest as though it were a **house**, the cedar trees as if they were the **beams** of the house and **pine** trees as if they were the **rafters** of the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly or use a simile as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Our meeting place is shaded by cedar and pine trees” or “Branches of cedar and pine trees will be a canopy over our meeting place”
+1:16	xed8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	רַעֲנָנָֽה	1	Here, the word that the ULT translates as **leafy** refers to plants that are a green color. You could translate **leafy** in a general way such as “green” or if it would help your readers you could indicate specifically what vegetation the word **leafy** refers to. Here, **leafy** could refer to: (1) the grass that the couple laied down on. Alternate translation: “grass” (2) the branches above their meeting place in the forest. Alternate translation: “under the cover of branches” or “shaded by branches”
+1:17	v14z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	קֹר֤וֹת בָּתֵּ֨י⁠נוּ֙ אֲרָזִ֔ים רַהִיטֵ֖נוּ בְּרוֹתִֽים	1	Here the woman is speaking of the forest as though it were a **house**, the cedar trees as if they were the **beams** of the **house** and **pine** trees as if they were the **rafters** of the **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly or use a simile as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Our meeting place is shaded by cedar and pine trees” or “Branches of cedar and pine trees will be a canopy over our meeting place”
 1:17	c3e5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְּרוֹתִֽים	1	**pine** is a type of tree that grows tall and close to other trees so that they provide shade from the sun. If your readers would not be familiar with **pine** trees, you could use general phrase describing them or use the name of a tree that grows tall and densely in your area. Alternate translation: “tall leafy trees” 
 2:intro	u8uv				0	# Song of Songs 2 General Notes\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nWomen are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Euphemisms\n\nIt is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-2:1	cne2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	 אֲנִי֙ חֲבַצֶּ֣לֶת הַ⁠שָּׁר֔וֹן שֽׁוֹשַׁנַּ֖ת הָ⁠עֲמָקִֽים	1	The woman is speaking of herself as if she is two different types of flowers in order to make a comparison between herself and these flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly, explain the comparison, or use a simile as modeled by the UST. The reason the woman compares herself to these wildflowers is to express that she thinks she has only common beauty and is no more attractive than the other young women her age. Alternate translation: “I am as common as a wildflower of Sharon or a lily of the valleys” or “my beauty is as common as a wildflower in Sharon or a lily of the valleys”
+2:1	cne2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	 אֲנִי֙ חֲבַצֶּ֣לֶת הַ⁠שָּׁר֔וֹן שֽׁוֹשַׁנַּ֖ת הָ⁠עֲמָקִֽים	1	The woman is speaking of herself as if she is two different types of flowers in order to make a comparison between herself and these flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly, explain the comparison, or use a simile as modeled by the UST. The reason the woman compares herself to these wildflowers is to express that she thinks she has only common beauty and is no more attractive than other young women her age. Alternate translation: “I am as common as a wildflower of Sharon or a lily of the valleys” or “My beauty is as common as a wildflower in Sharon or a lily of the valleys”
 2:1	ps9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	חֲבַצֶּ֣לֶת	1	The original word which the ULT translates as **flower** refers to a specific type of flower which grows on the ground. The exact type of flower that the original word refers to cannot be known with certainty so you could use the name of a pretty wildflower in your area or you could use a general term as modeled by the ULT.
-2:1	gh6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠שָּׁר֔וֹן	1	**Sharon** was the name of a specific plain (a flat area). The word **Sharon** refers to a flat, wide area and so by using the word **Sharon** the woman is probably referring to “plains” in general and expressing that she is like a wildflower that grows on the plains. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST.
+2:1	gh6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠שָּׁר֔וֹן	1	**Sharon** was the name of a specific plain (a flat area) and the word itself refers to a flat, wide area and so by using the word **Sharon** the woman is probably referring to “plains” in general and expressing that she is like a wildflower that grows on the plains. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST.
 2:1	bw25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֲנִי֙ חֲבַצֶּ֣לֶת הַ⁠שָּׁר֔וֹן שֽׁוֹשַׁנַּ֖ת הָ⁠עֲמָקִֽים	1	The phrase **a flower of Sharon** and the phrase **a lily of the valleys** mean very similar things. The second phrase emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if saying very similar things twice might confuse your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I am a wildflower that grows in the plains and the valleys”
 2:1	cxaq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	שֽׁוֹשַׁנַּ֖ת	1	The woman is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I am a lily of”
 2:1	ni5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שֽׁוֹשַׁנַּ֖ת	1	A **lily** is a type of flower. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of flower, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a flower of” 
 2:2	ibi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠שֽׁוֹשַׁנָּה֙ בֵּ֣ין הַ⁠חוֹחִ֔ים כֵּ֥ן רַעְיָתִ֖⁠י בֵּ֥ין הַ⁠בָּנֽוֹת	1	The man compares the woman he loves to **a lily among thorns**. The point of this comparison is that in the same way that **a lily** is much more beautiful than **thorns** so the woman is much more beautiful than the other young women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You my darling, are much more beautiful than all other women” 
 2:2	l00i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כְּ⁠שֽׁוֹשַׁנָּה֙	1	See how you translated the word **lily** in [2:1](../02/01.md) 
 2:2	bi45			רַעְיָתִ֖⁠י	1	See how you translated the phrase **my darling** in [1:9](../01/09.md). 
-2:2	y9bu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠בָּנֽוֹת	1	Here, the phrase **the daughters** refers to the **daughters of Jerusalem** mentioned in [1:5](../01/05.md) and probably refers not just to the young women of Jerusalem but also to all women. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the young women of Jerusalem” or “other young women”
+2:2	y9bu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠בָּנֽוֹת	1	Here, the phrase **the daughters** refers to the **daughters of Jerusalem** mentioned in [1:5](../01/05.md) and probably refers not just to the young women of Jerusalem but also to all women. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the young women of Jerusalem” or “the other young women”
 2:3	xz7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠תַפּ֨וּחַ֙ בַּ⁠עֲצֵ֣י הַ⁠יַּ֔עַר כֵּ֥ן דּוֹדִ֖⁠י בֵּ֣ין הַ⁠בָּנִ֑ים	1	The woman is saying that the man is like an **apple tree** because in the same way that **an apple tree** is more pleasant than the other **trees of the forest**, so the man she loves is more pleasant than other men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “As apple trees are more pleasant than other trees, so you my beloved are more pleasant than other men”
 2:3	jjo5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	כְּ⁠תַפּ֨וּחַ֙ בַּ⁠עֲצֵ֣י הַ⁠יַּ֔עַר כֵּ֥ן דּוֹדִ֖⁠י בֵּ֣ין הַ⁠בָּנִ֑ים	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Among the other young men my beloved is like an apple tree among the trees of the forest” or “Compared to other men my beloved is like an apple tree among the trees of the forest”
-2:3	yr6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כְּ⁠תַפּ֨וּחַ֙	1	An **apple tree** is a tree that produces pleasant tasting fruit and has a pleasant smell. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tree, you could use the name of a similar tree in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “Like a tree that produces pleasant tasting fruit”
+2:3	yr6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כְּ⁠תַפּ֨וּחַ֙	1	An **apple tree** is a tree that produces **apples**, a round, pleasant tasting fruit that is about the size of an adult human’s fist and has a pleasant smell. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of fruit, you could use the name of a similar fruit in your area that grows on trees or you could use a more general term. (Bible scholars are not totally certain that the word the ULT translates as **apple** refers to an apple. It could refer to an apricot or another type of fruit so if your readers are not familiar with apples but they are familiar with apricots you could “apricot” instead of a general term. Alternate translation: “Like a tree that produces pleasant tasting fruit” or “Like a fruit tree” “Like an apricot tree” 
 2:3	qtmu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּ⁠עֲצֵ֣י הַ⁠יַּ֔עַר	1	The phrase **the trees of the forest** refers to the other trees of the forest which were considered common when compared to an apple tree. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “among the other trees of the forest” or “compared to the common trees of the forest” 
 2:3	q7kl			דּוֹדִ֖⁠י	1	See how you translated the phrase **my beloved** in [1:13](../01/13.md).
 2:3	eogn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בֵּ֣ין הַ⁠בָּנִ֑ים	1	Here, the phrase **the sons** refers to the other young men. In the previous verse the man compared the woman to the other “daughters” (young women). Here the woman compares the man she loves to the other young men, whom she calls **the sons**. If it would help your readers you could indicate explicitly what **the sons** means here. Alternate translation: “among the other young men” or “when compared to all the other men”
-2:3	pii3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠צִלּ⁠וֹ֙ חִמַּ֣דְתִּי וְ⁠יָשַׁ֔בְתִּי וּ⁠פִרְי֖⁠וֹ מָת֥וֹק לְ⁠חִכִּֽ⁠י	1	Here the woman continues speaking of the man as if he were **an apple tree**. The word **shadow** refers to the shade of an apple tree which would give both protection from the sun and refreshment. To **sit** represents being near or in the presence of the man and his **fruit** being **sweet** means that he causes the woman to experience pleasurable feelings in a way that is comparable to eating sweet fruit. If it is possible in your language you should try to retain the images used here, or substitute a comparable image if needed. If you are not able to retain the metaphors without causing misunderstanding, you could use similes or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He provides me with refreshment and protection when I am in his presence, he gives me great pleasure” or “I sit in his presence and he refreshes and protects me, he is delightful to me like sweet fruit”
-2:3	fkm3			בְּ⁠צִלּ⁠וֹ֙	1	Alternate translation: “In his shade” 
+2:3	pii3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּ⁠צִלּ⁠וֹ֙ חִמַּ֣דְתִּי וְ⁠יָשַׁ֔בְתִּי וּ⁠פִרְי֖⁠וֹ מָת֥וֹק לְ⁠חִכִּֽ⁠י	1	Here the woman continues speaking of the man as if he were **an apple tree**. The word **shadow** refers to the shade of an apple tree which would give protection from the sun and refreshment. To **sit** represents being near or in the presence of the man. The phrase **his fruit is sweet** means that he causes the woman to experience pleasurable feelings in a way that is comparable to eating sweet fruit. If it is possible in your language you should try to retain the images used here, or substitute a comparable image if needed. If you are not able to retain the metaphors without causing misunderstanding, you could use similes or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He provides me with refreshment and protection when I am in his presence, he gives me great pleasure” or “I sit in his presence and he refreshes and protects me. He is delightful to me like sweet fruit”
+2:3	fkm3			בְּ⁠צִלּ⁠וֹ֙ חִמַּ֣דְתִּי וְ⁠יָשַׁ֔בְתִּי	1	Alternate translation: “In his shade I took delight, and I sat” 
 2:3	bfja			חִמַּ֣דְתִּי	1	Alternate translation: “I passionately desired”
-2:4	o9vh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הֱבִיאַ֨⁠נִי֙	1	See how you translated the phrase “has brought me” in [1:4](../01/04.md). The original language word which the ULT translates here as **He brought me** could be describing: (1) a request or wish that the woman has and not something that has already happened. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “May he bring me” or ”I desire him to bring me” (2) an action that has already happened. Alternate translation: “He has brought me” 
+2:4	o9vh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הֱבִיאַ֨⁠נִי֙	1	See how you translated the phrase “has brought me” in [1:4](../01/04.md). The original language word which the ULT translates here as **He brought me** could be describing: (1) a request or wish that the woman has and not something that has already happened. Alternate translation: “May he bring me” or ”I desire him to bring me” (2) an action that has already happened. Alternate translation: “He has brought me” 
 2:4	f7e2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הֱבִיאַ֨⁠נִי֙	1	Your language may say “took” rather than **brought** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “He took me” 
-2:4	ift6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠יָּ֔יִן	1	In the author’s culture the phrase **house of wine** was used to refer to a location that people went for the purpose of drinking wine. The phrase does not necessarily indicate a **house** or building so here it could be referring a private location that used as their meeting place, possibly the “house” (location) where they spent time together in the forest (described in [1:17](../01/17.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly or use a general expression that allows for either meaning. Alternate translation: “the place where wine is drunk” or ”the place where wine is served” or ”our meeting place”
+2:4	ift6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠יָּ֔יִן	1	In the author’s culture the phrase **house of wine** was used to refer to a location that people went for the purpose of drinking wine. The phrase does not necessarily indicate a **house** or building so here it could be referring a private location that the couple used as their meeting place, possibly the “house” (location) where they spent time together in the forest (described in [1:17](../01/17.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly or use a general expression that allows for either meaning. Alternate translation: “the place where wine is drunk” or ”the place where wine is served” or ”our meeting place”
 2:4	hxuz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠יָּ֔יִן	1	Here, **house of wine** most likely does not refer to a literal **house of wine** but instead the woman is probably using this phrase to poetically describe a private meeting place where they could enjoy expressing their love for each other. She is describing their meeting place by using an image that was meaningful in that culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could retain the literal translation **house of wine** and explain the meaning in a footnote (if you are using them), or you could express the meaning using a different expression that is meaningful in your culture, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our meeting place so that we could enjoy our love” or ”the place where we could celebrate our love for each other” or ”the place where we could consummate our love”
 2:4	rp8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠דִגְל֥⁠וֹ עָלַ֖⁠י אַהֲבָֽה	1	The woman is speaking of the man’s **love** for her as if it were a **banner**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and he publicly displays his love for me and his intention is to protect me” or “and he covers me with his love”
 2:4	jgbx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠דִגְל֥⁠וֹ	1	A **banner** is a flag made out of a large piece of cloth that is attached to the top of a long wooden pole. People groups and kings had their own unique banners by which they identified themselves. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use the name of something used for a similar purpose in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and his flag”
@@ -119,35 +118,32 @@ front:intro	an3g				0	# Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General
 2:5	ukb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural	סַמְּכ֨וּ⁠נִי֙…רַפְּד֖וּ⁠נִי	1	The phrases **Sustain me** and **refresh me** are plural imperative forms in the original language. The woman is addressing the man using plural forms to show the intensity of her feelings. Your language may allow you to do the same thing. The ULT indicates the intensity that these two plural forms indicate by placing an exclamation point at the end of this verse. Use a natural form in your language for showing intensity of emotion. 
 2:5	t16z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	סַמְּכ֨וּ⁠נִי֙ בָּֽ⁠אֲשִׁישׁ֔וֹת רַפְּד֖וּ⁠נִי בַּ⁠תַּפּוּחִ֑ים כִּי־ חוֹלַ֥ת אַהֲבָ֖ה אָֽנִי	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second part gives the reason for the result that the first part describes. Alternate translation: “Because I am sick with love, sustain me with raisin cakes and refresh me with apples”
 2:5	khc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בָּֽ⁠אֲשִׁישׁ֔וֹת	1	A **raisin** is a dried grape. Raisin cakes were cakes made of dried grapes pressed together. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of fruit, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with cakes made of dried fruit”
-2:5	gs2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ⁠תַּפּוּחִ֑ים	1	An **apple** is a round pleasant tasting fruit that grows on a tree and is about the size of an adult human’s fist. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of fruit, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “fruit”
+2:5	gs2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ⁠תַּפּוּחִ֑ים	1	See how you translated the word **apple** in [2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “with fruit”
 2:5	y4qy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כִּי־חוֹלַ֥ת אַהֲבָ֖ה אָֽנִי	1	The woman speaks of feeling **sick with love** because her feelings of love are so strong for the man that they overwhelm her body as if they were a kind of sickness. She is exaggerating in order to emphasize the strength of her feelings for the man. Alternate translation: “for my love for you is so strong that I feel as if I were sick with love” or “because my love for you overwhelms me like a sickness”
 2:5	ijwy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אַהֲבָ֖ה	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form as modeled by the UST.
-2:6	m6ys			שְׂמֹאל⁠וֹ֙ תַּ֣חַת לְ⁠רֹאשִׁ֔⁠י וִ⁠ימִינ֖⁠וֹ תְּחַבְּקֵֽ⁠נִי	1	This verse could be describing: (1) an action that the man was doing in which case it should be translated in a similar way to the way that the ULT translates it. (2) a request or wish that the woman has and not something that has already happened. Alternate translation: “ I hope he puts his left arm under my head\nand holds me close with his right arm” or ”I want him to put his left arm under my head\nand hold me close with his right arm”
-2:6	fq8w				0	Alternate translation: “holds me”
-2:7	l67b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	הִשְׁבַּ֨עְתִּי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנ֤וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙	1	Here the author portrays the woman as speaking to the **daughters of Jerusalem** as if they were present and could hear her but most likely they are not present but rather the author is depicting the woman as addressing the **daughters of Jerusalem** as a poetic way of giving voice to the woman’s feelings. Because the author does this intentionally for poetic effect it is suggested that you do the same. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this in a footnote if you are using them.
+2:6	m6ys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שְׂמֹאל⁠וֹ֙ תַּ֣חַת לְ⁠רֹאשִׁ֔⁠י וִ⁠ימִינ֖⁠וֹ תְּחַבְּקֵֽ⁠נִי	1	This verse could be describing: (1) an action that the man was doing in which case it should be translated in a similar way to the way that the ULT translates it. (2) a request or wish that the woman has and not something that has already happened. Alternate translation: “I hope he puts his left arm under my head and holds me close with his right arm” or ”I want him to put his left arm under my head and hold me close with his right arm”
+2:7	l67b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	הִשְׁבַּ֨עְתִּי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנ֤וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙	1	Here, the author portrays the woman speaking to the **daughters of Jerusalem** as if they were present and could hear her but most likely they are not present but rather the author is depicting the woman as addressing the **daughters of Jerusalem** as a poetic way of giving voice to the woman’s feelings. Because the author does this intentionally for poetic effect it is suggested that you do the same. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this in a footnote if you are using them.
 2:7	f8kj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	הִשְׁבַּ֨עְתִּי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֜ם…בִּ⁠צְבָא֔וֹת א֖וֹ בְּ⁠אַיְל֣וֹת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה	1	**I adjure you** and the word **by** are both parts of Hebrew oath or promise formulas. You can use a natural way of making a promise in your culture that would be appropriate in this context. Alternate translation: “I urge you to promise me … with the female gazelles or the does of the field as our witnesses” or “Please, promise me … with the female gazelles or the does of the field as our witnesses” or “I want you to make an oath … with the female gazelles or the does of the field listening” 
 2:7	to30		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּנ֤וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙	1	See how you translated the phrase **daughters of Jerusalem** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
-2:7	n4wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בִּ⁠צְבָא֔וֹת א֖וֹ בְּ⁠אַיְל֣וֹת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה	1	Here, the woman is using the possessive form to describe that **female gazelles** and **does** live in fields and therefore are wild rather than domesticated animals. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could explain the meaning of the phrase **of the field** in your translation. Alternate translation: “by the wild female gazelles and does” 
+2:7	n4wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בִּ⁠צְבָא֔וֹת א֖וֹ בְּ⁠אַיְל֣וֹת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה	1	Here, the woman is using the possessive form to indicate that **female gazelles** and **does** live in **the field** and therefore are wild rather than domesticated animals. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could explain the meaning of the phrase **of the field** in your translation. Alternate translation: “by the wild female gazelles and does” or “by the wild female gazelles or the wild does” or “by the female gazelles or the does that live in the wild” 
 2:7	sz5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בִּ⁠צְבָא֔וֹת א֖וֹ בְּ⁠אַיְל֣וֹת	1	A gazelle is an animal that is a small antelope and looks like a deer, moves quickly like a deer, and is very similar in size to a deer. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or if you do not have two deer-like animals in your area or if your language does not have two different words for deer-like animals you could combine the terms **female gazelles** and **does** into one term. Alternate translation: “by the female deer of” or “by the female gazelles of”
-2:7	nt79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠אַיְל֣וֹת	1	**Does** are female deer. If it would be helpful to your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the female deer of”
-2:7	ekc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	אִם־ תָּעִ֧ירוּ ׀ וְֽ⁠אִם־ תְּעֽוֹרְר֛וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠אַהֲבָ֖ה עַ֥ד שֶׁ⁠תֶּחְפָּֽץ	1	Here **love** is spoken of as if it were a person who could sleep and be awakened and as if it were a person who could have **desires**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not encourage people to love romantically until the appropriate time” or “do not encourage people’s romantic feelings until the appropriate time” 
-2:7	fz3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	אִם־תָּעִ֧ירוּ ׀ וְֽ⁠אִם־ תְּעֽוֹרְר֛וּ	1	Here, the words **awaken** and **stir** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “do not awaken”
+2:7	nt79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בְּ⁠אַיְל֣וֹת	1	The term **does** refers to female deer. If it would be helpful to your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the female deer of”
+2:7	ekc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	אִם־ תָּעִ֧ירוּ ׀ וְֽ⁠אִם־ תְּעֽוֹרְר֛וּ אֶת־ הָ⁠אַהֲבָ֖ה עַ֥ד שֶׁ⁠תֶּחְפָּֽץ	1	Here **love** is spoken of as if it were a person who could sleep and be awakened and as if it were a person who could have **desires**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not encourage people to love romantically until the appropriate time” or “do not encourage people to have romantic feelings until the appropriate time” 
+2:7	fz3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	אִם־תָּעִ֧ירוּ ׀ וְֽ⁠אִם־ תְּעֽוֹרְר֛וּ	1	Here, the words **awaken** and **stir** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “do not awaken” or “do not stir up feeling of” 
 2:7	z2xm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	הָ⁠אַהֲבָ֖ה	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form as modeled by the UST.
-2:8	aay2				0	# General Information:\n\nThe second part of the book begins here. It is not clear whether the woman is speaking to herself or to the daughters of Jerusalem.
 2:8	fq0o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	 ק֣וֹל דּוֹדִ֔⁠י	1	Here the original language word which the ULT translates as **voice** is being used to get the readers attention. If it would help your readers you can indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Listen, I hear my beloved speaking” or “Listen, I hear my beloved approaching” 
 2:8	okuh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation	הִנֵּה	1	**Behold** is an exclamation word that is used to bring attention to something. Here it is used to bring attention to the man’s approach. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. See how you translated “Behold” in [1:15](../01/015.md). Alternate translation: “Look” 
 2:8	happ		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	בָּ֑א	1	Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “is going” 
 2:8	tymi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	מְדַלֵּג֙ עַל־ הֶ֣⁠הָרִ֔ים מְקַפֵּ֖ץ עַל־ הַ⁠גְּבָעֽוֹת	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. The woman says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to give emphasis to what she is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing in your language, or if you do not have two words for steeply elevated inclines you could combine these two phrases and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “jumping over the mountains!” or “leaping over the hills!” 
-2:8-9	fr67 		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	מְדַלֵּג֙ עַל־הֶ֣⁠הָרִ֔ים מְקַפֵּ֖ץ עַל־הַ⁠גְּבָעֽוֹת & דּוֹמֶ֤ה דוֹדִ⁠י֙ לִ⁠צְבִ֔י א֖וֹ לְ⁠עֹ֣פֶר	1	The woman speaks of the man as if he were **a gazelle or a young stag**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “leaping over the mountains, jumping over the hills. My beloved is agile and fast and he exudes freedom and strength like a gazelle or a young stag”
-2:8-9	gatn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מְדַלֵּג֙ עַל־הֶ֣⁠הָרִ֔ים מְקַפֵּ֖ץ עַל־הַ⁠גְּבָעֽוֹת דּוֹמֶ֤ה דוֹדִ⁠י֙ לִ⁠צְבִ֔י א֖וֹ לְ⁠עֹ֣פֶר	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “My beloved resembles a gazelle or a young stag, leaping over the mountains, jumping over the hills” or “My beloved is like a gazelle or a young stag, leaping over the mountains, jumping over the hills” 
-2:8	j2nl				0	This could mean: (1) “Listen carefully to what I am about to say.” You could use a word in your language that tells the hearer to listen carefully, or (2) “Listen so you can hear him coming.”
+2:8-9	fr67 		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	מְדַלֵּג֙ עַל־הֶ֣⁠הָרִ֔ים מְקַפֵּ֖ץ עַל־הַ⁠גְּבָעֽוֹת & דּוֹמֶ֤ה דוֹדִ⁠י֙ לִ⁠צְבִ֔י א֖וֹ לְ⁠עֹ֣פֶר	1	The woman speaks of the man as if he were **a gazelle or a young stag**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “leaping over the mountains, jumping over the hills. My beloved is agile and fast and he exudes freedom and strength like a gazelle or young stag”
+2:8-9	gatn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מְדַלֵּג֙ עַל־הֶ֣⁠הָרִ֔ים מְקַפֵּ֖ץ עַל־הַ⁠גְּבָעֽוֹת & דּוֹמֶ֤ה דוֹדִ⁠י֙ לִ⁠צְבִ֔י א֖וֹ לְ⁠עֹ֣פֶר	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “My beloved resembles a gazelle or a young stag, leaping over the mountains, jumping over the hills” or “My beloved is like a gazelle or a young stag, leaping over the mountains, jumping over the hills” 
 2:9	kq5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לִ⁠צְבִ֔י	1	See how you translated the plural form “gazelles” in [2:7](../02/07.md) and translate this word as the singular of “gazelles.” 
 2:9	qbs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הָֽ⁠אַיָּלִ֑ים	1	A **stag** is a male deer. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “male deer”
 2:9	s6z4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation	הִנֵּה־זֶ֤ה עוֹמֵד֙	1	**Behold** is an exclamation word that is used to bring attention to something. Here it is used to draw attention to the man’s arrival. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language in this context. Alternate translation: “Look! Here he is! Standing”  
 2:9	pppj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	זֶ֤ה	1	Here, the phrase **this one** refers to the man who the woman calls **My beloved** in the first part of this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man” or “my beloved” 
 2:9	umf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	אַחַ֣ר כָּתְלֵ֔⁠נוּ	1	Here, the word **our** refers to the woman and her family and does not include the man, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “behind the wall of my house” or “on the other side of the wall of my family’s house”
 2:9	kf9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	מַשְׁגִּ֨יחַ֙ מִן־הַֽ⁠חֲלֹּנ֔וֹת מֵצִ֖יץ מִן־הַֽ⁠חֲרַכִּֽים	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “gazing through the windows, yes, looking through the lattice”
-2:9	nuxr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural	הַֽ⁠חֲלֹּנ֔וֹת…הַֽ⁠חֲרַכִּֽים	1	Here, the words **windows** and **lattices** are plural forms and could: (1) be used with singular meanings here. Because the author says that the man **is standing** instead of indicating that he is walking around the outside of the house, it is likely that these terms have singular meanings here. Alternate translation: “the window … the lattice” (2) have a plural meaning indicating that the man was walking around the house and looking into the house through different windows and lattices. If you decide that these two terms have a plural meaning here you can translate them in a similar way to the ULT.
+2:9	nuxr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural	הַֽ⁠חֲלֹּנ֔וֹת…הַֽ⁠חֲרַכִּֽים	1	Here, the words **windows** and **lattices** are plural forms and could: (1) have a plural meaning here indicating that the man was walking around the house and looking into the house through different windows and lattices. If you decide that these two terms have a plural meaning here you can translate them in a similar way to the ULT. (2) be used with singular meanings here. Alternate translation: “the window … the lattice”
 2:9	s9xt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַֽ⁠חֲרַכִּֽים	1	A “lattice” is a cover inside a window frame that is made by weaving strips of wood together. **lattices** have holes that people can look through. If your readers would not be familiar with **lattices**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could describe **lattices** as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the screen” 
 2:10	gr22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וּ⁠לְכִי־לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “and go” 
 2:11	yv91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation	הִנֵּ֥ה ה⁠סתו	1	The man is using the term **Behold** to focus attention on what he is about to say. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “see that the winter”
@@ -158,14 +154,14 @@ front:intro	an3g				0	# Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General
 2:11	b8gp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הָלַ֥ךְ לֽ⁠וֹ	1	Your language may not say **went** in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “it ended” or “it left” 
 2:11	eh4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	חָלַ֖ף הָלַ֥ךְ לֽ⁠וֹ	1	The terms **passed** and **went away** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “is over and gone” or “has gone away” 
 2:12	j8f3			בָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Alternate translation: “throughout the land”
-2:12	zmw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠ק֥וֹל הַ⁠תּ֖וֹר נִשְׁמַ֥ע	1	The phrase **the turtledove is heard** can be translated in active form. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it is people. Alternate translation: “and people hear the voice of the turtledove” or “and people hear the turtledove cooing”
+2:12	zmw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠ק֥וֹל הַ⁠תּ֖וֹר נִשְׁמַ֥ע	1	If your language does not use the passive form, you could express the idea of the phrase **the turtledove is heard** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it is people. Alternate translation: “and people hear the voice of the turtledove” or “and people hear the turtledove cooing”
 2:13	mk2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	הַ⁠תְּאֵנָה֙ חָֽנְטָ֣ה פַגֶּ֔י⁠הָ	1	The word **tree** is a singular noun that refers to all the fig trees in that region. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The fig trees are ripening their green figs” or “The figs on the trees are becoming ripe”
 2:13	ef3j			וְ⁠הַ⁠גְּפָנִ֥ים ׀ סְמָדַ֖ר	1	Alternate translation: “and the grapevines are flowering” or “and the grapevines are blossoming”
 2:13	xg4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נָ֣תְנוּ רֵ֑יחַ	1	Here, the word **they** refers to blossoms on the grapevines. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “their flowers give off a pleasant smell” or “their blossoms have a sweet smell” 
 2:13	xhn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ק֥וּמִי לכי\n \nרַעְיָתִ֥⁠י יָפָתִ֖⁠י וּ⁠לְכִי־לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	See how you translated the similar phrase in [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “Get up, go, my darling, my beauty, and go” 
-2:14	m3n1			יוֹנָתִ֞⁠י	1	Here, the phrase **My dove** could be: (1) a form of address in which the man is speaking directly to the woman. Alternate translation: “O my dove” (2) the man speaking about the woman rather than addressing her directly. Alternate translation: “The woman I love is a dove” 
+2:14	m3n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יוֹנָתִ֞⁠י	1	Here, the phrase **My dove** could be: (1) a form of address in which the man is speaking directly to the woman. Alternate translation: “O my dove” (2) the man speaking about the woman rather than addressing her directly. Alternate translation: “The woman I love is a dove” 
 2:14	wv7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יוֹנָתִ֞⁠י בְּ⁠חַגְוֵ֣י הַ⁠סֶּ֗לַע בְּ⁠סֵ֨תֶר֙ הַ⁠מַּדְרֵגָ֔ה	1	Here, the man uses a term of affection for the woman, speaking of her as if she were a **dove**. He then explains the way in which she is like a dove. If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this metaphor into a simile and explain the basis of the comparison. Alternate translation: “O my one who is like a dove. You are like a gentle and timid dove which hides in the clefts of the rock and in the hiding places of the cliff” or “You are like a dove. You are like a gentle and shy dove which hides in the clefts of the rock and in the hiding places of the cliff” or “You are like a dove. Far away in the clefts of the rock, in the hiding places of the cliff” 
-2:14	y6rv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בְּ⁠חַגְוֵ֣י הַ⁠סֶּ֗לַע בְּ⁠סֵ֨תֶר֙ הַ⁠מַּדְרֵגָ֔ה	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea (that the woman seems difficult to reach and far away) with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word such as **yes** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating a similar idea to the first one, not saying something additional. However, if saying similar things twice would confuse your readers you could combine the two lines as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “in the clefts of the rock, yes,\nin the hiding places of the cliff” 
+2:14	y6rv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בְּ⁠חַגְוֵ֣י הַ⁠סֶּ֗לַע בְּ⁠סֵ֨תֶר֙ הַ⁠מַּדְרֵגָ֔ה	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea (that the woman seems difficult to reach and far away) with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word such as “yes” in order to show that the second phrase is repeating a similar idea to the first one, not saying something additional. However, if saying similar things twice would confuse your readers you could combine the two lines as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “in the clefts of the rock, yes, in the hiding places of the cliff” 
 2:14	zje5			בְּ⁠חַגְוֵ֣י הַ⁠סֶּ֗לַע	1	Alternate translation: “in the cracks of the rock” or “in the cracks of the rock cliff”
 2:14	kkup		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	הַרְאִ֨י⁠נִי֙ אֶתּ־מַרְאַ֔יִ⁠ךְ הַשְׁמִיעִ֖י⁠נִי אֶת־קוֹלֵ֑⁠ךְ כִּי־קוֹלֵ֥⁠ךְ עָרֵ֖ב וּ⁠מַרְאֵ֥י⁠ךְ נָאוֶֽה	1	Here two ideas are presented and then they are further explained in reverse order. This is called a chiasm. Biblical Hebrew sometimes uses this literary device. If possible, try to follow this AB-BA sequence of presenting the information here. See the [book introduction](../front/intro.md) for more information regarding chiasms. 
 2:14	be0w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	הַרְאִ֨י⁠נִי֙ אֶתּ־ מַרְאַ֔יִ⁠ךְ הַשְׁמִיעִ֖י⁠נִי	1	The phrases **show me** and **make me hear** are imperatives, but they communicate a polite request rather than a command. Use forms in your language that communicate a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” or “let” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please let me see your appearance, please make me hear” or “let me see you, let me hear” 
@@ -179,68 +175,66 @@ front:intro	an3g				0	# Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General
 2:16	lxy4			הָ⁠רֹעֶ֖ה בַּ⁠שּׁוֹשַׁנִּֽים	1	The phrase **the man grazing among the lilies** could mean: (1) that the man himself is grazing among the lilies in which case you can translate this phrase as the ULT does. (2) that the man grazes his flock of animals among the lilies. Alternate translation: “the man grazing his flock among the lilies” 
 2:16	n6c3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הָ⁠רֹעֶ֖ה בַּ⁠שּׁוֹשַׁנִּֽים	1	The woman is speaking of the man as if he were “a gazelle or a young stag” ([2:9](../02/09.md)) that eats **among the lilies**. She is using **lilies** to represent herself as she did in [2:1](../02/01.md). Here, **the lilies** probably specifically represent the woman’s lips. The meaning here is that the man finds sustenance and enjoyment through being with the woman and kissing her lips. If it would help your readers, you could state the meaning plainly as modeled by the UST or you could explain the meaning in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. Alternate translation: “my beloved gets pleasure grazing among the lilies” or “my beloved gets pleasure as he grazes among the lilies” 
 2:16	x5db		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ⁠שּׁוֹשַׁנִּֽים	1	See how you translated “lily” (the singular form of **lilies**) in [2:1](../02/01.md). 
-2:17	p2uq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	שֶׁ⁠יָּפ֨וּחַ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם וְ⁠נָ֖סוּ הַ⁠צְּלָלִ֑ים	1	The phrases **the day breathes** and **the shadows flee** are parallel ideas which have similar meanings. Together they both either refer to: (1) the evening time when the evening breeze blows (**breathes**) and the shadows cast by the sun disappear (**flee**). Alternate translation: “the evening time when the breeze blows and the shadows cast by the sun disappear” (2) the morning when the light from the sun dawns and the morning breeze blows (**breathes**). Alternate translation: “dawn tomorrow morning, when the darkness disappears” If it would be helpful to your readers you could express the meaning you choose in plain language.\n
+2:17	p2uq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	שֶׁ⁠יָּפ֨וּחַ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם וְ⁠נָ֖סוּ הַ⁠צְּלָלִ֑ים	1	The phrases **the day breathes** and **the shadows flee** are parallel ideas which have similar meanings. Together they both either refer to: (1) the evening time when the evening breeze blows (**breathes**) and the shadows cast by the sun disappear (**flee**). Alternate translation: “the evening time when the breeze blows and the shadows cast by the sun disappear” (2) the morning when the light from the sun dawns and the morning breeze blows (**breathes**). Alternate translation: “dawn tomorrow morning, when the darkness disappears”\n
 2:17	h2b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠נָ֖סוּ הַ⁠צְּלָלִ֑ים	1	Here, the author is leaving out the word **until** which in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply this words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and until the shadows flee”
 2:17	scgd			סֹב֩ דְּמֵה־לְ⁠ךָ֨ דוֹדִ֜⁠י	1	Alternate translation: “turn; my beloved, and be like” 
 2:17	d8mw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לִ⁠צְבִ֗י	1	See how you translated the plural form “gazelles” in [2:7](../02/07.md) and translate this word as the singular form of “gazelles.” 
 2:17	iwlq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	הָ֥רֵי בָֽתֶר	1	The word **Bether** is a transliteration of a Hebrew word which refers to a cleft place with gorges and could: (1) refer to a specific place in Israel. If you choose this option then in your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language as modeled by the ULT. (2) be used generically here as a general description for **the mountains**. Alternate translation: “the cleft mountains” or  “the rugged mountains” or “the mountain gorges” 
 3:intro	t72h				0	# Song of Songs 3 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Longing\n\n[3:1-3](../03/01.md) describes the feeling of longing that the woman had for the man she loved and it describes her diligently seeking the man loved. [3:4](../03/04.md) describes the woman finding the man that she loved and her response to finding him, holding onto him and bringing him to her mother’s house. \n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n\n### Whether [3:1-4](../03/01.md) describe a dream, a real event or something imagined\n\nBible scholars do not know for certain whether the events described in [3:1-4](../03/01.md) are a real event or something that the woman dreamed in a dream or something that the woman imagined. Many Bible scholars think that [3:1-4](../03/01.md) describe a dream. If you are using footnotes you may wish to explain this in a footnote or you could indicate in a section header whether you think this is a dream, a real event or something that the woman imagined. You could also use a general section header such as “The woman searches for the man she loves at night and finds him” which does not comment on whether this was a dream, a real event or something imagined.
-3:1	gagz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	עַל־ מִשְׁכָּבִ⁠י֙ בַּ⁠לֵּיל֔וֹת	1	Because Bible scholars do not know if the events described in [3:1-4](../03/01.md) describe real events, things that happened in a dream or things the woman imagined, you should not expand on or explain the phrase **On my bed in the night** in the actual text of your translation (by adding a phrase like “I dreamed I was” or “I imagined I was”) though you may wish to use a header or a footnote. See the section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” in the Introduction to this chapter for more information. 
+3:1	gagz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	עַל־ מִשְׁכָּבִ⁠י֙ בַּ⁠לֵּיל֔וֹת	1	Because Bible scholars do not know if the events described in [3:1-4](../03/01.md) describe real events or things that happened in a dream or things the woman imagined, you should not expand on or explain the phrase **On my bed in the night** in the actual text of your translation (by adding a phrase like “I dreamed I was” or “I imagined I was”) though you may wish to use a header or a footnote. See the section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” in the Introduction to this chapter for more information. 
 3:1	eds0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural	בַּ⁠לֵּיל֔וֹת	1	In the original language the phrase **in the night** uses a plural form of **night** and could mean: (1) that the woman sought the man during the night. Alternate translation: “during the night” (2) that the woman sought the man throughout the night. Alternate translation: “throughout the night” or “all night long” (3) that the woman sought the man on many nights. Alternate translation: “night after night” or “night upon night” 
 3:1	ks2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	בִּקַּ֕שְׁתִּי אֵ֥ת שֶׁ⁠אָהֲבָ֖ה נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י בִּקַּשְׁתִּ֖י⁠ו	1	The phrase **I sought him** is repeated for emphasis. Hebrew poetry often uses repetition for emphasis. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to show the emphasis here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “I desperately sought him whom my soul loves” or “I earnestly sought him whom my soul loves” 
 3:1	hu3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֵ֥ת שֶׁ⁠אָהֲבָ֖ה נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “you whom my soul loves” in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “him whom I love” 
-3:2	zqaa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אָק֨וּמָה נָּ֜א	1	The woman is thinking or saying this to herself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly by beginning this section with an introductory phrase as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “I thought to myself, “I will get up now …’”  
+3:2	zqaa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אָק֨וּמָה נָּ֜א	1	The woman is thinking or saying this to herself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly by beginning this section with an introductory phrase as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “I thought to myself, “I will get up now”  
 3:2	uyu7			וַ⁠אֲסוֹבְבָ֣ה בָ⁠עִ֗יר	1	Alternate translation: “and walk through the city”
 3:2	x9ki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וּ⁠בָ֣⁠רְחֹב֔וֹת	1	The word **squares** refers to spacious open places where people gathered to sell things and conduct other business matters and handle legal matters. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of place, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “and in the open plazas” or “and in the wide open places” 
 3:2	afu9			אֲבַקְשָׁ֕ה…בִּקַּשְׁתִּ֖י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “I will look for … I looked for him”
 3:2	tqsh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֵ֥ת שֶׁ⁠אָהֲבָ֖ה נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “you whom my soul loves” in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “him whom I love”
 3:3	rdd5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠שֹּׁ֣מְרִ֔ים 	1	Here, the word **guards** refers to men who had the job of walking about the city during the night for the purpose of keeping the people safe. If your readers would not be familiar with this term you could use the name of a similar role in your area or you could use a more general term as modeled by the UST.
-3:3	ha13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֵ֛ת שֶׁ⁠אָהֲבָ֥ה נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י רְאִיתֶֽם	1	The woman is asking the **guards** a question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly by introducing this question with words that indicate that this is a question as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “I said to them, “Have you seen him whom my soul loves’” 
+3:3	ha13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אֵ֛ת שֶׁ⁠אָהֲבָ֥ה נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י רְאִיתֶֽם	1	The woman is asking the **guards** a question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly by introducing this question with words that indicate that this is a question. Alternate translation: “I said to them, “Have you seen him whom my soul loves’” 
 3:3	pab8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֵ֛ת שֶׁ⁠אָהֲבָ֥ה נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י 	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “you whom my soul loves” in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “him whom I love”
 3:3	j24q			אֵ֛ת שֶׁ⁠אָהֲבָ֥ה נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י רְאִיתֶֽם	1	Alternate translation: “Do you know where the man who I love is?”
 3:4	x68x			כִּ⁠מְעַט֙	1	Alternate translation: “Scarcely” 
 3:4	frj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֵ֥ת שֶׁ⁠אָהֲבָ֖ה נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “you whom my soul loves” in [1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “him whom I love” 
 3:4	zhgq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	שֶׁ֤⁠הֲבֵיאתִי⁠ו֙	1	Your language may say “taken” rather than **brought** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I had taken him” 
-3:4	xfcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	שֶׁ֤⁠הֲבֵיאתִי⁠ו֙ אֶל־ בֵּ֣ית אִמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֶל־ חֶ֖דֶר הוֹרָתִֽ⁠י	1	These two phrases are parallel. The second phrase adds additional information to the first one. This is common in Hebrew poetry and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word such as “then” in order to show that the second phrase is adding additional information. Alternate translation: “I had brought him to the house of my mother\nand then to the room of the woman who had conceived me” 
+3:4	xfcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	שֶׁ֤⁠הֲבֵיאתִי⁠ו֙ אֶל־ בֵּ֣ית אִמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֶל־ חֶ֖דֶר הוֹרָתִֽ⁠י	1	These two phrases are parallel. The second phrase adds additional information to the first one. This is common in Hebrew poetry and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word such as “then” in order to show that the second phrase is adding additional information. Alternate translation: “I had brought him to the house of my mother and then to the room of the woman who had conceived me” 
 3:5	a3y1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	הִשְׁבַּ֨עְתִּי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנ֤וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ בִּ⁠צְבָא֔וֹת א֖וֹ בְּ⁠אַיְל֣וֹת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה אִם־תָּעִ֧ירוּ ׀ וְֽ⁠אִם־תְּעֽוֹרְר֛וּ אֶת־הָ⁠אַהֲבָ֖ה עַ֥ד שֶׁ⁠תֶּחְפָּֽץ	1	This verse is identical to [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). Translate this verse exactly as you translated that verse. This verse is a refrain (a repeated phrase). Refrains are a common feature of poetry. This refrain closes section 2:8-3:5.
-3:5	t61g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe		0	“young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her.
-3:6	c84r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִ֣י זֹ֗את עֹלָה֙ מִן־הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר כְּ⁠תִֽימֲר֖וֹת עָשָׁ֑ן מְקֻטֶּ֤רֶת מוֹר֙ וּ⁠לְבוֹנָ֔ה מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אַבְקַ֥ת רוֹכֵֽל	1	Here, the phrase **Who is that** could: (1) be rhetorical question that is used to create a sense of expectation and interest. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) be a request for information. Alternate translation: “Who is it that I see arising from the wilderness like columns of smoke, fragrant smoke of myrrh and frankincense from all the powders of the merchant? ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-3:6	y8wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֹלָה֙	1	The word **arising** is used by the author because the group of people described is traveling **from the wilderness** to Jerusalem. They must travel upward in elevation in order to reach Jerusalem because **the wilderness** is low in the Jordan valley and Jerusalem is built on hills and is therefore high. Use a word or phrase that expresses moving upward in elevation. Alternate translation: “moving upward” 
+3:6	c84r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִ֣י זֹ֗את עֹלָה֙ מִן־הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר כְּ⁠תִֽימֲר֖וֹת עָשָׁ֑ן מְקֻטֶּ֤רֶת מוֹר֙ וּ⁠לְבוֹנָ֔ה מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אַבְקַ֥ת רוֹכֵֽל	1	Here, the phrase **Who is that** could: (1) be rhetorical question that is used to create a sense of expectation and interest. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (2) be a request for information. Alternate translation: “Who is it that I see arising from the wilderness like columns of smoke, fragrant smoke of myrrh and frankincense from all the powders of the merchant?”
 3:6	si0q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	זֹ֗את עֹלָה֙ מִן־הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר	1	The word translated as **that** here could refer to: (1) Solomon’s “litter,” which is named in the following verse. Alternate translation: “is that group of people that is arising from the wilderness” (2) the woman. Alternate translation: “is this woman that is arising from the wilderness”
+3:6	y8wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֹלָה֙	1	The phrase **coming up** is used by the author because the group of people described is traveling **from the wilderness** to Jerusalem. They must travel upward in elevation in order to reach Jerusalem because **the wilderness** is low in the Jordan valley and Jerusalem is built on hills and is therefore high. Use a word or phrase that expresses moving upward in elevation. Alternate translation: “moving upward” or “arising” 
+3:6	z138		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	עֹלָה֙	1	Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going up” 
 3:6	y4z0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠תִֽימֲר֖וֹת עָשָׁ֑ן מְקֻטֶּ֤רֶת מוֹר֙ וּ⁠לְבוֹנָ֔ה	1	The word **like** is introducing a comparison. Here, the phrase **a column of smoke** is most likely describing a dust cloud created by a group of people traveling in a dry and dusty area. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the basis of comparison. Alternate translation: “creating a dust cloud that resembles a column of smoke, which resembles the fragrant smoke of myrrh and frankincense” 
 3:6	ej84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	כְּ⁠תִֽימֲר֖וֹת עָשָׁ֑ן מְקֻטֶּ֤רֶת מוֹר֙ וּ⁠לְבוֹנָ֔ה	1	Here, the phrase **fragrant smoke of myrrh and frankincense** could: (1) be further describing the word **arising**. Alternate translation: “creating dust clouds that resemble rising columns of smoke. Yes, creating dust clouds that resemble the fragrant smoke of myrrh and frankincense” (2) describing the phrase **column of smoke**. Alternate translation: “like a column of smoke, incensed with myrrh and frankincense”
 3:6	vbjm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	מְקֻטֶּ֤רֶת	1	The author is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “like fragrant smoke of” 
 3:6	w7kr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מוֹר֙	1	**myrrh** is a pleasant smelling ointment which is made from resin taken from the myrrh tree. If your readers would not be familiar **myrrh** you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternately, you could describe **myrrh** with a descriptive phrase and/or you could include a footnote explaining what myrrh is. Alternate translation: “the sweet smelling incense made from the resin of a myrrh tree”
 3:6	i42j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אַבְקַ֥ת רוֹכֵֽל	1	The word translated as **from all** could: (1) be introducing **the powders of the merchant** as additional information about **myrrh and frankincense**. Alternate translation: “which are among the powders of the merchant” (2) indicate that **the powders of the merchant** are being introduced as additional things **the merchant** sells. Alternate translation: “and other powders of the merchants”
-3:6	e1ly				0	# General Information:\n\nThe third part of the book begins here. It begins with a description of sixty men carrying Solomon’s bed up from the wilderness to Jerusalem.
 3:7	ldh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation	הִנֵּ֗ה	1	**Behold** is an exclamation that is being used to draw people’s attention to what was “arising from the wilderness”. Use an exclamation that would express that meaning in your language as modeled by the UST.
 3:7	sa19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִטָּת⁠וֹ֙	1	A **litter** was a portable bed or couch that important people were carried on from place to place. It was carried by wooden poles that were attached to it. This **litter** probably had a canopy on top of it that functioned as a roof and curtains around it that could be opened and closed. If your readers would be unfamiliar with this term you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a descriptive phrase as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “portable couch”
 3:7	ui2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִטָּת⁠וֹ֙ שֶׁ⁠לִּ⁠שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה	1	The phrase **his litter, which belongs to Solomon** could mean: (1) that the woman was riding on the **litter** which belonged to **Solomon** and which he had sent for her. The UST models this interpretation. (2) that **Solomon** himself was riding in the **litter**. Alternate translation: “Solomon riding in his royal portable chair” 
 3:8	v2yx			מְלֻמְּדֵ֖י מִלְחָמָ֑ה	1	Alternate translation: “all of them have been trained in warfare” or “all of them have been trained to use their swords” 
-3:8	cttn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אִ֤ישׁ חַרְבּ⁠וֹ֙ עַל־יְרֵכ֔⁠וֹ מִ⁠פַּ֖חַד בַּ⁠לֵּילּֽוֹת׃	1	The phrase **Each one has his sword at his thigh** means that each warrior has his **sword** strapped to his thigh so that it is ready to use to defend **against the terrors in the nights**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Each warrior has his sword strapped to his thigh so that it is ready to use against the terrors in the nights” or “Each warrior has his sword ready to use to defend\nagainst the terrors in the nights”
+3:8	cttn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אִ֤ישׁ חַרְבּ⁠וֹ֙ עַל־יְרֵכ֔⁠וֹ מִ⁠פַּ֖חַד בַּ⁠לֵּילּֽוֹת׃	1	The phrase **Each one has his sword at his thigh** means that each warrior has his **sword** strapped to his thigh so that it is ready to use to defend **against the terrors in the nights**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Each warrior has his sword strapped to his thigh so that it is ready to use against the terrors in the nights” or “Each warrior has his sword ready to use to defend against the terrors in the nights”
 3:8	z214		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מִ⁠פַּ֖חַד בַּ⁠לֵּילּֽוֹת	1	The phrase **against the terrors in the nights** means “ready to defend against the terrifying things that could happen on any given night.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “ready to guard against dangers that happen during the night” or “ready to defend against the dangers of the night.”
-3:9-10	tq2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	אַפִּרְי֗וֹן עָ֤שָׂה ל⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה מֵ⁠עֲצֵ֖י הַ⁠לְּבָנֽוֹן … עַמּוּדָי⁠ו֙ עָ֣שָׂה כֶ֔סֶף רְפִידָת֣⁠וֹ זָהָ֔ב מֶרְכָּב֖⁠וֹ אַרְגָּמָ֑ן תּוֹכ⁠וֹ֙ רָצ֣וּף אַהֲבָ֔ה מִ⁠בְּנ֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם\n\n	1	These two verses give background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
+3:9-10	tq2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	אַפִּרְי֗וֹן עָ֤שָׂה ל⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה מֵ⁠עֲצֵ֖י הַ⁠לְּבָנֽוֹן & עַמּוּדָי⁠ו֙ עָ֣שָׂה כֶ֔סֶף רְפִידָת֣⁠וֹ זָהָ֔ב מֶרְכָּב֖⁠וֹ אַרְגָּמָ֑ן תּוֹכ⁠וֹ֙ רָצ֣וּף אַהֲבָ֔ה מִ⁠בְּנ֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם\n\n	1	These two verses give background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.
 3:9-10	iko4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַפִּרְי֗וֹן עָ֤שָׂה ל⁠וֹ֙  … עַמּוּדָי⁠ו֙ עָ֣שָׂה כֶ֔סֶף 	1	These phrases mean that Solomon had people make **a palanquin** for him. It does not mean that he made the **palanquin** himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He had craftsmen make him a palanquin…He had craftsmen make its post with silver” or “He had a palanquin made for him…He had its posts made with silver” 
 3:9	nnm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אַפִּרְי֗וֹן	1	Here, the term **palanquin** refers to the same object that the term “litter” referred to in [3:7](../03/07.md). The term **litter** is a general term meaning “couch” or “bed” and the term **palanquin** is a more descriptive word meaning “sedan chair.” You could translate the term **palanquin** the same way you translated “litter” in [3:7](../03/07.md) or you could use a different word or phrase here. Alternate translation: “portable couch” or “sedan chair” 
-3:9	hlf4			הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה מֵ⁠עֲצֵ֖י הַ⁠לְּבָנֽוֹן	1	Alternate translation: “King Solomon\nhad it made from the trees in Lebanon” 
+3:9	hlf4			הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה מֵ⁠עֲצֵ֖י הַ⁠לְּבָנֽוֹן	1	Alternate translation: “King Solomon had it made from the trees in Lebanon” 
 3:10	xnj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עַמּוּדָי⁠ו֙ עָ֣שָׂה כֶ֔סֶף	1	The **posts** were made of wood and overlaid with **silver**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He made its posts of wood that was overlaid with silver” or “He made its posts of wood covered in silver”
 3:10	q4nz			רְפִידָת֣⁠וֹ זָהָ֔ב	1	The phrase **its back gold** could mean: (1) that the base or foundation of the “palanquin” was covered in **gold**. Alternate translation: “its foundation of gold” or “its base of gold” (2) the back of the chair was covered in **gold**. Alternate translation: “its back made from gold” 
 3:10	akoo			מֶרְכָּב֖⁠וֹ אַרְגָּמָ֑ן	1	Alternate translation: “and covered the cushion with purple cloth” 
-3:10	clqf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תּוֹכ⁠וֹ֙ רָצ֣וּף אַהֲבָ֔ה מִ⁠בְּנ֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The daughters of Jerusalem fitted its interior with love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 
-3:10	m0yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	תּוֹכ⁠וֹ֙ רָצ֣וּף אַהֲבָ֔ה מִ⁠בְּנ֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with an adverb as modeled by the UST or in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 
+3:10	clqf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תּוֹכ⁠וֹ֙ רָצ֣וּף אַהֲבָ֔ה מִ⁠בְּנ֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The daughters of Jerusalem fitted its interior with love”
+3:10	m0yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	תּוֹכ⁠וֹ֙ רָצ֣וּף אַהֲבָ֔ה מִ⁠בְּנ֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with an adverb as modeled by the UST or in some other way that is natural in your language.
 3:10	oki8			תּוֹכ⁠וֹ֙ רָצ֣וּף אַהֲבָ֔ה מִ⁠בְּנ֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	Alternate translation: “The inside of it was lovingly inlaid with decorations by the women of Jerusalem.” 
-3:10	bjfn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִ⁠בְּנ֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	See how you translated **daughters of Jerusalem** in [3:10](../03/10.md). 
+3:10	bjfn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִ⁠בְּנ֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	See how you translated the phrase **daughters of Jerusalem** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
 3:11	zwp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	צְאֶ֧ינָה	1	Your language may say “Come out” rather than **Go out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Come out” 
 3:11	i961			בְּנ֥וֹת צִיּ֖וֹן	1	The possessive form is used here to describe where the young women live. The phrase **daughters of Zion** is a poetic way of referring to the young women who were from the city of Jerusalem (These are probably the same women as the “marriageable women” in [1:3](../01/03.md) and the women referred to as “daughters of Jerusalem” in [2:7](../02/07.md) and [3:5](../03/05.md)). If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could indicate the association between these young women and **Zion** in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “young women from Zion” or “young women from the city of Zion” or “you young women who live in Zion”
 3:11	sfn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	בְּ⁠י֣וֹם חֲתֻנָּת֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠י֖וֹם שִׂמְחַ֥ת לִבּֽ⁠וֹ	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “on the day of his wedding, yes, on the day of the joy of his heart”
-3:11	zhva		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠בְ⁠י֖וֹם שִׂמְחַ֥ת לִבּֽ⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “joyful” or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the day his heart was exceedingly joyful” or “on the day when his heart was very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 
+3:11	zhva		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠בְ⁠י֖וֹם שִׂמְחַ֥ת לִבּֽ⁠וֹ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “joyful” or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on the day his heart was exceedingly joyful” or “on the day when his heart was very joyful”
 3:11	ei7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠בְ⁠י֖וֹם שִׂמְחַ֥ת לִבּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Solomon’s inner being is being described by association with his **heart**, which the Jews viewed as being the center of a persons being and therefore the center of their mind and inner feelings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language as modeled by the UST.
-3:11	sj76			gaze on King Solomon		“look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling.
-4:intro	r3aw				0	# Song of Songs 4 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Beauty\n\nThe woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “My sister, my bride”\nThe woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
+4:intro	r3aw				0	# Song of Songs 4 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Beauty\n\nThe man describes the woman he loves as the epitome of beauty and attractiveness in [4:1-4:5](../04/01.md) and in [4:7](../04/07.md). \n\n\n### Feelings of longing to be with one’s lover who seems distant and temporarily inaccessible\n\nIn [4:8](../04/08.md) the man speaks of the woman he loves as if she were far away from him and he invites her to “come with” him and “descend from” the height of three high places and be with him. The woman is not actually dwelling in these places but rather the man is using imaginative and poetic language to describe how he feels about being separated from her and to describe his desire to be with her. In [4:12](../04/12.md) the man uses poetic language to describe the fact that the woman he loves is temporarily inaccessible.\n\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\n\n### The Garden Metaphor \n\n[4:12-5:1](../04/12.md) is an extended metaphor. This metaphor is a conversation between the man and the woman he loves in which the man first compares the woman he loves to “a locked garden” (in [4:12-4:15](../04/12.md)) where many delightful things grow and then the woman responds by inviting the man to come to her garden (in [4:16](../04/16.md)). The man then responds to her invitation in [5:1](../05/1.md). The term **garden** is used as a metaphor for the woman in [4:12](../04/12.md), in [4:16](../04/16.md) (two times), and in [5:1](../05/01.md). You should be consistent in how you translate these terms. In [4:13](../04/13.md) the man speaks of the woman’s body as “an orchard of pomegranate trees with delicious fruits” and then in [4:16](../04/16.md) the woman invites the man to **come to his garden and eat its delicious fruit**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### The “sister” metaphor\n\nThe phrase **my sister** is used in 4:9; 4:10, 4:12, 5:1, and 5:2. The man uses this phrase as a term of endearment for the woman he loves. The woman is not actually his sister. You should translate this phrase the same way each of the five times it occurs in this book because the author uses it with the same meaning every time. See the note at the first occurrence of this phrase in 4:9 for more information regarding this phrase.\n\n
 4:1	rg3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	הִנָּ֨⁠ךְ יָפָ֤ה רַעְיָתִ⁠י֙ הִנָּ֣⁠ךְ יָפָ֔ה	1	See how you translated these two parallel phrases in [1:15](../01/15.md).
 4:1	m3g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עֵינַ֣יִ⁠ךְ יוֹנִ֔ים מִ⁠בַּ֖עַד לְ⁠צַמָּתֵ֑⁠ךְ	1	See how you translated the phrase **Your eyes are doves** in [1:15](../01/15.md).
 4:1	pnn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	שַׂעְרֵ⁠ךְ֙ כְּ⁠עֵ֣דֶר הָֽ⁠עִזִּ֔ים שֶׁ⁠גָּלְשׁ֖וּ מֵ⁠הַ֥ר גִּלְעָֽד	1	Both the color and the motion of the woman’s **hair** is being compared to **a flock of goats that hop down from the slopes of Gilead**. Goats in Israel were black so the original readers would have understood this comparison to mean that the woman’s hair was black. Seen from a distance, a flock of black goats descending down from the high elevation of **Mount Gilead** would have created a majestic visual effect because the goats would have looked like one long flowing mass of black. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly these two points of comparison. Alternate translation: “Your black hair moves in graceful waves like a flock of black goats moving down the slopes of Mount Gilead” or “Your long black hair flows in graceful waves like a flock of black goats coming down the slopes of Mount Gilead” 
-4:2	bdg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	שִׁנַּ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ כְּ⁠עֵ֣דֶר הַ⁠קְּצוּב֔וֹת שֶׁ⁠עָל֖וּ מִן־ הָ⁠רַחְצָ֑ה	1	The color (whiteness) of the woman’s teeth is being compared to the color (whiteness) of sheep after they have had their wool cut off and then washed in the water of a stream. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly these two points of comparison as modeled by the UST.
+4:2	bdg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	שִׁנַּ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ כְּ⁠עֵ֣דֶר הַ⁠קְּצוּב֔וֹת שֶׁ⁠עָל֖וּ מִן־ הָ⁠רַחְצָ֑ה	1	The color (white) of the woman’s teeth is being compared to the color (white) of sheep after they have had their wool cut off and then washed in the water of a stream. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly these two points of comparison as modeled by the UST.
 4:2	cj59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הַ⁠קְּצוּב֔וֹת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “shepherds” did it. Alternate translation: “sheep whose wool shepherds have cut off” or “sheep whose wool people have cut off”
 4:2	cqgq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַתְאִימ֔וֹת	1	Alternate translation: “give birth to twins” 
 4:2	jw1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	שֶׁ⁠כֻּלָּ⁠ם֙ מַתְאִימ֔וֹת וְ⁠שַׁכֻּלָ֖ה אֵ֥ין בָּ⁠הֶֽם	1	Here the woman’s teeth are being compared to a flock of female sheep which all have birthed twin lambs. The author is saying that in a similar way to how twin lambs have a matching sibling that resembles it so each of the woman’s teeth has a matching tooth on the other side of her mouth. She has not lost any of her teeth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. If it would help your readers you could also start a new sentence as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “As a flock of female sheep that has born twin lambs without losing any, so your mouth has its teeth, each with a match, and none of them are missing”
@@ -249,14 +243,14 @@ front:intro	an3g				0	# Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General
 4:3	x68e			כְּ⁠פֶ֤לַח הָֽ⁠רִמּוֹן֙ רַקָּתֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	The term translated as **cheeks** could refer to: (1) the **woman’s two cheeks** on the side of her mouth as rendered by the ULT. (2) the woman’s two temples on the side of her forehead. Alternate translation: “Like a slice of pomegranate are your temples” (3) the woman’s forehead. Alternate translation: “Like a slice of pomegranate is your forehead” 
 4:3	j2a3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠פֶ֤לַח הָֽ⁠רִמּוֹן֙ רַקָּתֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	This comparison could be comparing: (1) the shape of the woman’s **cheeks** to the shape of a **pomegranate** which has been sliced in half and to the outside color of a **pomegranate** (which is the color red). Alternate translation: “Your cheeks are red and rounded like a slice of pomegranate” or “Your cheeks resemble the color and shape of a slice of pomegranate”  (or if you decided that the term **cheek** refers to the woman’s temples “Your temples are red like a slice of pomegranate”) (2) the way the woman’s cheeks looked through the inside of the veil to the color and pattern of the inside of a pomegranate which has been sliced in half. Alternate translation: “Your cheeks resemble the color and pattern of the inside of a slice of pomegranate” (or if you decided that the term **cheeks** refers to the woman’s temples “Your temples are the color of the inside of a slice of pomegranate”)
 4:3	y47i			מִ⁠בַּ֖עַד לְ⁠צַמָּתֵֽ⁠ךְ	1	See how you translated the phrase **from behind your veil** in [4:1](../04/01.md). 
-4:4	i3qt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠מִגְדַּ֤ל דָּוִיד֙ צַוָּארֵ֔⁠ךְ בָּנ֖וּי לְ⁠תַלְפִּיּ֑וֹת	1	The woman’s **neck** is being compared to **the tower of David** which was a tall fortress **built of layers** or rows. A long neck was considered beautiful in the authors culture. King David built some of his towers of beautiful white marble rock. It is probable that this tower was made from white marble rock since this tower is being used here in comparison with the beauty of the woman’s neck. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “Your neck is long and beautiful like the tower of David” or “Your neck is beautiful like the tower of David” 
+4:4	i3qt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠מִגְדַּ֤ל דָּוִיד֙ צַוָּארֵ֔⁠ךְ בָּנ֖וּי לְ⁠תַלְפִּיּ֑וֹת	1	The woman’s **neck** is being compared to **the tower of David** which was a tall fortress **built of layers** or rows. A long neck was considered beautiful in the author’s culture. King David built some of his towers of beautiful white marble rock. It is probable that this tower was made from white marble rock since this tower is compared to the beauty of the woman’s neck. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “Your neck is long and beautiful like the tower of David” or “Your neck is beautiful like the tower of David” 
 4:4	gvns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כְּ⁠מִגְדַּ֤ל דָּוִיד֙	1	The **tower of David** was a tall building that was built for defense. Towers were significantly taller than other buildings and often built more narrow so that they were not wide. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of structure, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “Like the tall, narrow defense structure of David is” or “Like David’s tall thin rock defense building is”
 4:4	v4ae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	בָּנ֖וּי לְ⁠תַלְפִּיּ֑וֹת	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies that David instructed men to build it. Alternate translation: “that men built in layers” or “which David instructed men to build of layers” or “that David had men build of layers” 
 4:4	vwef			בָּנ֖וּי לְ⁠תַלְפִּיּ֑וֹת	1	Alternate translation: “built using rows of stones” 
-4:4	c4nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	אֶ֤לֶף הַ⁠מָּגֵן֙ תָּל֣וּי עָלָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל שִׁלְטֵ֥י הַ⁠גִּבּוֹרִֽים	1	In the authors culture it was a common practice to hang **shields** on walls as decorations. Here, the man compares the beauty of the woman’s neck with shields hanging on the tower. This comparison probably included the decorations of the woman’s necklaces which probably went around her neck many times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “The beauty of your neck jeweled in necklaces is like a thousand warriors shields hanging from a tower”
-4:4	byh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	אֶ֤לֶף	1	In the authors culture the number **a thousand** was often used to represent a very large, but not precise, amount. This is how the number is being used here. Alternate translation: “many” or “with many” 
+4:4	c4nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	אֶ֤לֶף הַ⁠מָּגֵן֙ תָּל֣וּי עָלָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל שִׁלְטֵ֥י הַ⁠גִּבּוֹרִֽים	1	In the authors culture it was a common practice to hang **shields** on walls as decorations. Here, the man compares the beauty of the woman’s neck with **shields** hanging on **the tower of David**. This comparison probably included the decorations of the woman’s necklaces which probably went around her neck many times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “The beauty of your neck jeweled in necklaces is like a thousand warriors shields hanging from a tower”
+4:4	byh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	אֶ֤לֶף	1	In the authors culture the number **a thousand** was often used to represent a very large, but not precise, amount. This is how the number is being used here. Alternate translation: “with many” 
 4:4	swd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֶ֤לֶף הַ⁠מָּגֵן֙ תָּל֣וּי עָלָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל שִׁלְטֵ֥י הַ⁠גִּבּוֹרִֽים	1	The phrase **all the shields of the warriors** is parallel to the statement **a thousand shields hanging on it** and adds the additional information that the **shields** belonged to **warriors**. Hebrew poetry often used this kind of parallel statement, in which the second line gives additional information, so it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect these two parallel phrases with “each of which” or “each one” in order to show that the second phrase is not repeating the first one, but rather is saying something additional. Alternate translation: “a thousand shields hanging on it, each of which belongs to the warriors” or “a thousand shields hanging on it, each one belonging to the warriors”
-4:5	ea9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	שְׁנֵ֥י שָׁדַ֛יִ⁠ךְ כִּ⁠שְׁנֵ֥י עֳפָרִ֖ים תְּאוֹמֵ֣י צְבִיָּ֑ה הָ⁠רוֹעִ֖ים בַּ⁠שּׁוֹשַׁנִּֽים	1	Here, the man compares the woman’s **two breasts** to two young twin gazelles that are grazing. The context does not explicitly indicate how exactly the woman’s **two breasts** are like two young gazelles so you could simply say that they resemble young gazelles or if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a general point of comparison such as their beauty as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Your two breasts resemble two young twin gazelles grazing among lilies” 
+4:5	ea9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	שְׁנֵ֥י שָׁדַ֛יִ⁠ךְ כִּ⁠שְׁנֵ֥י עֳפָרִ֖ים תְּאוֹמֵ֣י צְבִיָּ֑ה הָ⁠רוֹעִ֖ים בַּ⁠שּׁוֹשַׁנִּֽים	1	Here, the man compares the woman’s **two breasts** to two young twin gazelles that are grazing. The context does not explicitly indicate how exactly the woman’s **two breasts** are like two young gazelles so you could simply say that they resemble young gazelles or if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a general point of comparison between the woman’s **breasts** and the young gazelles such as their beauty as modeled by the UST.
 4:5	gu86		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	צְבִיָּ֑ה	1	See how you translated the plural form “gazelles” in [2:7](../02/07.md).
 4:5	bb93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ⁠שּׁוֹשַׁנִּֽים	1	See how you translated the singular form “lily” in [2:1](../02/01.md).
 4:6	y1xu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	עַ֤ד שֶׁ⁠יָּפ֨וּחַ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם וְ⁠נָ֖סוּ הַ⁠צְּלָלִ֑ים	1	See how you translated the phrase **Until the day breathes and the shadows flee** in [2:17](../02/17.md).
@@ -264,245 +258,256 @@ front:intro	an3g				0	# Introduction to the Song of Songs\n\n## Part 1: General
 4:6	yze6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠מּ֔וֹר	1	See how you translated **myrrh** in [1:13](../01/13.md). 
 4:6	re83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֵ֤לֶךְ לִ⁠י֙ אֶל־הַ֣ר הַ⁠מּ֔וֹר וְ⁠אֶל־גִּבְעַ֖ת הַ⁠לְּבוֹנָֽה	1	The phrases **the mountain of myrrh** and **the hill of frankincense** are both metaphors that refer to the woman’s “breasts” (mentioned in the previous verse). The man is discreetly indicating that the woman’s breasts are pleasant smelling and that he wants to enjoy them (The man and the woman are now married). It would be good to retain this discreet and beautiful poetic imagery if possible. If you are using footnotes you could indicate what these two metaphors mean there. If you decide that it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning using a simile. Alternate translation: “I myself will go to your breasts which are like two sweet-smelling mountains” or “I myself will be close to your breasts, which are like two pleasant smelling hills”
 4:7	wt7k			כֻּלָּ֤⁠ךְ יָפָה֙	1	Alternate translation: “Every part of you is beautiful”
-4:8	ojmm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אִתִּ֤⁠י מִ⁠לְּבָנוֹן֙ כַּלָּ֔ה אִתִּ֖⁠י מִ⁠לְּבָנ֣וֹן תָּב֑וֹאִי תָּשׁ֣וּרִי ׀ מֵ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ אֲמָנָ֗ה מֵ⁠רֹ֤אשׁ שְׂנִיר֙ וְ⁠חֶרְמ֔וֹן מִ⁠מְּעֹנ֣וֹת אֲרָי֔וֹת מֵֽ⁠הַרְרֵ֖י נְמֵרִֽים	1	This entire verse is a metaphor. This is poetry and the author is not literally indicating that the woman is physically in the mountains and near wild and dangerous animals. Rather, the that author is using this metaphor to express the man’s feelings regarding being physically distant from the woman and his strong desire to have the woman near him and away from anything that could harm her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly using a simile as modeled by the UST.
-4:8	h4yw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	אִתִּ֤⁠י…תָּב֑וֹאִי	1	Your language may say “come” rather than **go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Go with me … go”
+4:8	ojmm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אִתִּ֤⁠י מִ⁠לְּבָנוֹן֙ כַּלָּ֔ה אִתִּ֖⁠י מִ⁠לְּבָנ֣וֹן תָּב֑וֹאִי תָּשׁ֣וּרִי ׀ מֵ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ אֲמָנָ֗ה מֵ⁠רֹ֤אשׁ שְׂנִיר֙ וְ⁠חֶרְמ֔וֹן מִ⁠מְּעֹנ֣וֹת אֲרָי֔וֹת מֵֽ⁠הַרְרֵ֖י נְמֵרִֽים	1	This entire verse is a metaphor. This is poetry and the author is not literally indicating that the woman is physically in the mountains and near wild and dangerous animals. Rather, the author is using this metaphor to express the man’s feelings regarding being physically distant from the woman and his strong desire to have the woman near him and away from anything that could harm her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly using a simile as modeled by the UST.
+4:8	h4yw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	אִתִּ֤⁠י…תָּב֑וֹאִי	1	Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Go with me … go”
 4:8	hwn4			תָּשׁ֣וּרִי	1	The word translated as **Descend** here could mean: (1 to come down from a height. If you choose this meaning you can follow the model of the ULT and UST. Alternate translation: “Climb down” (2) to bend down and look. Alternate translation: “Bend down and look”
 4:8	m2km		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֵ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ אֲמָנָ֗ה מֵ⁠רֹ֤אשׁ שְׂנִיר֙ וְ⁠חֶרְמ֔וֹן	1	**Hermon** is a mountain range in northern Israel and **Amana** and **Senir** are both mountain peaks.
-4:8	l03h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	מִ⁠מְּעֹנ֣וֹת אֲרָי֔וֹת מֵֽ⁠הַרְרֵ֖י נְמֵרִֽים	1	These two phrases mean very similar things. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same general idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one as modeled by the UST.
-4:9	d7n7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִבַּבְתִּ֖⁠נִי…לִבַּבְתִּ֨י⁠נִי֙	1	The phrase translated as **you have enchanted my heart** is an idiom which could mean: (1) to steal or capture a persons heart. In Jewish thinking the **heart** was the center of a persons thinking. To capture a persons **heart** probably also had the added meaning of causing them to be so in love that they could not think clearly because they were so overcome with feelings of love. Alternate translation: “You have captured my heart … you have captured my heart” or “It is as though you have captured my heart … it is as though you have captured my heart” or “You have made me feel so in love with you that it is as if I have lost my mind … you have made me feel so in love with you that it is as if I have lost my mind“ (2) the the woman had made the man’s **heart** beat faster. Alternate translation: “You have caused my heart to beat fast … you have caused my heart to beat fast” (3) that the woman had encouraged the man’s **heart**. Alternate translation: “You have encouraged my heart … you have encouraged my heart” or “You have given me heart … you have given me heart”
+4:8	l03h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	מִ⁠מְּעֹנ֣וֹת אֲרָי֔וֹת מֵֽ⁠הַרְרֵ֖י נְמֵרִֽים	1	These two phrases mean very similar things. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same general idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine these two phrases into one as modeled by the UST.
+4:9	waew		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לִבַּבְתִּ֖⁠נִי אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י כַלָּ֑ה לִבַּבְתִּ֨י⁠נִי֙	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. If it would help your readers you could also add the word “yes” to show that the phrase **you have enchanted my heart** is repeated in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “My sister, my bride; you have enchanted my heart. Yes, you have enchanted my heart” 
+4:9	d7n7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לִבַּבְתִּ֖⁠נִי…לִבַּבְתִּ֨י⁠נִי֙	1	The phrase translated as **you have enchanted my heart** is an idiom which could mean: (1) to steal or capture a person’s heart. In Jewish thinking the **heart** was the center of a persons thinking. To capture a person’s **heart** probably also had the added meaning of causing them to be so in love that they could not think clearly because they were so overcome with feelings of love. Alternate translation: “You have captured my heart … you have captured my heart” or “It is as though you have captured my heart … it is as though you have captured my heart” or “You have made me feel so in love with you that it is as if I have lost my mind … you have made me feel so in love with you that it is as if I have lost my mind“ (2) the the woman had made the man’s **heart** beat faster. Alternate translation: “You have caused my heart to beat fast … you have caused my heart to beat fast” (3) that the woman had encouraged the man’s **heart**. Alternate translation: “You have encouraged my heart … you have encouraged my heart” or “You have given me heart … you have given me heart”
 4:9	vdf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י	1	The man and woman are not actually brother and sister. The phrase **my sister** is a term of endearment which expresses affection between lovers. This phrase indicates that the man and woman have a close companionship and deep emotional bond. If calling a lover **my sister** would be offensive or socially inappropriate in your culture you could use a different term of endearment or indicate the meaning of **my sister** with a footnote. Alternately, you could indicate the meaning explicitly as modeled by the UST.
+4:10	qy7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation	מַה־…מַה־	1	Here, the word **How** is used as an exclamation to emphasize two statements about how wonderful the woman’s **love** is. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. 
 4:10	v1gy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י	1	See how you translated the phrase **my sister** in [4:9](../04/09.md).
-4:10	qy7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation	מַה־…מַה־	1	Here, the word **How** is used as an exclamation to introduce two statements about how wonderful the woman’s **love** is. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. 
+4:10	pb12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מַה־יָּפ֥וּ דֹדַ֖יִ⁠ךְ אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י כַלָּ֑ה מַה־טֹּ֤בוּ דֹדַ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ מִ⁠יַּ֔יִן	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases.  Alternate translation: “My sister, my bride; how your love is beautiful! How your love is better than wine” 
 4:10	ibb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מַה־יָּפ֥וּ דֹדַ֖יִ⁠ךְ…מַה־טֹּ֤בוּ דֹדַ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ מִ⁠יַּ֔יִן	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verb form as modeled by the UST or in some other way that is natural in your language.
-4:10	d1m6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שְׁמָנַ֖יִ⁠ךְ	1	Here, **oils** refers to perfumes. In the authors culture pleasant smelling spices were mixed into olive oil in order to make a pleasant smelling perfume which was then put on the skin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your scented oils” or “the perfumed oils on your skin”
-4:10	ts8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	שְׁמָנַ֖יִ⁠ךְ	1	The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the words “is better” from the context as modeled by the UST.
-4:10	wzb4			fragrance … perfume	0	See how you translated these words in [Song of Songs 1:3](../01/01.md).
-4:10	r5ni			spice	0	dried plants or seeds that have a good smell or taste
-4:11	fw88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Your lips … drip honey	0	Possible meanings are that honey is a metaphor for (1) the sweet taste of the woman’s kisses or (2) the woman’s words.
-4:11	vc6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	honey and milk are under your tongue	0	Because “milk and honey” is a common phrase in the Bible, you should translate literally. Possible meanings are that honey is a metaphor for: (1) the sweet taste of the woman’s kisses or (2) the woman’s words. Milk is a metaphor for luxury, owning many things that help people enjoy life. When the woman kisses the man, he enjoys life.
-4:11	nyc9			the fragrance of your garments is like the fragrance of Lebanon	0	“the smell of your clothes is like the smell of Lebanon.” Many cedar trees grew in Lebanon. Cedar trees smell very good, so Lebanon would have smelled sweet and fresh.
-4:12	whp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	My sister	0	This is an idiom of affection. They are not actually brother and sister. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:9](./09.md). Alternate translation: “My dear” or “My darling”
-4:12	nrw6			my bride	0	This Hebrew word can refer to a woman who is married or to one whom a man has arranged to become his son’s wife. If your language has a polite word that a man would use to his wife and that has not been used yet in this book, you could use it here. Otherwise you could use any polite term a man would use with his wife. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:9](./09.md).
-4:12	j45u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	is a garden locked up	0	“is a garden that no one can enter.” The garden is a metaphor for the woman, and the lock is a metaphor for her still being a virgin.
-4:12	i5nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	a spring that is sealed	0	“a spring with a cover on it.” The spring or well is a metaphor for the woman, and the cover is a metaphor for her being a virgin.
-4:13	uvg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	Your branches	0	branches or channels of rivers, a clear euphemism for the female body part. If any reference to this would be offensive, translate it as a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “You” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-4:13	i3mi			a grove	0	a place where many trees grow together
-4:13	eji6			with choice fruits	0	Alternate translation: “with the best kinds of fruits”
-4:13	q938		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	נְרָדִֽים	1	See how you translated the word **nard** in [1:12](../01/12.md).
-4:13	dju5			henna	0	small desert trees that people used as a perfume. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md).
-4:14	e6n8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	נֵ֣רְדְּ	1	See how you translated the word **nard** in [1:12](../01/12.md).
-4:14	dxj9			saffron	0	a spice that comes from the dried parts from the yellow thread in the center of a certain flower
-4:14	ujr7			calamus	0	a reed with a pleasant smell that people used to make anointing oil.
-4:14	w1cm			cinnamon	0	a spice made from the bark of a tree that people used for cooking
-4:14	kx8c			myrrh	0	See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](../01/12.md).
-4:14	bm3m			aloes	0	a type of large plant that had a very sweet smell
-4:14	p646			all the finest spices	0	Alternate translation: “all the best spices”
-4:15	z2an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	You are a garden spring	0	“You are a spring in a garden.” A garden spring gives sweet, clean water that people enjoy drinking. The man enjoys being close to the woman.
-4:15	t9ch			fresh water	0	water that is good to drink
-4:15	zl7c			streams flowing down from Lebanon	0	Because Lebanon had mountains covered with trees, the streams from Lebanon were clean and cool.
-4:16	jv5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	Awake, north wind; come, south wind; blow	0	The woman speaks to the north wind and the south wind as though they were people. Alternate translation: “I wish the north wind and south wind would come and blow”
-4:16	x71g			Awake, north wind	0	Alternate translation: “North wind, start blowing”
-4:16	l273		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	blow on my garden	0	The garden is a metaphor for her body, which she has covered with sweet-smelling oils ([Song of Songs 4:14](./12.md)).
-4:16	kdi9			may give off their fragrance	0	Alternate translation: “may send out their good smells”
-4:16	lqh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	May my beloved … choice fruit	0	The woman is inviting the man to make love to her.
-4:16	dp46			my beloved	0	This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
-4:16	mbn7			choice fruit	0	Alternate translation: “wonderful fruit”
-5:intro	kdw4				0	# Song of Songs 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nVerses 2–7 describe a dream the woman had.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Beauty\n\nThe woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “My sister, my bride”\nThe woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
-5:1	zka3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry		0	# General Information:\n\n(See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-5:1	m575			I have come	0	It is clearly the woman’s lover who is speaking.
-5:1	f2qr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	have come into my garden	0	The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-5:1	tgd7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	my sister	0	This is an idiom of affection. They are not actually brother and sister. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:9](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “my dear” or “my darling”
-5:1	psq4			my bride	0	This Hebrew word can refer to a woman who is married or to one whom a man has arranged to become his son’s wife. If your language has a polite word that a man would use to his wife and that has not been used yet in this book, you could use it here. Otherwise you could use any polite term a man would use with his wife. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:9](../04/08.md).
-5:1	lgr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	myrrh … spice … honeycomb … honey … wine … milk	0	These are all metaphors for the man enjoying the woman’s body ([Song of Songs 1:13](../01/12.md), [Song of Songs 2:4](../02/03.md), [Song of Songs 4:11](../04/10.md), and [Song of Songs 4:14](../04/12.md)).
-5:1	sq9d			spice	0	plants that have a strong smell or taste
-5:1	i16q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Eat … drink … be drunk with love	0	Eating and drinking are metaphors for making love. Alternate translation: “Make love … make love … make love until you are fully satisfied”
-5:2	a7v6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism		0	# General Information:\n\nThe fourth part of the book begins here. The young woman uses euphemisms to describe her dream so that it can be interpreted in two different ways: (1) the woman describes a dream about a night when the man came to visit her at her house; and (2) the woman describes a dream about starting to sleep with the man.
-5:2	biy3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	but my heart was awake	0	The heart is the center of thought and feeling. Alternate translation: “but I could think clearly” or “but I knew what I was feeling”
-5:2	tk43			my beloved	0	This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
-5:2	qjv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Open to me	0	This could mean: (1) literal, “Open the door for me,” or (2) metaphorical, “Let me make love to you.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-5:2	rx38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	my sister	0	This is an idiom of affection. They are not actually brother and sister. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “my dear” or “my darling”
-5:2	d52k			my love	0	“you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md).
-5:2	c27j			my dove	0	See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:14](../02/14.md).
-5:2	gaj1			undefiled one	0	Alternate translation: “my perfect one” or “my faithful one” or “my innocent one”
-5:2	yh2r			dew	0	drops of water or mist that form as the night becomes cool
-5:2	d3gt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	my hair with the night’s dampness	0	The words “is wet” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “my hair is wet with the night’s dampness”
-5:3	tr8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	“I have taken off my robe … dirty?”	0	This is what the woman thought to herself when she heard the man speak. ([Song of Songs 5:2](./02.md)). This could be translated with the woman saying that this is what she was thinking, or the woman could just explain the situation and her thoughts as in the UST. Alternate translation: “I thought to myself, ‘I have taken off my robe … dirty?’” or “I had taken off my robe and I did not want to put it on again. I had washed my feet and I did not want to get them dirty.”
-5:3	am4r			robe	0	thin linen clothing that people wore on their skin
-5:3	g6z2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	must I put it on again?	0	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not want to put it on again.”
-5:3	r5cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	I have washed my feet	0	While the word “feet” can be a euphemism for private parts, this probably refers to literal feet. The woman seems more likely to want to make love than to want to refrain from lovemaking because she has just bathed.
-5:3	h4w3			must I get them dirty?	0	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not want to get them dirty.”
-5:4	w3ff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	My beloved put in his hand through the opening of the door latch	0	Possible interpretations are: (1) literal, the lover reaches into the house through a hole in the door in order to open the door or (2) euphemisic, they have begun to make love.
-5:4	hqn5			My beloved	0	This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “My dear one” or “My lover”
-5:4	nns1			door latch	0	Alternate translation: “door lock”
-5:5	w3k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	I got up to open the door for my beloved	0	This could mean: (1) literal, the young woman got out of bed in order to let the man into the house, or (2) metaphorical. Alternate translation: “I prepared myself to make love with my beloved”
-5:5	q3qx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	my hands … my fingers … door handle	0	While these may be euphemisms for the woman’s and man’s bodies, it is best to translate literally.
-5:5	ycr1			with moist myrrh	0	Alternate translation: “with liquid myrrh”
-5:6	b7qk			my beloved	0	See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](../01/12.md).
-5:6	z8na		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	My heart sank	0	The heart is a metaphor for the person, and sinking, going down, is a metaphor for becoming weak or sad. Alternate translation: “I was very sad”
-5:7	a9yk			The watchmen	0	men who have the job of keeping guard of the town at night to keep the people safe. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 3:3](../03/03.md).
-5:7	rqq4			as they were making their rounds in the city	0	“who were walking around the city on the walls.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 3:3](../03/03.md).
-5:7	v79f			found me	0	found the woman
-5:7	zhf3			struck me	0	Alternate translation: “beat me” or “hit me”
-5:7	q2vt			wounded me	0	Alternate translation: “injured me”
-5:7	euu8			the guards on the walls	0	Alternate translation: “the men who guard the walls”
-5:7	h38e			cloak	0	a garment that people wore over the other clothing on their upper body when they went outdoors in public
-5:8	czu7			I want you to swear	0	See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md).
-5:8	j8ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	daughters of Jerusalem	0	“young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md).
-5:8	w1ul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	my beloved—What will you make known to him?—that I am	0	The woman uses a question to introduce what she wants the daughters of Jerusalem to tell her beloved. Alternate translation: “my beloved, this is what I want you to say to him: tell him that”
-5:8	v5m3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	sick from love	0	She loves the man so strongly that she feels sick.
-5:9	kr5i			your beloved	0	This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover”
-5:9	eap5			most beautiful among women	0	“you who are the most beautiful of all women.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:8](../01/08.md).
-5:9	vbc6			Why is your beloved better	0	Alternate translation: “What makes your beloved better”
-5:9	rfp3			that you ask us to take an oath like this	0	Alternate translation: “and causes you to have us take this oath”
-5:9	zp43			an oath like this	0	the oath in [Song of Songs 5:8](./08.md)
-5:10	qb4q			My beloved	0	This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “My dear one” or “My lover”
-5:10	xuy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	is radiant and ruddy	0	This phrase refers to his complexion. Alternate translation: “has radiant and ruddy skin”
-5:10	za1u			radiant	0	“is completely healthy” or “is pure.” The man has skin that does not have any problems.
-5:10	rgj8			ruddy	0	a healthy color of the skin that is brownish red
-5:10	hms2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	outstanding among ten thousand	0	“the best of 10,000.” Alternate translation: “better than anyone else” or “no one else is like him.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-5:11	s23z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	His head is the purest gold	0	The man’s head is as precious to the woman as the purest gold.
-5:11	m1w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	a raven	0	a bird with very black feathers
-5:12	m6e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	His eyes are like doves	0	Translate “eyes are like doves” as in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). This could mean: (1) the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the woman considers the man’s eyes beautiful because the way the man looks at her makes her think he is gentle. Alternate translation: “His eyes are gentle like doves” or (2) the woman is speaking of the man’s white eyeballs or the shape of his eyes, the shape of a dove.
-5:12	knr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	doves beside streams of water	0	Birds that the Israelites considered gentle sitting beside a gently flowing stream are a metaphor for a gentle person.
-5:12	xp2d			streams of water	0	Alternate translation: “gently flowing water”
-5:12	tr46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	bathed in milk	0	Milk is a metaphor for the whiteness of the doves. Alternate translation: (1) “doves that are white like milk” or (2) milk is a metaphor for the white part of the man’s eyes. Alternate translation: “his pupils are like doves bathing in white milk”
-5:12	qe85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	mounted like jewels	0	His eyes are beautiful. Jewels that a craftsman has carefully put in place are beautiful.
-5:13	ip4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	His cheeks … aromatic scents	0	This explains that his cheeks are like beds of spices because they both give off wonderful smells.
-5:13	mtt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	beds of spices	0	gardens or parts of gardens where people grow spices. Spices give people pleasure. The man’s body gives the woman pleasure.
-5:13	mem2			yielding aromatic scents	0	Alternate translation: “that give off wonderful smells.”
-5:13	a4hu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	His lips are lilies	0	The woman probably compares his lips with lilies because they are beautiful and smell wonderful.
-5:13	t4f1			lilies	0	See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:16](../02/16.md).
-5:13	x8c2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	dripping liquid myrrh	0	“that drip with the best myrrh.” His lips are moist and have a wonderful smell like myrrh.
-5:14	nl6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	His arms are rounded gold set with jewels	0	“His arms are cylinders of gold that have jewels all over them.” The woman uses this image to say that his arms are beautiful and precious. The first readers would have understood this as a metaphor for the male body part ([Song of Songs 5:3](./03.md)), but this would be difficult to bring out in translation.
-5:14	bg51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	his abdomen is ivory covered with sapphires	0	“his belly is smooth ivory that has sapphires all over it.” The woman uses this image to say that his belly is beautiful and precious.
-5:14	k5ga			ivory	0	the white tusk or tooth of an animal that is similar to bone. People use ivory to make smooth and shiny pieces of art.
-5:14	ws92			sapphires	0	valuable stones that are either: (1) blue or (2) clear and either blue or golden
-5:15	i1xz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	His legs are pillars of marble, set on bases of pure gold	0	Marble and gold are strong and beautiful.
-5:15	juu1			marble	0	a very strong stone that has many different colors and that people polish to make very smooth
-5:15	z75c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	his appearance is like Lebanon	0	“he looks like Lebanon.” Lebanon was a very beautiful area with many mountains and cedar trees.
-5:16	sc8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	His mouth is most sweet	0	The mouth is a metonym for either: (1) the man’s sweet kisses or (2) the sweet words that he says.
-5:16	w3vr			he is completely lovely	0	Alternate translation: “every part of him is lovely” or “all of him is lovely”
-5:16	pi1a			This is my beloved, and this is my friend	0	The word “This” refers to the man that the woman has just finished describing. Alternate translation: “That is what the one I love is like, and that is what my friend is like”
-5:16	zd7b			my beloved	0	This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
-5:16	r6zc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	daughters of Jerusalem	0	“young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md).
-6:intro	fa9a				0	# Song of Songs 6 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Beauty\n\nThe woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-6:1	z4sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry		0	# General Information:\n\nThe fifth part of the book begins here. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-6:1	xnv3			In what direction has your beloved gone	0	Alternate translation: “Which way did your beloved go”
-6:1	wr5y			your beloved	0	This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love”
-6:1	emy4			most beautiful among women	0	“you who are the most beautiful of all women.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:8](../01/08.md).
-6:1	ise2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	gone, so that we may seek him with you?	0	The words “tell us” are understood from the context. They can be stated clearly Alternate translation: “gone? Tell us, so that we can look for him with you.”
-6:2	vrq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	My beloved has gone down to his garden	0	The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. See the explanation of this metaphor in [Song of Songs 5:1](../05/01.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-6:2	v5x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	beds of spices	0	gardens or parts of gardens where people grow spices. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 5:13](../05/13.md).
-6:2	w7gn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	to graze in the garden and to gather lilies	0	These words are metaphors for the man enjoying her body.
-6:2	st2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	graze	0	“feeds” or “eats grass.” The woman speaks of the man as if he were “a gazelle or a young stag” ([Song of Songs 2:17](../02/16.md)) that eats plants among the lilies. Grazing is probably a metaphor for lovemaking ([Song of Songs 2:1–2](../02/01.md)). See how you translated “he grazes” in [Song of Songs 2:16](../02/16.md).
-6:2	e94c			to gather lilies	0	Alternate translation: “to pick lilies”
-6:2	gp6q			lilies	0	sweet-smelling flowers that grow in places where there is much water. Translate as the plural of “lily” in [Song of Songs 2:1](../02/01.md).
-6:3	z5rf			my beloved	0	This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
-6:3	lr7w			I am my beloved’s, and my beloved is mine	0	See how you translated the similar phrase “My beloved is mine, and I am his” in [Song of Songs 2:16](../02/16.md).
-6:3	p4l4			he grazes among the lilies with pleasure	0	See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:16](../02/16.md).
-6:4	q66q				0	# General Information:\n\nHere begins Part Five of the book
-6:4	xk88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	as beautiful as Tirzah, my love, as lovely as Jerusalem	0	These cities were famous for being beautiful and pleasant to be in. The man thinks the woman is beautiful, and he takes pleasure in being with her.
-6:4	nj8w			my love	0	“you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md).
-6:4	rjr5			lovely	0	See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:5](../01/05.md).
-6:5	lbz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	שַׂעְרֵ⁠ךְ֙ כְּ⁠עֵ֣דֶר הָֽ⁠עִזִּ֔ים שֶׁ⁠גָּלְשׁ֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠גִּלְעָֽד	1	See how you translated the sentence **Your hair is like a flock of goats\nthat hop down from Gilead** in [4:1](../04/01.md).
-6:6	lxi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	שִׁנַּ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ כְּ⁠עֵ֣דֶר הָֽ⁠רְחֵלִ֔ים שֶׁ⁠עָל֖וּ מִן־הָ⁠רַחְצָ֑ה שֶׁ⁠כֻּלָּ⁠ם֙ מַתְאִימ֔וֹת וְ⁠שַׁכֻּלָ֖ה אֵ֥ין בָּ⁠הֶֽם	1	 See how you translated the almost identical verse in [4:2](../04/02.md).
-6:6	j7se		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	coming up from the washing place	0	The ewes are coming up out of the water. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:2](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “that are coming up out of the water after people have washed them”
-6:6	x7hr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Each one has a twin	0	Sheep usually give birth to two lambs at one time. These twin lamb usually look like one another. Each of the woman’s teeth has a matching tooth on the other side of her mouth. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:2](../04/02.md).
-6:6	s4qj			none among them is bereaved	0	Each of the woman’s teeth has a matching tooth on the other side of her mouth. She has not lost any of her teeth. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:2](../04/02.md).
-6:6	j4u3			bereaved	0	lost a loved one who has died. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:2](../04/02.md).
-6:7	zid1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	are like pomegranate halves	0	Pomegranates are smooth, round, and rich red. The man thinks the woman’s cheeks are beautiful and show that she is healthy. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “are red and round like two halves of a pomegranate” or “are red and full and healthy”
-6:7	z88b			behind your veil	0	See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:1](../04/01.md).
-6:9	a2hh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	My dove	0	The Israelites considered doves beautiful birds with pleasant voices. The man thinks the woman’s face and voice are beautiful. If calling a woman a “dove” would be offensive, you could leave out the metaphor. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “You beautiful woman”
-6:9	dk9e			my undefiled	0	“my perfect one” or “my faithful one” or “my innocent one.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 5:2](../05/02.md).
-6:9	tej6			the woman who bore her	0	“the woman who gave birth to her.” This phrase refers to her mother.
-6:9	wmx6			young women … queens … concubines	0	the women spoken of in [Song of Songs 6:8](./08.md).
-6:9	al8y			called her blessed	0	Alternate translation: “said that things had gone especially well for her”
-6:10	cw4k				0	# General Information:\n\nThe ULT understands this to be what the queens and the concubines said about the woman. However, some versions understand these to be the words of the man.
-6:10	g6e9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Who is this who appears like the dawn … banners?	0	They are using this question to say that they think the young woman is amazing. Alternate translation: “This is an amazing woman! She comes into view like the dawn … banners!”
-6:10	y3dp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	who appears like the dawn	0	The dawn is beautiful. The woman is beautiful. Alternate translation: “who comes into view like the dawn”
-6:10	vb8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	as awe-inspiring as an army with its banners	0	See how you translated the similar phrase “terrifying like bannered armies” in [6:4](../06/04.md).
-6:11	xmc2			grove	0	See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 4:13](../04/12.md).
-6:11	vs9r			young growth	0	Alternate translation: “young plants” or “new shoots”
-6:11	qw4q			had budded	0	“had grown their buds.” Buds are the small round parts of plants which open up into flowers.
-6:11	w8xh			were in bloom	0	Alternate translation: “were opening their flowers”
-6:12	lt9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	I was so happy that I felt I was riding in the chariot of a prince	0	The man uses this image to express how happy he is.
-6:13	u681				0	# General Information:\n\nThis is 7:1, the first verse of chapter seven, in some versions. The ULT understands this to be the friends and the woman talking to each other. Some versions understand this to be the man speaking to the woman.
-6:13	sm5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	Turn back … gaze on you	0	Possible meanings here are: (1) the friends are speaking to the woman or (2) the man is referring to himself in plural.
-6:13	x9hk			Turn back, turn back	0	“Come back, come back.” This is repeated for emphasis.
-6:13	za54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	we may gaze	0	Some versions understand the plural to refer to the man speaking of himself. Alternate translation: “I may gaze”
-6:13	c258			gaze	0	look intently for a long time
-6:13	e2bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	Why do you gaze on the perfect woman … armies	0	Possible meanings here are: (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men.
+4:10	d1m6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שְׁמָנַ֖יִ⁠ךְ	1	Here, **oils** refers to perfumes. In the author’s culture pleasant smelling spices were mixed into olive oil in order to make a pleasant smelling perfume which was then put on the skin. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your scented oils” or “the perfumed oils on your skin”
+4:10	ts8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	שְׁמָנַ֖יִ⁠ךְ	1	The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the words “is better” from the context as modeled by the ULT.
+4:11	fw88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נֹ֛פֶת תִּטֹּ֥פְנָה שִׂפְתוֹתַ֖יִ⁠ךְ	1	Here the the woman’s **lips** refer to the kisses from her **lips**. The man says that her **lips drip with nectar** to indicate the pleasantness of her kisses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your kisses are so pleasant that it is as if your lips drip with nectar” or “Your kisses are delightfully sweet” or “Being kissed by you is as enjoyable as eating honey” 
+4:11	l8xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נֹ֛פֶת	1	The word translated as **nectar** refers specifically to honey which drips or flows from honeycomb. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly by translating it as “honey” as modeled by the UST.
+4:11	vc6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דְּבַ֤שׁ וְ⁠חָלָב֙ תַּ֣חַת לְשׁוֹנֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	The phrase **honey and milk are under your tongue** could mean: (1) that the taste of the woman’s kisses were as pleasant as milk and honey. Alternate translation: “your kisses are like milk and honey to me” or “your kisses are as pleasant and delightful as milk and honey” (2) that the woman’s words were as pleasant as milk and honey. Alternate translation: “your words are as pleasant as milk and honey” (3) that both the woman’s kisses and her words were as pleasant as milk and honey. Alternate translation: “the kisses from your mouth and your words are as pleasant as milk and honey to me” 
+4:11	nyc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠רֵ֥יחַ שַׂלְמֹתַ֖יִ⁠ךְ כְּ⁠רֵ֥יחַ לְבָנֽוֹן	1	**Lebanon** is known for its forests of cedar trees. Cedar trees have a very pleasant smell. The phrase **the smell of your garments is like the smell of Lebanon** probably means that the woman’s clothes smelled like the smell of cedar wood. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the smell of your garments is like the smell of Lebanon’s pleasant smelling cedar” 
+4:12	ik5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	גַּ֥ן ׀ נָע֖וּל אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י כַלָּ֑ה גַּ֥ל נָע֖וּל מַעְיָ֥ן חָתֽוּם	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “My sister, my bride; you are a locked garden, a locked spring, a sealed fountain” 
+4:12	j45u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	גַּ֥ן ׀ נָע֖וּל אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י כַלָּ֑ה	1	The man is speaking of the woman as if she were a **locked garden**. He uses **garden** as a poetic way of referring to the woman herself and by saying she is a **locked garden** he means that the woman is both beautiful and seemingly inaccessible like a **locked garden**. If it would help your readers you could express the meaning as a simile. Alternate translation: “You are like a locked garden my sister, my bride” 
+4:12	nxse		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	גַּ֥ן ׀ נָע֖וּל אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י כַלָּ֑ה	1	The word translated as **garden** refers to a large enclosed area where bushes, flowers, plants, and trees grow. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of garden, you could use the name of something similar in your area that would fit this context or you could use a descriptive phrase to explain it or explain it in a footnote. Alternate translation: “A locked park where many trees and plants grow is my sister, my bride” 
+4:12	whp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י	1	See how you translated the phrase **my sister** in [4:9](../04/09.md).
+4:12	i5nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	גַּ֥ל נָע֖וּל מַעְיָ֥ן חָתֽוּם	1	The man continues to draw an extended comparison between the woman he loves and a **garden** by speaking of the woman as if she were **a locked spring** and **a sealed fountain** within a **locked garden**. The man means that the woman’s body is beautiful and seemingly inaccessible like a **a locked spring** or **a sealed fountain**. If you translated **A locked garden is my sister, my bride** as a simile then you should also translate these two phrases as similes. Alternate translation: “you are like a locked spring, you are like a sealed fountain” 
+4:12	z4b8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	גַּ֥ל נָע֖וּל מַעְיָ֥ן חָתֽוּם	1	The phrase **a locked spring** and the phrase **a sealed fountain** mean basically the same thing. The author is saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one, as modeled by the UST, and show the emphasis in some other way.
+4:13-14	unsg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	שְׁלָחַ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ פַּרְדֵּ֣ס רִמּוֹנִ֔ים עִ֖ם פְּרִ֣י מְגָדִ֑ים כְּפָרִ֖ים עִם־נְרָדִֽים…נֵ֣רְדְּ ׀ וְ⁠כַרְכֹּ֗ם קָנֶה֙ וְ⁠קִנָּמ֔וֹן עִ֖ם כָּל־עֲצֵ֣י לְבוֹנָ֑ה מֹ֚ר וַ⁠אֲהָל֔וֹת עִ֖ם כָּל־רָאשֵׁ֥י בְשָׂמִֽים	1	The man is making a comparison between these things and the woman by speaking of her as if she is **an orchard of pomegranate trees** and as as if she is various other spices and pleasant smelling plants and trees that are in the “locked garden” ([4:12](../04/12.md)). If you translated [4:12](../04/12.md) as a simile you should also translate these two verses as a simile. Alternate translation: “You are like an orchard of pomegranate trees with delicious fruits; henna with nard, nard and saffron; calamus and cinnamon with all trees of frankincense; myrrh and aloes with all the best spices” 
+4:13-14	ad8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	שְׁלָחַ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ פַּרְדֵּ֣ס רִמּוֹנִ֔ים עִ֖ם פְּרִ֣י מְגָדִ֑ים כְּפָרִ֖ים עִם־נְרָדִֽים…נֵ֣רְדְּ ׀ וְ⁠כַרְכֹּ֗ם קָנֶה֙ וְ⁠קִנָּמ֔וֹן עִ֖ם כָּל־עֲצֵ֣י לְבוֹנָ֑ה מֹ֚ר וַ⁠אֲהָל֔וֹת עִ֖ם כָּל־רָאשֵׁ֥י בְשָׂמִֽים	1	Here the man is poetically describing how wonderful the woman is by describing her as if she is a garden where all types of pleasant plants and trees grow. These plants and trees would not normally grow in the same location (garden) because they normally grew in different climates (areas) but because this is poetry the author imaginatively places these plants in one garden to create a poetic comparison for how wonderful the woman he loves is. If it would help your readers, you could indicate in a footnote that the author is using plants and trees from different areas to create an imaginative image of how wonderful the woman is. 
+4:13	nsr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	שְׁלָחַ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙	1	The word translated as **shoots** refers to the parts of something that come out from it. Here, the word refers to the stems and roots that come out (shoot out) from trees and plants. The word **shoots** is used here to refer to the woman so if it would help your readers you could translate the phrase **Your shoots** as “You” as modeled by the UST. Alternately, you could translate **shoots** with a general word that your language uses to speak of what grows out of plants and trees. Alternate translation: “Your sprouts are” 
+4:13-14	dju5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כְּפָרִ֖ים עִם־נְרָדִֽים…נֵ֣רְדְּ	1	See how you translated the word **nard** in [1:12](../01/12.md) and the word **henna** in [1:14](../01/14.md).
+4:14	dxj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠כַרְכֹּ֗ם קָנֶה֙ וְ⁠קִנָּמ֔וֹן…וַ⁠אֲהָל֔וֹת	1	The word **saffron** refers to a beautiful flowering plant that produces purple flowers and the word **calamus** refers to a cane. Both **saffron** and **calamus** were used to make a pleasant smelling oil. The term **cinnamon** refers to a spice made from the bark of the **cinnamon** tree. The term **aloes** refers to the pleasant smelling resin that comes from specific trees in Asia. If one or more of these plants are unknown in your area you could use use the name of something similar in your area or you could retain the name and use a footnote explaining what the plant is. Alternate translation: “and saffron flowers, calamus canes and cinnamon trees … pleasant smelling resin called aloes” 
+4:15	z2an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	 מַעְיַ֣ן גַּנִּ֔ים בְּאֵ֖ר מַ֣יִם חַיִּ֑ים וְ⁠נֹזְלִ֖ים מִן־לְבָנֽוֹן	1	Here, the man continues the metaphor that he began in [4:12](../04/12.md) and speaks of the woman he loves as if she were **a fountain** in a garden, **a well of living water** and **flowing streams from Lebanon**. If you translated [4:12-14](../04/12.md) as a simile you should also translate this verse as a simile See how you translated the word “garden” in [4:12](../04/12.md). Alternate translation: “you are like a fountain of gardens, like a well of living water and like flowing streams from Lebanon” 
+4:15	bj5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַעְיַ֣ן גַּנִּ֔ים	1	The term translated as **fountain** refers to a spring or underground well that is dug in order to be used as a water source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a garden spring” or “a garden well”  
+4:15	t9ch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural	מַעְיַ֣ן גַּנִּ֔ים	1	Here, the author could be using the plural form **gardens** to: (1) designate the kind of **fountain** that would be in **gardens**. Alternate translation: “a garden fountain” (2) designate a large garden. Alternate translation: “a fountain in a large garden” 
+4:15	ke0n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַ֣יִם חַיִּ֑ים	1	Here, the term **living** means that the water is fresh and flowing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “fresh water” or “flowing water” 
+4:16	jv5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	ע֤וּרִי צָפוֹן֙ וּ⁠ב֣וֹאִי תֵימָ֔ן הָפִ֥יחִי גַנִּ֖⁠י יִזְּל֣וּ בְשָׂמָ֑י⁠ו	1	The woman is speaking to the **wind** which she knows cannot hear her. She is doing this to communicate her strong desire that the pleasant smell of her body will flow through the air and attract the man she loves so that he will come to her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a wish or desire. Alternate translation: “I wish that the north wind and south wind would come and blow on my garden and let its spices flow”
+4:16	x71g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וּ⁠ב֣וֹאִי…יָבֹ֤א דוֹדִ⁠י֙	1	Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “and go … Let my beloved go” 
+4:16	l273		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ע֤וּרִי צָפוֹן֙ וּ⁠ב֣וֹאִי תֵימָ֔ן הָפִ֥יחִי גַנִּ֖⁠י יִזְּל֣וּ בְשָׂמָ֑י⁠ו יָבֹ֤א דוֹדִ⁠י֙ לְ⁠גַנּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠יֹאכַ֖ל פְּרִ֥י מְגָדָֽי⁠ו	1	Here, the woman continues the “garden” metaphor (that the man began in [4:12](../04/12.md)) by referring to her body as **my garden** and then **his garden**. In this verse the woman calls to the wind to blow on her **garden** so that **its spices flow** into the air and attract the man she loves. The woman then offers her body to the man she loves by inviting him to **come to his garden** (a poetic way of inviting him to come to her and enjoy her body). You should translate the term **garden** here the same way you did in [4:12](../04/12.md) because both uses refer to the woman’s body. In [4:13](../04/13.md) the man spoke of the woman’s body as “an orchard of pomegranate trees with delicious fruits” and here the woman invites the man to **come to his garden and eat its delicious fruit**. If you translated [4:12-15](../04/12.md) as a simile, you should also translate the sentence **Let my beloved come to his garden and eat its delicious fruit** as a simile.
+4:16	kdi9			יִזְּל֣וּ בְשָׂמָ֑י⁠ו	1	Alternate translation: “and carry the pleasant smell of its spices through the air” or “and make the pleasant smell of its spices flow through the air” 
+5:intro	kdw4				0	# Song of Songs 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n\n5:1 The conclusion of the garden metaphor\n\n5:2-8 The theme of longing and searching. \n\n5:9 The women of Jerusalem ask the young women why she thinks the man she loves is special\n\n5:10-16 The woman responds to the question the young women of Jerusalem asked her\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The attractiveness of the man\n\nThe woman describes the man as the epitome of male attractiveness.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nAs the author has done throughout this book so far, he continues to use metaphors to describe feeling and events that are common to romantic relationships. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Order of events\n\n5:2-8 seems to describe events that would have chronologically and logically occurred before the events described in 3:6-5:1. The solution to this seeming problem is to understand that this book is poetry and that the author is poetically describing emotions and feelings that occur between a man and woman who romantically love each other. Because the author is using poetry to describe the couple’s romantic relationship and its associated feelings, he does not need to follow the conventions of chronological story telling.\n\n### Whether 5:2-8 describes events that really happened or that happened in a dream.\n\nThere are two main views among Bible scholars regarding the events described in 5:2-8. One view is that the events which 5:2-8 describe happened in a dream. The other view is that the events that 5:2-8 describe actually happened after the man awakened the women from sleeping or from being nearly asleep. The vast majority of Bible scholars think that the first view is correct, that the events described in 5:2-8 happened in a dream.\n\n### The “sister” metaphor\n\nThe phrase **my sister** is used in 4:9; 4:10, 4:12, 5:1, and 5:2. The man uses this phrase as a term of endearment for the woman he loves. The woman is not actually his sister. You should translate this phrase in 5:1, and 5:2 the same way as you translated it in 4:9; 4:10, and 4:12 because the author uses it with the same meaning in this chapter. See the note at the first occurrence of this phrase in 4:9 for more information regarding this phrase.\n\n
+5:1	f2qr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	בָּ֣אתִי לְ⁠גַנִּ⁠י֮ אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י כַלָּה֒ אָרִ֤יתִי מוֹרִ⁠י֙ עִם־בְּשָׂמִ֔⁠י אָכַ֤לְתִּי יַעְרִ⁠י֙ עִם־דִּבְשִׁ֔⁠י שָׁתִ֥יתִי יֵינִ֖⁠י עִם־חֲלָבִ֑⁠י	1	Here, the man continues using the “garden” metaphor that he began in [4:12](../04/12.md) and again refers to the woman’s body as a **garden**. Here the man accepts the woman’s invitation (that she gave in the previous verse) to enjoy her body. The lines **I have plucked my myrrh with my spice** and **I have eaten my honeycomb with my honey** and **I have drunk my wine with my milk** are all metaphors for the man enjoying the woman’s body. If you used similes to translate [4:12-16](../04/12.md) you should continue to do so here. Alternate translation: “You who are as dear to me as a sister, my bride, I am ready to go with you and enjoy the delights of your body, it will be as though I will be gathering myrrh with my other spices, and eating my honey and honeycomb, and drinking my wine and my milk” 
+5:1	dr7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בָּ֣אתִי לְ⁠גַנִּ⁠י֮ אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י כַלָּה֒ אָרִ֤יתִי מוֹרִ⁠י֙ עִם־בְּשָׂמִ֔⁠י אָכַ֤לְתִּי יַעְרִ⁠י֙ עִם־דִּבְשִׁ֔⁠י שָׁתִ֥יתִי יֵינִ֖⁠י עִם־חֲלָבִ֑⁠י	1	Though the man is speaking as if he has already done these things. He is actually getting ready to do them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am going to come to my garden, my sister, my bride; I will pluck my myrrh with my spice. I will eat my honeycomb with my honey; I will drink my wine with my milk” 
+5:1	m575		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	בָּ֣אתִי	1	Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I have gone” 
+5:1	jf09		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	בָּ֣אתִי לְ⁠גַנִּ⁠י֮ אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י כַלָּה֒	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “My sister, my bride, I have come to my garden”
+5:1	tgd7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲחֹתִ֣⁠י	1	See how you translated the phrase **my sister** in [4:9](../04/09.md).
+5:1	bxja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	אִכְל֣וּ רֵעִ֔ים שְׁת֥וּ וְ⁠שִׁכְר֖וּ דּוֹדִֽים	1	The author does not say who is speaking to the couple here so you should not indicate the speakers explicitly in the text of your translation. However, if you are using section headers to indicate who is speaking, as the UST does, the speakers could be: (1) the “daughters of Jerusalem” who spoke earlier in the book. The daughters of Jerusalem are speaking to the couple at the couple’s wedding. If you are using section headers you can use a phrase such as “The young women of Jerusalem speaking to the couple” or “The young women of Jerusalem speak to the couple at their wedding”  (2) a group of people who are the couple’s friends and wedding guests. If you are using section headers you can use a phrase such as “The couple’s friends speak ” or “The couple’s wedding guests speak” 
+5:1	i16q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אִכְל֣וּ רֵעִ֔ים שְׁת֥וּ וְ⁠שִׁכְר֖וּ דּוֹדִֽים	1	Eating and drinking are metaphors which are used to represent the newly married couple enjoying their sexual union. The phrase **be drunk with love** is an encouragement to fully enjoy the delights of their sexual union. If it would help your readers you could express the meaning with a simile. Alternate translation: “Enjoy your marital intimacy and make love until you are fully satisfied as if you are eating food until full and drinking wine freely”
+5:1	doim		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אִכְל֣וּ רֵעִ֔ים שְׁת֥וּ וְ⁠שִׁכְר֖וּ דּוֹדִֽים	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verb phrase, as modeled by the UST, or you could translate it in some other way that is natural in your language.
+5:2	biy3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֲנִ֥י יְשֵׁנָ֖ה וְ⁠לִבִּ֣⁠י עֵ֑ר	1	Here, the term **heart** could represent: (1) the woman’s thoughts and mental awareness which would make the phrase **my heart is awake** mean that her mind is alert and dreaming after she had started to sleep. Alternate translation: “I am asleep, but my mind is dreaming” or “I am asleep, but my mind is alert and dreaming” (2) the woman’s entire person which would make the phrase **my heart is awake** mean that she had been awakened after falling **asleep** or awakened after she was almost **asleep**. Alternate translation: “I was almost asleep, now I am awakened” or “I was asleep, but now I have been awakened” 
+5:2	kri6			ק֣וֹל ׀ דּוֹדִ֣⁠י דוֹפֵ֗ק	1	Alternate translation: “I hear a sound, it is my beloved knocking” or “I hear a sound, it is the sound of my beloved knocking on my door”
+5:2	tk43			דּוֹדִ֣⁠י	1	See how you translated the phrase **my beloved** in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “my lover”
+5:2	rx38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲחֹתִ֤⁠י רַעְיָתִ⁠י֙ 	1	See how you translated the phrase **my sister** in [4:9](../04/09.md) and the phrase **my darling** in [1:9](../01/09.md).
+5:2	us5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יוֹנָתִ֣⁠י	1	See how you translated the phrase **my dove** in [2:14](../02/14.md).
+5:2	yh2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	שֶׁ⁠רֹּאשִׁ⁠י֙ נִמְלָא־טָ֔ל	1	Here, the phrase **full of** is a Hebrew idiom which means “wet with.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because my head is wet with dew”
+5:2	d3gt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	קְוֻּצּוֹתַ֖⁠י	1	The words “is full of” are understood from the previous phrase. If it would help your readers, they can be repeated here as modeled by the ULT.
+5:3	m1u3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	פָּשַׁ֨טְתִּי֙ אֶת־כֻּתָּנְתִּ֔⁠י אֵיכָ֖כָה אֶלְבָּשֶׁ֑⁠נָּה רָחַ֥צְתִּי אֶת־רַגְלַ֖⁠י אֵיכָ֥כָה אֲטַנְּפֵֽ⁠ם	1	In this verse, the author quotes: (1) what the woman thought to herself. Alternate translation: “I thought to myself; I have taken off my robe; how will I put it on? I have washed my feet; how could I get them dirty?” (2) the woman speaking directly to the man. Alternate translation: “I said to the man I love; I have taken off my robe; how will I put it on? I have washed my feet; how could I get them dirty?” 
+5:3	g6z2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	אֵיכָ֖כָה אֶלְבָּשֶׁ֑⁠נָּה רָחַ֥צְתִּי אֶת־רַגְלַ֖⁠י אֵיכָ֥כָה אֲטַנְּפֵֽ⁠ם	1	The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation and express the emphasis in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I do not want to put it back on! I have already washed my feet so I do not want to get them dirty again!”
+5:4	nns1			דּוֹדִ֗⁠י	1	See how you translated the phrase **my beloved** in [1:13](../01/13.md).
+5:4	xks3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠מֵעַ֖⁠י הָמ֥וּ עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	Here, **belly** represents the center of a person’s emotions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and my feelings for him roared”
+5:4	az6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וּ⁠מֵעַ֖⁠י הָמ֥וּ עָלָֽי⁠ו	1	Here, the phrase **my belly roared** means that the woman’s feelings were aroused. The term **belly** represents the woman’s feelings and the woman saying that her feelings **roared** is a poetic way of saying that her feelings were aroused. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “and my feelings for him were aroused” 
+5:5	w3k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠יָדַ֣⁠י נָֽטְפוּ־מ֗וֹר וְ⁠אֶצְבְּעֹתַ⁠י֙ מ֣וֹר עֹבֵ֔ר	1	The phrase **my hands dripped with myrrh** and the phrase **my fingers dripped with flowing myrrh** mean basically the same thing. The second phrase emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “and my hands dripped with myrrh, yes, my fingers dripped with flowing myrrh”
+5:5	ycr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מ֣וֹר עֹבֵ֔ר	1	The phrase translated as **flowing myrrh** refers to liquid myrrh. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “liquid myrrh”
+5:5	yfag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠אֶצְבְּעֹתַ⁠י֙	1	The woman is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT which adds the words “dripped with.”
+5:6	b7qk			לְ⁠דוֹדִ֔⁠י וְ⁠דוֹדִ֖⁠י	1	See how you translated the phrase **my beloved** in [1:13](../01/13.md). 
+5:6	y1yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	עָבָ֑ר 	1	Your language may say “went” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “and went” 
+5:6	fxej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	נַפְשִׁ⁠י֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה	1	Your language may say “gone” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “My soul had gone out” 
+5:6	z8na		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	נַפְשִׁ⁠י֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה	1	Here, **soul** represents the entire person, and the phrase **My soul went out** is a Hebrew idiom that means to feel extreme despair. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My heart sank” or “I felt great despair” 
+5:6	h4tj			בְ⁠דַבְּר֔⁠וֹ	1	Here, the word translated as **when he departed** could mean: (1) **when he departed**. If you choose this option use the translation of the ULT as a model. (2) “when he spoke.” Alternate translation: “when he spoke”  
+5:6	s6qy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠לֹ֥א עָנָֽ⁠נִי	1	The reason the man did not answer is because he was not there. If your readers might mistakenly think that the phrase **he did not answer** implies that the man was present, you could state explicitly that the man was not there or you could use a different phrase to express the meaning such as “but there was no answer.” Alternate translation: “but he did not answer me because he was not there” or “but there was no answer”
+5:7	a9yk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מְצָאֻ֧⁠נִי הַ⁠שֹּׁמְרִ֛ים הַ⁠סֹּבְבִ֥ים בָּ⁠עִ֖יר	1	See how you translated the sentence **The guards going about in the city found me** in [3:3](../03/03.md).
+5:7	fr13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	הִכּ֣וּ⁠נִי פְצָע֑וּ⁠נִי נָשְׂא֤וּ אֶת־רְדִידִ⁠י֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלַ֔⁠י שֹׁמְרֵ֖י הַ⁠חֹמֽוֹת	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “The guards of the walls beat me and wounded me; they lifted my shawl from me” 
+5:7	ektd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הִכּ֣וּ⁠נִי פְצָע֑וּ⁠נִי	1	The reason that the city watchmen **beat** and **wounded** the woman is because they thought she was a prostitute. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST.
+5:7	nnql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אֶת־רְדִידִ⁠י֙	1	The word translated as **shawl** could refer to: (1) a light article of clothing like a **shawl** or cloak that was worn as an outer garment and wrapped around the body. Alternate translation: “my cloak” (2) a large veil. Alternate translation: “my veil” 
+5:7	euu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שֹׁמְרֵ֖י הַ⁠חֹמֽוֹת	1	The men called **the guards of the walls** are the same men as **The guards going about in the city** mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those guards who were going about in the city guarding the walls”
+5:8	czu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	הִשְׁבַּ֥עְתִּי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם בְּנ֣וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם	1	See how you translated the phrase **I adjure you, daughters of Jerusalem** in [2:7](../02/07.md).
+5:8	v5m3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	שֶׁ⁠חוֹלַ֥ת אַהֲבָ֖ה אָֽנִי	1	See how you translated the phrase **sick with love am I** in [2:5](../02/05.md) 
+5:8	r20s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	שֶׁ⁠חוֹלַ֥ת אַהֲבָ֖ה אָֽנִי	1	The woman is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT.
+5:9	tgep		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	מַה־דּוֹדֵ֣⁠ךְ מִ⁠דּ֔וֹד הַ⁠יָּפָ֖ה בַּ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים מַה־דּוֹדֵ֣⁠ךְ מִ⁠דּ֔וֹד שֶׁ⁠כָּ֖כָה הִשְׁבַּעְתָּֽ⁠נוּ	1	The phrase **What is your beloved more than another beloved** is repeated for emphasis. This is a common feature of Hebrew poetry, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if asking the same question twice would be confusing to your readers you could combine them into one. Alternate translation: “What is your beloved more than another beloved, most beautiful among women, that thus you adjure us” or “Most beautiful among women, what is your beloved more than another beloved, that thus you adjure us” 
+5:9	vbc6			מַה־דּוֹדֵ֣⁠ךְ מִ⁠דּ֔וֹד	1	Alternate translation: “What makes the man you love better than other men” or “What is so special about the man you love” 
+5:9	zeav		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מַה־דּוֹדֵ֣⁠ךְ מִ⁠דּ֔וֹד הַ⁠יָּפָ֖ה בַּ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Most beautiful among women, what is your beloved more than another beloved” 
+5:9	eap5			הַ⁠יָּפָ֖ה בַּ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים	1	See how you translated the phrase **most beautiful among women** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
+5:9	sj0b			שֶׁ⁠כָּ֖כָה הִשְׁבַּעְתָּֽ⁠נוּ	1	Alternate translation: “with the result that thus you adjure us” or “with the result that you request us to promise that we tell him that” or “that would make you want to thus adjure us” 
+5:9	zp43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	הִשְׁבַּעְתָּֽ⁠נוּ	1	See how you translated the word **adjure** in the previous verse. 
+5:10	xuy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	דּוֹדִ֥⁠י צַח֙ וְ⁠אָד֔וֹם	1	The word translated here as **shimmering** refers to something that is “radiant” or “glowing.” Here it means that the man’s skin had a healthy glow. The word **red** refers to the man’s healthy color of skin that was a brownish red or reddish brown color. These two words are used together to indicate that the man’s skin and complexion looked healthy and handsome. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that these two words refer to his skin or you could summarize what they indicate when used together as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “My beloved has radiant and healthy skin” or “My beloved’s skin glows and is a handsome reddish brown” or “My beloved’s skin is radiant and reddish-brown” 
+5:10	ie7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	דָּג֖וּל מֵ⁠רְבָבָֽה	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state the phrase **able to be distinguished from** in active form or use an adjective such as “distinguishable” or “outstanding,” or express the meaning in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he is distinguishable from ten thousand other men” 
+5:10	hms2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דָּג֖וּל מֵ⁠רְבָבָֽה	1	In the Hebrew language **ten thousand** is the highest number that was used when making comparisons so the woman uses this number here to stand for an uncountable number of **other people**. If you have a similar expression in your culture you could use that. Alternately, if it would help your readers, you could state the meaning plainly.  Alternate translation: “better than anyone else” or “there is no one else like him” or “one in a million” 
+5:11	s23z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ כֶּ֣תֶם פָּ֑ז	1	The woman is speaking of the man’s **head** as if it were **gold**. Because she speaks of the appearance of the man’s **hairs** in the following line she probably intends to speak of the man’s face in this line and express that his face resembles the dazzling, beautiful appearance of gold. The phrase **refined gold** indicates that the **gold** is very special and valuable. By saying that the man’s **head** is **refined gold** the woman is probably indicating that the man she loves is special and has great worth. If it would help your readers you could use a simile to express the meaning or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “His head is like gold that is refined” or “His face is beautiful and gleams like gold. He is precious and valuable like refined gold” or “His face gleams. He is precious and valuable” 
+5:11	mojr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׁחֹר֖וֹת כָּ⁠עוֹרֵֽב	1	A **raven** is a large bird with dark black feathers. Ravens are as big as some hawks and are similar in color and appearance to crows but larger. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bird, you could use the name of a similar bird in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “black like a bird with dark black feathers” or “black like a dark black bird” 
+5:11	m1w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	קְוּצּוֹתָי⁠ו֙ תַּלְתַּלִּ֔ים שְׁחֹר֖וֹת כָּ⁠עוֹרֵֽב	1	The point of the comparison **black like the raven** is that the man’s hair is dark **black** like the color of a **raven**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “his hair is wavy and dark black”\n\n
+5:12	m6e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	עֵינָ֕י⁠ו כְּ⁠יוֹנִ֖ים עַל־אֲפִ֣יקֵי מָ֑יִם רֹֽחֲצוֹת֙ בֶּֽ⁠חָלָ֔ב יֹשְׁב֖וֹת עַל־מִלֵּֽאת	1	In [1:15](../01/15.md) the man said to the woman, “your eyes are doves.” Here, the woman uses the word **like** instead of “are” and compares the man’s **eyes** to **doves** that are **bathing in milk** and are by water. The phrase **bathing in milk** explains what color the **doves** (eyes) are. The two phrases, **beside stream beds of water** and **sitting by the pools**, both describe the **doves** as being by water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could add the words “that are” and “and” to show that the comparison continues throughout the verse. Alternately, you could express the meaning in plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “His eyes are like doves beside stream beds of water, that are bathing in milk and sitting beside the pools”
+5:12	knr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	עֵינָ֕י⁠ו כְּ⁠יוֹנִ֖ים עַל־אֲפִ֣יקֵי מָ֑יִם רֹֽחֲצוֹת֙ בֶּֽ⁠חָלָ֔ב יֹשְׁב֖וֹת עַל־מִלֵּֽאת	1	The phrases **beside stream beds of water** and **sitting by the pools** mean basically the same thing. They both describe the **doves** as being by water. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “His eyes are like doves beside stream beds of water, bathing in milk” or “His eyes are like doves bathing in milk, sitting by the pools”
+5:13	mem2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	לְחָיָ⁠ו֙ כַּ⁠עֲרוּגַ֣ת הַ⁠בֹּ֔שֶׂם מִגְדְּל֖וֹת מֶרְקָחִ֑ים	1	Here, the man’s **cheeks** are compared to a garden, or an area in a garden, used for planting **spices**. The phrase **yielding herbal spices** further describes the first line. The point of this comparison is that the man’s **cheeks** smell **like planters of spices, yielding herbal spices**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “His cheeks smell like a bed of spices that produce herbal spices”
+5:13	h8iu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כַּ⁠עֲרוּגַ֣ת הַ⁠בֹּ֔שֶׂם	1	Here, the term translated as **bed** refers to an area in a garden used for planting. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “like an area for planting spices” or “like a garden bed of spices” or “like planters of spices”
+5:13	a4hu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שִׂפְתוֹתָי⁠ו֙ שֽׁוֹשַׁנִּ֔ים נֹטְפ֖וֹת מ֥וֹר עֹבֵֽר	1	Here, the woman compares the man’s **lips** to **lilies** that are **dripping with flowing myrrh**. The woman probably compares his lips with **lilies, dripping with flowing myrrh** because of the sweet smell of both **lilies** and **myrrh**, because of the beauty and softness of **lilies**, and because the man’s kisses are wet like **flowing myrrh**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “His lips are beautiful, fragrant, and soft. His kisses are sweet-smelling and moist” 
+5:13	t4f1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שֽׁוֹשַׁנִּ֔ים	1	See how you translated **lilies** in [2:16](../02/16.md).
+5:13	x8c2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מ֥וֹר עֹבֵֽר	1	See how you translated the phrase **flowing myrrh** in [5:5](../05/05.md). 
+5:14	nl6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יָדָי⁠ו֙ גְּלִילֵ֣י זָהָ֔ב מְמֻלָּאִ֖ים בַּ⁠תַּרְשִׁ֑ישׁ	1	Here, the woman compares the man’s **arms** to **rods of gold mounted with topaz**. The woman uses this comparison because **rods of gold** were powerful, had an attractive color, and had a finely rounded shape and **topaz** would have made the **rods of gold** even more nice to look at.  If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “His arms are powerful, nicely rounded, and beautiful like rods of gold mounted with topaz”
+5:14	r9p1			יָדָי⁠ו֙	1	The word that the ULT translates as **arms** could: (1) refer to **arms** in which case you can use the ULT’s translation as a model. (2) refer to “hands.” Alternate translation: “His hands are” 
+5:14	h4kv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ⁠תַּרְשִׁ֑ישׁ	1	**topaz** is a beautiful looking gem stone used in jewelry and also to add decoration to other things. Bible scholars are not certain exactly what stone the word the ULT translates as **topaz** refers to. Many different stones have been proposed such as **topaz**, chrysolite, beryl and others. If you have one of these types of stones in your area you could use it in your translation or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “with beautiful stones” or “with jewels” 
+5:14	bg51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מֵעָי⁠ו֙ עֶ֣שֶׁת שֵׁ֔ן מְעֻלֶּ֖פֶת סַפִּירִֽים	1	Here, the woman compares the man’s **belly** to **a plate of ivory covered with sapphires**. Both **ivory** and **sapphires** are very beautiful. By comparing the man’s **belly** **a plate of ivory covered with sapphires** she is saying that the man’s belly looks beautiful and is probably also trying to indicate the specialness or uniqueness of his appearance since **ivory** and **sapphires** were rare and costly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his belly is beautiful and precious” or “his belly is handsome” 
+5:14	xnyk			מֵעָי⁠ו֙	1	Alternate translation: “his stomach is” 
+5:14	k5ga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שֵׁ֔ן	1	The word **ivory** refers to the tusks of a large animal called an elephant. **ivory** is a white color and is very beautiful and costly. If your readers would not be familiar with **ivory** you could explain this term in a footnote.
+5:14	ws92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	סַפִּירִֽים	1	**sapphires** are a beautiful blue gem stone. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with blue gem stones” or “with beautiful blue gem stones” 
+5:15	i1xz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	שׁוֹקָי⁠ו֙ עַמּ֣וּדֵי שֵׁ֔שׁ מְיֻסָּדִ֖ים עַל־אַדְנֵי־פָ֑ז	1	Here, the woman compares the man’s **thighs** to **pillars of alabaster set on bases of gold**. The woman means that the man’s legs are strong and majestic looking like **pillars of alabaster set on bases of gold**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “His thighs are strong and majestic like pillars of alabaster set on bases of gold” 
+5:15	urlk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שׁוֹקָי⁠ו֙	1	The word the ULT translates as **thighs** most likely refers to the entirety of a person’s legs so you could translate this term as **legs** as the UST does, if you desire.
+5:15	juu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שֵׁ֔שׁ	1	The word translated as **alabaster** can refer to either **alabaster** or marble. Both **alabaster** and marble are types of strong stone that are nice looking and are used to make large columns, statues and other things. If your readers would not be familiar with one of these types of stone use the name of the other one. If they are not familiar with either you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “marble” or “stone” 
+5:15	z75c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	מַרְאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ כַּ⁠לְּבָנ֔וֹן בָּח֖וּר כָּ⁠אֲרָזִֽים	1	**Lebanon** was a beautiful mountainous region and the cedar trees that grew there were tall and strong and considered to be the best wood. The word **choice** here means “excellent quality” so the phrase **as choice as the cedars** means that the man is of excellent quality like the **cedars** in **Lebanon**. The point of this comparison is that the man is majestic like the mountainous, wooded area of **Lebanon** and is tall and strong and stately like the **cedars**. Also, similar to how the **cedars** are better than other trees so he is outstanding in comparison to other men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the point of this comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “His appearance is tall and strong and stately. He is outstanding among other men” or “His appearance is majestic. He is strong and tall and better than other men” 
+5:16	sc8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חִכּ⁠וֹ֙ מַֽמְתַקִּ֔ים	1	Here, **mouth** could refer to: (1) the man’s kisses. Alternate translation: “His kisses are most sweet” (2) the man’s words. Alternate translation: “His speech is most sweet” or “The words from his mouth are most sweet”  
+5:16	w3vr			וְ⁠כֻלּ֖⁠וֹ מַחֲמַדִּ֑ים	1	Alternate translation: “and every part of him is very desirable”
+5:16	r6zc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּנ֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	See how you translated the phrase **daughters of Jerusalem** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
+6:intro	fa9a				0	# Song of Songs 6 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Beauty\n\nThe woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nIn the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n\n### The meaning of 6:12\n\n6:12 is very difficult to understand and its meaning is uncertain. Bible scholars have a variety of different opinions on the exact meaning of this verse because it is a very difficult verse and therefore there are a variety of different opinions on how the words and phrases relate to each other and what the exact meaning of some of the words are in context. Published versions of the Bible differ significantly from one another in their rendering of this verse. The ULT seeks to offer a reasonable translation of this verse. But if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may find that it differs from the ULT in the way that it translates this verse. If there is a Bible translation in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If not, you may wish to follow the reading of ULT.\n\n\n### The meaning of the phrase “like the dance of two armies” in 6:13\n\nThe meaning of the phrase “like the dance of two armies” is uncertain and Bible scholars have different opinions on the exact meaning of this verse. The ULT offers one possible translation of this verse. But if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may find that it differs from the ULT in the way that it translates this verse. If there is a Bible translation in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If not, you may wish to follow the reading of ULT.
+6:1	xnv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אָ֚נָה הָלַ֣ךְ דּוֹדֵ֔⁠ךְ הַ⁠יָּפָ֖ה בַּ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים אָ֚נָה פָּנָ֣ה דוֹדֵ֔⁠ךְ וּ⁠נְבַקְשֶׁ֖⁠נּוּ עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	The question **Where did he go, your beloved** and the question **Where did he turn, your beloved** have basically the same meaning. This type of repetition is a common feature of Hebrew poetry. This question is asked twice, in slightly different ways, for emphasis and poetic effect. It would be good to retain this repetition if possible but if saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Where did he go, your beloved, most beautiful woman among women? Let us seek him with you” or “Most beautiful woman among women, where did he turn your beloved? Let us seek him with you” 
+6:1	tgqz			 אָ֚נָה הָלַ֣ךְ דּוֹדֵ֔⁠ךְ & אָ֚נָה פָּנָ֣ה דוֹדֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	Alternate translation: “Where did your beloved go … Where did your beloved turn” 
+6:1	emy4			 הַ⁠יָּפָ֖ה בַּ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים	1	See how you translated the phrase **most beautiful woman among women** in [1:8](../01/08.md).
+6:1	pypx			אָ֚נָה פָּנָ֣ה דוֹדֵ֔⁠ךְ	1	Alternate translation: “Which way did your beloved go”
+6:1	ise2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וּ⁠נְבַקְשֶׁ֖⁠נּוּ עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	The women of Jerusalem are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “tell us, so that we can seek him with you” or “tell us, and let us seek him with you” 
+6:2	vrq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	דּוֹדִ⁠י֙ יָרַ֣ד לְ⁠גַנּ֔⁠וֹ לַ⁠עֲרוּג֖וֹת הַ⁠בֹּ֑שֶׂם לִ⁠רְעוֹת֙ בַּ⁠גַּנִּ֔ים וְ⁠לִ⁠לְקֹ֖ט שֽׁוֹשַׁנִּֽים	1	Here, the word **garden** and **gardens** both refer to the woman’s body. The woman resumes the “garden” metaphor that was used in [4:12-5:1](../04/12.md) by again referring to her body as a **garden**. The phrase **graze in the gardens** and **glean lilies** are both metaphors for the man enjoying the woman’s body. If you used similes to translate [4:12-5:1](../04/12.md) you should continue to use similes here. Alternate translation: “My beloved went to me. I am like a garden where beds of spices grow. He came to me in order to enjoy my body like a gazelle enjoys grazing in gardens and like a person enjoys gleaning lilies” 
+6:2	jgeu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	דּוֹדִ⁠י֙ יָרַ֣ד לְ⁠גַנּ֔⁠וֹ לַ⁠עֲרוּג֖וֹת הַ⁠בֹּ֑שֶׂם	1	The phrase **to the beds of spices** explains where in the **garden** the man **went down to**. This phrase is not describing a separate location from the **garden** (woman). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “My beloved went down to the beds of spices in his garden” or “My beloved went to me who is like his spice garden” 
+6:2	twm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	יָרַ֣ד	1	Your language may say “gone” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “has gone down” 
+6:2	pr3t			לַ⁠עֲרוּג֖וֹת הַ⁠בֹּ֑שֶׂם	1	See how you translated the similar phrase **bed of spices** in [5:13](../05/13.md). 
+6:2	uprg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּ⁠גַּנִּ֔ים	1	Here, the phrase **the gardens** refers to the woman just like the phrase **his garden** earlier in the verse does. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly by translating the phrase **the gardens** as “his gardens” or “his garden.” Alternate translation: “in his gardens” or “in his garden”  
+6:3	lr7w			אֲנִ֤י לְ⁠דוֹדִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠דוֹדִ֣⁠י לִ֔⁠י	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “My beloved belongs to me and I belong to him” in [2:16](../02/16.md).
+6:3	p4l4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הָ⁠רֹעֶ֖ה בַּ⁠שׁוֹשַׁנִּֽים	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “the man grazing among the lilies” in [2:16](../02/16.md).
+6:4	xk88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	יָפָ֨ה אַ֤תְּ רַעְיָתִ⁠י֙ כְּ⁠תִרְצָ֔ה נָאוָ֖ה כִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם	1	The man is saying that the woman is **like** the city of **Tirzah** and **like** the city of **Jerusalem**  because both of these cities were beautiful. These lines are parallel and both mean basically the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the point of comparison explicitly. Alternately, you could combine the lines if it would help your readers. Alternate translation: “You are beautiful, my darling, like the beautiful city of Tirzah, lovely like the lovely city of Jerusalem” or “You are beautiful and lovely, my darling, like the cities of Tirzah and Jerusalem”\n
+6:4	bbrm			יָפָ֨ה אַ֤תְּ רַעְיָתִ⁠י֙	1	See how you translated the phrase “you are beautiful, my darling” in [1:15](../01/15.md).
+6:4	qymv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	יָפָ֨ה אַ֤תְּ רַעְיָתִ⁠י֙ כְּ⁠תִרְצָ֔ה	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “My darling, you are beautiful like Tirzah” 
+6:4	rjr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	נָאוָ֖ה כִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם אֲיֻמָּ֖ה כַּ⁠נִּדְגָּלֽוֹת	1	The man is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you are lovely like Jerusalem, you are awe-inspiring like bannered armies” 
+6:4	ydky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	אֲיֻמָּ֖ה כַּ⁠נִּדְגָּלֽוֹת	1	The man is saying that the woman is **awe-inspiring like bannered armies** because looking at her causes the man to feel a sense of awe that is comparable to seeing an army with its banners above it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the awe I feel when looking at you is like the awe I would feel if I were to see armies with their banners” or “and the awe I feel when looking at you is like the awe I feel when I see armies with their banners above them” 
+6:4	v9dx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כַּ⁠נִּדְגָּלֽוֹת	1	See how you translated the term **banner** in [2:4](../02/04.md). 
+6:5	lbz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	שַׂעְרֵ⁠ךְ֙ כְּ⁠עֵ֣דֶר הָֽ⁠עִזִּ֔ים שֶׁ⁠גָּלְשׁ֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠גִּלְעָֽד	1	See how you translated the similar sentence “Your hair is like a flock of goats that hop down from the slopes of Gilead” in [4:1](../04/01.md).
+6:6	lxi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	שִׁנַּ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ כְּ⁠עֵ֣דֶר הָֽ⁠רְחֵלִ֔ים שֶׁ⁠עָל֖וּ מִן־הָ⁠רַחְצָ֑ה שֶׁ⁠כֻּלָּ⁠ם֙ מַתְאִימ֔וֹת וְ⁠שַׁכֻּלָ֖ה אֵ֥ין בָּ⁠הֶֽם	1	See how you translated the almost identical verse in [4:2](../04/02.md). The only difference between this verse and 4:2 is that 4:2 has the phrase “shorn sheep” instead of **ewes**.
+6:6	j7se		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הָֽ⁠רְחֵלִ֔ים	1	The term **ewes** refers to female sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the term **ewes** refers to. Alternate translation: “female sheep” 
+6:7	zid1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כְּ⁠פֶ֤לַח הָ⁠רִמּוֹן֙ רַקָּתֵ֔⁠ךְ מִ⁠בַּ֖עַד לְ⁠צַמָּתֵֽ⁠ךְ	1	See how you translated [4:3](../04/03.md) which is identical to this verse.
+6:8-9	v080		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שִׁשִּׁ֥ים הֵ֨מָּה֙ מְּלָכ֔וֹת וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים פִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים וַ⁠עֲלָמ֖וֹת אֵ֥ין מִסְפָּֽר & אַחַ֥ת הִיא֙ יוֹנָתִ֣⁠י תַמָּתִ֔⁠י אַחַ֥ת הִיא֙ לְ⁠אִמָּ֔⁠הּ בָּרָ֥ה הִ֖יא לְ⁠יֽוֹלַדְתָּ֑⁠הּ	1	This is a comparison that expresses that the woman is superior to women in a king’s royal court. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could add words that explicitly indicate that this is a comparison. Alternate translation: “When compared to sixty queens, and eighty concubines and marriageable women without number, none of them are as special as my dove; my perfect one who is special to her mother and pure to the woman who bore her” or “Even if compared to sixty queens, and eighty concubines and marriageable women without number, still none of them would be as special as my dove; my perfect one who is special to her mother and pure to the woman who bore her”
+6:8	o3wm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	שִׁשִּׁ֥ים הֵ֨מָּה֙ מְּלָכ֔וֹת	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of words in the phrase **Sixty are they, queens**. Alternate translation: “They are sixty queens” 
+6:8	iwkm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	שִׁשִּׁ֥ים הֵ֨מָּה֙ מְּלָכ֔וֹת וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים פִּֽילַגְשִׁ֑ים	1	The man is using the numbers, **Sixty** and **eighty** as a poetic way to make a comprehensive statement. The man is using the typical 3, 4 pattern that was commonly used at that time, and for emphasis he multiples the numbers 3 and 4 by the number 20 resulting in the numbers **Sixty** and **eighty** which he thinks is sufficient to illustrate his point. If a speaker of your language would not do this, in your translation you could express the emphasis in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A large number of queens and a large number of concubines” or “Many queens, and many concubines” 
+6:8	vy12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠עֲלָמ֖וֹת	1	See how you translated the phrase **marriageable women** in [1:3](../01/03.md). 
+6:8	vks6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠עֲלָמ֖וֹת אֵ֥ין מִסְפָּֽר	1	Here, **without number** is an idiom that means “more than can be counted.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and too many marriageable women to count” or “and more marriageable women than can be counted” 
+6:9	ue94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַחַ֥ת הִיא֙ 	1	Here, the phrase **One is she** means “She is special” (the number **One** is used in contrast to the large numbers of other women described in the previous verse). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She is special” or “She is unique” or “She is special in comparison to other women” 
+6:9	a2hh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	יוֹנָתִ֣⁠י תַמָּתִ֔⁠י	1	See how you translated the phrases **my dove** and **my perfect one** in [5:2](../05/02.md). 
+6:9	tej6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַחַ֥ת הִיא֙ לְ⁠אִמָּ֔⁠הּ	1	The phrase **one is she to her mother** could mean: (1) that the woman the man loves is special **to her mother** (with **one** being used in contrast to the large numbers of other women described in the previous verse). Alternate translation: “she is special to her mother” or “her mother thinks she is special” or “her mother thinks she is unique” (2) that the woman was the only child or the only daughter that her mother had. Alternate translation: “she is the only child of her mother” or “her mother’s only daughter” or “she is the only child of her mother” 
+6:9	wmx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בָּרָ֥ה הִ֖יא לְ⁠יֽוֹלַדְתָּ֑⁠הּ	1	The phrase **pure is she to the woman who bore her** could mean: (1) that the woman was her mother’s favorite child or favorite daughter. Alternate translation: “the favorite child of the woman who bore her” or “the favorite daughter of the woman who bore her” (2) that the woman was pure or flawless in some way. Alternate translation: “flawless is she to the woman who bore her” 
+6:9	ca42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אַחַ֥ת הִיא֙ לְ⁠אִמָּ֔⁠הּ בָּרָ֥ה הִ֖יא לְ⁠יֽוֹלַדְתָּ֑⁠הּ	1	If you decided that **one** means “special” here and that **pure** means “favorite” then these two lines are parallel and mean basically the same thing because both these words then have similar meanings and the phrases **her mother** and **the woman who bore her** both mean the same thing. The second line is emphasizing the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words which is common in Hebrew poetry. It would be good to show this repetition to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these two lines into one. Alternate translation: “her mother thinks that she is very special” or “she is very special to her mother” 
+6:9	al8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בָנוֹת֙	1	Here, the word **daughters** could refer to: (1) the “marriageable women” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The marriageable women” or “the young women of the kings court” (2) young women in general, possibly “the daughters of Jerusalem" (young women of Jerusalem) mentioned several times earlier in the book. Alternate translation: “The young women” 
+6:10	waey		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	מִי־זֹ֥את הַ⁠נִּשְׁקָפָ֖ה כְּמוֹ־שָׁ֑חַר יָפָ֣ה כַ⁠לְּבָנָ֗ה בָּרָה֙ כַּֽ⁠חַמָּ֔ה אֲיֻמָּ֖ה כַּ⁠נִּדְגָּלֽוֹת	1	The author does not say who is speaking here so you should not indicate explicitly who is speaking in the text of your translation. However, if you are using section headers to indicate who is speaking the speaker or speakers could be: (1) the man speaking to the woman he loves. If you are using section headers you can follow the example of the UST and include this verse under the section heading for 6:4-10 that indicates the man is speaking. (2) the **daughters** and the **queens** and **concubines** mentioned in the previous verse. If you are using section headers you can use a phrase for the section header such as “The daughters, the queens, and the concubines praise the woman” or “The other women praise the woman” or something comparable.
+6:10	g6e9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִי־זֹ֥את הַ⁠נִּשְׁקָפָ֖ה כְּמוֹ־שָׁ֑חַר יָפָ֣ה כַ⁠לְּבָנָ֗ה בָּרָה֙ כַּֽ⁠חַמָּ֔ה אֲיֻמָּ֖ה כַּ⁠נִּדְגָּלֽוֹת	1	The man is not asking for information, but is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look at this woman who looks down like the dawn, beautiful like the moon, pure like the sun, terrifying like the bannered army!”
+6:10	qk20		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	הַ⁠נִּשְׁקָפָ֖ה כְּמוֹ־שָׁ֑חַר	1	Here, the man speaks of the sun as it dawns in the morning and shines down on the earth as though it were a person who could look down on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the woman who shines like the sun as it rises early in the morning and brightens the sky” or “the woman who shines like the sun as it rises early in the morning and shines down from the sky” 
+6:10	y3dp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	הַ⁠נִּשְׁקָפָ֖ה כְּמוֹ־שָׁ֑חַר יָפָ֣ה כַ⁠לְּבָנָ֗ה בָּרָה֙ כַּֽ⁠חַמָּ֔ה	1	Here, the man first compares the woman to the sun in the morning as it dawns. He then compares the woman’s beauty to the beauty of **the moon**. He then compares the woman’s radiance to the radiance of **the sun**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of these comparisons as modeled by the UST.
+6:10	vb8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	אֲיֻמָּ֖ה כַּ⁠נִּדְגָּלֽוֹת	1	See how you translated the identical phrase “awe-inspiring like bannered armies” in [6:4](../06/04.md).
+6:11	j2z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	 אֶל־גִּנַּ֤ת אֱגוֹז֙ יָרַ֔דְתִּי	1	The speaker is using the possessive form to describe an area where walnut trees grow. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “To the the nut tree garden I went went down” or “To the place where walnut trees grow I went down” 
+6:11-12	zyt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	אֶל־גִּנַּ֤ת אֱגוֹז֙ יָרַ֔דְתִּי לִ⁠רְא֖וֹת בְּ⁠אִבֵּ֣י הַ⁠נָּ֑חַל לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ הֲ⁠פָֽרְחָ֣ה הַ⁠גֶּ֔פֶן הֵנֵ֖צוּ הָ⁠רִמֹּנִֽים & לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתִּי נַפְשִׁ֣⁠י שָׂמַ֔תְ⁠נִי מַרְכְּב֖וֹת עַמִּ⁠י־נָדִֽיב	1	It is difficult to know with certainty who is speaking in these two verses and because of this Bible scholars have different opinions about who is speaking here. Because the author does not say who is speaking you should not indicate who is speaking in the text of your translation. However, if you are using section headers to indicate who is speaking the speaker could be: (1) the man in both verses. If you decide the man is speaking in both these verses you can follow the example of the UST and include theses two verses under the section heading for 6:4-11 that indicates the man is speaking. (2) the woman in both verses. If you decide the woman is speaking in both of these verses you can put a section header at the top of 6:11 indicating that the woman is speaking.
+6:11	bfm1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	 אֶל־גִּנַּ֤ת אֱגוֹז֙ יָרַ֔דְתִּי	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I went down to the garden of the nut tree” 
+6:11	ggi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	יָרַ֔דְתִּי	1	Your language may say “gone” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I had gone down”
+6:12	lt9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתִּי	1	Here, the phrase ** I did not know** means “Before I realized it” or “Before I was aware.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before I realized it” or “Before I was aware”
+6:12	vhtx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	נַפְשִׁ֣⁠י שָׂמַ֔תְ⁠נִי	1	The phrase **my soul put me** probably means that the man imagined what comes next in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST.
+6:12	krcw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַרְכְּב֖וֹת עַמִּ⁠י־נָדִֽיב	1	There are many different views among Bible scholars regarding what this phrase means and many different views among Bible scholars regarding what this entire verse means. The UST offers one possible interpretation for what this phrase means. See the section on 6:12 in the chapter 6 introduction for more information about how to translate this difficult verse.
+6:13	u681		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	שׁ֤וּבִי שׁ֨וּבִי֙ הַ⁠שּׁ֣וּלַמִּ֔ית שׁ֥וּבִי שׁ֖וּבִי וְ⁠נֶחֱזֶה־בָּ֑⁠ךְ	1	It is difficult to know with certainty who is saying this. Because the author does not say who is speaking here you should not indicate who is speaking in the text of your translation. However, if you are using section headers to indicate who is speaking the speaker could be: (1) the young women of Jerusalem. If you decide this is who is speaking you can follow the example of the UST and indicate this with a section header above this verse. (2) friends of the man and woman. If you decide that this is who is speaking here you can place a section header above this verse indicating that friends of the man and woman are speaking. (3) the man. If you decide that this is who is speaking here you can place a section header above this verse indicating that the man is speaking.
+6:13	sbsq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠שּׁ֣וּלַמִּ֔ית…בַּ⁠שּׁ֣וּלַמִּ֔ית	1	The word translated as **Shulammite** refers to someone who is from the town of Shulam. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “woman from Shulam … at the woman from Shulam” 
+6:13	jl0j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	שׁ֤וּבִי שׁ֨וּבִי֙ הַ⁠שּׁ֣וּלַמִּ֔ית שׁ֥וּבִי שׁ֖וּבִי וְ⁠נֶחֱזֶה־בָּ֑⁠ךְ 	1	Here, the word **return** is repeated for emphasis. Repetition is a common feature of Hebrew poetry and it would be good to show it to your readers. However, if repeating a word would be confusing to your readers you can combine the repeated words. Alternate translation: “Return Shulammite, return and let us look at you” or “Please return Shulammite, and let us look at you
+6:13	sm5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	מַֽה־תֶּחֱזוּ֙ בַּ⁠שּׁ֣וּלַמִּ֔ית כִּ⁠מְחֹלַ֖ת הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנָֽיִם	1	It is difficult to know with certainty who is saying this. Because the author does not say who is speaking here you should not indicate who is speaking in the text of your translation. However, if you are using section headers to indicate who is speaking the speaker could be: (1) the man. If you decide that the man is speaking here you can follow the example of the UST and indicate this with a section header above this part of the verse. (2) The woman speaking of herself in the third person. If you decide that this is who is speaking here you can place a section header above this verse indicating that the woman is speaking.
+6:13	rl3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	כִּ⁠מְחֹלַ֖ת הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנָֽיִם	1	The speaker is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “like you look at the dance of two armies” or “like you would look at the dance of two armies” 
+6:13	rd4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כִּ⁠מְחֹלַ֖ת הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנָֽיִם	1	The phrase translated as **like the dance of two armies** could be translated as: (1) **like the dance of two armies** as the ULT does and refer to a dance that is performed as entertainment for armies. Alternate translation: “like a dance performed before armies” (2) “like the dance of Mahanaim” (3) “like two rows of dancers” or “like two companies of dancers” and mean “like you like to watch two rows of people dancing” See the section in the chapter 6 introduction on this phrase for more information about how to translate this phrase.
 7:intro	hqv7				0	# Song of Songs 7 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Beauty\n\nThe woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Similes\n\nThere are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-7:1	z7jk				0	# General Information:\n\nThis is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions.
-7:1	k8va			prince’s daughter	0	Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.”
-7:1	e9bd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	The curves of your thighs are like jewels	0	The shape of the woman’s thighs remind the speaker of a beautiful precious stone that a skilled workman has carved. Alternate translation: “The curves of your thighs are beautiful like the beautiful curves of jewel that a skilled craftsman has made”
-7:1	fc12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	the work of the hands of a master craftsman	0	The hands are a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “the work of a master craftsman” or “something that a master craftsman has made”
-7:2	u88e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Your navel is like a round bowl	0	A bowl is round. The woman’s navel is round.
-7:2	dp5a			navel	0	the spot on the stomach left from the cord that attaches a baby to its mother
-7:2	n59p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	may it never lack mixed wine	0	People used large bowls to mix wine with water or spices at feasts. Drinking wine is a metaphor for enjoying beauty. The litotes can be translated as a positive. Alternate translation: “may it always contain mixed wine” or “may I always enjoy its beauty” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-7:2	q8fy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Your belly is like a mound of wheat encircled with lilies	0	The Israelites thought mounds of wheat and lilies were pleasant to look at. Much wheat was a sign that there would be much food to eat. They threshed wheat in high, dry places, and lilies grow in low, wet places, so this simile combines beautiful sights that people would not usually see at the same time.
-7:2	w6nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Your belly is like a mound of wheat	0	People thought that the color of wheat was the most beautiful color of skin and that round piles of wheat were beautiful. Alternate translation: “Your belly has a beautiful color and is round like a pile of wheat”
-7:2	ah1p			a mound of wheat	0	This is a pile of the grains of wheat after people remove the parts of it that they do not use.
-7:2	cz8d			encircled with lilies	0	Alternate translation: “with lilies all around it”
-7:2	ue5r			lilies	0	sweet-smelling flowers that grow in places where there is much water. Translate as the plural of “lily” in [Song of Songs 2:1](../02/01.md).
-7:3	jw6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	two breasts	0	See how you translated this in [4:5](../04/05.md).
-7:3	wr8t			gazelle	0	
-7:4	uv17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Your neck is like a tower of ivory	0	A tower is long and straight. Ivory is white. The woman’s neck is long and straight, and her skin is light in color.
-7:4	b1sy			a tower of ivory	0	Alternate translation: “a tower that people have decorated with ivory”
-7:4	xgt7			ivory	0	the white tusk or tooth of an animal that is similar to bone. People use ivory to make art and to make things look beautiful.
-7:4	h4ih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	your eyes are the pools in Heshbon	0	The woman’s eyes are spoken of as if they are clear pools of water. Pools of water are clear and sparkle in the sunlight and so are pleasant to look at. The woman’s eyes are clear and sparkle and so are pleasant to look at. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “your eyes are as clear as the pools in Heshbon” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-7:4	md6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Heshbon	0	This is the name of a city east of the Jordan River
-7:4	r1vf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Bath Rabbim	0	This is the name of a city.
-7:4	a4vg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	nose is like the tower in Lebanon	0	A tower is tall and straight, and her nose is tall and straight.
-7:4	s23k			that looks toward Damascus	0	Alternate translation: “facing toward Damascus”
-7:5	jn22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	רֹאשֵׁ֤⁠ךְ עָלַ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ כַּ⁠כַּרְמֶ֔ל וְ⁠דַלַּ֥ת רֹאשֵׁ֖⁠ךְ כָּ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן	1	
-7:5	sr83			dark purple	0	Other possible translations are: (1) “dark black” or (2) “dark red.”
-7:5	hkk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	The king is held captive by its tresses	0	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Your hair that hangs down is so beautiful that the king is not able to stop admiring it” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-7:5	l5e5			tresses	0	the clusters of hair that hang down from a woman’s head
-7:6	hqx3			my love, with delights	0	Alternate translation: “my love. You delight me”
-7:7	jy1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Your height is like that of a date palm tree	0	“You stand up like a date palm tree.” Date palm trees are tall and straight, and their branches are only at the top, with the fruit under the branches.
-7:7	f6me			date palm tree	0	a tall, straight tree that produces a sweet, brown, and sticky fruit that grows in groups
-7:7	jr1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	your breasts like clusters of fruit	0	The dates on a palm tree grow soft and round in large bunches that hang from the tree just below the branches, which are all at the top. The woman’s breasts are soft and round and are just lower than her arms.
-7:8	p7ge			I said	0	“I thought” or “I said to myself.” The man said this silently.
-7:8	zfb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	may the fragrance of your nose be like apricots	0	The word “nose” is a metonym for the breath coming out of the nose. Alternate translation: “may the breath coming from your nose smell sweet like apricots”
-7:8	f9is			apricots	0	sweet yellow fruit
-7:9	yrg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	May your palate be like the best wine	0	The palate is a metonym for the lips. Wine tastes good. The man wants to kiss the woman’s lips. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-7:9	rq12			flowing smoothly for my beloved	0	“that flows smoothly for the one I love.” The man enjoys the smooth kisses of the woman.
-7:9	ed64			gliding over the lips of those who sleep	0	Alternate translation: “that flows over our lips as we sleep”
-7:10	k7zq			I am my beloved’s	0	See how you translated a similar phrase in [Song of Songs 6:3](../06/01.md).
-7:10	j44v			my beloved’s	0	This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one’s” or “my lover’s”
-7:10	a143			he desires me	0	Alternate translation: “he wants to make love to me” or “he wants me”
-7:11	bhr6			spend the night in the villages	0	Though the words here translated “spends the night” and “villages” appear together in [Song of Songs 1:13–14](../01/12.md) as “spends the night” and “henna flowers,” and the context both here and there is lovemaking, the ULT chooses this reading because the immediate metaphor is of the man and woman sleeping in the village, rising in the morning, and going out into the vineyards. The word for “henna plants” and the word for “villages” sound exactly the same.
-7:12	iii6			rise early	0	Alternate translation: “get up early” or “wake up early”
-7:12	cs6n			have budded	0	Alternate translation: “have begun to bloom”
-7:12	r952			blossoms	0	flowers when they are open
-7:12	ukd9			are in flower	0	Alternate translation: “have flowers open on the plant”
-7:12	q3a4			I will give you my love	0	Alternate translation: “I will make love with you”
-7:13	v61b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	mandrakes	0	This is the name of plants that give off a strong but pleasant scent. The scent is slightly intoxicating and stimulating, which increases the desire to make love.
-7:13	alp4			give off their fragrance	0	Alternate translation: “produce their scent” or “smell very nice”
-7:13	xbk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	at the door	0	The doors belong to their house. Alternate translation: “above the entrances of our house” or “by the doors of our house”
-7:13	c2ah			are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old	0	Alternate translation: “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit”
-7:13	jsb8			stored up for you	0	Alternate translation: “saved so I can give to you”
-7:13	h8r2			my beloved	0	This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
+7:1	z7jk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	מַה־יָּפ֧וּ פְעָמַ֛יִ⁠ךְ בַּ⁠נְּעָלִ֖ים בַּת־נָדִ֑יב חַמּוּקֵ֣י יְרֵכַ֔יִ⁠ךְ כְּמ֣וֹ חֲלָאִ֔ים מַעֲשֵׂ֖ה יְדֵ֥י אָמָּֽן	1	If you are using section headings to indicate who is speaking and you decided in the previous verse that the woman said the words “Why do you look at the Shulammite like the dance of two armies” you will need to place a section header above this verse indicating that the man is now speaking. The man begins speaking directly to the woman in this verse and continues speaking to her until part way through [7:9](../07/09.md).
+7:1	v9et		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation	מַה	1	Here, the word **How** is used as an exclamation to emphasize a statement about how **beautiful** the woman’s **feet** are in **sandals**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this exclamation.
+7:1	oeoj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	מַה־יָּפ֧וּ פְעָמַ֛יִ⁠ךְ בַּ⁠נְּעָלִ֖ים בַּת־נָדִ֑יב	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Daughter of a noble, how your feet are beautiful in sandals” 
+7:1	foef			בַּת־נָדִ֑יב	1	The phrase **daughter of a noble** could: (1) be translated as **daughter of a noble** and mean that the woman was the daughter of a nobleman (a person of high social status). (2) be translated as “noble daughter” and mean that she had noble character. Alternate translation: “noble daughter” or “woman of noble character”  
+7:1	b72o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	חַמּוּקֵ֣י יְרֵכַ֔יִ⁠ךְ כְּמ֣וֹ חֲלָאִ֔ים מַעֲשֵׂ֖ה יְדֵ֥י אָמָּֽן	1	The point of this comparison is that the **curves** of the woman’s thighs have an attractive shape like **ornaments** that are made by a skilled **craftsman**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “The curves of your thighs have an attractive shape, like ornaments that are\nmade by the hands of a craftsman” or “The curves of your thighs are beautiful like the beautiful curves of jewel that a skilled craftsman has made”
+7:1	vesl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַעֲשֵׂ֖ה יְדֵ֥י אָמָּֽן	1	The phrase **the work of the hands of a craftsman** further describes the **ornaments**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly by adding an explanatory phrase such as “which are” to show that this phrase is describing the **ornaments** and not introducing something new. Alternate translation: “which are the work of the hands of a craftsman” 
+7:1	fc12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מַעֲשֵׂ֖ה יְדֵ֥י אָמָּֽן	1	The man is using one part of a **craftsman**, the **hands**, to represent all of the **craftsman** in the act of making ornaments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the work of a craftsman” or “which a craftsman has made”
+7:2	u88e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	שָׁרְרֵ⁠ךְ֙ אַגַּ֣ן הַ⁠סַּ֔הַר אַל־יֶחְסַ֖ר הַ⁠מָּ֑זֶג	1	The man is speaking of the woman’s **navel** as if it were a **rounded bowl** used for serving wine. The point of this comparison is that the woman’s **navel** is nicely rounded like a **rounded** wine **bowl**. The phrase **that never lacks spiced wine** describes what is inside the bowl and probably means that in a similar way to how **spiced wine** excites the man and gives him joy so her **navel** excites him and gives him joy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly or use a simile to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “Your navel is beautifully rounded and causes me to feel excited” or “Your navel is beautifully rounded like a round wine bowl and it causes me to feel excited like drinking spiced wine” or “Your navel is beautifully rounded like a bowl and gives me joy and excitement like when I drink spiced wine”
+7:2	ylpb			אַל־יֶחְסַ֖ר הַ⁠מָּ֑זֶג	1	The phrase that the ULT translates as **that never lacks** could be: (1) an assertion and therefore be translated as an assertion as modeled by the ULT. (2) a strong wish. Alternate translation: “let it never lack spiced wine” or “may it never lack spiced wine” 
+7:2	l46c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠מָּ֑זֶג	1	The phrase **spiced wine** refers to wine that is mixed with spices. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of wine, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “wine that people have added spices to” 
+7:2	lpza		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	בִּטְנֵ⁠ךְ֙ עֲרֵמַ֣ת חִטִּ֔ים סוּגָ֖ה בַּ⁠שּׁוֹשַׁנִּֽים	1	The man is speaking of the woman’s **belly** as if it were **a heap of wheat**. The point of comparing the woman’s **belly** to **a heap of wheat** is that **wheat** was a very common food in Israel and so was considered nourishing and satisfying to the appetite. The man is expressing that the woman satisfies him. The man is also comparing the color of her **belly** to **wheat** since harvested **wheat** is a pleasant golden beige or tan color. He is also comparing the pleasant shape of her **belly** to the pleasant shape of a **heap of wheat**. The phrase **encircled with the lilies** describes what is around the **heap of wheat** and probably means that in a similar way to how **a heap of wheat encircled with the lilies** looks beautiful so her **belly** is beautiful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly or use a simile to express the meaning as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Your belly is as beautiful as a heap of wheat that is encircled with lilies and it satisfies me” or “The shape and color of your belly is beautiful” or “Your belly is beautiful and satisfying” 
+7:2	cz8d			סוּגָ֖ה בַּ⁠שּׁוֹשַׁנִּֽים	1	Alternate translation: “which has lilies all around it”
+7:3	jw6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	שְׁנֵ֥י שָׁדַ֛יִ⁠ךְ כִּ⁠שְׁנֵ֥י עֳפָרִ֖ים תָּאֳמֵ֥י צְבִיָּֽה	1	See how you translated this in [4:5](../04/05.md).
+7:4	uv17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	צַוָּארֵ֖⁠ךְ כְּ⁠מִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠שֵּׁ֑ן 	1	Here, the man compares the woman’s **neck** to a **tower** that is adorned with **ivory** (the tower was decorated with ivory, not made of ivory). The appearance of a **tower** decorated with **ivory** would be beautiful in appearance and tall and slender.  By comparing the woman’s **neck** to a **tower of ivory** the man is saying that the woman’s **neck** is both beautiful and tall and slender. Your language may have a comparable expression for complementing a woman’s neck in this way that you could use in your translation or you could state the basis of the comparison. Alternately, if it would help your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your neck is beautiful and slender” or “Your neck is beautiful and tall like a tower that people have adorned with ivory” or “Your neck is lovely and tall like a tower decorated with ivory” 
+7:4	xgt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠שֵּׁ֑ן	1	See how you translated the term **ivory** in [5:14](../05/14.md). 
+7:4	h4ih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עֵינַ֜יִ⁠ךְ בְּרֵכ֣וֹת בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֗וֹן עַל־שַׁ֨עַר֙ בַּת־רַבִּ֔ים	1	The man is speaking of the woman’s **eyes** as if they were clear **pools* of water in the city of **Heshbon**. The man does not say how the woman’s eyes are like **pools in Heshbon**. The point of comparison may be that the woman’s eyes sparkle or shine in the light like when light shines on water or it may be that her eyes look  mysterious and deep (and possibly dark) like a deep pool of water or it may be that her eyes reflect light like a pool of water does. Your language may have a comparable expression for complementing a woman’s eyes that you could use in your translation or you could state one or more of these points of comparison or if you have been translating metaphors with similes you could use a simile here. Alternate translation: “Your eyes shine like the sun reflecting off the pools in Heshbon by the gate of Bath Rabbim” or “Your eyes are deep and mysterious like the pools in Heshbon by the gate of Bath Rabbim”
+7:4	md6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֗וֹן	1	**Heshbon** is the name of a city.
+7:4	r1vf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עַל־שַׁ֨עַר֙ בַּת־רַבִּ֔ים	1	**Bath Rabbim** is the name that of this gate. Alternate translation: “by the gate called Bath Rabbim” or “by the gate that people call Bath Rabbim”  
+7:4	a4vg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	אַפֵּ⁠ךְ֙ כְּ⁠מִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠לְּבָנ֔וֹן צוֹפֶ֖ה פְּנֵ֥י דַמָּֽשֶׂק	1	The man is speaking of the woman’s **nose** as if it were **the tower of Lebanon* that faces toward the city of **Damascus**. This tower was high and was used as a military watch tower to look out for enemy attacks. The point of comparison is that the woman’s nose was high and/or long (which was considered attractive in that culture) and beautiful and made her look dignified and impressive like **the tower of Lebanon**. Your language may have a comparable expression for complementing a woman’s nose that you could use in your translation or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternately, if it would help your readers, you could state the point of comparison. Alternate translation: “Your nose is beautiful and makes you look dignified” or “Your nose is long and beautiful like the tower in Lebanon that faces Damascus” or “Your nose is high and beautiful like the tower in Lebanon that faces Damascus” 
+7:5	jn22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	רֹאשֵׁ֤⁠ךְ עָלַ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ כַּ⁠כַּרְמֶ֔ל	1	Mount **Carmel** is beautiful and majestic looking and adds beauty to what is below it. The point of this comparison is that the woman’s head is beautiful and majestic like Mount **Carmel** and it increases the beauty of the rest of her body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “Your head is beautiful and majestic like Mount Carmel”
+7:5	p1hm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כַּ⁠כַּרְמֶ֔ל	1	**Carmel** refers to the mountain called Mount Carmel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST.
+7:5	nixx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ⁠דַלַּ֥ת רֹאשֵׁ֖⁠ךְ כָּ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן	1	Here, the work **purple** refers to wool cloth that was dyed a purple-red color. The phrase **the loose hair of your head is like purple** could mean: (1) that the woman’s hair was a deep shiny black that looked like a black-purplish color when the sun radiated on it. Alternate translation: “and the loose hair of your is head shiny and black” or “and the loose hair of your head looks shiny purplish-black as the sun shines on it” (2) that her hair  made her look like a queen (purple was a color associated with royalty). Alternate translation: “and the loose hair of your head is like royal cloth” 
+7:5	hkk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מֶ֖לֶךְ אָס֥וּר בָּ⁠רְהָטִֽים	1	The man is speaking of the beauty of the **tresses** of the woman’s hair as if they could capture hold *a king**. The man means that the woman’s **tresses** are so beautiful that they captivate his attention. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your tresses are so beautiful that a king is not able to stop admiring them” or “Your hair is so beautiful that a king is not able to stop admiring it” or “the king is captivated by your tresses” 
+7:5	njmj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מֶ֖לֶךְ אָס֥וּר	1	It is implied that the man speaking is the **king** spoken of here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your king is held captive” or “I, your king, am held captive” 
+7:5	xe8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	מֶ֖לֶךְ אָס֥וּר בָּ⁠רְהָטִֽים	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action,  implies that the woman’s hair did it. Alternate translation: “the tresses hold the king captive” or “your tresses hold the king captive” 
+7:5	l5e5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בָּ⁠רְהָטִֽים	1	Here, the term **tresses** refers to the woman’s hair which hangs down from her head. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the long locks of your hair” or “in the flowing locks of your hair” 
+7:6	bag7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation	מַה־יָּפִית֙	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “You are beautiful” in [6:4](../06/04.md).
+7:6	z5in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamation	מַה־יָּפִית֙ וּ⁠מַה־נָּעַ֔מְתְּ	1	Here, the word **How** is used as an exclamation to emphasize the beauty of the woman. The word **how** is again used as an exclamation to emphasize how **lovely** the woman is. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating the woman’s beauty and lovliness.
+7:6	mtn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַהֲבָ֖ה בַּ⁠תַּֽעֲנוּגִֽים	1	The man is praising the delightfulness of romantic love. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “romantic love has many delights” or “how delightful romantic love is” or “romantic love is very delightful” 
+7:6	hqx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אַהֲבָ֖ה בַּ⁠תַּֽעֲנוּגִֽים	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verb as modeled by the UST or in some other way that is natural in your language. 
+7:7	jy1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	זֹ֤את קֽוֹמָתֵ⁠ךְ֙ דָּֽמְתָ֣ה לְ⁠תָמָ֔ר	1	The point of this comparison is that the woman is tall like a **palm tree**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the point of comparison explicitly as modeled by the UST or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are tall” 
+7:7	f6me		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לְ⁠תָמָ֔ר…לְ⁠אַשְׁכֹּלֽוֹת׃	1	Here, the term **palm tree** refers to specifically to a date palm, which is the type of palm tree that produces dates. Date palm trees are tall and thin and produce a small sweet brown fruit called a date. The term **clusters** refers to the **clusters** of dates that hang down from a date palm tree. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tree or its fruit, you could use the names of something similar in your area or you could use more general terms or you could explain what a date palm is and the type of fruit it produces in a footnote. Alternate translation: “a tall and slender fruit tree … its clusters of fruit” or “a tall fruit tree … like its clusters of delicious fruit” 
+7:7	jr1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ⁠שָׁדַ֖יִ⁠ךְ לְ⁠אַשְׁכֹּלֽוֹת	1	The point of this comparison is that the woman’s **breasts** are plump and nicely rounded like the **clusters** of dates that grow on and hang down from date palm trees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the point of comparison explicitly or you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “and your breasts are plump and round” or “and your breasts are plump and round like its clusters” 
+7:8	rpxa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙ אֶעֱלֶ֣ה בְ⁠תָמָ֔ר אֹֽחֲזָ֖ה בְּ⁠סַנְסִנָּ֑י⁠ו	1	Here, **go up** means “go to” and **the palm tree** refers to the woman the man loves. The phrase **fruit stalks** refers to the woman’s breasts as the previous verse indicates. **I will grab hold of its fruit stalks** means that the man wanted to caress the woman’s breasts and enjoy being intimate with her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “I will go to the woman I love and caress her breasts and enjoy being intimate with her” or “I will go to the woman I love and enjoy touching her breasts and being close to her”
+7:8	p7ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙	1	Here, the phrase **I said** means that the man said or thought to himself the words **I will go up the palm tree; I will grab hold of its fruit stalks**. If it would help your readers, you could use a more natural word or phrase in your language to introduce something a person says or thinks to themself. Alternate translation: “I thought to myself” 
+7:8	evx4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בְ⁠תָמָ֔ר	1	See how you translated the term **palm tree** in the previous verse.
+7:8	bbvd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	אֶעֱלֶ֣ה בְ⁠תָמָ֔ר אֹֽחֲזָ֖ה בְּ⁠סַנְסִנָּ֑י⁠ו	1	The man is using a future statement to indicate his intent or desire to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for indicating something someone intends to do or desires to do. Alternate translation: “I want to go up the palm tree; I want to grab hold of its fruit stalks” or “I have determined to go up the palm tree and grab hold of its fruit stalks” 
+7:8	hqz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	אֶעֱלֶ֣ה	1	Your language may say “come” rather than **go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I will come up” 
+7:8	zfb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־נָ֤א שָׁדַ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙ כְּ⁠אֶשְׁכְּל֣וֹת הַ⁠גֶּ֔פֶן וְ⁠רֵ֥יחַ אַפֵּ֖⁠ךְ כַּ⁠תַּפּוּחִֽים	1	The phrase **let your breasts be like the clusters of the vine** and the phrase **let the smell of your nose be like apples** are both similes. The man means “let your breasts be sweet and enjoyable like the clusters of the vine” and “let your breath be pleasant like the pleasant smell of apples.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of these comparisons or you could use equivalent expressions from your culture. Alternate translation: “And, please, let your breasts be sweet and enjoyable like the clusters of the vine, and let the smell of your breath be pleasant like the pleasant smell of apples”
+7:8	s1bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־נָ֤א שָׁדַ֨יִ⁠ךְ֙…וְ⁠רֵ֥יחַ 	1	The man is expressing a wish or desire. If it would help your readers, you could use a more natural form in your language for expressing a wish or desire. Alternate translation: “And, please, may your breasts be … and may the smell of” 
+7:8	sih4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כְּ⁠אֶשְׁכְּל֣וֹת הַ⁠גֶּ֔פֶן	1	The phrase **like the clusters of the vine** refers to **clusters** of grapes that grow on grapevines. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “like the clusters of the grapevine” 
+7:8	z5l1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠רֵ֥יחַ אַפֵּ֖⁠ךְ כַּ⁠תַּפּוּחִֽים	1	The man is using the term **nose** to refer to what the nose produces (breathes out), breath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and let the smell of your the breath be like apples” or “and let the smell of the breath coming from your nose be like apples”
+7:8	qrda		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠רֵ֥יחַ	1	The man is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context as modeled by the ULT which supplies the words “let the” here.
+7:8	f9is		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	כַּ⁠תַּפּוּחִֽים	1	An apple is a round hard fruit about that can grow to be as big as an adult’s fist. It has a sweet taste and a pleasant smell. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of fruit, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “like sweet fruit” or “like fragrant fruit” or “like fruit” 
+7:9	btth		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	וְ⁠חִכֵּ֕⁠ךְ כְּ⁠יֵ֥ין הַ⁠טּ֛וֹב הוֹלֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠דוֹדִ֖⁠י לְ⁠מֵישָׁרִ֑ים דּוֹבֵ֖ב שִׂפְתֵ֥י יְשֵׁנִֽים	1	The man compares the woman’s kisses (**mouth**) to **wine** in the first line of this verse and then the woman continues this simile in the following two lines. The man is saying that the woman’s kisses are like **wine** because **wine** is pleasant tasting and has a powerful effect on the body when drunk freely. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “and let your mouth be pleasant tasting and intoxicating like the best wine. May my mouth be like pleasant and intoxicating wine which goes down to my beloved smoothly, gliding over the lips of those who sleep”
+7:9	qkwu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠חִכֵּ֕⁠ךְ	1	The man is expressing a wish or desire. If it would help your readers, you could use a more natural form in your language for expressing a wish or desire. Alternate translation: “and may your mouth be” 
+7:9	yrg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠חִכֵּ֕⁠ךְ	1	Here, **mouth** represents the kisses which come from the woman’s **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and let your kisses be” 
+7:9	fuvm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	הוֹלֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠דוֹדִ֖⁠י לְ⁠מֵישָׁרִ֑ים דּוֹבֵ֖ב שִׂפְתֵ֥י יְשֵׁנִֽים	1	Some Bible scholars think the speaker in this part of the verse: (1) is the woman. Because the author does not say who is speaking here you should not indicate the speaker explicitly in the text of your translation. However, if you are using section headers to indicate who is speaking, as the UST does, you can indicate that the woman is now speaking. (2) continues to be the man. If you decide that the man is still speaking you do not need a header above this portion, but if you are using headers, you will need a header above the next verse indicating that the woman is speaking (since Bible scholars agree that the speaker is the woman beginning in 7:10 and continuing through at least 8:3).
+7:9	thlw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הוֹלֵ֥ךְ	1	Your language may say “coming” rather than **going** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “coming down” 
+7:9	lns1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הוֹלֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠דוֹדִ֖⁠י לְ⁠מֵישָׁרִ֑ים דּוֹבֵ֖ב שִׂפְתֵ֥י יְשֵׁנִֽים	1	The phrases **Going down** and **gliding** both refer to **the best wine** mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Wine which is going down to my beloved smoothly, gliding over the lips of those who sleep” or “Wine which is going down to my beloved smoothly, wine which is gliding over the lips of those who sleep” 
+7:9	i415		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לְ⁠מֵישָׁרִ֑ים דּוֹבֵ֖ב	1	Here, the word **smoothly** means “freely” and refers to freely flowing **wine**. The word **gliding** here means “flowing.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “freely, flowing over” 
+7:10	k7zq			אֲנִ֣י לְ⁠דוֹדִ֔⁠י	1	See how you translated the identical phrase in [Song of Songs 6:3](../06/01.md).
+7:11	xmwk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	לְכָ֤⁠ה	1	Your language may say “Go” rather than **Come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Go” 
+7:11	c7tx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	לְכָ֤⁠ה דוֹדִ⁠י֙ 	1	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “My beloved, come” 
+7:11	evc9			נָלִ֖ינָה בַּ⁠כְּפָרִֽים	1	Alternate translation: “and stay overnight in a village somewhere” 
+7:11	d0wu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ⁠כְּפָרִֽים	1	The word which the ULT translates as **in the villages** has two possible meanings in the original language. Here, it could mean: (1) **in the villages** as modeled by the ULT’s translation. (2) “among the henna bushes” (henna bushes produce flowers). If you choose this option see how you translated the phrase “henna blossoms” in [1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “among the henna bushes” or “among the wildflowers” or “among the henna blossoms” 
+7:12	iii6			נַשְׁכִּ֨ימָה֙	1	Alternate translation: “Let us wake up early and go” or “Let us get up early and go”
+7:12	w3p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	נַשְׁכִּ֨ימָה֙	1	Your language may say “come” rather than **go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Let us come early” 
+7:12	xm75			פָּֽרְחָ֤ה הַ⁠גֶּ֨פֶן֙	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “had the vine budded” in [6:11](../06/11.md). 
+7:12	fe54			הֵנֵ֖צוּ הָ⁠רִמּוֹנִ֑ים	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “Had the pomegranates bloomed” in [6:11](../06/11.md). 
+7:12	q3a4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	אֶתֵּ֥ן אֶת־דֹּדַ֖⁠י לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase as modeled by the UST or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will make love with you”
+7:13	v61b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַֽ⁠דּוּדָאִ֣ים נָֽתְנוּ־רֵ֗יחַ	1	The term **mandrakes** refers to the mandrake plant which produces flowers that have a strong pleasant smell. People in that culture thought that smelling or eating fruit from the mandrake plant would arouse a person’s sexual desire and would help women to conceive children. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of a plant in your area that people think increases sexual desire and/or helps women to conceive children or you could use a more general term. Alternately, you could explain what a mandrake plant is in a footnote. Alternate translation: “The love flowers give off their scent” or “The scent of the love flowers is in the air” 
+7:13	alp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עַל־פְּתָחֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ כָּל־מְגָדִ֔ים חֲדָשִׁ֖ים גַּם־יְשָׁנִ֑ים דּוֹדִ֖⁠י צָפַ֥נְתִּי לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	Here, the woman is speaking of the different pleasurable experiences that she and the man will experience together as they express their love as if they were **every choice fruit** that were stored **above** their **doors** (In that culture fruit was often kept on a shelf above doors). The woman speaks of her love that she kept to give give to the man she loves as if it were **choice fruit** that she has **stored** (reserved) for the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and we are surrounded by delightful pleasures, new ones and old ones, pleasures that I have been saving to give to you, my beloved”
+7:13	xbk7			וְ⁠עַל־פְּתָחֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ כָּל־מְגָדִ֔ים	1	Alternate translation: “and above the entrance of our house are every one of the best fruits”
+7:13	c2ah		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	חֲדָשִׁ֖ים גַּם־יְשָׁנִ֑ים	1	Here, the phrase **new ones and also old ones** means “new fruits and also old fruits” and refers to fruit that is ripe (the old fruit) and fruit that has not yet ripened (the new fruit). This phrase as a whole is an idiom which means “all kinds of fruit.” If it would help your readers you could translate the meaning of the idiom or make it explicit that “new ones and also old ones” refers to ripe and unripe fruit. Alternate translation: “fruit that is not yet ripe and also sweet ripe fruit” or “all kinds of fruit” 
+7:13	jsb8			דּוֹדִ֖⁠י צָפַ֥נְתִּי לָֽ⁠ךְ	1	Alternate translation: “My beloved, I have saved these so that I can give them to you” or “My beloved, I have saved my love so that I can give it to you”
 8:intro	d35n				0	# Song of Songs 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Kisses\n\nThe kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Passion\n\nChapter 8 describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. The feeling of strong desire for one another.
-8:1	me7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry		0	# General Information:\n\n(See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-8:1	dp21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	you were like my brother	0	A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public.
-8:1	v5fh			you outside	0	Alternate translation: “you in public”
-8:1	zyd6			I could kiss you	0	A woman would probably kiss her brother on his cheek order to greet him.
-8:1	ec82			would despise me	0	Alternate translation: “would think that I am a bad person”
-8:2	s68s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	I would give you spiced wine to drink and some of the juice of my pomegranates	0	The woman uses these images to say that she will give herself to the man and make love with him.
-8:3	s92v			His left hand … embraces me	0	See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:6](../02/05.md).
-8:3	e5cp			left hand … right hand	0	Alternate translation: “left arm … right arm”
-8:3	v65k			embraces me	0	Alternate translation: “holds me”
-8:4	z8a4			I want you to swear	0	See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md)
-8:4	rk33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	daughters of Jerusalem	0	“young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md).
-8:4	qg8i			that you will … until it pleases	0	See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md).
-8:5	a5w5				0	# General Information:\n\nThe fifth part of the book begins here.
-8:5	xxv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Who is this who is coming up	0	They are using this question to say that they think the young woman is amazing. A similar phrase was translated in [Song of Songs 6:10](../06/10.md). Alternate translation: “Look at this amazing woman as she comes up”
-8:5	p4rr			I awakened you	0	Alternate translation: “I woke you up” or “I aroused you”
-8:5	zfa2			the apricot tree	0	a tree that produces a small yellow fruit that is very sweet. If your readers will not know what this is, you could use the word for another fruit tree or the general word “fruit tree.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:3](../02/03.md).
-8:5	g9tp			there	0	under the apricot tree
-8:5	d4ub			she delivered you	0	Alternate translation: “she bore you”
+8:1	dp21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	מִ֤י יִתֶּנְ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠אָ֣ח לִ֔⁠י יוֹנֵ֖ק שְׁדֵ֣י אִמִּ֑⁠י	1	Here, the woman is using the idiom **Who will give you** to express her wish that the man she loves could be **like a brother** to her (so that she could publicly **kiss** him). If it would help your readers, you could an equivalent idiom from your language that expresses a desire or a wish or you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “How I wish that you were like a brother to me, who nursed at the breasts of my mother” or “How I desire that you were like a brother to me, who nursed at the breasts of my mother”
+8:1	nh74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	מִ֤י יִתֶּנְ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠אָ֣ח לִ֔⁠י יוֹנֵ֖ק שְׁדֵ֣י אִמִּ֑⁠י	1	In the culture at the time time the author wrote this poem it was not socially acceptable for someone to show public affection towards someone they were married to and/or loved romantically but it was acceptable for siblings to give each other non romantic kisses of affection in public (the word **outside** means “in public” here). If it would help your readers you could tell your readers in a footnote that the woman desires that the man she loves be **like a brother** to her so that she could show public affection toward him. 
+8:1	tdby		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry	מִ֤י יִתֶּנְ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠אָ֣ח לִ֔⁠י יוֹנֵ֖ק שְׁדֵ֣י אִמִּ֑⁠י	1	The phrase **who nursed at the breasts of my mother** describes the word **brother** and has almost the same meaning as the term **brother**. Saying the same thing in slightly different ways is a common feature of Hebrew poetry. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Who will give you like a brother to me” 
+8:1-2	wx6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	אֶֽמְצָאֲ⁠ךָ֤ בַ⁠חוּץ֙ אֶשָׁ֣קְ⁠ךָ֔ גַּ֖ם לֹא־יָב֥וּזוּ לִֽ⁠י & אֶנְהָֽגֲ⁠ךָ֗ אֲבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֛ אֶל־בֵּ֥ית אִמִּ֖⁠י תְּלַמְּדֵ֑⁠נִי אַשְׁקְ⁠ךָ֙ מִ⁠יַּ֣יִן הָ⁠רֶ֔קַח מֵ⁠עֲסִ֖יס רִמֹּנִֽ⁠י	1	The woman is using a hypothetical situation (the situation of the man being **like a brother** to her and her finding him **outside**) to express what she would then do. Alternate translation: “If you were like a brother to me and if I found you outside, then I would kiss you. Yes, if you were like a brother to me then they would not despise me. If you were like a brother to me then I would lead you; I would bring to the house of my mother who taught me and I would make you drink from the wine of spice, from the juice of my pomegranate” 
+8:1	ftwb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	גַּ֖ם	1	Here, the word **Yes** is used to strongly affirm what follows it in this sentence. Use a natural form in your language for expressing a strong assertion or strong emphasis.
+8:2	c9tl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	אֲבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֛ אֶל־בֵּ֥ית אִמִּ֖⁠י	1	See how you translated the similar phrase **I had brought him to the house of my mother** [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “I would take you to the house of my mother” 
+8:1	xesp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	לֹא־יָב֥וּזוּ לִֽ⁠י	1	By saying **they would not despise me** the woman is expressing the result of what would happen if the man she loved were **like a brother** to her and she found him **outside** and kissed him. Use a natural form in your language for expressing reason-result expressions. Alternate translation: “then they would not despise me” 
+8:2	qs1q			אֲבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֛ אֶל־בֵּ֥ית אִמִּ֖⁠י תְּלַמְּדֵ֑⁠נִי	1	Alternate translation: “I would bring you to the house of my mother who taught me” 
+8:2	kdoj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	אַשְׁקְ⁠ךָ֙ מִ⁠יַּ֣יִן הָ⁠רֶ֔קַח	1	The phrase **I would make you drink from the wine of spice** means “I would cause you to drink (by giving you) spiced wine.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would cause you to drink spiced wine” or “I would give you spiced wine to drink” 
+8:2	snjj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	מִ⁠יַּ֣יִן הָ⁠רֶ֔קַח	1	See how you translated the similar phrase “spiced wine” in [7:2](../07/02.md). 
+8:2	c7vj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	אַשְׁקְ⁠ךָ֙ מִ⁠יַּ֣יִן הָ⁠רֶ֔קַח מֵ⁠עֲסִ֖יס רִמֹּנִֽ⁠י	1	The woman is politely and poetically referring to giving herself sexually to the man by speaking of the action of giving herself to the man as if she were making him **drink from the wine of spice** and drink **from the juice of my pomegranate**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will give myself to you as if I were making you drink from the wine of spice and making you drink pomegranate juice” or “I will give myself to you as if I were giving you spiced wine to drink and giving you pomegranate juice to enjoy”
+8:2	vskh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מֵ⁠עֲסִ֖יס רִמֹּנִֽ⁠י	1	Here, the term the ULT translates as **juice** refers to fresh new wine that is sweet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “from my fresh pomegranate wine” or “from my sweet pomegranate wine”  
+8:2	mx5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	מֵ⁠עֲסִ֖יס רִמֹּנִֽ⁠י	1	The phrase **from the juice of my pomegranate** could further describe the **wine of spice** mentioned in the previous line (and be referring to wine that has spices and pomegranate wine mixed with it) or it could refer to a pomegranate wine that is separate from the **wine of spice**. Because it does not make a difference in how this phrase is translated you do not need to decide one way or another in your translation but if it would help your readers you could make a footnote indicating this.
+8:3	vpti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	שְׂמֹאל⁠וֹ֙ תַּ֣חַת רֹאשִׁ֔⁠י וִֽ⁠ימִינ֖⁠וֹ תְּחַבְּקֵֽ⁠נִי	1	This verse is identical to [Song of Songs 2:6](../02/06.md). Translate this verse exactly as you translated [2:6](../02/06.md).
+8:4	z8a4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula	הִשְׁבַּ֥עְתִּי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם בְּנ֣וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם מַה־תָּעִ֧ירוּ ׀ וּֽ⁠מַה־תְּעֹֽרְר֛וּ אֶת־הָ⁠אַהֲבָ֖ה עַ֥ד שֶׁ⁠תֶּחְפָּֽץ	1	Besides excluding the phrase “by the female gazelles or the does of the field”, this verse is nearly identical to [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). You should translate this verse in a similar way to how you translated [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md), but because this verse does not have the phrase “by the female gazelles or the does of the field” you should not include that phrase in this verse.
+8:5	ljjf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	מִ֣י זֹ֗את עֹלָה֙ מִן־הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר מִתְרַפֶּ֖קֶת עַל־דּוֹדָ֑⁠הּ	1	The author does not say who is speaking about the couple here so you should not indicate who you think is speaking explicitly in the text of your translation. However, if you are using section headers to indicate who is speaking, as the UST does, the speakers here are most likely the “daughters of Jerusalem” who spoke several times earlier in the book and who were addressed in the previous verse.
+8:5	a5w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִ֣י זֹ֗את עֹלָה֙ מִן־הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר מִתְרַפֶּ֖קֶת עַל־דּוֹדָ֑⁠הּ	1	Here, the phrase **Who is that** is a rhetorical question that is used to create a sense of expectation and interest. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST.
+8:5	wu6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	עֹלָה֙	1	The phrase **coming up** is used by the author because the group of people described is traveling **from the wilderness** to Jerusalem. They must travel upward in elevation in order to reach Jerusalem because **the wilderness** is low in the Jordan valley and Jerusalem is built on hills and is therefore high. Use a word or phrase that expresses moving upward in elevation. Alternate translation: “moving upward” or “arising” 
+8:5	gd2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	עֹלָה֙	1	Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going up”
+8:5-7	df81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	תַּ֤חַת הַ⁠תַּפּ֨וּחַ֙ עֽוֹרַרְתִּ֔י⁠ךָ שָׁ֚מָּ⁠ה חִבְּלַ֣תְ⁠ךָ אִמֶּ֔⁠ךָ שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה חִבְּלָ֥ה יְלָדַֽתְ⁠ךָ & שִׂימֵ֨⁠נִי כַֽ⁠חוֹתָ֜ם עַל־לִבֶּ֗⁠ךָ כַּֽ⁠חוֹתָם֙ עַל־זְרוֹעֶ֔⁠ךָ כִּֽי־עַזָּ֤ה כַ⁠מָּ֨וֶת֙ אַהֲבָ֔ה קָשָׁ֥ה כִ⁠שְׁא֖וֹל קִנְאָ֑ה רְשָׁפֶ֕י⁠הָ רִשְׁפֵּ֕י אֵ֖שׁ שַׁלְהֶ֥בֶתְ יָֽה & מַ֣יִם רַבִּ֗ים לֹ֤א יֽוּכְלוּ֙ לְ⁠כַבּ֣וֹת אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַהֲבָ֔ה וּ⁠נְהָר֖וֹת לֹ֣א יִשְׁטְפ֑וּ⁠הָ אִם־יִתֵּ֨ן אִ֜ישׁ אֶת־כָּל־ה֤וֹן בֵּית⁠וֹ֙ בָּ⁠אַהֲבָ֔ה בּ֖וֹז יָב֥וּזוּ לֽ⁠וֹ	1	The author does not say who is speaking here so you should not indicate who you think is speaking explicitly in the text of your translation. However, if you are using section headers to indicate who is speaking, as the UST does, you can place a header above this section indicating who the speaker is. Here the speaker could be: (1) the woman. (2) The man.
+8:5	iobz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠תַּפּ֨וּחַ֙	1	See how you translated the phrase **apple tree** in [2:3](../02/03.md).
+8:5	cf0x			חִבְּלַ֣תְ⁠ךָ	1	The phrase the ULT translates as **was in labor with you** could: (1) refer to the process of a mother being in labor and be translated as the ULT models. (2) refer to the act of conception. Alternate translation: “conceived you” 
 8:6	jr5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Set me as a seal over your heart, like a seal on your arm	0	This could mean: (1) because seals were very important, people always kept them around their neck or on their hand. The woman wants to be with the man constantly like a seal, or (2) a seal shows who owns the thing that has the seal on it, and the woman wants herself as the seal on the man’s heart and arm to show that all of his thoughts, emotions, and actions belong to her. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 8:6	yzj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	for love is as strong as death	0	Death is very strong because it overcomes even the most powerful people of the world.
 8:6	tci8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	as unrelenting as Sheol	0	“as tough as Sheol.” Sheol never allows people to come back to life after they have already died. Love is as persistent as Sheol because it never changes.

tn_TIT.tsv

@@ -1,35 +1,34 @@
 Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
-front:intro	m2jl				0	# Introduction to Titus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Titus\n\n1. Paul instructs Titus to appoint godly leaders. (1:1–16)\n2. Paul instructs Titus to train people to live godly lives. (2:1–3:11)\n3. Paul ends by sharing some of his plans and sending greetings to various believers. (3:12–15)\n\n### Who wrote the book of Titus?\n\nPaul wrote the book of Titus. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the book of Titus about?\n\nPaul wrote this letter to Titus, his fellow worker, who was leading the churches on the island of Crete. Paul instructed him about selecting church leaders. Paul also described how the believers should behave towards each other. He also encouraged them all to live in a way that pleases God.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Titus.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Titus” or “A Letter to Titus.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### In what roles can people serve within the church?\n\nThere are some teachings in the book of Titus about whether a woman or divorced man can serve in positions of leadership within the church. Scholars disagree about the meaning of these teachings. Further study on these issues may be necessary before translating this book.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural **you**\n\nIn this book, the word **I** refers to Paul. Also, the word **you** is almost always singular and refers to Titus. The exception to this is 3:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What is the meaning of **God our Savior**?\n\nThis is a common phrase in this letter. Paul meant to make the readers think about how God forgave them in Christ for sinning against him, and by forgiving them he saved them from being punished when he judges all people. A similar phrase in this letter is **our great God and Savior Jesus Christ**.
-1:intro	c7me				0	# Titus 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nPaul formally introduces this letter in verses 1–4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.\n\nIn verses 6–9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Elders\n\nThe church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Should, may, must\n\nThe ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.
+front:intro	m2jl				0	# Introduction to Titus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Titus\n\n1. Paul instructs Titus to appoint godly leaders. (1:1–16)\n2. Paul instructs Titus to train people to live godly lives. (2:1–3:11)\n3. Paul ends by sharing some of his plans and sending greetings to various believers. (3:12–15)\n\n### Who wrote the book of Titus?\n\nPaul wrote the book of Titus. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a believer, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted believers. After he became a believer, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire, telling people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the book of Titus about?\n\nPaul wrote this letter to Titus, his fellow worker, who was leading the churches on the island of Crete. Paul instructed him about selecting church leaders. Paul also described how believers should behave toward each other. He also encouraged them all to live in a way that pleases God.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Titus.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Titus” or “A Letter to Titus.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### In what roles can people serve within the church?\n\nThere are some teachings in the book of Titus about whether a woman or divorced man can serve in positions of leadership within the church. Scholars disagree about the meaning of these teachings. Further study on these issues may be necessary before translating this book.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural **you**\n\nIn this book, the word **I** refers to Paul. Also, the word **you** is almost always singular and refers to Titus. The exception to this is 3:15. (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### What is the meaning of **God our Savior**?\n\nThis is a common phrase in this letter. Paul meant to make the readers think about how God forgave them in Christ for sinning against him, and by forgiving them he saved them from being punished when he judges all people. A similar phrase in this letter is **our great God and Savior Jesus Christ**.
+1:intro	c7me				0	# Titus 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nPaul formally introduces this letter in verses 1–4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.\n\nIn verses 6–9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Elders\n\nThe church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Should, may, must\n\nThe ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.
 1:1	rtc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ πίστιν ἐκλεκτῶν Θεοῦ καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας	1	The words **faith**, **knowledge**, and **truth** are abstract nouns. If it would be more clear in your language, you could express those ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to help God’s chosen people to continue to trust him and to know every true thing”
 1:1	xrtm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκλεκτῶν Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the people whom God has chosen”
 1:1	tn97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας	1	Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and for their knowledge of the truth” or “and so that the chosen people of God might know the truth”
-1:1	fyf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν	1	Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “that is suitable for honoring God”
-1:2	xyz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου	1	Here **hope** could be connected to: (1) **godliness**, meaning that if we live to please God, we will have hope of eternal life. Alternate translation: “which gives us the certain hope of everlasting life” or (2) **knowledge of the truth**, meaning that this hope of eternal life is part of the truth, and that knowing the truth gives hope of eternal life. Alternate translation: “and that teaches us to expect eternal life” 
+1:1	fyf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	 τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν	1	Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “that is suitable for honoring God”
+1:2	xyz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	 ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου	1	Here **hope** could be connected to: (1) **godliness**, meaning that if we live to please God, we will have hope of eternal life. Alternate translation: “which gives us the certain hope of everlasting life” or (2) **knowledge of the truth**, meaning that this hope of eternal life is part of the truth, and that knowing the truth gives hope of eternal life. Alternate translation: “and that teaches us to expect eternal life” 
 1:2	u0gk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “which leads us to confidently expect eternal life”
-1:2	vyuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ὁ ἀψευδὴς Θεὸς 	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression here instead of this double negative. Alternate translation: “God, who is completely trustworthy”
+1:2	vyuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ὁ ἀψευδὴς Θεὸς 	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression here instead of this double negative. Alternate translation: “the God who is completely trustworthy”
 1:2	r2gj			πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων	1	Alternate translation: “before time began”
 1:3	b22h			καιροῖς ἰδίοις	1	Alternate translation: “at the proper time”
 1:3	swi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐφανέρωσεν & τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	Paul speaks of God’s word as if it were an object that could be visibly shown to people. Alternate translation: “he caused me to understand his message”
 1:3	abc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν κηρύγματι	1	Paul assumes that his readers will understand that **the proclamation** refers to the message of the gospel of Jesus Christ. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “by means of the proclamation of the message about Jesus”
 1:3	m41u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the one that he entrusted to me” or “the one that he gave me the responsibility to preach”
 1:3	xy18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here, **our** includes Paul, Titus, and all believers.
-1:4	gu55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γνησίῳ τέκνῳ	1	Though Titus was not Paul’s biological **son**, they share a common faith in Christ. Paul considers relationship to Christ through faith to be more important than biological relationship. Thus, because of their relative ages and shared faith in Christ, Paul considers Titus as his own son. It may also be that Paul led Titus to faith in Christ, and so Titus is like a son in this spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “you are like a son to me”
+1:4	gu55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γνησίῳ τέκνῳ	1	Though Titus was not Paul’s biological **son**, they share a common faith in Christ. Paul considers relationship to Christ through faith to be more important than biological relationship. Thus, because of their relative ages and shared faith in Christ, Paul considers Titus as his own son. It may also be that Paul led Titus to faith in Christ, and so Titus is like a son in this spiritual sense. Alternate translation: “like a son to me”
 1:4	wx6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ κοινὴν πίστιν	1	Paul and Titus both share the same **faith** in Christ. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because we both trust in Jesus Christ”
 1:4	h93t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη	1	This was a common greeting Paul used. He is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “May you experience grace and peace”
 1:4	vft3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **Grace** and **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “May God the Father and Christ Jesus our Savior be gracious to you and give you a peaceful spirit”
 1:4	s3yr			Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “Christ Jesus who is our Savior”
-1:4	xy17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here, **our** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians.
+1:4	xy17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here, **our** includes Paul, Titus, and all believers.
 1:5	ew8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	τούτου χάριν	1	The phrase **For this purpose** introduces the goal that Paul wanted to accomplish when he left Titus in Crete (to ordain elders in the church). Use a phrase in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “This is why”
 1:5	lh9b			ἀπέλιπόν σε ἐν Κρήτῃ	1	Alternate translation: “I told you to stay in Crete”
 1:5	ga62			ἵνα τὰ λείποντα ἐπιδιορθώσῃ	1	Alternate translation: “so that you would finish arranging things that needed to be done”
 1:5	b52u			καταστήσῃς & πρεσβυτέρους	1	Alternate translation: “appoint elders” or “designate elders”
-1:5	p56w			πρεσβυτέρους	1	In the early Christian churches, Christian **elders** gave spiritual leadership to the assemblies of believers. This word refers to people who are mature in faith.
 1:6	jen8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος	1	This is the beginning of the description of the character of an elder. Paul assumes that Titus understands that he is to choose men who fit the following description. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “an elder must be blameless” or “any man you choose to be an elder must be without blame”
-1:6	ab70		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἀνέγκλητος	1	To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could  state this positively. Alternate translation: “a person who has a good reputation”
+1:6	ab70		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἀνέγκλητος	1	To be **blameless** is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this positively. Alternate translation: “a person who has a good reputation”
 1:6	q6uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ	1	This means that he has only **one wife**; that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. This also means that he does not commit adultery and may also mean that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: “a man who has only one woman” or “a man who is faithful to his wife”
-1:6	wd6q			τέκνα & πιστά	1	This could refer to: (1) children who believe in Jesus or (2) children who are trustworthy.
-1:7	lz7x			τὸν ἐπίσκοπον	1	The word **overseer** is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as “elder” in 1:5. This term focuses on the function of the elder: he oversees the activities and people of the church.
+1:6	wd6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τέκνα & πιστά	1	This could refer to: (1) children who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “children who are faithful to God” (2) children who are trustworthy. Alternate translation: “children who are honest” 
+1:7	lz7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν ἐπίσκοπον	1	The word **overseer** is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as “elder” in 1:5. This term focuses on the function of the elder: he oversees the activities and people of the church. Alternate translation: “an elder in charge of God's people” 
 1:7	g2zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον	1	Paul speaks of the church as if it were God’s **household**, and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing that household. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person in charge of taking care of God's church”
 1:7	d6l1			μὴ πάροινον	1	Alternate translation: “not an alcoholic” or “not one who drinks much wine”
 1:7	j1qq			μὴ πλήκτην	1	Alternate translation: “not one who is violent” or “not one who likes to fight”
@@ -42,20 +41,20 @@ front:intro	m2jl				0	# Introduction to Titus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction
 1:9	abcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	The connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for the elder to hold tightly to the trustworthy message is for him to be able to encourage others and rebuke those who oppose him. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is a purpose. Alternate translation: “because in this way”
 1:9	pzi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ	1	The word translated here as **sound** normally refers to being physically healthy. Paul is speaking of this **teaching** as if it were a living thing that could be healthy or sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “correct teaching”
 1:10	w9kk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ματαιολόγοι	1	Here, **empty** is a metaphor for useless, and **empty talkers** are people who say useless or foolish things. Alternate translation: “people who say useless things”
-1:10	ga6n			φρεναπάται	1	The word **deceivers** describes people who are actively trying to convince people to believe in something other than the true gospel that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “people who convince others to believe things that are not true”
-1:10	abcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ματαιολόγοι, καὶ φρεναπάται	1	Both **empty talkers** and **deceivers** refer to the same people who are also **rebellious**. These people taught false, worthless things and wanted other people to believe them. Alternate translation: “people who say wrong things so that others will believe things that are not true”
-1:10	pu74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς	1	Here, **circumcision** represents the Jewish Christians who taught that men must be circumcised in order to please God.  This teaching is false. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones who teach that men must be circumcised in order to please God” 
+1:10	ga6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	φρεναπάται	1	The word **deceivers** describes people who are actively trying to convince people to believe in something other than the true gospel that Paul preaches. Alternate translation: “people who convince others to believe things that are not true”
+1:10	abcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ματαιολόγοι, καὶ φρεναπάται	1	Both **empty talkers** and **deceivers** refer to the same people, those who are also **rebellious**. Those people taught false, worthless things and wanted other people to believe them. Alternate translation: “people who say wrong things so that others will believe things that are not true”
+1:10	pu74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς	1	Here, **circumcision** represents the Jewish believers who taught that men must be circumcised in order to please God. This teaching is false. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones who teach that men must be circumcised in order to please God” 
 1:11	f4iy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὓς δεῖ ἐπιστομίζειν	1	The implication is that these people must be stopped from teaching. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “You must prevent them from spreading their false teachings” or “Someone must stop them from deceiving others by their words”
 1:11	aqi5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν	1	The issue was that they were leading families away from the truth and destroying their faith. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “are ruining the faith of entire families”
-1:11	at7c			αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν	1	Here, **shameful profit** refers to money that people are paid for doing things that are not honorable. Consider how to express this in your language.
-1:12	tr1j			τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης	1	Alternate translation: “A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet”
+1:11	at7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν	1	Here Paul refers to **profit** as **shameful**, meaning that the activity of accepting money for teaching wrong things brings shame on the teacher. Consider how to express this in your language. Alternate translation: “and increasing their shame by taking money for it” 
+1:12	tr1j			τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης	1	Alternate translation: “A Cretan, one that they themselves consider to be a prophet”
 1:12	y3zb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται	1	The word **always** here is an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Cretans have a reputation to be liars” or “Cretans tend to be liars”
 1:12	h3jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κακὰ θηρία	1	This metaphor is speaking of **Cretans** as if they were **evil beasts**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as dangerous as wild animals”
 1:12	xyz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	γαστέρες ἀργαί	1	Here the part of the body that stores food is used to represent the person who eats all the time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “lazy gluttons” or “lazy people who just want to eat”
 1:13	fif8			δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως	1	Alternate translation: “For that reason, you must use strong language that the Cretans will understand when you correct them”
 1:13	abck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν	1	The connecting words **For this reason** introduce a reason-result relationship. The reason is that what the Cretan prophet said about his people is true (they are liars, evil, and lazy), and the result is that Titus should rebuke them severely for behaving that way. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “Therefore” 
 1:13	dlgr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1	Here the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the Cretan believers in general. This seems likely since the **testimony** is about all Cretans, and verse 14 says that they should not pay attention to “commands of people turning away from the truth.” In other words, they should not pay attention to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “the Cretan believers” or (2) the Cretan false teachers. In this case, verse 14 would be telling the false teachers not to pay attention to other false teachers. Alternate translation: “the false teachers” 
-1:13	je3r			ἵνα ὑγιαίνωσιν ἐν τῇ πίστει	1	See note on **sound** in [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “so they will have a healthy faith” or “so their faith may be true” or “so that they believe only what is true about God”
+1:13	je3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἵνα ὑγιαίνωσιν ἐν τῇ πίστει	1	See note on **sound** in [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “so they will have a healthy faith” or “so their faith may be true” or “so that they believe only what is true about God”
 1:13	abcl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	Here, **so that** marks being **sound in the faith**, as well as what follows in verse 14, as the goal or purpose of rebuking the Cretans. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. 
 1:13	xyz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ πίστει	1	Here the abstract noun **faith** represents the things that the people believe about God. Alternate translation: “in what they believe about God”
 1:14	p28i			Ἰουδαϊκοῖς μύθοις	1	Alternate translation: “false teaching of the Jews”
@@ -64,23 +63,23 @@ front:intro	m2jl				0	# Introduction to Titus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction
 1:15	nx42			τοῖς καθαροῖς	1	Alternate translation: “to those who are acceptable to God”
 1:15	abcn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	The connecting word **But** introduces a contrast between people who are pure and people who are corrupt and unbelieving.  Indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “However,”
 1:15	n3wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῖς δὲ μεμιαμμένοις καὶ ἀπίστοις, οὐδὲν καθαρόν	1	Paul speaks of sinners as if they were physically corrupted or dirty. Alternate translation: “But if people are morally defiled and do not believe, they cannot do anything pure” or “But when people are full of sin and unbelief, nothing that they do is acceptable to God”
-1:16	abco		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast between what these corrupt people say (they know God) and what their actions show (they do not know God).  Indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nevertheless”
+1:16	abco		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	The connecting word **but** introduces a contrast between what these corrupt people say (that they know God) and what their actions show (that they do not know God).  Indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nevertheless,”
 1:16	i3l2			τοῖς & ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται	1	Alternate translation: “how they live proves that they do not know him”
-2:intro	h3il				0	# Titus 2 General Notes\n\nPaul continues giving Titus reasons to preach God’s word, and explains how the older men, older women, young men, and slaves or servants should live as believers.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Gender roles\n\nScholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.\n\n### Slavery\n\nPaul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches slaves to faithfully serve their masters. He teaches all believers to be godly and live rightly in every situation.
+2:intro	h3il				0	# Titus 2 General Notes\n\nPaul continues giving Titus reasons to preach God’s word, and explains how the older men, older women, young men, and slaves or servants should live as believers.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Gender roles\n\nScholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are completely equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let their understanding of this issue affect how they translate this passage.\n\n### Slavery\n\nPaul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad; Paul teaches slaves to faithfully serve their masters. He teaches all believers to be godly and live rightly in every situation.
 2:1	tpi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σὺ δὲ	1	Here, **you** is singular and refers to Titus. If it is helpful, you could include the name “Titus” here, as in the UST.
-2:1	ph2j			τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	See the note about **sound teaching** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “with sound doctrine” or “with correct teachings”
+2:1	ph2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	See the note about **sound teaching** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1). Alternate translation: “with right doctrine” or “with correct teachings”
 2:2	xyz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πρεσβύτας & εἶναι	1	A verb is lacking here that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply a verb here, drawing from the idea of “speak” in the previous verse, such as “teach” or “exhort.”   Alternate translation: “Teach older men to be”
 2:2	xy13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	νηφαλίους & σεμνούς, σώφρονας	1	These three words are very close in meaning and may be combined into one or two terms if the target language does not have three separate terms.
 2:2	xc6t			νηφαλίους	1	Alternate translation: “sober-minded” or “self-controlled”
 2:2	y3j2			σώφρονας	1	Alternate translation: “in control of their desires”
-2:2	abc1			ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει τῇ ἀγάπῃ, τῇ ὑπομονῇ	1	Here the word **sound** means to be firm and unwavering. It applies to **faith**, **love**, and **perseverance**. See the note about **sound** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1) and the note about **sound in faith** on [Titus 1:13](../01/13/je3r). Alternate translation: “unwavering in faith, in loving others, and in continuing to persevere”
-2:2	m14y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει	1	You can state the abstract noun **faith** as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to firmly believe the true teachings about God”
-2:2	z14y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	You can state the abstract noun **love** as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to love others well”
+2:2	abc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει τῇ ἀγάπῃ, τῇ ὑπομονῇ	1	Here the word **sound** means to be firm and unwavering. It applies to **faith**, **love**, and **perseverance**. See the note about **sound** on [Titus 1:9](../01/09/pzi1) and the note about **sound in faith** on [Titus 1:13](../01/13/je3r). Alternate translation: “unwavering in faith, in loving others, and in continuing to persevere”
+2:2	m14y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει	1	You can state the abstract noun **faith** as a verb if that is clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to firmly believe the true teachings about God”
+2:2	z14y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	You can state the abstract noun **love** as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “in loving others well”
 2:2	a14y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ὑπομονῇ	1	You can state the abstract noun **perseverance** as a verb if that is more clear in your language. Alternate translation: “and to continually serve God in all circumstances”
-2:3	gl8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως	1	Some verbs are lacking here that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could continue the verbal ideas from the previous two verses and apply them here, as well, such as “teach … to be” or “exhort … to be.” Alternate translation: “In the same way, teach older women to be” or “Also teach older women to be”
+2:3	gl8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως	1	Some verbs are lacking here that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could continue the verbal ideas from the previous two verses and apply them here, as well, such as “Teach older women to be” or “Exhort older women to be.” Alternate translation, removing the comma: “In the same way, teach older women to be” or “Also teach older women to be”
 2:3	g9re		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας	1	People who cannot control themselves and drink too much wine are spoken of here as if they were a slave to the wine. Alternate translation: “controlled by their desire for wine” 
 2:3	xyz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “drinking too much wine” 
-2:3	abc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καλοδιδασκάλους	1	If it is helpful in your language, you can indicate the contrast between this good quality and the two preceding bad qualities. Alternate translation: “but rather teachers of what is good” 
+2:3	abc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καλοδιδασκάλους	1	If it is helpful in your language, you can indicate the contrast between this good quality and the two preceding bad qualities. Alternate translation: “but rather, teachers of what is good” 
 2:4	unh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	Here, **so that** marks training **the younger women** as the goal or purpose of being “teachers of what is good” in verse 3. Of course, living in a good way, as verse 3 describes, helps the older women to be teachers of what is good. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is the purpose. 
 2:4	abc5			φιλάνδρους	1	Alternate translation: “lovers of their own husbands”
 2:4	abca			φιλοτέκνους	1	Alternate translation: “and lovers of their own children”
@@ -92,11 +91,13 @@ front:intro	m2jl				0	# Introduction to Titus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction
 2:7	tn76			περὶ πάντα	1	It is possible that this phrase is part of the previous sentence instead of this one. If the Bible used in your area uses this phrase to end the previous sentence, you may choose to do the same.
 2:7	x73u			σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος	1	Alternate translation: “show yourself to be” or “you yourself must serve as”
 2:7	ym6x			τύπον καλῶν ἔργων	1	Alternate translation: “as an example of one who does right and proper things”
-2:7	cp3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀφθορίαν, σεμνότητα	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **incorruption** and **dignity**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “In your teaching, be honest and serious”
-2:8	xy14			ὑγιῆ	1	Here the word **sound** applies to Titus's **message** and means “accurate” or “correct,” as it does in [Titus 1:9](../01/09) and [2:1](../02/01) where it also applies to teaching. Alternate translation: “correct” or “true”
-2:8	qe1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose of what came before. Having a sound message will make any opponent ashamed of opposing such a message. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a purpose of what came before. Alternate translation: “in that way”
+2:7	blcl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀφθορίαν, σεμνότητα	1	Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “In the teaching, present yourself with incorruption and dignity”
+2:7	cp3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀφθορίαν, σεμνότητα	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **incorruption** and **dignity**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “In the teaching, be uncorrupted, dignified” or “In the teaching, be honest, serious”
+2:7	gy0b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἀφθορίαν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative word that consists of the negative prefix **in-** and the negative word **corruption**. Alternate translation: “honesty” or “integrity”
+2:8	xy14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑγιῆ	1	Here the word **sound** applies to Titus's **message** and means “accurate” or “correct,” as it does in [Titus 1:9](../01/09) and [2:1](../02/01) where it also applies to teaching. Alternate translation: “correct” or “true”
+2:8	qe1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose of what came before. Having a sound message will make any opponent ashamed of opposing such a message. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a purpose of what came before. Alternate translation: “for in that way” or "in such a way that"
 2:8	xt6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἵνα ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ	1	This presents a hypothetical situation in which someone opposes Titus and then becomes ashamed for having done so. Alternate translation: “so that if anyone opposes you, he may be ashamed” or “so that when people oppose you, they may be ashamed”
-2:8	xy15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here, **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all believers.
+2:8	xy15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here the pronoun **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all believers.
 2:9	xyz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	δούλους ἰδίοις δεσπόταις ὑποτάσσεσθαι	1	As in 2:2 and 2:3, Paul is leaving out a word that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete.  If it would be clearer in your language, you could apply the verbal idea from verse 6 to here, which is “urge” or “exhort.” Alternate translation: “Exhort slaves to be subject to their own masters” or “Exhort slaves to obey their own masters”
 2:9	if6v			ἐν πᾶσιν	1	Alternate translation: “in every situation” or “always”
 2:9	id15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐαρέστους εἶναι	1	The implication is that the slaves are to be pleasing to their masters. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to please their masters” or “to satisfy their masters”
@@ -106,98 +107,101 @@ front:intro	m2jl				0	# Introduction to Titus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction
 2:10	s1ni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	Here, **so that** marks bringing **credit to the teaching that is about God** as a goal or purpose of slaves demonstrating **all good faith** with their masters. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is a purpose.
 2:10	h2n6			ἐν πᾶσιν	1	Alternate translation: “in everything that they do”
 2:10	f8jy			τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ, κοσμῶσιν	1	Alternate translation: “they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive” or “they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good”
-2:10	xy16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here, **our** is inclusive of Paul, Titus, and all believers.
+2:10	xy16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here the pronoun **our** includes Paul, Titus, and all believers.
 2:11	tlbm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “They should do this because” 
 2:11	gp2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐπεφάνη & ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Paul speaks of **the grace of God** as if it were a person who has arrived. See the UST for other ways to express this. Alternate translation: “God is now offering his grace”
 2:11	czny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐπεφάνη γὰρ ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “For God has been extremely kind”
-2:11	n08x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	σωτήριος πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1	Here the word **salvific** describes God's **grace**, meaning that it is like a person who has the characteristic of saving people. Alternate translation: “able to save all men” or “working to save all men”
-2:11	r94i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “all people”
+2:11	n08x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	σωτήριος πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1	Here the word **salvific** describes God's **grace**, meaning that it is like a person who has the characteristic of saving people. Alternate translation: “able to save all men” or “working to save all men” or “bringing salvation for all men”
+2:11	r94i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “for all people”
 2:12	qy8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς	1	Paul speaks of the grace of God (2:11) as if it were a person who trains other people how to live holy lives. Alternate translation: “by which God trains us”
-2:12	abce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Here, **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all believers.
+2:12	abce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Here the pronoun **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all believers.
 2:12	lxb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀσέβειαν	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **godlessness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that dishonor God”
-2:12	n3k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **passions**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “living for the things of this world” or “persuing sinful pleasures”
-2:12	xy19			ἀσέβειαν & εὐσεβῶς	1	These terms are direct opposites, meaning “God-dishonoring” and “God-honoring,” respectively.
+2:12	n3k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐπιθυμίας	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **passions**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “living for the things of this world” or “pursuing sinful pleasures”
+2:12	xy19			ἀσέβειαν & εὐσεβῶς	1	Alternate translation: “God-dishonoring behavior … God-honoring way”
 2:12	fk8j			ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι	1	Alternate translation: “while we live in this world” or “during this time”
 2:13	rz93			προσδεχόμενοι	1	Alternate translation: “while we wait to welcome”
-2:13	xyz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης 	1	These two phrases connected with **and** express a single event. The words **blessed hope** describes how Paul feels about the **appearing** of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “the blessing for which we hope, which is the appearing of the glory” or “what we are longing for, the blessed and glorious appearing”
+2:13	xyz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης 	1	Connected with **and**, these two phrases express a single event. The words **blessed hope** describe how Paul feels about the **appearing** of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “the blessing for which we hope, which is the appearing of the glory” or “what we are longing for, the blessed and glorious appearing”
 2:13	tpx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης 	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **hope** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “what we are longing for, the blessed and glorious appearing” 
-2:13	pss7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Here, **glory** represents Jesus himself who will appear gloriously. Alternate translation: “that is the glorious appearance of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ”
+2:13	pss7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Here, **glory** represents Jesus himself, who will appear gloriously. Alternate translation: “that is the glorious appearance of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ”
 2:13	xyz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Both **our great God** and **Savior** refer to the one person, **Jesus Christ**. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, our great God and Savior”
-2:14	niu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν	1	This refers to Jesus dying willingly. Alternate translation: “gave himself to die for us”
-2:14	xy20		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here, **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians.
-2:14	gxe7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας	1	Paul speaks of Jesus as if he were setting slaves free from their evil master.
-2:14	xy21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Here, **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians.
-2:14	fjy1			λαὸν περιούσιον	1	Alternate translation: “a group of people that he treasures”
+2:14	niu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν	1	This refers to Jesus dying willingly. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “He gave himself to die for us”
+2:14	xy20		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here the pronoun **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all believers.
+2:14	gxe7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας	1	Here, Paul speaks of **lawlessness** as though it were an evil master from whom Jesus sets us free. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to rescue us from our lawless way of living” 
+2:14	xy21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Here the pronoun **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all believers.
+2:14	fjy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λαὸν περιούσιον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a group of people that he has chosen” or “a group of people that he treasures”
 2:14	ii18			ζηλωτὴν καλῶν ἔργων	1	Alternate translation: “who are eager to do good deeds”
-2:15	abc7			παρακάλει	1	Alternate translation: “encourage them to do these things”
+2:15	akz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	ταῦτα	1	Here, **these things** refers back to all of the things that Paul has said in chapter two. Use a natural way in your language to refer back to these things. Alternate translation: “about all of this” 
+2:15	abc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρακάλει	1	Paul assumes that Titus understands that he should exhort the believers to obey **these things**. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “encourage the believers to do these things”
 2:15	b94z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔλεγχε, μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς	1	If it is helpful, the people whom Titus should **rebuke** can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “correct with all authority those people who do not do these things”
+2:15	iut6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from your rightful position as their overseer”
 2:15	h15y			μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω	1	Alternate translation: “Do not allow anyone to ignore you”
 2:15	xy22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω	1	You can state this positively: “Make sure that everyone listens to you”
-2:15	jbu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σου περιφρονείτω	1	The way that people would disregard Titus can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Let … refuse to listen to your words” or “Let … refuse to respect you”
-3:intro	zh6x				0	# Titus 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nPaul gives Titus personal instructions in this chapter.\n\nVerse 15 formally concludes this letter. This is a common way of ending a letter in the ancient Near East.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Genealogies\n\nGenealogies (verse 9) are lists that record a person’s ancestors or descendants, and show from what tribe and family a person came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron. Some of these lists included stories of ancestors and even of spiritual beings. These lists and stories were used to argue about where things came from and about how important various people were.
-3:1	y9tr			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nPaul continues giving Titus instructions on how to teach the elders and people under his care in Crete.
+2:15	jbu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω	1	The way that people would disregard Titus could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Let no one refuse to listen to your words” or “Let no one refuse to respect you”
+3:intro	zh6x				0	# Titus 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nIn this chapter, Paul continues giving Titus instructions on how to teach the elders and people under his care in Crete. \n\n\nIn verses 1-7 Paul explains how, by God's mercy, the Holy Spirit makes our lives new and motivates us to live in a new way. \n\n\nIn verses 8-11 Paul explains what Titus should avoid and how to treat those who cause contention among the believers. \n\n\nIn verses 12-15, Paul closes the letter by telling Titus what to do after he appoints elders in Crete and by delivering greetings from those with him.\n\nVerse 15 formally concludes this letter. This is a common way of ending a letter in the ancient Near East.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Genealogies\n\nGenealogies (verse 9) are lists that record a person’s ancestors or descendants and show from what tribe and family a person came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron. Some of these lists included stories of ancestors and even of spiritual beings. These lists and stories were used to argue about where things came from and about how important various people were.
 3:1	j2sa			ὑπομίμνῃσκε αὐτοὺς & ὑποτάσσεσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “Tell our people again what they already know, to submit” or “Keep reminding them to submit”
-3:1	w3fy			ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις, ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν	1	Alternate translation: “to do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them”
-3:1	wa9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις	1	The words **rulers** and **authorities** have similar meanings and both refer to anyone who holds authority in the government. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term.
-3:1	xy25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν	1	The words **submit** and **obey** have similar meanings and both refer to doing what someone tells you to do. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term.
+3:1	w3fy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις, ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν	1	The words **submit** and **obey** have very similar meanings and both refer to doing what someone tells you to do. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term. Alternate translation: “to do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them” or “to obey government officials”
+3:1	wa9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις	1	The words **rulers** and **authorities** have similar meanings and both refer to anyone who holds authority in the government. If the target language has only one term for this, then just use that term. Alternate translation: “to government officials”
 3:1	in7u			πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι	1	Alternate translation: “to be ready to do good whenever there is opportunity”
 3:2	lug7			βλασφημεῖν	1	Alternate translation: “to speak evil of”
-3:2	abcx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἀμάχους εἶναι	1	You can state this positively: “to be peaceful”
-3:3	m9zd			ἦμεν γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς	1	Alternate translation: “This is because we ourselves were once”
+3:2	abcx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἀμάχους εἶναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **un** and the negative word **contentious**. Alternate translation: “to be peaceful”
+3:2	u77t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πᾶσαν ἐνδεικνυμένους πραΰτητα	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **humility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “always being humble” or “always being considerate”
+3:2	vyaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους	1	Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “toward everyone”
+3:3	m9zd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἦμεν γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς	1	The word translated as **For** indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. A reason for being gentle and humble with **foolish and disobedient** people is that we also used to be that way. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: “This is because we ourselves were once”
 3:3	me7b			ποτε	1	Alternate translation: “formerly” or “at some time” or “previously”
-3:3	bl8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	Here, **we** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians, referring to the time before they trusted in Christ. Alternate translation: “even we” or “we ourselves”
+3:3	bl8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	Here the pronoun, **we** includes Paul, Titus, and all believers, referring to the time before they trusted in Christ. Alternate translation: “even we” or “we ourselves”
 3:3	rrx9			ἦμεν & ἀνόητοι	1	Alternate translation: “were thoughtless” or “were unwise”
-3:3	qt8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις	1	Here, **passions** and **pleasures** are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. Alternate translation: “We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that various passions and pleasures could make us happy, and then we were unable to control our feelings or stop doing things we thought would give us pleasure”
-3:3	xy27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις	1	You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray”
-3:3	tl5n			ἐπιθυμίαις	1	Alternate translation: “lusts” or “desires”
-3:3	dec4			ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες	1	Here, **evil** and **envy** describe sin. The word **evil** is general and **envy** is a specific kind of sin. Alternate translation: “We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have”
-3:3	y5lp			στυγητοί	1	Alternate translation: “causing others to hate us”
-3:4	xy28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	**But** is used here to mark the important contrast here between the evil way that people are (verses 1–3) and the goodness of God (verses 4–7)
-3:4	ba5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ὅτε & ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ	1	Paul speaks of God’s **kindness** and **love** as if they were people that came into our sight. Alternate translation: “when God our Savior showed us his kindness and love for people”
-3:4	abcg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὅτε & ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ	1	You can state the abstract nouns **kindness** and **love** as adjectives. Alternate translation: “when God, who saves us, showed how kind and loving he would be to mankind”
-3:4	abch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here, **our** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians.
-3:5	n4ug			κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος	1	Alternate translation: “because he had mercy on us”
-3:5	k1a6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λουτροῦ παλινγενεσίας	1	Paul combines two metaphors here. He is speaking of God’s forgiveness for sinners as if he were physically **washing** them clean from their sin. He is also speaking of sinners who become responsive to God as if they had been born again.
-3:6	fby9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως	1	It is common for New Testament writers to speak of the Holy Spirit as a liquid that God can pour out in large amounts. Alternate translation: “whom God gave to us generously”
-3:6	xy24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Here, **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians.
-3:6	q9ze			διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “when Jesus Christ saved us”
-3:6	xy23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here, **our** includes Paul, Titus, and all Christians.
+3:3	qt8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις	1	Here, **passions** and **pleasures** are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that pursuing various passions and pleasures would make us happy, and then we were unable to control our desires or stop doing things that we thought would give us pleasure”
+3:3	xy27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Various passions and pleasures led us astray and enslaved us”
+3:3	tl5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions** and **pleasures**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by doing whatever we strongly desired to do and by doing whatever made us feel good”
+3:3	dec4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **envy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. The words **evil** and **envy** describe sin. The word **evil** is general and **envy** is a specific kind of sin. Alternate translation: “We were always doing evil things and wanting what others have”
+3:3	y5lp			στυγητοί	1	Alternate translation: “doing things that made others hate us”
+3:4	xy28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	**But** is used here to mark the important contrast between the evil way that people are (verses 1–3) and the goodness of God (verses 4–7). In your translation, indicate this strong contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “However,”
+3:4	ba5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτε & ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ	1	Paul speaks of God’s **kindness** and **love** as if they were physical things that came into our sight. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when God our Savior demonstrated his kindness and love for people”
+3:4	abcg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὅτε & ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **kindness** and **love**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “when God, who saves us, showed how kind and loving he would be to mankind”
+3:4	abch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here the pronoun **our** includes Paul, Titus, and all believers.
+3:5	l6a6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔργων τῶν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “righteous works” or “good deeds”
+3:5	n4ug		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because he wanted to be merciful”
+3:5	k1a6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λουτροῦ παλινγενεσίας	1	Paul combines two metaphors here. He is speaking of God’s forgiveness for sinners as if he were physically **washing** them clean from their sin. He is also speaking of sinners who become responsive to God as if they experience a **new birth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being forgiven from sin, born again spiritually,”
+3:6	fby9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	 οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως,	1	It is common for New Testament writers to speak of the Holy Spirit as a liquid that God can pour out in large amounts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom God gave to us generously”
+3:6	xy24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Here the pronoun **us** includes Paul, Titus, and all believers.
+3:6	q9ze			διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “because of what our Savior Jesus Christ did for us”
+3:6	xy23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	Here the pronoun **our** includes Paul, Titus, and all believers.
+3:7	qe39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	Here, **so that** marks becoming **heirs** of **eternal life** as the goal or purpose for why God gave us the Holy Spirit (verse 6). Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.
 3:7	di3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δικαιωθέντες	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “since God has declared us to be without sin”
+3:7	ievx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἐκείνου χάριτι	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by the gracious gift of that one” or “by what that one freely did for us”
+3:7	yrwd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	ἐκείνου	1	Here, **that one** refers back to “our Savior Jesus Christ” in verse 6. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat that name here. Alternate translation: “of Jesus” 
 3:7	q1cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν, κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου	1	The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit the things promised, just as a person inherits property or possessions from a family member. Alternate translation: “we might expect to receive the eternal life that God has promised us”
-3:8	j8md			ὁ λόγος	1	This **message** is the one just expressed in verses 4–7, that God freely gives the Holy Spirit and eternal life to believers through Jesus.
-3:8	xy29			τούτων	1	Here, **these things** refers to the teachings that Paul has talked about in verses 1–7. Alternate translation: “these teachings that I have just talked about”
-3:8	kqm6			φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων, προΐστασθαι	1	Alternate translation: “may seek to do good works”
-3:9	tzh9			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nPaul explains what Titus should avoid and how to treat those who cause contention among the believers.
-3:9	j1hf			δὲ & περιΐστασο	1	Alternate translation: “So avoid” or “Therefore, avoid”
+3:8	j8md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	ὁ λόγος	1	**This message** is the one just expressed in verses 4–7, that God freely gives the Holy Spirit and eternal life to believers through Jesus. Alternate translation: “this saying”
+3:8	xy29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	τούτων	1	Here, **these things** refers to the teachings that Paul has talked about in verses 1–7. Alternate translation: “these teachings that I have just talked about”
+3:8	kqm6			φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων, προΐστασθαι	1	Alternate translation: “may diligently seek to do good works”
+3:8	gdx0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	Although the term **men** is maculine, Paul is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “for all people”
+3:9	j1hf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ & περιΐστασο	1	The word **But** here indicates a contrast between good things to do (verse 8) and bad things to avoid doing (verse 9). In your translation, indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “In contrast, avoid” 
 3:9	xnf9			μωρὰς & ζητήσεις	1	Alternate translation: “arguments concerning unimportant matters”
-3:9	qk66			γενεαλογίας	1	The word **genealogies** refers to the study of family kinship relationships. See the Introduction to Titus.
-3:9	xu7f			ἔρεις	1	Alternate translation: “arguments” or “fights”
-3:9	ky3n			νομικὰς	1	Alternate translation: “about the law of Moses”
-3:10	x3fh			αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον & παραιτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Stay away from a person who causes division”
-3:10	xzx1			μετὰ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν	1	Alternate translation: “after you have warned that person once or twice”
+3:9	qk66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γενεαλογίας	1	The word **genealogies** refers to the study of family kinship relationships. See the Introduction to Titus for more information. Paul assumes that Titus will understand that he means for Titus to avoid arguing about genealogies. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “arguing about genealogies”
+3:9	xu7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔρεις	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **strife**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “arguing with people” or “fighting with people”
+3:9	ky3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	νομικὰς	1	Paul assumes that Titus will understand that he is referring to the law of Moses, not Roman law. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “about the law of Moses”
+3:10	x3fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον & παραιτοῦ	1	The implication is that this person is causing division in the church. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Stay away from a person who causes division in the church”
+3:10	xzx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μετὰ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν	1	The implication is that Titus should warn the person who is causing division. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “after you have warned that person once or twice”
 3:11	r7pc			ὁ τοιοῦτος	1	Alternate translation: “a person like that”
-3:11	inh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξέστραπται	1	Paul speaks of someone who chooses to do wrong things as if he were leaving the **right** path to walk in the wrong direction.
+3:11	inh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξέστραπται	1	Paul speaks of someone who chooses to do wrong things as if he were leaving the **right** path to walk in the wrong direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing what is right”
 3:11	p81k			ὢν αὐτοκατάκριτος	1	Alternate translation: “bringing judgment on himself”
-3:12	z7i4			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nPaul closes the letter by telling Titus what to do after he appoints elders in Crete and by giving greetings from those with him.
-3:12	mba6			ὅταν πέμψω	1	Alternate translation: “After I send”
-3:12	c32w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀρτεμᾶν & Τυχικόν	1	**Artemas** and **Tychicus** are men’s names.
-3:12	knt1			σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν	1	Alternate translation: “come quickly”
-3:12	xy30			σπούδασον	1	The verb **hurry** is singular and directed at Titus alone. Artemas or Tychicus would stay in Crete, probably to take Titus’ place.
-3:12	gdw9			παραχειμάσαι	1	Alternate translation: “to stay for the winter”
-3:13	a46f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ζηνᾶν & Ἀπολλῶν	1	**Zenos** is a man's name.
+3:12	mba6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅταν πέμψω Ἀρτεμᾶν πρὸς σὲ ἢ Τυχικόν	1	The implication is that Titus should come to Nicopolis after either Artemas or Tychicus arrives to where Titus is. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “After I send Artemas or Tychicus and he arrives to you”
+3:12	c32w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀρτεμᾶν & Τυχικόν	1	**Artemas** and **Tychicus** are names of men.
+3:12	knt1			σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν	1	Alternate translation: “do your best to come”
+3:12	xy30		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	σπούδασον	1	The verb **hurry** is singular and directed at Titus alone. Artemas or Tychicus would stay in Crete, probably to take Titus’ place.
+3:13	mi7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον	1	The implication here is that to **Diligently send** these men is to help and equip them. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Give supplies for traveling to”
+3:13	a46f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ζηνᾶν & Ἀπολλῶν	1	**Zenos** and **Apollos** are names of men.
 3:13	s757			καὶ Ἀπολλῶν	1	Alternate translation: “and also Apollos”
-3:13	j496			σπουδαίως πρόπεμψον	1	Alternate translation: “Do not delay in sending”
-3:13	xy31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ	1	You can state this positively: “so that they have everything that they need”
-3:14	v7wg			Connecting Statement:	0	# Connecting Statement:\n\nPaul explains that it is important for all believers to provide for those who have needs.
-3:14	fw98			οἱ ἡμέτεροι	1	Here, **our own** refers to the believers in Crete. Alternate translation: “our own people”
-3:14	xy33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	οἱ ἡμέτεροι	1	Here, **our** includes Paul and Titus. The form should be either dual or inclusive.
-3:14	tn24			εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας	1	Alternate translation: “that enable them to help people who lack necessary things”
+3:13	h3an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ	1	Here, **so that** indicates the way in which Titus is to send off these men. Alternate translation: “in such a way that they lack nothing” 
+3:13	xy31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς λείπῃ	1	You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “so that they have everything that they need”
+3:14	fw98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ ἡμέτεροι	1	Here, **our own** refers to the believers in Crete. Alternate translation: “our own people”
+3:14	xy33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	οἱ ἡμέτεροι	1	Here the pronoun **our** includes Paul and Titus. The form should be either dual or inclusive if your language marks this distinction.
+3:14	tn24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας	1	Here **essential needs** refers to things that people must have in order to live. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “that enable them to help people who lack necessary things”
 3:14	mji4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι	1	Paul speaks of people doing good work as if they were trees bearing good fruit. Alternate translation: “so that they will not lead useless lives”
-3:14	xy32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι	1	You can state this positively: “in this way they will be fruitful” or “in this way they will be productive”
-3:15	j3y2				0	# General Information:\n\nPaul ends his letter to Titus.
-3:15	abci			ἀσπάζονταί σε	1	Here, **you** is singular. This is a personal greeting to Titus.
-3:15	k1sa			οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες	1	Alternate translation: “All the people who are with me” or “All of the believers who are here with me”
-3:15	f4vc			τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει	1	This could refer to: (1) the believers who love us. (2) the believers who love us because we share the same belief.
-3:15	xy35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Here, **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of Christians with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of Christians that is with Titus on Crete.
-3:15	kx83			ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν	1	This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: “May God’s grace be with you” or “I ask that God will be gracious to all of you”
-3:15	xy34			ὑμῶν	1	Here, **you** is plural. This blessing is for Titus and all of the believers there in Crete.
+3:14	xy32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι	1	You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “so that they will be fruitful” or “that in this way they will be productive”
+3:15	abci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ἀσπάζονταί σε	1	Here, **you** is singular. This is a personal greeting to Titus.
+3:15	k1sa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ μετ’ ἐμοῦ πάντες	1	Alternate translation: “All the people who are with me” or “All of the believers who are here with me”
+3:15	f4vc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει	1	Here, **in faith** is an idiom that refers to those who share the same faith. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers who love us because we share the same belief” or “all those who love us and believe as we do” 
+3:15	xy35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Here the pronoun **us** is probably exclusive and refers to Paul and the group of believers with him. Paul is sending greetings from this group to the group of believers that is with Titus on Crete.
+3:15	kx83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing	ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν	1	This was a common Christian greeting and is also a blessing. Express this in a form that would be understood as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May God’s grace be with you” or “I ask that God will be gracious to all of you”
+3:15	xy34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular	ὑμῶν	1	Here the pronoun **you** is plural. This blessing is for Titus and for all of the believers there in Crete.